HP | P9500 | User's Manual | HP P9500 User's Manual

Hitachi Command Suite
Dynamic Link Manager Software
User Guide for AIX®
Document Organization
Product Version
Getting Help
Contents
MK-92DLM111-27
© 2011-2013 Hitachi, Ltd. All rights reserved.
No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means,
electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and recording, or stored in a database or retrieval
system for any purpose without the express written permission of Hitachi, Ltd.
Hitachi, Ltd., reserves the right to make changes to this document at any time without notice and
assumes no responsibility for its use. This document contains the most current information available
at the time of publication. When new or revised information becomes available, this entire
document will be updated and distributed to all registered users.
Some of the features described in this document might not be currently available. Refer to the most
recent product announcement for information about feature and product availability, or contact
Hitachi Data Systems Corporation at https://portal.hds.com.
Notice: Hitachi, Ltd., products and services can be ordered only under the terms and conditions of
the applicable Hitachi Data Systems Corporation agreements. The use of Hitachi, Ltd., products is
governed by the terms of your agreements with Hitachi Data Systems Corporation.
Hitachi is a registered trademark of Hitachi, Ltd., in the United States and other countries. Hitachi
Data Systems is a registered trademark and service mark of Hitachi, Ltd., in the United States and
other countries.
Archivas, Essential NAS Platform, HiCommand, Hi-Track, ShadowImage, Tagmaserve, Tagmasoft,
Tagmasolve, Tagmastore, TrueCopy, Universal Star Network, and Universal Storage Platform are
registered trademarks of Hitachi Data Systems.
AIX, AS/400, DB2, Domino, DS6000, DS8000, Enterprise Storage Server, ESCON, FICON,
FlashCopy, IBM, Lotus, MVS, OS/390, RS/6000, S/390, System z9, System z10, Tivoli, VM/ESA, z/
OS, z9, z10, zSeries, z/VM, and z/VSE are registered trademarks or trademarks of International
Business Machines Corporation.
All other trademarks, service marks, and company names in this document or web site are
properties of their respective owners.
Microsoft product screen shots are reprinted with permission from Microsoft Corporation.
ii
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Contents
Preface.................................................................................................xiii
Intended audience...................................................................................................xiv
Product version.......................................................................................................xiv
Release notes..........................................................................................................xiv
Document revision level...........................................................................................xiv
Document organization.............................................................................................xv
Related documents...................................................................................................xv
Document conventions.............................................................................................xvi
Conventions for storage capacity values....................................................................xvi
Accessing product documentation............................................................................xvii
Getting help...........................................................................................................xvii
Comments..............................................................................................................xvii
1 Overview of HDLM................................................................................1-1
What is HDLM?.......................................................................................................1-2
HDLM Features.......................................................................................................1-2
2 HDLM Functions...................................................................................2-1
Devices Managed by HDLM......................................................................................2-3
System Configuration..............................................................................................2-3
LU Configuration.....................................................................................................2-5
Program Configuration............................................................................................2-6
Position of the HDLM Driver and hdisk......................................................................2-7
Distributing a Load Using Load Balancing..................................................................2-8
Paths to which load balancing is applied...........................................................2-10
When Using the Thunder 9500V Series, or Hitachi AMS/WMS Series..........2-10
When Using Other Than the Thunder 9500V Series and Hitachi AMS/WMS
Series...................................................................................................2-11
Load Balancing Algorithms...............................................................................2-12
Performing Failovers and Failbacks Using Path Switching.........................................2-14
Automatic path switching................................................................................2-14
Automatic failovers................................................................................2-14
Priority of Switching Destination Paths....................................................2-16
Automatic failbacks................................................................................2-18
Manual path switching.....................................................................................2-19
iii
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Path status transition......................................................................................2-20
The online path status...........................................................................2-20
The offline path status...........................................................................2-20
Correspondence Between Path Statuses Displayed by the OS and by HDLM2-21
Status transitions of a path....................................................................2-21
Monitoring intermittent errors (functionality when automatic failback is used)...........2-24
Checking intermittent errors............................................................................2-24
Setting up intermittent error monitoring...........................................................2-25
Intermittent Error Monitoring Actions...............................................................2-25
When an intermittent error occurs..........................................................2-25
When an intermittent error does not occur..............................................2-26
When the conditions for an intermittent error are changed during error
monitoring............................................................................................2-27
When a User Changes the Intermittent Error Information..................................2-28
Detecting errors by using path health checking.......................................................2-29
Distributing a Load by Using the Dynamic I/O Path Control Function.........................2-30
What is the Dynamic Load Balance Control Function..........................................2-30
Dynamic I/O Path Control Function..................................................................2-30
Error management................................................................................................2-31
Types of Collected Logs...................................................................................2-32
Filtering of error information............................................................................2-33
Collecting error information using the utility for collecting HDLM error information
(DLMgetras)...................................................................................................2-34
Collecting installation error information using the utility for collecting HDLM
installation error information (dlmgetrasinst)....................................................2-34
Collecting Audit Log Data.......................................................................................2-35
Categories and Audit Events that HDLM Can Output to the Audit Log.................2-37
Requirements for Outputting Audit Log Data.....................................................2-40
Destination and Filtering of Audit Log Data.......................................................2-40
Audit Log Data Formats...................................................................................2-41
Integrated HDLM management using Global Link Manager.......................................2-43
Cluster support.....................................................................................................2-44
3 Creating an HDLM Environment............................................................. 3-1
HDLM System Requirements....................................................................................3-3
Host and OS Support for HDLM......................................................................... 3-3
Storage Systems Supported by HDLM................................................................ 3-5
Storage Systems..................................................................................... 3-5
HBA.......................................................................................................3-6
When Handling Intermediate Volumes Managed by Hitachi RapidXchange...3-6
Cluster Software Supported by HDLM.................................................................3-7
Memory and Disk Capacity Requirements.........................................................3-10
Memory Requirements...........................................................................3-10
Disk Capacity Requirements...................................................................3-10
Number of LUs and Paths That Are Supported in HDLM.....................................3-11
Flow for Creating an HDLM Environment.................................................................3-11
Types of HDLM Installation....................................................................................3-12
Notes on Creating an HDLM Environment...............................................................3-13
Notes on Installing HDLM................................................................................3-13
Notes on an Upgrade Installation or Re-installation of HDLM..............................3-13
Notes on the Virtual I/O Server........................................................................3-14
Notes on a License Key...................................................................................3-15
iv
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Notes on Trace Files.......................................................................................3-15
Notes on Storage Systems...............................................................................3-16
Notes on the Cluster.......................................................................................3-16
Notes on the Automatic Failback......................................................................3-17
Notes on the queue_depth Parameter Value for an HDLM-Managed device.........3-17
Installing HDLM....................................................................................................3-17
Available Installation Methods..........................................................................3-17
When Performing a New Installation, Upgrade Installation, or Re-installation of
HDLM...................................................................................................3-18
When Performing a Migration of HDLM...................................................3-21
Preparations for a New Installation of HDLM.....................................................3-23
Perform Operations for HDLM Management-Target Devices......................3-23
Set Up the Hardware.............................................................................3-23
Switch the Kernel Mode ........................................................................3-24
Set Up Cluster Software.........................................................................3-25
Performing a New Installation of HDLM............................................................3-25
When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment..........................3-25
When Installing HDLM in a Boot Disk Environment...................................3-30
Preparations for an Upgrade Installation or Re-installation of HDLM...................3-36
Stop Applications...................................................................................3-36
Perform Operations for HDLM Management-Target Device.......................3-36
Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re-installation of HDLM...........................3-37
When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment..........................3-37
When Installing HDLM in a Boot Disk Environment...................................3-44
When Installing HDLM on Alternate Disks................................................3-49
Performing an Installation in a Multibos Environment...............................3-51
Using the nimadm command to simultaneously upgrade HDLM and migrate
the OS..................................................................................................3-54
Migrating from HDLM Version 5.8.1 or Earlier to Version 5.9 or Later..................3-56
Installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6.1 Environment................................................3-60
Upgrading or Re-installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6.1 Environment (in a Local
Boot Disk Environment).........................................................................3-60
Upgrading or Re-installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6.1 Environment (in a Boot
Disk Environment).................................................................................3-60
Migrating HDLM in a PowerHA 6.1 Environment.......................................3-61
Installing HDLM in a PowerHA 7.1 Environment................................................3-62
Performing an Unattended Installation of HDLM................................................3-65
When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment..........................3-65
When Installing HDLM in a Boot Disk Environment...................................3-68
Checking the Path Configuration............................................................................3-72
Setting up HDLM...................................................................................................3-73
Checking the Current Settings..........................................................................3-74
Setting Up the HDLM Functions........................................................................3-74
Setting Up Load Balancing.....................................................................3-75
Setting Up Path Health Checking............................................................3-76
Setting Up the Automatic Failback Function.............................................3-76
Setting Up Intermittent Error Monitoring.................................................3-77
Setting Up Dynamic I/O Path Control......................................................3-77
Setting the Error Log Collection Level......................................................3-78
Setting the Trace Level..........................................................................3-79
Setting the Error Log File Size................................................................3-79
Setting the Number of Error Log Files.....................................................3-80
v
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Setting the Trace File Size......................................................................3-80
Setting the Number of Trace Files...........................................................3-80
Setting Up Audit Log Data Collection.......................................................3-81
Setting the Audit Log Facility..................................................................3-82
Checking the Updated Settings........................................................................3-82
Setting up Integrated Traces.................................................................................3-83
Notes on Using the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library...........................3-84
Displaying the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu................3-84
Changing the Size of Integrated Trace Files......................................................3-85
Changing the Number of Integrated Trace Files................................................3-86
Changing the Buffer Size Per Monitoring Interval Duration.................................3-86
Adjusting the Number of Messages to be Output Per Monitoring Interval............3-87
Finishing the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library Settings........................3-89
Applying the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library Settings........................3-89
About the Reservation Policy..................................................................................3-90
Settings for Using PowerHA...................................................................................3-91
Storage System Settings..................................................................................3-91
Setting Up a Thunder 9500V Series Device..............................................3-91
Setting Up a Hitachi AMS/WMS Series Device..........................................3-91
Registering the HDLM Script for PowerHA.........................................................3-91
Setting the Reservation Policy..........................................................................3-92
Settings for Using GPFS.........................................................................................3-93
Settings for Using Oracle RAC 10g or Oracle RAC 11g..............................................3-94
Settings for MISSCOUNT and DISKTIMEOUT.....................................................3-94
Settings for Reservation Policy.........................................................................3-95
Settings for Using VCS...........................................................................................3-96
Removing HDLM...................................................................................................3-97
Preparations for HDLM Removal.......................................................................3-97
Removing HDLM.............................................................................................3-97
When Removing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment.........................3-98
When Removing HDLM in the Boot Disk Environment.............................3-101
Removing Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library (HNTRLib2).....................3-104
Removing Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library (HNTRLib)......................3-105
Canceling Cluster Software (PowerHA) Settings...............................................3-106
4 HDLM Operation................................................................................... 4-1
Notes on Using HDLM............................................................................................. 4-2
Displaying Path Information.............................................................................. 4-2
When a Path Error Is Detected.......................................................................... 4-2
Storage System................................................................................................ 4-3
Notes on Shutting Down a Host......................................................................... 4-3
Notes on Errors in a Host.................................................................................. 4-3
Notes on Enabling Both Primary and Secondary Volumes to Be Viewed From the
Same Server....................................................................................................4-4
Notes on an LVM Mirror Configuration................................................................4-4
Notes on When the OS Functionality in Not Available in a Boot Disk Environment..4-4
Notes on Replicating a System...........................................................................4-5
HDLM Operations Using Commands......................................................................... 4-5
Notes on Using Commands................................................................................4-5
Viewing Path Information..................................................................................4-5
Changing the Status of Paths.............................................................................4-6
Changing the Status of Paths to Online..................................................... 4-6
vi
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Changing the Status of Paths to Offline(C)................................................ 4-7
Viewing LU Information.....................................................................................4-8
Displaying the Correspondences Between hdisks, OS Management Path IDs, and
LDEVs..............................................................................................................4-8
Initializing Statistical Information for Paths.........................................................4-9
Viewing and Setting Up the Operating Environment...........................................4-10
Viewing the Operating Environment........................................................4-10
Setting Up the Operating Environment....................................................4-10
Viewing License Information............................................................................4-11
Updating the License.......................................................................................4-12
Viewing HDLM Version Information..................................................................4-12
Viewing HDLM Component Information............................................................4-13
Starting and Stopping the HDLM Manager...............................................................4-14
Starting the HDLM Manager.............................................................................4-14
Stopping the HDLM Manager...........................................................................4-14
HDLM Resident Processes......................................................................................4-15
Changing the Configuration of the HDLM Operating Environment.............................4-15
Changing an HDLM Management-Target Device................................................4-15
Adding an HDLM Management-Target Device..........................................4-15
Deleting an HDLM Management-Target Device........................................4-15
Changing an HDLM Management-Target Device......................................4-16
Changing hdisk attributes................................................................................4-17
Automatically Performing hdisk Reconfiguration.......................................4-17
Manually Performing hdisk Reconfiguration.............................................4-18
Changing a Path.............................................................................................4-21
Adding a Path (to a Volume Group Other than rootvg).............................4-21
Adding a Path (to a Device Included in rootvg)........................................4-21
Deleting a Path (of a Volume Group Other than rootvg)...........................4-22
Deleting a Path (of a Device Included in rootvg)......................................4-23
Replacing an HBA...........................................................................................4-23
Replacing a Fiber Cable...................................................................................4-28
Replacing a Fibre Channel Switch.....................................................................4-29
5 Troubleshooting....................................................................................5-1
Information Collected by the DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information. 5-2
Checking error information in messages...................................................................5-2
What To Do for a Path Error....................................................................................5-3
Examining the messages...................................................................................5-5
Obtain path information....................................................................................5-5
Identifying the Error Path..................................................................................5-5
Narrowing Down the Hardware That Might Have Caused the Error.......................5-5
Identifying the Error Location and Correcting any Hardware Errors.......................5-5
Placing the Path Online.....................................................................................5-5
What To Do for a Program Error..............................................................................5-6
Examining the Messages...................................................................................5-6
Obtaining Program Information.........................................................................5-6
What To Do for the Program Error.....................................................................5-7
Contacting your HDLM Vendor or Maintenance Company.....................................5-7
What To Do for Other Errors....................................................................................5-7
vii
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6 Command Reference.............................................................................6-1
Overview of the HDLM Command dlnkmgr................................................................6-2
clear (Returns the Path Statistics to the Initial Value)................................................6-3
Format.............................................................................................................6-3
To Set the Path Statistics to 0..................................................................6-3
To Display the Format of the Clear Operation............................................6-3
Parameters......................................................................................................6-3
To Set the Path Statistics to 0..................................................................6-3
To Display the Format of the Clear Operation............................................6-4
help (Displays the Operation Format).......................................................................6-4
Format.............................................................................................................6-4
Parameter........................................................................................................6-4
offline (Places Paths Offline)....................................................................................6-6
Format.............................................................................................................6-6
To Place Paths Offline..............................................................................6-6
To Display the Format of the Offline Operation..........................................6-6
Parameters......................................................................................................6-6
To Place Paths Offline..............................................................................6-6
To Display the Format of the Offline Operation........................................6-10
online (Places Paths Online)...................................................................................6-11
Format...........................................................................................................6-12
To Place Paths Online............................................................................6-12
To Display the Format of the Online Operation........................................6-12
Parameters.....................................................................................................6-12
To Place Paths Online............................................................................6-12
To Display the Format of the Online Operation........................................6-16
set (Sets Up the Operating Environment)................................................................6-17
Format...........................................................................................................6-18
To Set Up the HDLM Operating Environment...........................................6-18
To Display the Format of the Set Operation.............................................6-18
Parameters.....................................................................................................6-18
To Set Up the HDLM Operating Environment...........................................6-18
To Display the Format of the Set Operation.............................................6-31
view (Displays Information)...................................................................................6-33
Format...........................................................................................................6-33
To Display Program Information.............................................................6-33
To Display Path Information...................................................................6-33
To Display LU Information......................................................................6-34
To Display HBA Port Information............................................................6-34
To Display CHA Port Information............................................................6-34
Correspondences Between hdisks, OS Management Path IDs, and LDEVs..6-34
To Display the Format of the View Operation...........................................6-34
Parameters.....................................................................................................6-35
To Display Program Information.............................................................6-35
To Display Path Information...................................................................6-42
To Display LU Information......................................................................6-54
To Display HBA Port Information............................................................6-64
To Display CHA Port Information............................................................6-66
To Display the Correspondences Between hdisks, OS Management Path IDs,
and LDEVs............................................................................................6-67
To Display the Format of the View Operation...........................................6-68
add (Adds a Path Dynamically)...............................................................................6-68
viii
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Format...........................................................................................................6-69
To Add a Path Dynamically.....................................................................6-69
To Display the Format of the add Operation............................................6-69
Parameters.....................................................................................................6-69
To Add a Path Dynamically.....................................................................6-69
To Display the Format of the add Operation............................................6-69
delete (Deletes a Path Dynamically).......................................................................6-70
Format...........................................................................................................6-70
To Delete a Path Dynamically.................................................................6-70
To Display the Format of the delete Operation.........................................6-70
Parameters.....................................................................................................6-70
To Delete a Path Dynamically.................................................................6-70
To Display the Format of the delete Operation.........................................6-71
7 Utility Reference................................................................................... 7-1
Overview of the Utilities..........................................................................................7-3
DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information............................................ 7-5
Format.............................................................................................................7-6
Parameters......................................................................................................7-6
List of Collected Error Information..................................................................... 7-8
dlmchpdattr Utility for Changing HDLM Default Settings...........................................7-13
Format...........................................................................................................7-13
Parameters.....................................................................................................7-14
dlmgetrasinst Utility for Collecting HDLM Installation Error Information.....................7-16
Format...........................................................................................................7-16
Parameters.....................................................................................................7-16
List of Collected Error Information....................................................................7-17
dlminstcomp Utility for HDLM Component Installation..............................................7-19
Format...........................................................................................................7-20
Parameter......................................................................................................7-20
dlmmigsts Utility for Assisting HDLM Migration........................................................7-20
Format...........................................................................................................7-20
Parameters.....................................................................................................7-20
dlmodmset Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution Environment ODM........................7-21
Format...........................................................................................................7-21
Parameters.....................................................................................................7-22
dlmpostrestore Utility for HDLM Restoration Support...............................................7-25
Format...........................................................................................................7-25
Parameters.....................................................................................................7-25
dlmpr Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation.............................................7-25
Format...........................................................................................................7-26
Parameters.....................................................................................................7-26
dlmpremkcd Utility for Preparing for a System Backup.............................................7-28
Format...........................................................................................................7-28
Parameters.....................................................................................................7-28
dlmpreremove Utility for Executed Before Removing HDLM......................................7-29
Format...........................................................................................................7-29
Parameters.....................................................................................................7-29
dlmrmdev Utility for Deleting HDLM Drivers............................................................7-30
Format...........................................................................................................7-30
Parameters.....................................................................................................7-30
ix
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
dlmrmprshkey Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation (Shared-Host
Methodology).......................................................................................................7-31
Format...........................................................................................................7-31
Parameters.....................................................................................................7-31
installhdlm Utility for Installing HDLM.....................................................................7-32
Format...........................................................................................................7-32
Parameters.....................................................................................................7-32
Items To Be Defined in an installation-information Settings File..........................7-32
Log file...........................................................................................................7-42
installux.sh Utility for HDLM Common Installer........................................................7-43
Format...........................................................................................................7-43
Parameters.....................................................................................................7-43
Log file...........................................................................................................7-43
8 Messages.............................................................................................8-1
Before Viewing the List of Messages.........................................................................8-3
Format and Meaning of Message IDs.................................................................8-3
Terms Used in Messages and Message Explanations............................................8-3
Components that Output Messages to syslog......................................................8-3
KAPL01001 to KAPL02000.......................................................................................8-4
KAPL03001 to KAPL04000......................................................................................8-35
KAPL04001 to KAPL05000......................................................................................8-37
KAPL05001 to KAPL06000......................................................................................8-47
KAPL06001 to KAPL07000......................................................................................8-51
KAPL07001 to KAPL08000......................................................................................8-54
KAPL08001 to KAPL09000......................................................................................8-55
KAPL09001 to KAPL10000......................................................................................8-59
KAPL10001 to KAPL11000......................................................................................8-85
KAPL11001 to KAPL12000....................................................................................8-111
KAPL13001 to KAPL14000....................................................................................8-115
KAPL15001 to KAPL16000....................................................................................8-128
Return Codes for Hitachi Command Suite Common Agent Component.....................8-132
A Functional Differences Between Versions of HDLM..................................A-1
Functional Differences Between Version 6.2 and Versions Earlier than 6.2..................A-2
Functional Differences Between Version 6.1 and Versions Earlier than 6.1..................A-2
Functional Differences Between Version 6.0 or Later and Versions Earlier than 6.0......A-2
B Differences Between HDLM Version 5.9 or Later and Version 5.8.1 or Earlier
..........................................................................................................B-1
Add-in HDLM Driver Module.....................................................................................B-2
Simplifying the HDLM Environment Configuration and Operation Procedures by Changes
to the Logical Device Files.......................................................................................B-2
Changing the HDLM Environment Configuration and Operation Procedures by Changes to
the Logical Device Files...........................................................................................B-4
Migrating Reservation Control Settings.....................................................................B-5
Support for a Boot Disk Environment........................................................................B-5
About Settings when Upgrading the OS....................................................................B-5
Eliminating Settings when Upgrading the OS......................................................B-5
Eliminating Settings when Changing the Kernel Mode..........................................B-5
x
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Changing a Virtual I/O Server's Method of Recognizing Virtual SCSI Disks...................B-6
Acronyms and abbreviations
Glossary
Index
xi
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
xii
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Preface
This document describes how to use the Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager.
□ Intended audience
□ Product version
□ Release notes
□ Document revision level
□ Document organization
□ Related documents
□ Document conventions
□ Conventions for storage capacity values
□ Accessing product documentation
□ Getting help
□ Comments
Preface
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
xiii
Intended audience
This document is intended for storage administrators who use Hitachi
Dynamic Link Manager (HDLM) to operate and manage storage systems, and
assumes that readers have:
•
Knowledge of AIX and its management functionality
•
Knowledge of Storage system management functionality
•
Knowledge of Cluster software functionality
•
Knowledge of Volume management software functionality
Product version
This document revision applies to HDLM for AIX version 7.6 or later.
Release notes
Read the release notes before installing and using this product. They may
contain requirements or restrictions that are not fully described in this
document or updates or corrections to this document.
Document revision level
Revision
Date
Description
MK-92DLM111-20 November 2011 Initial Release
MK-92DLM111-21 July 2012
Revision 1, supersedes and replaces
MK-92DLM111-20
MK-92DLM111-22 August 2012
Revision 2, supersedes and replaces
MK-92DLM111-21
MK-92DLM111-23 November 2012 Revision 3, supersedes and replaces
MK-92DLM111-22
xiv
MK-92DLM111-24 February 2013
Revision 4, supersedes and replaces
MK-92DLM111-23
MK-92DLM111-25 March 2013
Revision 5, supersedes and replaces
MK-92DLM111-24
MK-92DLM111-26 May 2013
Revision 6, supersedes and replaces
MK-92DLM111-25
MK-92DLM111-27 October 2013
Revision 7, supersedes and replaces
MK-92DLM111-26
Preface
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Document organization
The following table provides an overview of the contents and organization of
this document. Click the chapter title in the left column to go to that chapter.
The first page of each chapter provides links to the sections in that chapter.
Chapter/Appendix
Description
Chapter 1, Overview of HDLM on
page 1-1
Gives an overview of HDLM, and describes its
features.
Chapter 2, HDLM Functions on
page 2-1
Describes management targets and the system
configuration of HDLM, and the basic terms and
functions for HDLM.
Chapter 3, Creating an HDLM
Environment on page 3-1
Describes the necessary preparations for installing
HDLM, and then describes how to install HDLM and
set up the various functions.
Chapter 4, HDLM Operation on
page 4-1
Describes procedures for operating HDLM by using
the HDLM commands, and procedures for manually
starting and stopping the HDLM manager. This
chapter also describes how to configure the
appropriate environment for operating HDLM, such
as changing the HDLM management-target devices
that connect paths or replacing the hardware that
comprises a path.
Chapter 5, Troubleshooting on
page 5-1
Explains how to troubleshoot a path error, HDLM
failure, or any other problems that you might
encounter.
Chapter 6, Command Reference on Describes all the HDLM commands.
page 6-1
Chapter 7, Utility Reference on
page 7-1
Describes the HDLM utilities.
Chapter 8, Messages on page 8-1
Provides information about viewing messages
output by HDLM. It also lists and explains the HDLM
messages and shows the actions to be taken in
response to each message.
Appendix A, Functional Differences Explains the differences in functionality between
Between Versions of HDLM on page HDLM versions.
A-1
Appendix B, Differences Between
HDLM Version 5.9 or Later and
Version 5.8.1 or Earlier on page
B-1
Explains the changes from HDLM version 5.8.1 or
earlier.
Related documents
The following related Hitachi Command Suite documents are available on the
documentation CD:
•
Hitachi Command Suite Global Link Manager Installation and
Configuration Guide, MK-95HC107
Preface
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
xv
•
Hitachi Command Suite Global Link Manager Messages, MK-95HC108
•
Hitachi Adaptable Modular Storage Series User's Guide
•
Hitachi Simple Modular Storage Series User's Guide
•
Hitachi Unified Storage Series User's Guide
•
Hitachi USP Series User's Guide
•
Hitachi Workgroup Modular Storage Series User's Guide
•
Thunder9580V Series Disk Array Subsystem User's Guide
•
Reference Manual / File Conversion Utility & File Access Library
•
Universal Storage Platform V User's Guide
•
Universal Storage Platform VM User's Guide
•
Virtual Storage Platform User's Guide
Document conventions
This document uses the following typographic conventions:
Convention
Description
Bold
Indicates text on a window, other than the window title, including
menus, menu options, buttons, fields, and labels. Example: Click OK.
Italic
Indicates a variable, which is a placeholder for actual text provided by
the user or system. Example: copy source-file target-file
Note: Angled brackets (< >) are also used to indicate variables.
Monospace
Indicates text that is displayed on screen or entered by the user.
Example: # pairdisplay -g oradb
< > angled
brackets
Indicates a variable, which is a placeholder for actual text provided by
the user or system. Example: # pairdisplay -g <group>
Note: Italic font is also used to indicate variables.
[ ] square
brackets
Indicates optional values. Example: [ a | b ] indicates that you can
choose a, b, or nothing.
{ } braces
Indicates required or expected values. Example: { a | b } indicates
that you must choose either a or b.
| vertical bar
Indicates that you have a choice between two or more options or
arguments. Examples: [ a | b ] indicates that you can choose a, b, or
nothing. { a | b } indicates that you must choose either a or b.
underline
Indicates the default value.
Example:
[ a | b ]
Conventions for storage capacity values
Physical storage capacity values (for example, disk drive capacity) are
calculated based on the following values:
xvi
Preface
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Physical capacity unit
Value
1 kilobyte (KB)
1,000 (103) bytes
1 megabyte (MB)
1,000 KB or 1,0002 bytes
1 gigabyte (GB)
1,000 MB or 1,0003 bytes
1 terabyte (TB)
1,000 GB or 1,0004 bytes
1 petabyte (PB)
1,000 TB or 1,0005 bytes
1 exabyte (EB)
1,000 PB or 1,0006 bytes
Logical storage capacity values (for example, logical device capacity) are
calculated based on the following values:
Logical capacity unit
Value
1 block
512 bytes
1 KB
1,024 (210) bytes
1 MB
1,024 KB or 1,0242 bytes
1 GB
1,024 MB or 1,0243 bytes
1 TB
1,024 GB or 1,0244 bytes
1 PB
1,024 TB or 1,0245 bytes
1 EB
1,024 PB or 1,0246 bytes
Accessing product documentation
The HDLM user documentation is available on the Hitachi Data Systems
Portal: https://portal.hds.com. Check this site for the most current
documentation, including important updates that may have been made after
the release of the product.
Getting help
The Hitachi Data Systems customer support staff is available 24 hours a day,
seven days a week. If you need technical support, log on to the Hitachi Data
Systems Portal for contact information: https://portal.hds.com.
Comments
Please send us your comments on this document to:
doc.comments@hds.com. Include the document title and number, including
the revision level (for example, -07), and refer to specific sections and
Preface
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
xvii
paragraphs whenever possible. All comments become the property of Hitachi
Data Systems Corporation.
Thank you!
xviii
Preface
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
1
Overview of HDLM
HDLM is a software package that manages paths between a host and a
storage system. HDLM is designed to distribute loads across multiple paths
and will switch a given load to another path if there is a failure in the path
that is currently being used, thus improving system reliability.
This chapter gives an overview of HDLM and describes its features.
□ What is HDLM?
□ HDLM Features
Overview of HDLM
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
1-1
What is HDLM?
The widespread use of data warehousing and increasing use of multimedia
data have increased the need for high-speed processing of large volumes of
data on networks. To satisfy this need, networks dedicated to data transfer,
such as a SAN, are now being used to provide access to storage systems.
The HDLM software manages access paths to storage systems. HDLM uses
MPIO functionality supported by AIX 5L V5.2 or later.
HDLM, as an extended module of MPIO, provides functionality for distributing
the load across paths and switching to another path if there is a failure in a
path being used, thus improving system availability and reliability.
The figure below shows the connections between hosts and storage systems.
A server on which HDLM is installed is called a host.
Figure 1-1 Connections between hosts and storage systems
For details about the storage systems supported by HDLM, see Storage
Systems Supported by HDLM on page 3-5.
HDLM Features
HDLM features include the following:
The ability to distribute a load across multiple paths. This is also known as
load balancing.
When a host is connected to a storage system via multiple paths, HDLM
can distribute the load across all the paths. This prevents one, loaded
down path from affecting the processing speed of the entire system.
For details on load balancing, see Distributing a Load Using Load
Balancing on page 2-8.
1-2
Overview of HDLM
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
The ability to continue running operations between a host and storage
system, even if there is a failure. This is also known as performing a failover.
When a host is connected to a storage system via multiple paths, HDLM
can automatically switch to another path if there is some sort of failure in
the path that is currently being used. This allows operations to continue
between a host and a storage system.
For details on performing failovers, see Performing Failovers and Failbacks
Using Path Switching on page 2-14.
The ability to bring a path that has recovered from an error back online. This
is also known as performing a failback.
If a path is recovered from an error, HDLM can bring that path back
online. This enables the maximum possible number of paths to always be
available and online, which in turn enables HDLM to better distribute the
load across multiple paths.
Failbacks can be performed manually or automatically. In an automatic
failback, HDLM will automatically restore the path to an active state after
the user has corrected the problem that exists on the physical path.
For details on performing failbacks, see Performing Failovers and
Failbacks Using Path Switching on page 2-14.
The ability to automatically check the status of any given path at regular
intervals. This is also known as path health checking.
HDLM can easily detect errors by checking the statuses of paths at userdefined time intervals. This allows you to check for any existing path
errors and to resolve them promptly and efficiently.
For details on setting up and performing path health checking, see
Detecting errors by using path health checking on page 2-29.
Overview of HDLM
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
1-3
1-4
Overview of HDLM
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2
HDLM Functions
This chapter describes the various functions that are built into HDLM. Before
the function specifications are explained though, this chapter will go into
detail about the HDLM management targets, system configuration, and basic
terms that are necessary to know to effectively operate HDLM. After that, the
rest of the chapter focus on describing all the HDLM functions, including the
main ones: load distribution across paths and path switching.
□ Devices Managed by HDLM
□ System Configuration
□ LU Configuration
□ Program Configuration
□ Position of the HDLM Driver and hdisk
□ Distributing a Load Using Load Balancing
□ Performing Failovers and Failbacks Using Path Switching
□ Monitoring intermittent errors (functionality when automatic failback is
used)
□ Detecting errors by using path health checking
□ Distributing a Load by Using the Dynamic I/O Path Control Function
□ Error management
□ Collecting Audit Log Data
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-1
□ Integrated HDLM management using Global Link Manager
□ Cluster support
2-2
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Devices Managed by HDLM
Below is a list of devices that can or cannot be managed by HDLM. The
devices that can be managed by HDLM are called HDLM management-target
devices.
HDLM management-target devices:
The following devices are from the storage systems listed in Section What
is HDLM? on page 1-2:
¢
¢
SCSI devices
Boot disks (including boot disks on a client logical partition in a virtual
I/O server environment)
¢
Command devices (such as Hitachi RAID Manager command devices)
¢
Dump devices
¢
Swap devices
Non-HDLM management-target devices:
¢
SCSI devices other than those that are in the storage systems listed
in Section What is HDLM? on page 1-2
¢
Built-in disks on a host
¢
Non-disk devices (tape devices, etc.)
System Configuration
HDLM manages routes between a host and a storage system by using the
SCSI driver. The host and storage systems are connected using SAN with
fiber cables. The cable port on the host is a host bus adapter (HBA). The
cable port on the storage system is a port (P) on a channel adapter (CHA).
A logical unit (LU) contained in a storage system is the target of input to, or
output from, the host. An area in an LU is called a Dev. A route that connects
a host and a Dev in an LU is called a path.
HDLM manages a path by assigning an ID to it. This ID is called the
AutoPATH_ID. A path may also be called a management target. The ID that
AIX assigns to a path is called the OS management path ID. The OS
management path ID can be displayed by executing the AIX lspath
command. Also, HDLM can display the OS management path ID that
corresponds to the path management PATH_ID when you execute the HDLM
command's view operation with the -lu or -drv parameter specified. For
details about the view operation, see view (Displays Information) on page
6-33.
The following figure shows the HDLM system configuration.
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-3
Figure 2-1 HDLM System Configuration
The following table lists and describes the HDLM system components.
Table 2-1 HDLM System Components
Components
2-4
Description
HBA
A host bus adapter. This serves as a cable port on the host.
SAN
A dedicated network that is used for data transfer between the
host machine and storage systems.
CHA
A channel adapter.
P
A port on a CHA. This serves as a cable port on a storage
system.
LU
A logical unit (a logical volume defined on the storage system).
This serves as the target of input or output operations from the
host.
Dev
An area in an LU.
Path
A route that connects a host and a Dev.
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
LU Configuration
On a system using HDLM, the logical device file for the HDLM managementtarget device is used to access the target LU.
An LU recognized by a host after HDLM installation, is called a host LU (HLU).
The areas in a host LU that correspond to the Dev in a storage system LU are
called host devices (HDev).
An LU in the storage system corresponds one-to-one with a host LU, a host
device, or an hdisk.
The following figure shows the LU configuration recognized by the host, after
the installation of HDLM.
Figure 2-2 LU configuration of the host where HDLM is installed and
correspondence with an hdisk
The following table lists and describes the components recognized by the
host.
Table 2-2 Components recognized by the host
Components
Description
HLU
An LU that the host recognizes via the HDLM driver. It is
called a host LU. No matter how many paths exist, one
host LU is recognized for one LU in the storage system.
HDev
A Dev in an LU that the host recognizes via the HDLM
driver. It is called a host device. No matter how many
paths exist, one host device is recognized for one Dev in
the storage system.
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-5
Program Configuration
HDLM is actually a combination of several programs. Because each program
corresponds to a specific HDLM operation, it is important to understand the
name and purpose of each program, along with how they are all interrelated.
The following figure shows the configuration of the HDLM programs.
Figure 2-3 Configuration of the HDLM Programs
The following table lists and describes the functions of these programs.
Table 2-3 Functionality of HDLM Programs
Program name
HDLM command
HDLM utility
2-6
Functions
Provides the dlnkmgr command, which enables you to:
•
Manage paths
•
Display error information
•
Set up the HDLM operating environment
Provides the HDLM utility, which enables you to:
•
Collect error information
•
Change the default value of the hdisk attribute
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Program name
HDLM manager
Functions
•
Migration of HDLM
•
Clear HDLM persistent reservation
•
Exclude the hdisk recognized as a boot disk from
being an HDLM management target
•
Set ODM to define HDLM operations
•
Delete hdisks according to the parameter settings
•
Install HDLM
•
The unattended installation of HDLM
•
Install Hitachi Command Suite Common Agent
Component
•
Collect information about errors that occur during
HDLM installation
•
Perform maintenance when HDLM-managed devices
are restored
Provides the HDLM manager, which enables you to:
•
Configures the HDLM operating environment
•
Request path health checks and automatic failbacks
to be performed
•
Collects error log data
HDLM alert driver
Reports the log information collected by the HDLM driver
to the HDLM manager. The driver name is dlmadrv.
HDLM driver
Controls HDLM functionality, manages paths, and detects
errors. This is an add-in module of the AIX MPIO driver.
The HDLM driver consists of the following:
•
Core logic component
Controls the basic functionality of HDLM.
•
Filter component
Sends and receives I/O data.
HDLM configuration log
driver
Acquires operation logs of the configuration processing for
the HDLM driver.
Position of the HDLM Driver and hdisk
The HDLM driver is positioned above the SCSI driver and is an add-in module
of MPIO driver located in the AIX standard hdisk. Each application on the host
uses the hdisk (logical device file) created by HDLM, to access LUs in the
storage system. The following figure shows the position of the HDLM driver
and hdisk. The logical device file name can be changed by using the rendev
command. In this manual, the file name of a default logical device of the OS
(hdiskn) or an hdisk name is used as the logical device file name.
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-7
Figure 2-4 Position of the HDLM Driver and hdisk
Distributing a Load Using Load Balancing
When the system contains multiple paths to a single LU, HDLM can distribute
the load across the paths by using multiple paths to transfer the I/O data.
This function is called load balancing, and it prevents a single, heavily loaded
path from affecting the performance of the entire system.
Figure 2-5 Flow of I/O Data When the Load Balancing Function Is Not Used on
page 2-9 shows the flow of I/O data when the load balancing function is
not used. Figure 2-6 Flow of I/O Data When the Load Balancing Function Is
Used on page 2-10 shows the flow of I/O data when the load balancing
function is used. Both figures show examples of I/O operations being issued
for the same LU by multiple applications.
2-8
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Figure 2-5 Flow of I/O Data When the Load Balancing Function Is Not
Used
When the load balancing function is not being used, I/O operations converge
on one physical path (A). The load on the physical path (A) will cause a
bottleneck, which might cause deterioration of the whole system's
performance.
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-9
Figure 2-6 Flow of I/O Data When the Load Balancing Function Is Used
When the load balancing function is being used, I/O operations are
distributed via physical paths (A), (B), (C), and (D). This prevents
deterioration of the whole system's performance from a bottleneck on one
path.
Paths to which load balancing is applied
This subsection describes, for each type of storage system, the paths to
which the load balancing function is applied.
When Using the Thunder 9500V Series, or Hitachi AMS/WMS Series
When HDLM performs load balancing, it differentiates between load balancing
among owner paths and among non-owner paths. An owner path is a path
that passes through the owner controller for a target LU. When you set up an
LU, you have to specify which CHA to be used as the owner controller for the
LU. Because different LUs might have different owner controllers, different
LUs might also have different owner paths. A non-owner path is a path that
passes through a CHA other than the owner controller. This type of CHA is
also known as a non-owner controller. An owner path is usually used in
preference to a non-owner path. In order to prevent system performance
from slowing down, HDLM does not perform load balancing between owner
2-10
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
paths and non-owner paths. If failures occur across some of the owner paths,
load balancing will be performed among the remaining, usable owner paths.
It is only when absolutely no owner paths are available, that load balancing is
then performed among the non-owner paths.
For the example in Figure 2-7 Overview of load balancing on page 2-11,
suppose that in the owner controller of LU0 is CHA0. When the LU is
accessed, the load is balanced between the two paths A and B, which are
both owner paths. When one of the paths (A) cannot be used, then the LU is
accessed from the only other owner path (B). When the physical paths (A)
and (B) cannot be used, the load is balanced between the physical paths (C)
and (D) (that is, between non-owner paths).
Figure 2-7 Overview of load balancing
When Using Other Than the Thunder 9500V Series and Hitachi AMS/WMS Series
All online paths are owner paths. Therefore, for the example in Figure 2-6
Flow of I/O Data When the Load Balancing Function Is Used on page 2-10,
the load is balanced among the four paths A, B, C, and D. If one of the paths
were to become unusable, the load would be balanced among the three,
remaining paths.
Notes:
Load balancing is performed for the following storage systems:
¢
Lightning 9900V series
¢
Hitachi USP series
¢
Universal Storage Platform V/VM series
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-11
¢
Virtual Storage Platform series
¢
Hitachi AMS2000 series#
¢
Hitachi SMS series#
¢
HUS100 series#
HUS VM
#: This storage system applies when the dynamic I/O path control
function is disabled.
¢
Load Balancing Algorithms
HDLM has the following six load balancing algorithms:
•
The Round Robin algorithm
•
The Extended Round Robin algorithm
•
The Least I/Os algorithm
•
The Extended Least I/Os algorithm
•
The Least Blocks algorithm
•
The Extended Least Blocks algorithm
The above algorithms are divided into two categories, which differ in their
processing method. The following describes both of these processing
methods:
The Round Robin, Least I/Os, and Least Blocks algorithms
These algorithms select which path to use every time a certain number of
I/Os are issued. The path that is used is determined by the following:
¢
¢
¢
Round Robin
The paths are simply selected in order from among all the connected
paths.
Least I/Os
The path that has the least number of I/Os being processed is
selected from among all the connected paths.
Least Blocks
The path that has the least number of I/O blocks being processed is
selected from among all the connected paths.
The Extended Round Robin, Extended Least I/Os, and Extended Least Blocks
algorithms
These algorithms determine which path to allocate based on whether the
data of the I/O to be issued is sequential with the data of the I/O that
was issued immediately beforehand.
If the data is sequential, the path used will be the one to which the data
of the I/O that was issued immediately beforehand was distributed.
However, if a specified number of I/Os has been issued to a path,
processing switches to the next path.
2-12
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
If the data is not sequential, these algorithms select the path to be used
each time an I/O request is issued.
¢
¢
¢
Extended Round Robin
The paths are simply is selected in order from among all the
connected paths.
Extended Least I/Os
The path that has the least number of I/Os being processed is
selected from among all the connected paths.
Extended Least Blocks
The path that has the least number of I/O blocks being processed is
selected from among all the connected paths.
The following table lists and describes the features of the load balancing
algorithms.
Table 2-4 Features of the Load Balancing Algorithms
Algorithm type
•
Round Robin#
•
Least I/Os
•
Least Blocks
•
Extended Round
Robin
•
Extended Least I/Os
•
Extended Least
Blocks
Algorithm features
These types of algorithms are most effective when a lot of
discontinuous, non-sequential I/Os are issued.
If there is a read request for I/O data that is sequential with
the data of the I/O that was issued immediately beforehand,
an improvement in reading speed can be expected due to the
storage system cache functionality. These types of
algorithms are most effective when many continuous I/Os
are issued (the I/O data is sequential).
#
Some I/O operations managed by HDLM can be distributed across all
paths, and some cannot. Thus, you should be aware that even if you
specify the Round Robin algorithm, I/O operations cannot always be
allocated uniformly across all paths.
By default, the Extended Least I/Os algorithm is set when HDLM is first
installed. When an upgrade installation of HDLM is performed, the existing
setting is inherited.
Select the load balancing algorithm most suitable for the data access patterns
in your system environment. If there are no recognizable data access
patterns, we recommend applying the Extended Least I/Os algorithm.
You can specify the load balancing function by the dlnkmgr command's set
operation. For details on the set operation, see set (Sets Up the Operating
Environment) on page 6-17.
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-13
Performing Failovers and Failbacks Using Path Switching
When the system contains multiple paths to an LU and an error occurs on the
path that is currently being used, HDLM can switch to another functional
path, so that the system can continue operating. This is called a failover.
If a path in which an error has occurred recovers from the error, HDLM can
then switch back to that path. This is called a failback.
Two types of failovers and failbacks are available:
•
Automatic failovers and failbacks
•
Manual failovers and failbacks
Failovers and failbacks switch which path is being used and also change the
statuses of the paths. A path status is either online or offline. An online status
means that the path can receive I/Os. On the other hand, an offline status
means that the path cannot receive I/Os. A path will go into the offline status
for the following reasons:
•
An error occurred on the path.
•
A user executed the HDLM command's offline operation.
For details on the offline operation, see offline (Places Paths Offline) on
page 6-6.
For details on path statuses and the transitions of those statuses, see Path
status transition on page 2-20.
Automatic path switching
The following describes the automatic failover and failback functions, which
automatically switch a path.
Automatic failovers
If you detect an error on the path that is currently being used, you can
continue to use the system by having the status of that path automatically
changed to offline, and then automatically have the system switch over to
another online path. This functionality is called automatic failover. Automatic
failovers can be used for the following levels of errors:
Critical
A fatal error that might stop the system.
Error
A high-risk error, which can be avoided by performing a failover or some
other countermeasure.
For details on error levels, see Filtering of error information on page 2-33.
When the Thunder 9500V series, or Hitachi AMS/WMS series is being used,
HDLM will select the path to be used next from among the various paths that
access the same LU, starting with owner paths, and then non-owner paths.
For example, in Figure 2-8 Path switching on page 2-15, the owner
2-14
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
controller of an LU is CHA0, and access to the LU is made via only one path
(A). After that access path (A) is placed offline, the first choice for the
switching destination is the other path connected to CHA0 (B). If an error
also occurs on that path (B), then the next possibility for a path comes from
one of the two paths (C or D) connected to CHA1.
When the Lightning 9900V series, Hitachi USP series, Universal Storage
Platform V/VM series, Virtual Storage Platform series, Hitachi AMS2000
series#, Hitachi SMS series#, HUS100 series#, or HUS VM is being used, all
the paths are owner paths. This means all the paths accessing the same LU
can be possible switching destinations. For example, in Figure 2-8 Path
switching on page 2-15, the LU is accessed using only the path (A). After
the access path is placed offline, the switching destination is one of the paths
(B), (C), and (D).
#
This storage system applies when the dynamic I/O path control function is
disabled.
For details on the priority for determining which of the paths to the same LU
is used as the switching destination, see Priority of Switching Destination
Paths on page 2-16.
Figure 2-8 Path switching
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-15
Priority of Switching Destination Paths
Priority of paths varies depending on the architecture of the host machine.
If the architecture of the host is CHRP, the switching destination path is
selected based on four keys. First, the path with the smallest path priority
number (first key) is selected. If there are multiple paths with the smallest
path priority number, the order for selecting a unique path is smallest slot
number (second key), smallest CHA port number (third key), and smallest
PATH_ID value (fourth key).
If the architecture of the host is not CHRP, the switching destination path is
selected based on three keys. First, the path with the smallest path priority
number (first key) is selected. If there are multiple paths with the smallest
path priority number, the order for selecting a unique path is smallest CHA
port number (second key) and then smallest PATH_ID value (third key).
This sub-section explains these keys.
Path priority number
This number indicates the priority level set for each path. Priority levels
can be set from 1 to 255. The lower the number, the higher the priority.
The default is 1. The priority level is set by using OS commands. The
following shows an example of the procedure for setting the path priority
number.
2-16
a.
Execute a command that displays the path information for the LU:
# lspath -l hdisk4 -F"name parent path_id connection
path_status status"
hdisk4 fscsi0 0 50060e8005271720,31000000000000 Available
Enabled
hdisk4 fscsi1 1 50060e8005271730,31000000000000 Available
Enabled
hdisk4 fscsi2 2 50060e8005271740,31000000000000 Available
Enabled
hdisk4 fscsi3 3 50060e8005271750,31000000000000 Available
Enabled
b.
Execute a command that displays the information for the path whose
path priority number you want to set:
# lspath -l hdisk4 -p fscsi0 -w
50060e8005271720,31000000000000 -E
scsi_id 0x651400 SCSI ID False
node_name 0x50060e8005271720 FC Node Name False
state Enabled N/A True
priority 1 N/A True
c.
Execute a command that changes the path priority number:
# chpath -l hdisk4 -p fscsi0 -w
50060e8005271720,31000000000000 -a priority=5
path Changed
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
d.
Execute a command that displays the information for the path for
which a new path priority number has been set:
# lspath -l hdisk4 -p fscsi0 -w
50060e8005271720,31000000000000 -E
scsi_id 0x651400 SCSI ID False
node_name 0x50060e8005271720 FC Node Name False
state Enabled N/A True
priority 5 N/A True
Slot number
This number indicates the position of the slot where an HBA is mounted.
You can find the order of the slot numbers by comparing their physical
location code.
The following describes how to obtain the physical location code.
a.
Execute the following command to find hdisk, based on
AutoPATH_ID.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -drv
PathID HDevName OSPathID LDEV
000000 hdisk0 00000 9500V.0051.0005
000001 hdisk1 00000 9500V.0051.0015
000002 hdisk2 00000 9500V.0051.0020
000003 hdisk0 00001 9500V.0051.0005
000004 hdisk1 00001 9500V.0051.0015
000005 hdisk2 00001 9500V.0051.0020
b.
Execute the following command to find the parent device of hdisk
(the HBA device instance).
# lsdev -C -l hdisk4 -F 'parent'
fscsi0
c.
Execute the following command to find the physical location code,
based on the HBA device instance.
# lscfg -vp -l fscsi0
The obtained physical location code is in the Uaa.bb-Pcc-Idd format.
The first letters, Uaa.bb, depend on the model of the host. HDLM
selects the path with the lowest value for aabbccdd. When the
physical location code is in another format, the priority of paths is not
decided. Note that the top priority path does not change because of,
for example, restarting a computer in the same environment.
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-17
Note
Depending on the HBA, you need to repeat steps b and c.
For details on the position of slots, see the manual of the host.
CHA port number
The port number of the CHA.
You can check this number by using the dlnkmgr command's view
operation. For details on the view operation, see view (Displays
Information) on page 6-33.
AutoPATH_ID
The ID assigned to a path. This ID is re-assigned each time the host or
the HDLM Manager is started.
You can check this ID by using the dlnkmgr command's view operation.
For details on the view operation, see view (Displays Information) on
page 6-33.
Automatic failbacks
When a path recovers from an error, HDLM can automatically place the
recovered path back online. This function is called the automatic failback
function.
In order to use the automatic failback function, HDLM must already be
monitoring error recovery on a regular basis.
When using the Thunder 9500V series, or Hitachi AMS/WMS series HDLM will
select the next path to be used first from among the online owner paths, and
then from the online non-owner paths. As a result, if an owner path recovers
from an error, and then HDLM automatically places the recovered path online
while a non-owner path is in use, the path will be automatically switched over
from the non-owner path to the owner path that just recovered from the
error.
When the Lightning 9900V series, Hitachi USP series, Universal Storage
Platform V/VM series, Virtual Storage Platform series, Hitachi AMS2000
series#1, Hitachi SMS series#1, HUS100 series#1, or HUS VM is being used,
all the paths are owner paths. Therefore, if an owner path recovers from an
error and HDLM automatically places the recovered path online, the path to
use is not switched.
When intermittent errors#2 occur on paths and you are using the automatic
failback function, the path status might frequently alternate between the
online and offline statuses. In such a case, because the performance of I/Os
will most likely decrease, if there are particular paths in which intermittent
errors might be occurring, we recommend that you set up intermittent error
monitoring so you can detect these paths, and then remove them from those
subject to automatic failbacks.
You can specify the automatic failback function or intermittent error by the
dlnkmgr command's set operation. For details on the set operation, see set
(Sets Up the Operating Environment) on page 6-17.
2-18
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
#1
This storage system applies when the dynamic I/O path control function is
disabled.
#2
An intermittent error means an error that occurs irregularly because of
some reason such as a loose cable connection.
Manual path switching
You can switch the status of a path by manually placing the path online or
offline. Manually switching a path is useful, for example, when system
maintenance needs to be done.
You can manually place a path online or offline by doing the following:
•
Execute the dlnkmgr command's online or offline operation.
For details on the online operation, see online (Places Paths Online) on
page 6-11. For details on the offline operation, see offline (Places
Paths Offline) on page 6-6.
However, if there is only one online path for a particular LU, that path cannot
be manually switched offline. Also, a path with an error that has not been
recovered from yet cannot be switched online.
HDLM uses the same algorithms to select the path that will be used next,
regardless of whether automatic or manual path switching is used.
When using the Thunder 9500V series, or Hitachi AMS/WMS series HDLM
selects the switching destination path from owner paths and then from nonowner paths. When the Lightning 9900V series, Hitachi USP series, Universal
Storage Platform V/VM series, Virtual Storage Platform series, Hitachi
AMS2000 series#, Hitachi SMS series#, HUS100 series#, or HUS VM is being
used, all paths that access the same LU are candidates for the switching
destination path. All other paths that run through the same physical path are
switched.
Executing the online operation places the offline path online. For details on
the online operation, see online (Places Paths Online) on page 6-11. After
the path status is changed to online (by executing the online operation),
HDLM selects the path to use in the same way as for automatic path
switching. When using the Thunder 9500V series, or Hitachi AMS/WMS series
HDLM selects the path to use from online owner paths, and then from online
non-owner paths. When the Lightning 9900V series, Hitachi USP series,
Universal Storage Platform V/VM series, Virtual Storage Platform series,
Hitachi AMS2000 series#, Hitachi SMS series#, HUS100 series#, or HUS VM is
being used, since all the paths are owner paths, the path to use is not
switched even if you change the path status to online by using the online
operation.
#
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-19
This storage system applies when the dynamic I/O path control function is
disabled.
Path status transition
Each of the online and offline statuses described in Performing Failovers and
Failbacks Using Path Switching on page 2-14 is further subdivided into
several statuses. The path statuses (the online path statuses and offline path
statuses) are explained below.
The online path status
The online path statuses are as follows:
•
Online
I/Os can be issued normally.
•
Online(E)
An error has occurred on the path, but none of the other paths that
access the same LU are in the Online status.
If none of the paths accessing a particular LU are in the Online status,
one of the paths is changed to the Online(E) status. This ensures that
the LU can be accessed through at least one path.
The (E) means error, which indicates that an error has occurred on the
path from some previous operation.
The offline path status
The offline path statuses are as follows:
•
Offline(C)
The status in which I/O cannot be issued because the offline operation
was executed. For details on the offline operation, see offline (Places
Paths Offline) on page 6-6.
The (C) indicates the command attribute, which indicates that the path
was placed offline by using the command.
•
Offline(E)
The status indicating that an I/O could not be issued on a given path,
because an error occurred on the path.
The (E) means error.
•
Online(S)#
The paths to the primary volume (P-VOL) in the HAM environment have
recovered from an error, but I/O to the P-VOL is suppressed.
•
Online(D)#
The paths to the primary volume (P-VOL) in an HAM environment have
recovered from an error, but I/O to the P-VOL is suppressed. If an error
occurs in all the paths to a secondary volume (S-VOL), the status of the
P-VOL paths will be automatically changed to the Online status. To
2-20
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
change the status to the Online(D) status, specify the -dfha parameter
for the HDLM command's online operation.
#
The status changes to this status when using HAM (High Availability
Manager).
Correspondence Between Path Statuses Displayed by the OS and by HDLM
The following table lists the correspondence between the path statuses
displayed when commands such as the AIX lspath command are executed
and the path statuses displayed when the HDLM command's view operation is
executed.
Table 2-5 Correspondence Between Path Statuses Displayed by the OS and
by HDLM
Path status displayed by an AIX
command
Path status displayed by the HDLM
Enabled
Either Online, Online(E), Online(S), or
Online(D)
Disabled
Offline(C)
Failed
Offline(E)
Status transitions of a path
The following figure shows the status transitions of a path.
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-21
Figure 2-9 Path status transitions
Legend:
Online operation: Online operation performed by executing the dlnkmgr
command's online operation.
Offline operation: Offline operation performed by executing the dlnkmgr
command's offline operation.
#1
When no Online or Offline(E) paths exist among the paths that access
the same LU.
#2
When the following conditions are satisfied, a path that has been
determined to have an intermittent error also becomes subject to
automatic failback:
¢
¢
¢
All the paths connected to an LU are Online(E), Offline(E), or
Offline(C).
All the paths connected to an LU have been determined to have an
intermittent error.
The processing of continuous I/O operations issued to an LU is
successful.
#3
2-22
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
This path is deleted when the AIX chdev command is executed on an
hdisk where an Online or Offline(E) path exists. To restore the deleted
path, remove the cause of the error and then execute the AIX mkdev -l
hdisk-name or cfgmgr command.
#4
When an Online or Offline(E) path exists among the paths that access
the same LU.
#5
One of the Offline(E) paths is changed to the Online(E) path.
#6
When an Offline(E) path exists among the paths that access the same
LU.
Figure 2-10 Path Status Transitions (P-VOL in HAM environment)
Legend:
Online operation: Online operation performed by executing the dlnkmgr
command's online operation.
Offline operation: Offline operation performed by executing the dlnkmgr
command's offline operation.
#1
Also when an error occurs in all the paths to an S-VOL in the Online(D)
status.
#2
When I/O operations are processed on an S-VOL.
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-23
The last available online path for each LU cannot be placed offline by
executing the offline operation. This ensures access to the LU. For details
on the offline operation, see offline (Places Paths Offline) on page 6-6.
If an error occurs in the last available online path for each LU, the status of
the path is changed to Online(E).
If you are using automatic failback, when the path recovers from an error,
HDLM automatically places the path online.
When you are using intermittent error monitoring, the path in which the
intermittent error occurred is not automatically placed online when the path
recovers from the error. In such a case, place the path online manually.
Note
If there is a path failure immediately after a path is taken offline by using
either the an HDLM command, the status might change from Offline(C)
to Offline(E). If an offline operation was just performed, wait about 2
minutes, check the path status by using an HDLM command, and then
make sure that the status has changed to Offline(C). If it is still
Offline(E), retry the offline operation.
Monitoring intermittent errors (functionality when
automatic failback is used)
An intermittent error refers to an error that occurs irregularly because of
something like a loose cable. In such a case, I/O performance might decrease
while an automatic failback is being performed to repair an intermittent error.
This is because the automatic failback operation is being performed
repeatedly (because the intermittent error keeps occurring). To prevent this
from happening, HDLM can automatically remove the path where an
intermittent error is occurring from the paths that are subject to automatic
failbacks. This process is called intermittent error monitoring.
We recommend that you use intermittent error monitoring along with the
automatic failback function.
A path in which an error occurs a specified number of times within a specified
interval is determined to have an intermittent error. The path where an
intermittent error occurs has an error status until the user chooses to place
the path back online. Failbacks are not performed for such paths. This status
is referred to as the not subject to auto failback status.
Checking intermittent errors
You can check the paths in which intermittent errors have occurred by
viewing the execution results of the HDLM command's view operation.
For details on the view operation, see view (Displays Information) on page
6-33.
2-24
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Setting up intermittent error monitoring
When you enable the intermittent error monitoring function, specify the
following monitoring conditions: the error monitoring interval, and the
number of times that the error needs to occur. If an error occurs on a
particular path the specified number of times within the specified errormonitoring interval, then an intermittent error will occur on the path. For
example, if you specify 30 for the error monitoring interval and 3 for the
number of times that the error needs to occur, the path is determined to
have an intermittent error if an error occurs 3 or more times in 30 minutes.
You can set up intermittent error monitoring by executing the dlnkmgr
command's set operation.
Intermittent error monitoring can be used only when automatic failback has
already been enabled. The values that can be specified for intermittent error
monitoring depend on the values specified for automatic failbacks. For details
on how to specify the settings, see set (Sets Up the Operating Environment)
on page 6-17.
Intermittent Error Monitoring Actions
Intermittent error monitoring is performed on each path, and it automatically
starts as soon as a path is recovered from an error by using the automatic
failback function.
This subsection describes the following intermittent error monitoring actions:
•
When an intermittent error occurs
•
When an intermittent error does not occur
•
When the conditions for an intermittent error to occur are changed during
error monitoring
When an intermittent error occurs
When an error occurs on a path a specified number of times within a specified
interval, the error monitoring will finish and the path is determined to have
an intermittent error, upon which the path is removed from those subject to
automatic failbacks. The path that is removed will remain in the error status
until the online operation is performed. However, if the path satisfies certain
conditions (see Figure 2-9 Path status transitions on page 2-22), it will be
subject to automatic failbacks and change to the Online status.
The figure below shows the action taken when an intermittent error is
assumed to have occurred on the path. For this example, the path is
determined to have an intermittent error when the error occurs 3 or more
times within 30 minutes. The events that occur are described by using the
time arrows.
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-25
Figure 2-11 Action What Will Happen When an Intermittent Error Occurs
on a Path
When an intermittent error does not occur
If an error does not occur on a path a specified number of times within a
specified interval, an intermittent error will not occur. In such a case, the
error monitoring will finish when the specified error-monitoring interval
finishes, upon which the number of errors is reset to 0. If an error occurs on
the path again at a later time, error monitoring will resume when the path is
recovered from the error via an automatic failback.
If it takes a long time for an error to occur, an intermittent error can be more
easily detected by increasing the error-monitoring interval or by decreasing
the number of times that the error needs to occur.
The figure below shows the action taken when an intermittent error is
assumed not to have occurred on the path. For this example, the path is
determined to have an intermittent error if the error occurs three or more
times in 30 minutes. The events that occur are described by using the time
arrows.
Figure 2-12 What Will Happen When an Intermittent Error Does Not Occur
on a Path
2-26
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
As shown in Figure 2-12 What Will Happen When an Intermittent Error Does
Not Occur on a Path on page 2-26, normally the count for the number of
times that an error occurs is started after the path is first recovered from an
error by using the automatic failback function. However, if all the paths
connected to the LU are in the Offline(E), Online(E), or Offline(C) status
(which is due to the disconnection of the paths or some other reason), the
paths will not be recovered and put back online by using the automatic
failback function. If I/O operations are continuously being issued to such an
LU, the count for the number of times that the error occurs might be started
even though the path will not be placed online. If the number of times that
the error occurs reaches the specified value, the path is determined to have
an intermittent error. In such a case, remove the cause of the error, and then
manually place the path online.
When the conditions for an intermittent error are changed during error
monitoring
When the conditions for an intermittent error are changed during error
monitoring, the number of errors and the amount of time that has passed
since the error monitoring started are both reset to 0. As such, the error
monitoring will not finish, and it will start over by using the new conditions.
If the conditions are changed while error monitoring is not being performed,
error monitoring will start up again and use the updated conditions after any
given path is recovered from an error by performing an automatic failback.
The figure below shows the action taken when the conditions for an
intermittent error are changed during intermittent error monitoring. For this
example, the conditions have been changed from 3 or more errors in 30
minutes, to 3 or more errors in 40 minutes. The events that occur are
described by using the time arrows.
Figure 2-13 What Will Happen When Conditions Are Changed During Error
Monitoring
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-27
When a User Changes the Intermittent Error Information
The following might be reset when a user changes any of the values set for
the intermittent error or the path status: the number of errors that have
already been counted during error monitoring, the amount of time that has
passed since error monitoring has started, and the information about whether
an intermittent error has occurred. Table 2-6 When Effects of a User
Changing the Intermittent Error Information on page 2-28 lists whether the
above items are reset.
If you want to check whether intermittent error monitoring is being
performed for the path, check the IEP item displayed when the dlnkmgr
command's view -path operation is executed with the -iem parameter. If a
numerical value of 0 or greater is displayed in the Intermittent Error Path
item, then intermittent error monitoring is being performed.
Table 2-6 When Effects of a User Changing the Intermittent Error
Information
User operation
Changing the
intermittent error
monitoring settings
Number of
errors and time
passed since
error
monitoring
started
Information
about paths
not subject to
automatic
failback
Turning off
Reset
Reset#1
Changing the conditions for
an intermittent error while
intermittent error
monitoring is being
performed
Reset#2
Inherited
Changing the intermittent
error monitoring conditions
while intermittent error
monitoring is not being
performed
(Not applicable)
(Not counted.)
Inherited
Changing the
automatic failback
settings
Turning off
Reset
Reset
Changing the path
status
Taking the path Offline(C) Reset
Reset
Placing the path Online
while intermittent error
monitoring is not being
performed
Reset
Turning intermittent error
monitoring on by executing
the set operation, (but not
changing the conditions)
while intermittent error
monitoring is being
performed
2-28
(Not applicable)
(Not counted.)
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
User operation
Placing the path Online
while intermittent error
monitoring is being
performed
Number of
errors and time
passed since
error
monitoring
started
Inherited
Information
about paths
not subject to
automatic
failback
(Not applicable)
If a path has
been removed
from the paths
subject to
automatic
monitoring, that
path is no longer
monitored.
Restarting the HDLM manager
Reset#3
Inherited
Restarting the host
Reset
Reset
#1
When you turn the intermittent error monitoring function off, information
about paths not subject to automatic failback will be reset. If you do not
want to reset the information about paths not subject to automatic
failback when you turn the intermittent error monitoring function off,
change the target paths to Offline(C).
#2
The number of errors and the time passed since error monitoring had
started are both reset to 0, and then monitoring restarts from the time
the setting change is made in accordance with the changed monitoring
conditions.
#3
The number of errors and the time passed since error monitoring had
started are both reset to 0, and then monitoring restarts from the time
the HDLM manager starts.
Detecting errors by using path health checking
HDLM can check the status of paths for which I/O operations are not being
performed at regular intervals. This function is called path health checking.
Without path health checking, an error is not detected unless I/O is
performed because the system only checks the path status when I/O is
performed. With path health checking, however, the system checks the status
of online paths at regular intervals regardless of whether I/O is performed. If
an error is detected in a path, path health checking functionality switches the
status of that path to Offline(E) or Online(E), so you can use the dlnkmgr
command's view operation to check the path error.
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-29
For example, in a normal state, I/O operations are not performed on the
paths coming from the standby host in the cluster configuration or on nonowner paths (that is, some of the paths that access a Thunder 9500V series,
or Hitachi AMS/WMS series storage system). Because of this, for the standby
host or for a host connected to non-owner paths, we recommend that you
use path health checking to detect errors. This enables the system to use the
most up-to-date path-status information when selecting the next path to use.
You can configure path health checking by executing the dlnkmgr command's
set operation. For details on the set operation, see set (Sets Up the
Operating Environment) on page 6-17.
Distributing a Load by Using the Dynamic I/O Path Control
Function
The result of using HDLM load balancing to distribute a load can be improved,
by applying the HDLM dynamic I/O path control function to the storage
system in which the dynamic load balance control function is installed.
What is the Dynamic Load Balance Control Function
In a system configuration in which multiple hosts and a storage system are
connected, the I/O processing load tends to concentrate on the controller of
the storage system, causing throughput performance of the entire system
decrease. The dynamic load balance controller function evaluates such load
statuses on the controller and prevents storage system performance from
decreasing.
The following is a list of the storage systems that provide the dynamic load
balance controller function and are supported by HDLM.
•
Hitachi AMS2000 series#
•
HUS100 series
#
For using the dynamic load balance controller function there are
restrictions on the versions of the microprograms you install. For details,
see the release notes of HDLM.
Dynamic I/O Path Control Function
In a storage system in which the dynamic load balance controller function is
installed, enable the dynamic I/O path control function to make the HDLM
load balancing effective.
When the dynamic I/O path control function is enabled, the controller
selected by the dynamic load balance controller function is recognized as the
owner controller. Other controllers are recognized as non-owner controllers.
The dynamic I/O path control function can be enabled or disabled based on
each host, connected storage system, or LU.
2-30
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
The dynamic I/O path control function can be specified by using the HDLM
command's set operation. For details about the set operation, see set (Sets
Up the Operating Environment) on page 6-17.
Error management
For troubleshooting purposes, HDLM collects information and stores it into log
files. The error information to be collected can be filtered out by error level,
and then stored into the log files. The following figure shows the flow of data
when error information is collected on a host which is running HDLM.
Figure 2-14 Flow of Data When Collecting Error Information
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-31
Logs might be collected in layers below HDLM, such as for the HBA driver. For
more details, see the AIX documentation.
Types of Collected Logs
HDLM collects information on the detected error and trace information in the
integrated trace file, trace file, error logs, HDLM utility's log file, and syslog.
You can use the error information to examine the status of an error and
analyze the cause of the error.
The following table lists and describes the error information that can be
collected in logs.
Table 2-7 Types of error information
Log name
Integrated trace
file
Description
Operation logs of the HDLM
command are collected.
Output destination
The default file path is /var/
opt/hitachi/HNTRLib2/
spool/hntr2[1-16].log.
To specify the output
destination directory and the
file prefix for the integrated
trace file, use a Hitachi
Network Objectplaza Trace
Library (HNTRLib2) utility.
Trace file
Trace information on the HDLM
manager is collected at the level
specified by the user. If an error
occurs, you might need to change
the settings to collect trace
information.
The trace file name is /var/
DynamicLinkManager/log/
hdlmtr[1-64].log
Error log
Error information is collected for the
user-defined level. By default, HDLM
collects all error information.
HDLM Manager logs:
/var/
DynamicLinkManager/
log/dlmmgr[1-16].log
Hitachi Command Suite
Common Agent Component
logs:
/var/
DynamicLinkManager/
log/dlmwebagent[1N].log
The value n depends on
the setting in the file
dlmwebagent.propertie
s.
HDLM utility's log
file
Logs are collected when the HDLM
utility is executed.
The following is the log file
name:
/var/
DynamicLinkManager/
log/dlmutil[1-2].log
2-32
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Log name
Syslog
Description
Output destination
The HDLM messages on or above the Syslog is not output by
level set by the user with /etc/
default.
syslog.conf are collected.#
To output syslog, The syslog
file path is specified in the
We recommend that you configure
the system so that information at the file /etc/syslog.conf. For
details, see the AIX
Information level and higher is
documentation.
output.
Syslogs can be checked using a text
editor.
HDLM Inquiry log
An HDLM Inquiry log is a response
log when the Inquiry command is
issued to the hdisk.
/var/DynamicLinkManager/
log/dlminquiry[1-2].log
HDLM
configuration log
HDLM configuration log is an
operation log of the configuration
processing for the HDLM driver.
/var/DynamicLinkManager/
log/dlmconfig[1-2].log
#
When you want to configure the system so that HDLM messages are
output to syslog, specify user for the facility in the /etc/syslog.conf
file. The following shows an example where the system function name is
user, and messages at the info level or higher are output to the /tmp/
syslog.user.log file:
user.info
/tmp/syslog.user.log
For details on error levels, see Filtering of error information on page 2-33.
Filtering of error information
Errors detected by HDLM are classified into various error levels. The following
table lists and describes the error levels, in the order of most to least severe
to the system.
Table 2-8 Error levels
Error level
Level output in
syslog
Meaning
Critical
Fatal errors that may stop the system.
Error
Errors that adversely affect the system. err
This type of error can be avoided by
performing a failover or other
countermeasures.
Warning
Errors that enable the system to
continue but, if left, might cause the
system to improperly operate.
warning
Information
Information that simply indicates the
operating history when the system is
operating normally.
info
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
err
2-33
Error information is filtered according to the error level, and then collected.
In syslog, the HDLM messages on or above the level set by the user
configured in /etc/syslog.conf are collected. It is recommended that you
set the Information to be output at the info level or higher.
The error information in error logs and trace files are collected based on a
user-defined collection level. The collection levels are as follows:
Collection levels for error logs
¢
Collects no error information.
¢
Collects error information at the Error level and higher.
¢
Collects error information at the Warning level and higher.
¢
Collects error information at the Information level and higher.
¢
Collects error information at the Information level and higher
(including maintenance information).
Collection levels for log information in trace files:
¢
Outputs no trace information
¢
Outputs error information only
¢
Outputs trace information on program operation summaries
¢
Outputs trace information on program operation details
¢
Outputs all trace information
For details on how to set the collection level, see Setting Up the HDLM
Functions on page 3-74.
Collecting error information using the utility for collecting HDLM
error information (DLMgetras)
HDLM has a utility for collecting HDLM error information (DLMgetras).
By executing this utility, you can simultaneously collect all the information
required for analyzing errors: information such as error logs, integrated trace
files, trace files, definition files, core files, system crash dump files, and
libraries. You can use the collected information when you contact your HDLM
vendor or maintenance company (if there is a maintenance contract for
HDLM).
For details on the DLMgetras utility, see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM
Error Information on page 7-5.
Collecting installation error information using the utility for
collecting HDLM installation error information (dlmgetrasinst)
HDLM has a utility for collecting HDLM installation error information
(dlmgetrasinst).
2-34
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
By executing the dlmgetrasinst utility, you can collect system information
and log files needed to analyze errors that occurred during installation. You
can use the collected information when you contact your HDLM vendor or
maintenance company (if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM).
For details on the dlmgetrasinst utility, see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting
HDLM Error Information on page 7-5.
Collecting Audit Log Data
HDLM and other Hitachi storage-related products provide an audit log
function so that compliance with regulations, security evaluation standards,
and industry-specific standards can be shown to auditors and evaluators. The
following table describes the categories of audit log data that Hitachi storagerelated products can collect.
Table 2-9 Categories of Audit Log Data that Can Be Collected
Category
Explanation
An event indicating the startup or termination of
hardware or software, including:
StartStop
•
OS startup and termination
•
Startup and termination of hardware components
(including micro-program)
•
Startup and termination of software running on
storage systems, software running on SVPs (service
processors), and Hitachi Command Suite products
An abnormal hardware or software event, including:
Failure
LinkStatus
•
Hardware errors
•
Software errors (such as memory errors)
An event indicating the linkage status between devices:
•
ExternalService
Authentication
Link up or link down
An event indicating the result of communication between
a Hitachi storage-related product and an external service,
including:
•
Communication with a RADIUS server, LDAP server,
NTP server, or DNS server
•
Communication with the management server (SNMP)
An event indicating that a connection or authentication
attempt made by a device, administrator, or end-user has
succeeded or failed, including:
•
FC login
•
Device authentication (FC-SP authentication, iSCSI
login authentication, or SSL server/client
authentication)
•
Administrator or end-user authentication
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-35
Category
AccessControl
ContentAccess
ConfigurationAccess
Maintenance
AnomalyEvent
Explanation
An event indicating that a resource access attempt made
by a device, administrator, or end-user has succeeded or
failed, including:
•
Device access control
•
Administrator or end-user access control
An event indicating that an attempt to access critical data
has succeeded or failed, including:
•
Access to a critical file on a NAS or content access
when HTTP is supported
•
Access to the audit log file
An event indicating that a permitted operation performed
by the administrator has terminated normally or failed,
including:
•
Viewing or updating configuration information
•
Updating account settings, such as adding and
deleting accounts
•
Setting up security
•
Viewing or updating audit log settings
An event indicating that a maintenance operation has
terminated normally or failed, including:
•
Adding or removing hardware components
•
Adding or removing software components
An event indicating an abnormal state such as exceeding
a threshold, including:
•
Exceeding a network traffic threshold
•
Exceeding a CPU load threshold
•
Reporting that the temporary audit log data saved
internally is close to its maximum size limit or that
the audit log files have wrapped back around to the
beginning
An event indicating an occurrence of abnormal
communication, including:
•
A SYN flood attack or protocol violation for a normally
used port
•
Access to an unused port (such as port scanning)
The categories of audit log data that can be collected differ depending on the
product. The following sections explain only the categories of audit log data
that can be collected by HDLM. For the categories of audit log data that can
be collected by a product other than HDLM, see the corresponding product
manual.
2-36
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Categories and Audit Events that HDLM Can Output to the Audit Log
The following table lists and explains the categories and audit events that
HDLM can output to the audit log. The severity is also indicated for each audit
event.
Table 2-10 Categories and Audit Events that Can Be Output to the Audit
Log
Category
Explanation
Startup and
termination
of the
software
StartStop
Audit event
Severit
y#1
Message ID
Startup of the HDLM
manager was
successful.
6
KAPL15401-I
Startup of the HDLM
manager failed.
3
KAPL15402-E
The HDLM manager
stopped.
6
KAPL15403-I
Startup of the
DLMgetras utility
6
KAPL15060-I
Termination of the
DLMgetras utility#2
6
KAPL15061-I
Startup of the
dlmgetrasinst utility
6
KAPL15084-I
Termination of the
6
KAPL15085-I
Permission has not
been granted to
execute the HDLM
command.
4
KAPL15111-W
Permission has not
been granted to
execute HDLM
utilities.
4
KAPL15010-W
Permission has not
been granted to start
or stop the HDLM
manager.
4
KAPL15404-W
Processing of the
dlmpremkcd -c
command was
successful.
6
KAPL15088-I
Processing of the
dlmpremkcd -c
command failed.
3
KAPL15089-E
dlmgetrasinst
utility#3
Authentication
ConfigurationAcces
s
Administrator
or end-user
authenticatio
n
Viewing or
updating
configuration
information
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-37
Category
2-38
Explanation
Audit event
Severit
y#1
Message ID
Processing of the
dlmpremkcd -u
command was
successful.
6
KAPL15090-I
Processing of the
dlmpremkcd -u
command failed.
3
KAPL15091-E
Processing of the
6
dlmrmprshkey -l
hdiskn command was
successful.
KAPL15092-I
Processing of the
6
dlmrmprshkey -l
hdiskn -R RegistKey
command was
successful.
KAPL15093-I
Processing of the
dlmrmprshkey
command failed.
3
KAPL15094-E
Initialization of path
statistics was
successful.
6
KAPL15101-I
Initialization of path
statistics failed.
3
KAPL15102-E
An attempt to place a
path online or offline
was successful.
6
KAPL15103-I
An attempt to place a
path online or offline
failed.
4
KAPL15104-W
Setup of the operating 6
environment was
successful.
KAPL15105-I
Setup of the operating 3
environment failed.
KAPL15106-E
An attempt to display
program information
was successful.
6
KAPL15107-I
An attempt to display
program information
failed.
3
KAPL15108-E
An attempt to display
HDLM managementtarget information
was successful.
6
KAPL15109-I
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Category
Explanation
Audit event
Severit
y#1
Message ID
An attempt to display
HDLM managementtarget information
failed.
3
KAPL15110-E
Processing of the
dlmpr -k command
was successful.
6
KAPL15001-I
Processing of the
dlmpr -k command
failed.
3
KAPL15002-E
Processing of the
dlmpr -c command
was successful.
6
KAPL15008-I
Processing of the
dlmpr -c command
failed.
3
KAPL15009-E
Processing of the
dlmodmset -o
command was
successful.
6
KAPL15005-I
Processing of the
dlmchpdattr -o
command was
successful.
6
KAPL15080-I
Processing of the
dlmchpdattr -o
command failed.
3
KAPL15081-E
Processing of the
dlmchpdattr -a
command was
successful.
6
KAPL15082-I
Processing of the
dlmchpdattr -a
command failed.
3
KAPL15083-E
The status of a path
was successfully
changed to Online.
6
KAPL15116-I
A path was
successfully added.
6
KAPL15117-I
Path addition failed.
4
KAPL15118-W
A path was
successfully deleted.
6
KAPL15119-I
Path deletion failed.
4
KAPL15120-W
#1
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-39
The severity levels are as follows:
3: Error, 4: Warning, 6: Informational
#2
If you use Ctrl + C to cancel the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM
error information, audit log data indicating that the DLMgetras utility has
terminated will not be output.
#3
If you use Ctrl + C to cancel the dlmgetrasinst utility for collecting
HDLM installation error information, audit log data indicating that the
dlmgetrasinst utility has terminated will not be output.
Requirements for Outputting Audit Log Data
HDLM can output audit log data when all of the following conditions are
satisfied:
•
The syslog daemon is active.
•
The output of audit log data has been enabled by using the HDLM
command's set operation.
However, audit log data might still be output regardless of the above
conditions if, for example, an HDLM utility is executed from external media.#
#:
The following audit log data is output:
¢
Categories: StartStop, Authentication, and ConfigurationAccess
¢
Severity: 6 (Critical, Error, Warning, or Informational)
¢
Destination: syslog (facility value: user)
Note:
¢
Enable syslog since syslog is disabled by default in AIX.
For details on how to enable syslog, see Destination and Filtering of
Audit Log Data on page 2-40 or the AIX documentation.
¢
¢
You might need to perform operations such as changing the log size
and backing up and saving collected log data, because the amount of
audit log data might be quite large.
If the severity specified by the HDLM command's set operation differs
from the severity specified by the configuration file /etc/
syslog.conf, the higher severity level is used for outputting audit log
data.
Destination and Filtering of Audit Log Data
Audit log data is output to syslog. Because HDLM messages other than audit
log data are also output to syslog, we recommend that you specify the
output destination that is used exclusively for audit log data.
2-40
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
For example, to change the output destination of audit log data to /usr/
local/audlog, specify the following two settings:
•
Specify the following setting in the /etc/syslog.conf file:
local0.info /usr/local/audlog
•
Use the HDLM command's set operation to specify local0 for the audit
log facility:
You can also filter the audit log output by specifying a severity level and type
for the HDLM command's set operation.
Filtering by severity:
The following table lists the severity levels that can be specified.
Table 2-11 Severity Levels That Can Be Specified
Severity
Audit log data to output
Correspondence with syslog
severity levels
0 None
Emergency
1
Alert
2 Critical
Critical
3 Critical and Error
Error
4 Critical, Error, and Warning
Warning
5
Notice
6 Critical, Error, Warning, and Informational
Informational
7
Debug
Filtering by category:
The following categories can be specified:
¢
StartStop
¢
Authentication
¢
ConfigurationAccess
¢
All of the above
For details on how to specify audit log settings, see Setting Up the HDLM
Functions on page 3-74.
Audit Log Data Formats
The following describes the format of audit log data:
Format of audit log data output to syslog:
¢
priority
¢
date-and-time
¢
host-name
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-41
¢
program-name
¢
[process-ID]
¢
message-section
The following shows the format of message-section and explains its contents.
The format of message-section:
common-identifier,common-specification-revision-number,serialnumber,message-ID,date-and-time,entity-affected,locationaffected,audit-event-type,audit-event-result,subject-ID-for-audit-eventresult,hardware-identification-information,location-information,locationidentification-information,FQDN,redundancy-identificationinformation,agent-information,host-sending-request,port-numbersending-request,host-receiving-request,port-number-receivingrequest,common-operation-ID,log-type-information,applicationidentification-information,reserved-area,message-text
Up to 950 bytes of text can be displayed for each message-section.
Table 2-12 Items Output in the Message Section
Item#
Explanation
Common identifier
Fixed to CELFSS
Common specification
revision number
Fixed to 1.1
Serial number
Serial number of the audit log message
Message ID
Message ID in KAPL15nnn-l format
Date and time
The date and time when the message was output. This item is
output in the following format:
yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss.s time-zone
2-42
Entity affected
Component or process name
Location affected
Host name
Audit event type
Event type
Audit event result
Event result
Subject ID for audit
event result
Depending on the event, an account ID, process ID, or IP
address is output.
Hardware identification
information
Hardware model name or serial number
Location information
Hardware component identification information
Location identification
information
Location identification information
FQDN
Fully qualified domain name
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Item#
Explanation
Redundancy
identification
information
Redundancy identification information
Agent information
Agent information
Host sending request
Name of the host sending a request
Port number sending
request
Number of the port sending a request
Host receiving request
Name of the host receiving a request
Port number receiving
request
Number of the port receiving a request
Common operation ID
Operation serial number in the program
Log type information
Fixed to BasicLog
Application identification Program identification information
information
Reserved area
This field is reserved. No data is output here.
Message text
Data related to the audit event is output.
#: The output of this item depends on the audit event.
Example of the message section for the audit event An attempt to display
HDLM management-target information was successful:
CELFSS,1.1,0,KAPL15109-I,
2008-04-09T10:18:40.6+09:00,HDLMCommand,hostname=moon,Configur
ationAccess,Success,uid=root,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,"Information about
HDLM-management targets was successfully displayed. Command
Line = /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path "
Integrated HDLM management using Global Link Manager
By using Global Link Manager, you can perform integrated path management
on systems running multiple instances of HDLM.
For large-scale system configurations using many hosts running HDLM, the
operational load for managing paths on individual hosts increases with the
size of the configuration. By linking HDLM and Global Link Manager, you can
centrally manage path information for multiple instances of HDLM and reduce
operational load. In addition, you can switch the operational status of paths
to perform system-wide load balancing, and centrally manage the system by
collecting HDLM failure information in Global Link Manager.
Global Link Manager collects and centrally manages information about paths
from instances of HDLM installed on multiple hosts. Even if multiple users
manage these hosts, they can control and view this centralized information
from client computers.
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
2-43
The following figure is an example of a system configuration using HDLM and
Global Link Manager.
Figure 2-15 Example System Configuration Using HDLM and Global Link
Manager
Cluster support
HDLM can also be used in cluster configurations.
HDLM supports the cluster software listed below.
•
GPFS
•
PowerHA
•
Oracle RAC 10g
•
Oracle RAC 11g
•
VCS
•
DB2 pureScale
HDLM uses a path of the active host to access an LU.
The details of host switching depend on the application.
2-44
HDLM Functions
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3
Creating an HDLM Environment
This chapter describes the procedures for creating an HDLM environment and
for canceling the setup.
Make sure that HDLM is installed and its functions have been set up. The
volume groups and cluster software programs must be set up appropriately
for your system environment.
Note that, in the required procedures and notes, there are differences
between HDLM version 5.8.1 or earlier, and HDLM version 5.9 or later. For
details, see Appendix B, Differences Between HDLM Version 5.9 or Later and
Version 5.8.1 or Earlier on page B-1.
□ HDLM System Requirements
□ Flow for Creating an HDLM Environment
□ Types of HDLM Installation
□ Notes on Creating an HDLM Environment
□ Installing HDLM
□ Checking the Path Configuration
□ Setting up HDLM
□ Setting up Integrated Traces
□ About the Reservation Policy
□ Settings for Using PowerHA
□ Settings for Using GPFS
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-1
□ Settings for Using Oracle RAC 10g or Oracle RAC 11g
□ Settings for Using VCS
□ Removing HDLM
3-2
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
HDLM System Requirements
Check the following before installing HDLM.
For OS patches and software provided by OS vendors, download them from
the Web site of the appropriate OS vendor.
For the requirements for using HDLM in an HAM environment, see the release
notes of HDLM.
Host and OS Support for HDLM
You can install HDLM on hosts running the OSs in the following table.
Table 3-1 Applicable OSs for the Host
OS
Kernel
For Technology Level 06:
AIX 5L V5.3#1
Apply SP9 or later
For Technology Level 07:
Apply SP6 or later
For Technology Level 08:
Apply APAR IZ43371
For Technology Level 09:
Apply SP2 or later and APAR IZ42658
For Technology Level 10
Apply SP1 or later
Technology Level 11#2
For Technology Level 12
Apply SP1 or later
AIX 5L V5.3 (Virtual I/O
Server)#5
ioslevel 2.1.0.0 to 2.2.2.xx (where xx is a number)
AIX V6.1#1, #3
If Technology Level is not installed:
Apply SP1 or later and APAR IZ11722
For Technology Level 01:
Apply APAR IZ42661
For Technology Level 02:
Apply SP2 or later and APAR IZ42662
For Technology Level 03
Apply SP1 or later
Technology Level 04#4
For Technology Level 05
Apply SP1 or later
Technology Level 06
Technology Level 07
For Technology Level 08
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-3
OS
Kernel
Apply SP1 or later
AIX V6.1 (Virtual I/O Server)#3, ioslevel 2.1.0.01 to 2.2.2.xx (where xx is a number)
#5
AIX V7.1#1, #3
No Technology Level
Technology Level 01
For Technology Level 02
Apply SP1 or later
AIX V7.1 (Virtual I/O Server)#3, ioslevel 2.1.0.0 to 2.2.2.xx (where xx is a number)
#5
#1
Every SP is applicable, unless otherwise specified.
#2
To set up a boot disk environment that uses Thunder 9500V series,
Hitachi AMS/WMS series, or Hitachi SMS series, use SP2 or a later service
pack.
#3
An environment in which the Secure by Default functionality is enabled
during installation of the OS is not supported.
#4
To set up a boot disk environment that uses a storage system of the
Thunder 9500V series, Hitachi AMS2000/AMS/WMS/SMS series, or
HUS100 series, apply SP2 or a later service pack.
#5
HDLM supports PowerVM Live Partition Mobility in an environment in
which a virtual SCSI device or virtual HBA is used as the HDLM device.
Prerequisite Programs for HDLM
Before you install HDLM, confirm that the required programs written below
have been installed. For details about HTC_ODM and XP_ODM, contact the
storage system vendor.
•
3-4
VisualAge C++ Runtime 5.0.0.0 or later, IBM XL C/C++ V7 Runtime
7.0.0.0 to IBM XL C/C++ V8 Runtime 8.0.0.0 or 8.0.0.6 or later (8.0.0.1
to 8.0.0.5 are not supported), IBM XL C/C++ V9 Runtime 9.0.0.1 or later,
or IBM XL C/C++ V10 Runtime 10.0.0.1 or later, or IBM XL C/C++ V11
Runtime 11.1.0.1 or later, or IBM XL C/C++ V12 Runtime 12.1.0.0 or
later
Execute the following command, as applicable, to check the runtime
version:
For AIX 5L V5.3:
# lslpp -L xlC.aix50.rte
For AIX V6.1
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
# lslpp -L xlC.aix61.rte
For AIX V7.1
# lslpp -L xlC.aix61.rte
•
HTC_ODM 5.0.52.1 or later
If you are using the following storage systems, use HTC_ODM 5.0.52.1 or
later:
¢
Hitachi AMS2000/AMS/WMS/SMS series
¢
Hitachi USP series (excluding the XP series)
¢
Lightning 9900V series (excluding the XP series)
¢
Thunder 9500V series
¢
Universal Storage Platform V/VM series (excluding XP20000 and
XP24000)
¢
Hitachi Virtual Storage Platform
¢
HUS100 series
¢
HUS VM
Note:
When you install HTC_ODM in an HDLM environment where XP_ODM
has already been installed, install HTC_ODM, and then re-install
HDLM.
•
XP_ODM 5.0.52.1 or later
If you are using the following storage systems, use XP_ODM 5.0.52.1 or
later:
¢
XP series
¢
P9500
Note:
When you install XP_ODM in an HDLM environment where HTC_ODM
has already been installed, install XP_ODM, and then re-install HDLM.
•
JDK required for linkage with Global Link Manager
To link with Global Link Manager, make sure that JDK package 1.4.2 (32bit version) or later, JDK package 5.0 (32-bit version) or later, JDK
package 6.0 (32-bit version) or later, or JDK package 7.0 (32-bit version)
or later is already installed on the host. The JDK does not need to be
installed if linkage with Global Link Manager is not used. When HDLM is
installed in an environment in which the JDK has not been installed, the
KAPL09241-W message is displayed. If linkage with Global Link Manager
is not used, this message requires no action. Note that the display of the
KAPL09241-W message does not affect HDLM operation.
Storage Systems Supported by HDLM
Storage Systems
HDLM supports the following storage systems:
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-5
•
Hitachi Universal Storage Platform V
•
Hitachi Universal Storage Platform VM
•
XP128/XP1024/XP10000/XP12000/XP20000/XP24000
•
Thunder 9500V series
•
Lightning 9900V series
•
Hitachi AMS2000/AMS/WMS/SMS series
•
Hitachi NSC55
•
Hitachi Universal Storage Platform 100
•
Hitachi Universal Storage Platform 600
•
Hitachi Universal Storage Platform 1100
•
Hitachi Virtual Storage Platform
•
P9500
•
SVS
•
HUS100 series
•
HUS VM
The applicable storage systems require a dual controller configuration. If you
use the system in a hub-connected environment, you must set unique loop
IDs for all connected hosts and storage systems.
For details about microprograms, see the HDLM Release Notes.
HBA
For applicable HBAs, see the HDLM Release Notes.
When Handling Intermediate Volumes Managed by Hitachi RapidXchange
The following table lists the related programs that are required when you
convert data with intermediate volumes managed by Hitachi RapidXchange.
Table 3-2 HDLM-Related Programs Required When Handling Intermediate
Volumes Managed by Hitachi RapidXchange
OS
AIX 5L V5.3
Related Programs
File Access Library and File Conversion Utility (FAL/FCU)
01-03-56/20 or later
File Access Library and File Conversion Utility (FAL/FCU)
01-04-64/21 or later
AIX V7.1
File Access Library and File Conversion Utility (FAL/FCU)
01-05-66/25 or later
File Access Library and File Conversion Utility (FAL/FCU)
01-06-67/21 or later
For details about Hitachi RapidXchange, see the SANRISE2000/
SANRISE9900/SANRISE Universal Storage Platform/Hitachi Universal Storage
3-6
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Platform V Hitachi Virtual Storage Platform FAL for AIX FAL for HP-UX FAL for
Solaris FAL for Windows FAL for NCR UNIX FAL for HI-UX/WE2 FAL for Tru64
UNIX FAL for LINUX User's Guide.
Cluster Software Supported by HDLM
The following table lists the related programs required when you combine
cluster configurations.
Table 3-3 HDLM-Related Programs When Combining Cluster
Configurations
OS
AIX 5L V5.3
Related Programs
•
PowerHA 6.1
•
Oracle RAC 10g 10.1.0.5.0
If the HDLM device is specified for direct access:
ASM + raw devices#1
•
Oracle RAC 10g 10.2.0.2.0
If the HDLM device is specified for direct access:
ASM + raw devices#1, or raw devices#1
•
Oracle RAC 10g 10.2.0.3.0
If the HDLM device is specified for direct access:
ASM + raw devices#1#2
•
Oracle RAC 10g 10.2.0.4.0
If the HDLM device is specified for direct access:
ASM + raw devices#1
•
Oracle RAC 10g 10.2.0.5.0
If the HDLM device is specified for direct access:
ASM + raw devices#1
•
Oracle RAC 11g 11.1.0.6.0
If the HDLM device is specified for direct access:
ASM + raw devices#1, or raw devices#1
•
Oracle RAC 11g 11.1.0.7.0
If the HDLM device is specified for direct access:
ASM + raw devices#1
•
Oracle RAC 11g 11.2.0.3.0
If the HDLM device is specified for direct access:
ASM + raw devices#1
•
GPFS 3.3#3, #6
•
GPFS 3.4#3
•
VCS 5.0#4
•
VCS 5.0.1#4
•
VCS 5.0.3#4, #5
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-7
OS
AIX 5L V5.3 (Virtual
I/O Server)
Related Programs
•
VCS 5.1#4
•
PowerHA 6.1
Client: Technology Level 07 or later
Server: ioslevel 2.1.0.0 to 2.2.2.xx (where xx is a number)
AIX V6.1
•
PowerHA 6.1
•
PowerHA 7.1
•
PowerHA 7.1.1
•
PowerHA 7.1.2
•
Oracle RAC 10g 10.2.0.4.0
If the HDLM device is specified for direct access:
ASM + raw devices
•
Oracle RAC 10g 10.2.0.5.0
If the HDLM device is specified for direct access:
raw devices
•
Oracle RAC 11g 11.2.0.2.0
If the HDLM device is specified for direct access:
ASM + raw devices
•
Oracle RAC 11g 11.2.0.3.0
If the HDLM device is specified for direct access:
ASM + raw devices
When a logical volume is used: PowerHA 6.1#2
•
GPFS 3.3#3, #6
•
GPFS 3.4#3
•
GPFS 3.5#7
•
VCS 5.0.1#4
•
VCS 5.0.3#4, #5
•
VCS 5.1#4
•
DB2 pureScale 9.8
AIX V6.1 (Virtual I/O •
Server)
PowerHA 6.1
Client: Technology Level 02 or later
Server: ioslevel 2.1.0.01 to 2.2.2.xx (where xx is a number)
•
PowerHA 7.1
Client: Technology Level 06 or later
Server: ioslevel 2.1.0.01 to 2.2.2.xx (where xx is a number)
•
PowerHA 7.1.1
Client: Technology Level 06 or later
Server: ioslevel 2.1.0.01 to 2.2.2.xx (where xx is a number)
AIX V7.1
3-8
•
VCS 5.1#4
•
PowerHA 6.1
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
OS
Related Programs
•
PowerHA 7.1
•
PowerHA 7.1.1
•
PowerHA 7.1.2
•
Oracle RAC 11g 11.2.0.2.0
If the HDLM device is specified for direct access:
ASM + raw devices
•
Oracle RAC 11g 11.2.0.3.0
If the HDLM device is specified for direct access:
ASM + raw devices
•
GPFS 3.4#3
•
GPFS 3.5#7
•
DB2 pureScale 9.8
AIX V7.1 (Virtual I/O •
Server)
PowerHA 6.1
Client: No Technology Level, or Technology Level 01 or later
Server: ioslevel 2.1.0.0 to 2.2.2.xx (where xx is a number)
•
PowerHA 7.1
Client: No Technology Level, or Technology Level 01 or later
Server: ioslevel 2.1.0.0 to 2.2.2.xx (where xx is a number)
•
PowerHA 7.1.1
Client: No Technology Level
Server: ioslevel 2.1.0.0 to 2.2.2.xx (where xx is a number)
#1
When using Technology Level 05, apply IY92037.
#2
If you have updated the host environment by, for example, applying
Oracle-specific patches, the Oracle I/O timeout threshold (MISSCOUNT)
might have been changed. Therefore, when you update an environment,
you need to review the MISSCOUNT value.
#3
Only the NSD (Network Shared Disk) configuration is supported. Set the
usePersistentReserve option to no in the GPFS cluster configuration
information.
#4
VxVM is not supported.
#5
Sometimes, if JFS2 is being used and a crash (halt -q) fails over a node,
the resource to be mounted on the failover-destination node is not
properly mounted. This problem occurs regardless of whether HDLM is
installed.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-9
#6
Apply fix pack 3.3.0.3 or later.
#7
Only the NSD (Network Shared Disk) configuration is supported.
Memory and Disk Capacity Requirements
The table below shows the memory requirements for the host.
Memory Requirements
Table 3-4 Memory Requirements for the Host on page 3-10 shows the
memory requirements for the host.
Table 3-4 Memory Requirements for the Host
OS
AIX
Required memory
5000 KB + 0.256 KB × number-of-LUs + 1.28 KB × number-of-paths
Disk Capacity Requirements
The following table lists the disk capacity used by the host.
Table 3-5 Disk Capacity Occupied by the Host
Directory
Disk capacity requirement
/etc
150 KB
/opt
2 MB
/usr
220 MB
/var
p MB#1 +4MB + 2 MB + q MB#2 + 19 MB +
200 KB#3
#1
This value depends on the error log file settings. The maximum is 30,000
MB.
p = (s × m) / 1024 (in MB),
where:
s is the size of the error log file (units: KB, default is 9,900), and
m is the number of error log files (default is 2). The resulting fraction will
be rounded up.
#2
This value depends on the trace file settings. The maximum is 1000 MB.
q = (t × n) / 1024 (in MB),
where:
t is the size of the trace file (units: KB, default is 1,000), and
3-10
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
n is the number of trace files (default is 4). The resulting fraction will be
rounded up.
#3
This is the amount of unused capacity required to use the installhdlm
utility. For details on this utility, see installhdlm Utility for Installing HDLM
on page 7-32.
Number of LUs and Paths That Are Supported in HDLM
The following table lists the number of LUs and paths that are supported by
HDLM.
Table 3-6 Number of LUs and Paths That Are Supported by HDLM
Item
Supported number
Number of LUs
1 to 4,096#1
Number of paths available to connect to an LU
1 to 64#2
Number of paths for a boot disk
1 to 4
Total number of paths
1 to 8,192
#1
For details on the maximum number of LUs that can be recognized by a
CHA port, see the specifications of the storage system that you use.
#2
If the reservation policy is PR_exclusive, and the Thunder 9500V series,
Hitachi AMS2000/AMS/WMS/SMS series, or HUS100 series, is used, the
number of supported paths to an LU is 1 to 32.
If the reservation policy is PR_exclusive or PR_shared, and a storage
system other than the Thunder 9500V series, Hitachi AMS2000/AMS/
WMS/SMS series, or HUS100 series is used, the maximum number of
supported paths to an LU is limited. For details, contact the storage
system vendor.
For details on reservation policy, see About the Reservation Policy on
page 3-90.
Flow for Creating an HDLM Environment
Set up the environment to use HDLM as follows.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-11
Figure 3-1 Flow of HDLM Environment Setup
Types of HDLM Installation
This section describes the following HDLM installation types: new installation,
upgrade installation, migration, and re-installation.
New installation of HDLM
Installing HDLM on a server where HDLM has not yet been installed is
called a new installation.
Upgrade installation of HDLM
Installing a new version of HDLM over an already installed, earlier version
of HDLM without first removing the earlier version is called an upgrade
installation.
You can perform an upgrade installation only for HDLM version 5.9 or
later.
Migration of HDLM
Removing HDLM version 5.8.1 or earlier, and then performing a new
installation of HDLM 5.9 or later is called a migration. During a migration,
you can inherit the earlier ODM settings and the HDLM functionality
settings.
Migration is necessary because HDLM version 5.8.1 or earlier cannot be
upgraded to HDLM version 5.9 or later. By performing the procedure
described in Migrating from HDLM Version 5.8.1 or Earlier to Version 5.9
or Later on page 3-56, you can inherit only the ODM settings and the
HDLM functionality settings.
3-12
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Re-installation of HDLM
Installing the same version of HDLM for repair purposes without removing
the existing instance of HDLM is called re-installation of HDLM.
Notes on Creating an HDLM Environment
This section provides notes on creating an HDLM environment.
For notes on operating HDLM, see Notes on Using HDLM on page 4-2.
Notes on Installing HDLM
•
Install HDLM on the boot disk.
•
To install HDLM, a license key is required. For more details, see the
Notification of Software License Key provided with this package.
•
Install HDLM in a multi-user mode environment.
•
The HDLM-dedicated device files below are created when HDLM is
installed. Do not use these device files.
/dev/dlmadrv
/dev/rdlmfdrvio
/dev/rdlmcldrv
•
HDLM version 5.9 or later cannot coexist with Auto-Path, Auto Path XP,
Hitachi Path Manager, or HDLM version 5.8.1 or earlier. Before installing
HDLM version 5.9 or later, you must remove any installed copies of these
products. For details on migrating from HDLM version 5.8.1 or earlier, see
Migrating from HDLM Version 5.8.1 or Earlier to Version 5.9 or Later on
page 3-56.
•
When HDLM is installed, all devices shown under Devices that HDLM can
manage in Devices Managed by HDLM on page 2-3 are set to be targets
for HDLM management.
•
When installing HDLM on a host where version 5.0 or later of a Device
Manager agent is installed, do not execute any of the following Device
Manager agent commands during the installation:
hbsasrv, HiScan, hdvmagt_account, hdvmagt_schedule, hldutil, TIC
Notes on an Upgrade Installation or Re-installation of HDLM
When you upgrade or re-install HDLM, note the following:
•
Information, such as the driver configuration, HDLM functionality settings,
and log files will be inherited without being initialized when the upgrade
installation or re-installation is complete. For details on the information to
be inherited, see Table 3-11 List of Files Inherited During an Upgrade
Installation or Re-installation on page 3-37 in Performing an Upgrade
Installation or Re-installation of HDLM on page 3-37.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-13
•
If you upgrade or re-install HDLM before you resolve a path failure, LU
reservations might persist without being released. In such a case, use the
utility for clearing HDLM persistent reservations (dlmpr) to release the LU
reservation, if necessary.
•
Performing an upgrade installation or re-installation might change the
physical volume (hdisk name). For this reason, you must check and, if
necessary, revise relevant settings, such as the settings for applications
that directly access a hard disk recognized as an HDLM managementtarget device. Use the output information of the view operation (with the
-drv parameter) to check the correspondence between the hdisk and the
LU.
Notes on the Virtual I/O Server
•
Before you install HDLM, change the ioslevel version of the virtual I/O
server to a version supported by HDLM. For details about the ioslevel
versions supported by HDLM, see Cluster Software Supported by HDLM on
page 3-7.
•
If you want to apply a virtual SCSI disk to a client partition in a virtual I/O
server environment, install HDLM into the virtual I/O server partition. If
you want to apply a virtual HBA to a client partition, install HDLM into the
client partition.
•
Specify an hdisk, or a logical volume configured for HDLM, as the virtual
target device. For details about how to configure a virtual target device,
see the installation procedure in Performing a New Installation of HDLM
on page 3-25 and Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re-installation
of HDLM on page 3-37.
•
To set up a virtual SCSI disk MPIO configuration in a client partition, or to
use PowerHA in a client partition, set the hdisk reservation policy in the
virtual I/O server partition to no_reserve.
•
If you want to use HDLM in a client partition to which a virtual HBA is
applied by using the virtual I/O server NPIV functionality, set the NPIV
option to on. If the option is not set to on, HDLM might not be able to
recognize a path that goes through the virtual HBA.
To set the NPIV option, execute the dlmodmset utility. For details on this
utility, see dlmodmset Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution Environment
ODM on page 7-21.
If the HDLM device has already been configured, and NPIV option settings
are changed, stop and restart the host. For a local boot disk environment,
instead of stopping and restarting the host, you can also perform the
following procedure:
a.
Execute the dlmrmdev utility for deleting HDLM drivers to change the
HDLM device status to Defined, or delete the HDLM driver.
For details on the dlmrmdev utility, see dlmrmdev Utility for Deleting
HDLM Drivers on page 7-30.
b.
3-14
Execute the following command to reconfigure the HDLM device:
# cfgmgr
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
When the NPIV option is set to on, HBA adapter number and bus number
for PathName, which are output by HDLM command view operations, are
changed to adapter type and adapter number respectively.
The view operation parameters for which the above changes are to be
applied are as follows:
¢
-path parameter (displays path information)
¢
-lu parameter (displays LU information)
¢
-hba parameter (displays HBA port information)
For details on the view operations, see view (Displays Information) on
page 6-33.
Notes on a License Key
•
A license key is required when performing any of the following types of
installation:
¢
Performing a new installation of HDLM.
¢
Migrating from HDLM version 5.8.1 or earlier to version 5.9 or later.
¢
•
Upgrading or re-installing HDLM after the valid license period has
expired.
To update the HDLM license, specify the -lic parameter in the HDLM
command's set operation, and then execute this command. The license
key type determines the expiration of the license key. For details about
license key types and the set operation, see set (Sets Up the Operating
Environment) on page 6-17.
Notes on Trace Files
In HDLM 5.6 or later, trace files for versions of HDLM earlier than 5.6 are
divided into integrated trace files and trace files. The logs for the HDLM
command are output to integrated trace files. Trace information for an HDLM
manager is output to trace files. The output destinations for the files are
changed as follows:
When you migrate from HDLM 04-00 or earlier
Trace files before the migration: /opt/hitachi/HNTRLib/spool/
hntrn.log (n indicates a file number)
Integrated trace files after the migration: /var/opt/hitachi/HNTRLib2/
spool/hntr2n.log (n indicates a file number)
Trace files after the migration: /var/DynamicLinkManager/log/
hdlmtrn.log (n indicates a file number)
When you migrate from HDLM 05-00 or later
Trace files before the migration: /var/opt/hitachi/HNTRLib2/spool/
hntr2n.log (n indicates a file number)
Integrated trace files after the migration: /var/opt/hitachi/HNTRLib2/
spool/hntr2n.log (n indicates a file number)
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-15
Trace files after the migration: /var/DynamicLinkManager/log/
hdlmtrn.log (n indicates a file number)
Notes on Storage Systems
•
Do not change the vendor ID or product ID of a storage system. If you
do, HDLM will not be able to recognize the storage system.
•
Before you connect multiple storage systems to the same host, make sure
that the storage systems have unique serial numbers. If there is a
duplication of serial numbers, use a tool such as Disk Array Management
Program to assign a unique serial number to each device.
•
If you restart a storage system when using an hdisk that meets both of
the following conditions, the persistent reservation of the LU registered in
this volume group will be cancelled:
¢
The reserve_policy attribute has been set to PR_exclusive.
The volume group has been activated.
Perform the procedure below to inactivate the volume group, and then reactivate it. Also, when you perform a planned restart of a storage system,
make sure you perform the operation while the volume group is inactive.
¢
a.
Execute the following command to inactivate the volume group:
# varyoffvg volume-group-name
b.
Execute the following command to make sure that the inactivated
volume group is no longer displayed:
# lsvg -o
c.
Execute the following command to activate the volume group:
# varyonvg volume-group-name
Notes on the Cluster
•
When you use HDLM in a cluster configuration, you must install the same
version of HDLM on all the nodes that comprise the cluster. If different
versions of HDLM are installed, the cluster system may not operate
correctly. If the HDLM Version and Service Pack Version, which are
displayed by executing the following command, are the same, the
versions of HDLM are the same:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys
•
3-16
When you use PowerHA, GPFS, Oracle RAC 10g, Oracle RAC 11g, or VCS,
settings such as script registration or the reservation policy setting are
required. For details about the settings used for each cluster, see the
following:
For PowerHA: Settings for Using PowerHA on page 3-91.
For GPFS: Settings for Using GPFS on page 3-93.
For Oracle RAC 10g or Oracle RAC 11g: Settings for Using Oracle RAC 10g
or Oracle RAC 11g on page 3-94.
For VCS: Settings for Using VCS on page 3-96.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
•
If you are using PowerHA, note that HDLM does not support nonconcurrent volume groups due to limitations in PowerHA. For details,
contact IBM.
•
If all of the following conditions are met, HDLM can be migrated without
stopping PowerHA services:
¢
The shared volume groups used by PowerHA are concurrent volume
groups.
¢
A custom disk method is specified in the PowerHA script.
¢
A virtual I/O server environment is not used on the host.
Notes on the Automatic Failback
If the automatic failback processing starts before a path failure has been
recovered from, the cluster system switchover time might become longer. To
prevent this, for the automatic failback checking interval, specify a value that
is greater than the value obtained from the following formula:
checking-interval (minutes)
= maximum-number-of-paths-among-the-LUs × number-of-connectedstorage-devices
Notes on the queue_depth Parameter Value for an HDLM-Managed
device
Hitachi recommends that you set the queue_depth parameter of an hdisk for
an HDLM-managed device to a value greater than or equal to the number of
paths that are connected to the hdisk. For details on how to specify the
queue_depth parameter, see the AIX documentation.
Installing HDLM
When you install HDLM, Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library will also be
installed. The file path of the integrated trace information file of Hitachi
Network Objectplaza Trace Library is /var/opt/hitachi/HNTRLib2/spool/
hntr2n.log, where n is the number of the integrated trace information file.
Available Installation Methods
To install HDLM, use one of the following procedures:
•
Use installux.sh.
By using installux.sh, you can install HDLM from the DVD-ROM or the
directory to which the contents of the DVD-ROM have been copied
without needing to consider the location in which the files to be installed
are stored. You can use the installux.sh command to perform the
following installations:
¢
New installation
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-17
•
¢
Upgrade installation
¢
Re-installation
¢
Unattended installation
Use SMIT or the installp command.
You can also copy the contents of the HDLM DVD-ROM to a desired
directory, and then perform installation from that directory.
Copy the following files from the installation DVD-ROM to the same
directory:
¢
DLManager.mpio.bff
¢
.toc
To use SMIT, in software-input-device/directory specify the directory in
which the contents of the DVD-ROM have been copied.
•
Unattended installation
An unattended installation enables a user to install HDLM without entering
information. For details about how to perform an unattended installation
of HDLM, see Performing an Unattended Installation of HDLM on page
3-65.
•
Installation on alternate disks
To use the AIX nimadm command, see Using the nimadm command to
simultaneously upgrade HDLM and migrate the OS on page 3-54 in
Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re-installation of HDLM on page
3-37.
By using the alt_disk_copy or nim command of AIX, you can replicate
the running system (clone) on an alternate disk, and then perform an
upgrade installation or re-installation of HDLM in AIX on the alternate
disk. The hdisk where the replication is created is called an alternate disk.
•
Installation in a multibos environment
By using the AIX multibos command, you can perform an upgrade
installation of HDLM when a standby BOS is created or on an already
created standby BOS.
In addition to installing HDLM on a typical host, you can install it in the
following environments:
•
Boot disk
•
You can install HDLM on a virtual I/O server.
A virtual I/O server is a system that enables multiple client logical
partitions to share one resource.
•
PowerHA environments
PowerHA is IBM’s HA cluster software that runs on AIX.
When Performing a New Installation, Upgrade Installation, or Re-installation of
HDLM
Table 3-7 Combination of Available Installation Methods and Installation
Environments on page 3-19 lists the combinations of available installation
methods and installation environments.Table 3-8 Combination of Installation
3-18
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Methods that Are Available in an PowerHA Environment and the Supported
Installation Environments on page 3-19 lists the combinations of installation
methods that are available in an PowerHA environment versus the supported
installation environments.
Table 3-7 Combination of Available Installation Methods and Installation
Environments
Installation environment
Installation
method
Host
Virtual I/O server
Local boot
disk
environment
Boot disk
environment
Local boot
disk
environment
Boot disk
environment
installux.sh or
installp
command
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
SMIT
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Unattended
installation
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Installation on
alternate disks
Yes#1
Yes#1
Yes#1
Yes#1
Installation in a
multibos
environment
Yes#2
Yes#2
Yes#2
Yes#2
Legend:
Yes: Can be executed
No: Cannot be executed
#1
Only upgrade installations and re-installations are supported.
#2
Only upgrade installations are supported.
Table 3-8 Combination of Installation Methods that Are Available in an
PowerHA Environment and the Supported Installation Environments
Installation environment
Installation
method
Host
Virtual I/O server
Local boot
disk
environment
Boot disk
environment
Local boot
disk
environment
Boot disk
environment
installux.sh#1 or
installp
command
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
SMIT
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-19
Installation environment
Installation
method
Host
Virtual I/O server
Local boot
disk
environment
Boot disk
environment
Local boot
disk
environment
Boot disk
environment
No
No
No
No
Installation on
alternate disks
Yes#2
Yes#2
Yes#2
Yes#2
Installation in a
multibos
environment
Yes#3
Yes#3
Yes#3
Yes#3
Unattended
installation
Legend:
Yes: Can be executed
No: Cannot be executed
#1
Only new installations, upgrade installations, and re-installations are
supported.
#2
Only upgrade installations and re-installations are supported.
#3
Only upgrade installations are supported.
The installation procedures are explained in this manual in the locations
shown below.
installux.sh or installp command
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
Performing a New Installation of HDLM on page 3-25
Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re-installation of HDLM on page
3-37
Upgrading or Re-installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6.1 Environment (in a
Local Boot Disk Environment) on page 3-60 in Installing HDLM in a
PowerHA 6.1 Environment on page 3-60
Upgrading or Re-installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6.1 Environment (in a
Boot Disk Environment) on page 3-60 in Installing HDLM in a
PowerHA 6.1 Environment on page 3-60
Installing HDLM in a PowerHA 7.1 Environment on page 3-62
Unattended installation
Performing an Unattended Installation of HDLM on page 3-65
Installation on alternate disks
When Installing HDLM on Alternate Disks on page 3-49 in Performing an
Upgrade Installation or Re-installation of HDLM on page 3-37
3-20
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
To use SMIT, see the AIX documentation.
When Performing a Migration of HDLM
Table 3-9 Combination of Available Migration Methods and Migration
Environments on page 3-21 lists the combinations of available migration
methods and target environments. Table 3-10 Combinations of Migration
Methods Available in an PowerHA Environment and the Migration
Environments on page 3-22 lists the combinations of migration methods
that are available in an PowerHA environment and the migration destinations.
Table 3-9 Combination of Available Migration Methods and Migration
Environments
Migration environment
Host
Migration method
Virtual I/O server
Local boot disk
environment
Boot disk
environment
Local boot
disk
environment
Boot disk
environment
installux.sh# or
installp
command
Yes
N/A
Yes
N/A
SMIT
Yes
N/A
Yes
N/A
Unattended
installation
No
N/A
No
N/A
Installation on
alternate disks
No
No
No
No
Installation in a
multibos
environment
No
No
No
No
Legend:
Yes: Can be executed
No: Cannot be executed
N/A: Not applicable
#
Only new installations, upgrade installations, and re-installations are
supported.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-21
Table 3-10 Combinations of Migration Methods Available in an PowerHA
Environment and the Migration Environments
Migration environment
Host
Virtual I/O server
Migration method
Local boot disk
environment
Boot disk
environment
Local boot
disk
environment
installux.sh#2 or
installp
command
Yes
N/A
No
N/A
SMIT
Yes
N/A
No
N/A
Unattended
installation
No
N/A
No
N/A
Installation on
alternate disks
No
No
No
No
Installation in a
multibos
environment
No
No
No
No
#1
Boot disk
environment
Legend:
Yes: Can be executed
No: Cannot be executed
N/A: Not applicable
#1
Before you migrate HDLM to an environment that uses PowerHA and a
virtual I/O server, cancel the virtual disk definitions of the virtual I/O
server. After you have migrated HDLM, redefine these virtual disk
definitions.
#2
Only new installations, upgrade installations, and re-installations are
supported.
For details about how to migrate, see each location shown below.
installux.sh or installp command
Migrating from HDLM Version 5.8.1 or Earlier to Version 5.9 or Later on
page 3-56, and Migrating HDLM in a PowerHA 6.1 Environment on page
3-61 in Installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6.1 Environment on page 3-60.
To use SMIT, see the AIX documentation.
3-22
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Preparations for a New Installation of HDLM
In this subsection, you will perform such preparations as backing up the
HDLM management-target devices, applying AIX patches, and performing
hardware setup.
When using HDLM in a cluster configuration, make sure to perform the
operations described in the following sub-sections on all hosts that comprise
the cluster.
Perform Operations for HDLM Management-Target Devices
If you have already defined physical volumes and have been running the
HDLM management-target devices, perform the following procedure:
1.
Terminate the processes of all applications that are accessing the HDLM
management-target devices.
2.
If necessary, back up all HDLM management-target devices to a medium
such as tape.
3.
Unmount the disks.
If the HDLM management-target devices are mounted, unmount them as
follows:
¢
First, execute the command below to check the current settings.
# mount -p
The current settings will be output as follows:
Figure 3-2 Execution Result Example of the Mount -p
Command (Preparations for a New Installation of HDLM)
In this example, assume that HDLM manages the shaded portion of
the devices.
¢
4.
Execute the following command to unmount the disk.
# umount /mntpt
Execute the following command to inactivate the applicable volume
group:
# varyoffvg volume-group-name
Set Up the Hardware
Check the topology (Fabric, AL, etc.) and perform setup as appropriate.
1.
Set up the storage system.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-23
For details on how to set up the storage system, see the maintenance
documentation for the storage system. If you are using PowerHA, see also
Storage System Settings on page 3-91 of Settings for Using PowerHA on
page 3-91.
2.
Set up the Fibre Channel switches.
For details on how to set up a Fibre Channel switch, see the
documentation for the Fibre Channel switch. If you do not use Fibre
Channel switches, this setup is not necessary.
3.
Set up the HBA.
For details on how to set up an HBA, see the documentation for the HBA.
Make sure that all HBAs that are on a single host and connected to HDLMmanaged disks are of the same type and have the same microprogram
version. If you are using more than one type of HBA, paths will not be
able to be switched when an error occurs. Set the SCSI target ID
according to the HBA settings. For details on checking the target ID, see
the HBA documentation.
4.
Make sure the OS recognizes the LU.
Execute the cfgmgr command to configure the device, and then execute
the lsdev command to make sure that the physical volume has been
recognized as hdisk.
# cfgmgr
# lsdev -Cc disk
Switch the Kernel Mode
Before installing HDLM, decide which kernel mode you will use to operate
AIX, and change to the desired kernel mode if necessary.
The following shows how to switch the kernel mode.
1.
Check the kernel mode currently being used.
Execute the following command.
# bootinfo -K
32 will be displayed when the 32-bit kernel is being used, and 64 will be
displayed when the 64-bit kernel is being used.
2.
Switch the kernel mode.
When AIX is running, change the symbolic link for /usr/lib/boot/unix
and /unix to switch the current kernel mode to the desired mode.
¢
¢
The path for the 64-bit kernel mode
/usr/lib/boot/unix_64
The path for the 32-bit kernel mode
/usr/lib/boot/unix_up (for a uni-processor)
/usr/lib/boot/unix_mp (for a multi-processor)
3.
Execute the bosboot command.
# bosboot -ad /dev/ipldevice
3-24
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
4.
Restart the system.
# shutdown -Fr
5.
Execute the following command to confirm that the kernel mode has been
changed properly.
# bootinfo -K
Set Up Cluster Software
To use HDLM in a cluster configuration, you need to perform the following
setup for the cluster software.
To set up cluster software:
1.
Install the cluster software on all of the hosts in the cluster.
For details on the installation, see the documentation of the
corresponding cluster software.
2.
Stop the cluster software services.
For details on how to stop the services, see the documentation of the
corresponding cluster software.
Performing a New Installation of HDLM
When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment
To perform a new installation of HDLM:
1.
Log in to AIX as the root user.
If you are using a virtual I/O server, see the virtual I/O server
documentation to log in to AIX.
2.
If there is no directory for mounting the DVD-ROM, make the directory.
# mkdir /cdrom
cdrom is the desired directory name. Hereafter, cdrom is used for
purposes of explanation.
3.
Mount the DVD-ROM.
# mount -r -v cdrfs /dev/cd0 /cdrom
The /dev/cd0 part depends on the system.
4.
Execute the following command to check that the devices to be managed
by HDLM have been recognized by the system:
# lsdev -Cc disk
hdisk0
Available
hdisk1
Available
hdisk2
Available
hdisk3
Available
hdisk4
Available
...
1S-08-00-8,0
1S-08-00-9,0
1S-08-00-10,0
1H-08-02
1H-08-02
16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
Hitachi Disk Array (Fibre)
Hitachi Disk Array (Fibre)
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-25
In this example, hdisk3 and hdisk4 are recognized as devices to be
managed by HDLM. If all devices to be managed by HDLM are recognized,
proceed to step 5.
If any devices to be managed by HDLM are not recognized, proceed to
step 7.
5.
Execute the following utility to remove, from the running kernel, the
HDLM management-target device:
# /cdrom/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/dlmrmdev -f
The KAPL10529-I message is displayed.
If the KAPL10529-I message is not displayed, the HDLM managementtarget device has not been deleted. Make sure that no processes,
services, file systems, or volume groups are using any HDLM
management-target paths, and then re-execute the above utility.
6.
Execute the following command to make sure that the hdisk recognized
as the device to be managed by HDLM has been deleted:
# lsdev -Cc disk
7.
Prepare the license key or license key file.
¢
¢
When only the license key has been provided
Create the /var/DLM directory, and then, in this directory, create the
license key file (dlm.lic_key). The following shows an example when
the license key is 123456789ABCDEF:
# mkdir /var/DLM
# echo "123456789ABCDEF" > /var/DLM/dlm.lic_key
When the license key file has been provided
Store the license key file directly under the /var/tmp/ directory by
using the hdlm_license name.
/var/tmp/hdlm_license
Note that the hdlm_license and dlm.lic_key files are deleted after
installation finishes successfully.
8.
Execute the following command:
¢
When installing HDLM from the DVD-ROM
# /directory-in-which-the-DVD-ROM-is-mounted/installux.sh
or
# installp -aXgd /directory-in-which-the-DVD-ROM-is-mounted/
HDLM_AIX all
¢
When installing HDLM from the directory to which the DVD-ROM was
copied
# /directory-copied-from-DVD-ROM/installux.sh
or
# installp -aXgd /directory-copied-from-DVD-ROM/HDLM_AIX all
Even though a message asking you to restart the host is displayed during
installation, you do not have to restart the host.
3-26
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
If the KAPL09172-E message is displayed, the hdisk for the device that is
managed by HDLM still remains. Re-execute the procedure starting from
step 5.
During installation, the KAPL09241-W message might be output. In this
case, installation of HDLM continues, but installation of HDLM components
has failed. After installing HDLM, resolve the problem according to the
KAPL09241-W message if necessary.
9.
Execute the following command to make sure that the package is
installed.
# lslpp -la DLManager.mpio.rte
Make sure that the fileset item in the output listing contains
DLManager.mpio.rte, and all the displayed statuses are COMMITTED.
If one or more of the displayed statuses are BROKEN, remove and then reinstall HDLM.
10. Unmount the DVD-ROM.
# umount /cdrom
11. Delete the created mount directory.
# rm -r /cdrom
12. As required, execute the dlmodmset utility for setting the HDLM execution
environment ODM.
For details, see dlmodmset Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution
Environment ODM on page 7-21.
13. Execute the following command to configure the hdisk:
# cfgmgr
If the hosts and storage systems are connected by a Fibre Channel
switch, perform steps 14 to 18. If the hosts and storage systems are not
connected by a Fibre Channel switch, go to step 19.
14. Finish defining the parent device (fscsin).
# rmdev -l fscsin -R
Note that you can use the following command to check the parent device:
# lsdev -C -l hdisk-name -F 'parent'
15. Change the fc_err_recov setting of the parent device (fscsin) to
fast_fail.
# chdev -l fscsin -a fc_err_recov=fast_fail
16. Verify that the settings for the parent device (fscsin) are enabled.
Also, verify that the fc_err_recov setting has been changed to
fast_fail.
# lsattr -El fscsin
fc_err_recov fast_fail FC Fabric Event Error RECOVERY Policy TRUE
17. Repeat steps 14 to 16 for each parent device (fscsin) being used.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-27
18. Enable the defined parent device (fscsin).
# cfgmgr
19. Execute the chdev command, as required, to change the attributes of the
hdisk:
# chdev -l hdisk-name -a queue_depth=8 -a rw_timeout=60
20. Execute one of the following commands, as required, to add /usr/
DynamicLinkManager/bin to the PATH environment variable.
When using a Bourne shell or Korn shell:
# PATH=$PATH:/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin
# export PATH
When using a C shell:
# set path=( $path /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin )
To simplify command execution, you can temporarily add the PATH
environment variable. To execute HDLM commands or the HDLM utility
without setting the PATH environment variable, specify an absolute path
to execute the commands.
21. Make sure that hdisks are available:
# lsdev -Cc disk
hdisk0
Available 1S-08-00-8,0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
hdisk1
Available 1S-08-00-9,0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
hdisk2
Available 1S-08-00-10,0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
hdisk3
Available 1H-08-02
Hitachi Disk Array (Fibre)
hdisk4
Available 1H-08-02
Hitachi Disk Array (Fibre)
...
Make sure that the status of all displayed hdisks is Available.
hdisks 0 to 2 are the physical device file names for the host's internal
disks.
hdisk 3 and the following are the logical device file names that correspond
to physical volumes in the storage system.
22. Execute the dlnkmgr command's view operation to check the status of
each program:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys
HDLM Version
: x.x.x-xx
Service Pack Version
:
Load Balance
: on(extended lio)
Support Cluster
:
Elog Level
: 3
Elog File Size (KB)
: 9900
Number Of Elog Files
: 2
Trace Level
: 0
Trace File Size(KB)
: 1000
Number Of Trace Files
: 4
Path Health Checking
: on(30)
Auto Failback
: on(60)
Intermittent Error Monitor
: off
Dynamic I/O Path Control
: off(10)
HDLM Manager Ver
WakeupTime
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
3-28
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
HDLM Alert Driver Ver
WakeupTime
ElogMem Size
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss 4000
HDLM Driver Ver
WakeupTime
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
License Type Expiration
Permanent
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
Even if cluster software is used, the name of the cluster software is not
displayed in Support Cluster. However, the cluster support function is
operating normally.
23. From the execution result of the view operation, check that the correct
version of HDLM is installed.
If HDLM Version is x.x.x-xx, the installed version of HDLM is correct.
x.x.x-xx is the installed version of HDLM.
24. From the execution result of the view operation, check that the programs
are running properly.
If HDLM Manager, HDLM Alert Driver, and HDLM Driver are all Alive, all
programs are running correctly.
If you are not using a virtual I/O server, go to step 28.
25. If you are using a virtual I/O server, define an hdisk as a virtual target
device.
Execute the following command on the virtual I/O server:
When creating the hdisk as a virtual target device:
$ mkvdev -vdev hdisk-name -vadapter virtual-SCSI-serveradapter-name
When creating the logical volume as a virtual target device:
$ mkvdev -vdev logical-volume-name -vadapter virtual-SCSIserver-adapter-name
26. Execute the following command in the client logical partition to
reconfigure the device:
# cfgmgr
27. Execute the following command in the client logical partition to confirm
that the physical volume has been recognized as hdisk.
If the following message is displayed, then the physical volume (hdisk)
was recognized correctly:
# lsdev -Cc disk
hdisk1 Available
Virtual SCSI Disk Drive
28. Activate the volume group used by HDLM.
# varyonvg volume-group-name
29. Mount the file system used by HDLM.
# mount file-system-mount-point
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-29
30. Check the path configuration according to the procedure described in
Checking the Path Configuration on page 3-72.
When Installing HDLM in a Boot Disk Environment
To perform a new installation of HDLM:
1.
For AIX 5.3, use a single-path configuration for hosts and storage
systems.
For AIX 6.1 or AIX 7.1, you can use a single-path configuration or a multipath configuration for hosts and storage systems.
2.
Log in to AIX as the root user.
If you are using a virtual I/O server, see the virtual I/O server
documentation to log in to AIX.
3.
If the boot disk is in a multi-path configuration, execute the commands
below to confirm that the physical volume containing the boot logical
volume hd5 is the same as the physical volume used for booting.
If the boot disk is in a single-path configuration, you do not have to
perform this step.
¢
Identify the physical volume that contains the boot logical volume
hd5:
# lsvg -M rootvg | grep -w hd5
hdisk3:1
hd5:1
In this example, hdisk3 contains the boot logical volume hd5.
¢
Identify the physical volume used for booting:
# getconf BOOT_DEVICE
hdisk3
In this example, hdisk3 is used for booting.
If the boot physical volume that contains the logical volume hd5 is
different from the physical volume used for booting, the following
message appears, and the HDLM installation ends with an error:
0503-497 installp: An error occurred during bosboot test
processing.
To make the physical volume that contains the boot logical volume hd5
the same as the physical volume used for booting, execute the bootlist
command by specifying the physical volume that contains the boot logical
volume hd5, and then restart the host.
The following shows an example of executing the command when the
physical volume that contains the boot logical volume hd5 is hdisk3:
# bootlist -m normal hdisk3
After restarting the host, perform the procedure again from step 2.
3-30
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
4.
If there is no directory for mounting the DVD-ROM, make the directory.
# mkdir /cdrom
cdrom is the desired directory name. Hereafter, cdrom is used for
purposes of explanation.
5.
Mount the DVD-ROM.
# mount -r -v cdrfs /dev/cd0 /cdrom
The /dev/cd0 part depends on the system.
6.
Execute the following command to check that the devices to be managed
by HDLM have been recognized by the system:
# lsdev -Cc disk
hdisk0
Available
hdisk1
Available
hdisk2
Available
hdisk3
Available
hdisk4
Available
...
1S-08-00-8,0
1S-08-00-9,0
1S-08-00-10,0
1H-08-02
1H-08-02
16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
Hitachi Disk Array (Fibre)
Hitachi Disk Array (Fibre)
In this example, hdisk3 and hdisk4 are recognized as devices to be
managed by HDLM. If all devices to be managed by HDLM are recognized,
proceed to step 6.
If any devices to be managed by HDLM are not recognized, proceed to
step 8.
7.
Execute the following utility to remove, from the running kernel, the
HDLM management-target device:
# /cdrom/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/dlmrmdev -f
The KAPL10529-I message is displayed.
If the KAPL10529-I message is not displayed, the HDLM managementtarget device has not been deleted. Make sure that no processes,
services, file systems, or volume groups are using any HDLM
management-target paths, and then re-execute the above utility.
Note that an hdisk recognized as a boot disk will not be deleted.
8.
Execute the following command to make sure that the hdisks recognized
as the devices to be managed by HDLM have been deleted:
# lsdev -Cc disk
9.
Prepare the license key or license key file.
¢
¢
When only the license key has been provided
Create the /var/DLM directory, and then, in this directory, create the
license key file (dlm.lic_key). The following shows an example when
the license key is 123456789ABCDEF:
# mkdir /var/DLM
# echo "123456789ABCDEF" > /var/DLM/dlm.lic_key
When the license key file has been provided
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-31
Store the license key file directly under the /var/tmp/ directory by
using the hdlm_license name.
/var/tmp/hdlm_license
Note that the hdlm_license and dlm.lic_key files are deleted after
installation finishes successfully.
10. Execute the following command:
¢
When installing HDLM from the DVD-ROM
# /directory-in-which-the-DVD-ROM-is-mounted/installux.sh
or
# installp -aXgd /directory-in-which-the-DVD-ROM-is-mounted/
HDLM_AIX all
¢
When installing HDLM from the directory to which the DVD-ROM was
copied
# /directory-copied-from-DVD-ROM/installux.sh
or
# installp -aXgd /directory-copied-from-DVD-ROM/HDLM_AIX all
Even though a message asking you to restart the host is displayed during
installation, you do not have to restart the host.
If the KAPL09172-E message is displayed, the hdisk for the device that is
managed by HDLM still remains. Re-execute the procedure starting from
step 6.
During installation, the KAPL09241-W message might be output. In this
case, installation of HDLM continues, but installation of HDLM components
has failed. After installing HDLM, resolve the problem according to the
KAPL09241-W message if necessary.
11. Execute the following command to make sure that the package is
installed.
# lslpp -la DLManager.mpio.rte
Make sure that the fileset item in the output listing contains
DLManager.mpio.rte, and all the displayed statuses are COMMITTED.
If one or more of the displayed statuses are BROKEN, remove and then reinstall HDLM.
12. Unmount the DVD-ROM.
# umount /cdrom
13. Delete the created mount directory.
# rm -r /cdrom
14. If a single-path configuration is used, connect cables to all HBAs to
change the configuration to a multi-path configuration.
Note that, regardless of the configuration, do not execute the cfgmgr
command.
15. Execute the following command to restart the host:
# shutdown -Fr
3-32
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
16. Make sure that the boot disk is in a multi-path configuration:
# lspath -l hdisk10 -s available
Available hdisk10 fscsi0
Available hdisk10 fscsi1
...
The following procedure assumes that hdisk10 is recognized as a boot
disk:
17. Check the current boot disk list:
# bootlist -m normal -o
hdisk10 blv=hd5
hdisk0 blv=hd5
hdisk1 blv=hd5
...
18. Specify boot disks that are suitable for your host environment:
# bootlist -m normal hdisk10 hdisk0 hdisk1
19. Make sure that the number of configured boot disks is the same as the
number of paths that you checked in step 15:
# bootlist -m normal -o
hdisk10 blv=hd5
hdisk10 blv=hd5
hdisk0 blv=hd5
hdisk1 blv=hd5
...
If the hosts and storage systems are connected by a Fibre Channel
switch, perform steps 19 to 23. If the hosts and storage systems are not
connected by a Fibre Channel switch, go to step 24.
20. Finish defining the parent device (fscsin).
# rmdev -l fscsin -R
Note that you can use the following command to check the parent device:
# lsdev -C -l hdisk-name -F 'parent'
21. Change the fc_err_recov setting of the parent device (fscsin) to
fast_fail.
# chdev -l fscsin -a fc_err_recov=fast_fail
22. Verify that the settings for the parent device (fscsin) are enabled.
Also, verify that the fc_err_recov setting has been changed to
fast_fail.
# lsattr -El fscsin
fc_err_recov fast_fail FC Fabric Event Error RECOVERY Policy TRUE
23. Enable the defined parent device (fscsin).
# cfgmgr -l fscsin
24. Repeat steps 19 to 22 for each parent device (fscsin) being used.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-33
25. Execute the chdev command, as required, to change the attributes of the
hdisk:
# chdev -l hdisk-name -a queue_depth=8 -a rw_timeout=60
26. Execute one of the following commands, as required, to add /usr/
DynamicLinkManager/bin to the PATH environment variable.
When using a Bourne shell or Korn shell:
# PATH=$PATH:/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin
# export PATH
When using a C shell:
# set path=( $path /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin )
To simplify command execution, you can temporarily add the PATH
environment variable. To execute HDLM commands or the HDLM utility
without setting the PATH environment variable, specify an absolute path
to execute the commands.
27. Make sure that hdisks are available:
# lsdev -Cc disk
hdisk0
Available
hdisk1
Available
hdisk2
Available
hdisk3
Available
hdisk4
Available
...
1S-08-00-8,0
1S-08-00-9,0
1S-08-00-10,0
1H-08-02
1H-08-02
16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
Hitachi Disk Array (Fibre)
Hitachi Disk Array (Fibre)
Make sure that the status of all displayed hdisks is Available.
hdisks 0 to 2 are the physical device file names for the host's internal
disks.
hdisk 3 and the following are the logical device file names that correspond
to physical volumes in the storage system.
After executing the lspv command, if there is no hdisk other than the one
that constitutes rootvg, re-execute the procedure starting from step 14.
28. Execute the dlnkmgr command's view operation to check the status of
each program:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys
HDLM Version
: x.x.x-xx
Service Pack Version
:
Load Balance
: on(extended lio)
Support Cluster
:
Elog Level
: 3
Elog File Size (KB)
: 9900
Number Of Elog Files
: 2
Trace Level
: 0
Trace File Size(KB)
: 1000
Number Of Trace Files
: 4
Path Health Checking
: on(30)
Auto Failback
: on(60)
Intermittent Error Monitor
: off
Dynamic I/O Path Control
: off(10)
HDLM Manager Ver
WakeupTime
3-34
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
HDLM Alert Driver Ver
WakeupTime
ElogMem Size
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss 4000
HDLM Driver Ver
WakeupTime
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
License Type Expiration
Permanent
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
Even if cluster software is used, the name of the cluster software is not
displayed in Support Cluster. However, the cluster support function is
operating normally.
29. From the execution result of the view operation, check that the correct
version of HDLM is installed.
If HDLM Version is x.x.x-xx, the installed version of HDLM is correct.
x.x.x-xx is the installed version of HDLM.
30. From the execution result of the view operation, check that the programs
are running properly.
If HDLM Manager, HDLM Alert Driver, and HDLM Driver are all Alive, all
programs are running correctly.
If you are not using a virtual I/O server, go to step 33.
31. If you are using a virtual I/O server, define an hdisk as a virtual target
device.
Execute the following command on the virtual I/O server:
When creating the hdisk as a virtual target device:
$ mkvdev -vdev hdisk-name -vadapter virtual-SCSI-serveradapter-name
When creating the logical volume as a virtual target device:
$ mkvdev -vdev logical-volume-name -vadapter virtual-SCSIserver-adapter-name
32. Execute the following command in the client logical partition to
reconfigure the device:
# cfgmgr
33. Execute the following command in the client logical partition to confirm
that the physical volume has been recognized as hdisk.
If the following message is displayed, then the physical volume (hdisk)
was recognized correctly:
# lsdev -Cc disk
hdisk1 Available
Virtual SCSI Disk Drive
34. Check the path configuration according to the procedure described in
Checking the Path Configuration on page 3-72.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-35
Preparations for an Upgrade Installation or Re-installation of HDLM
Make necessary preparations, such as backing up the HDLM managementtarget devices.
When using HDLM in a cluster configuration, make sure to perform the
operations described in the following sub-sections on all hosts that comprise
the cluster.
Stop Applications
HDLM manager stops during an upgrade installation or re-installation, so stop
any applications that require HDLM manager operations before you start the
upgrade installation or re-installation.
Perform Operations for HDLM Management-Target Device
1.
Terminate the processes of all applications that are accessing the HDLM
management-target devices.
2.
If necessary, back up all HDLM management-target devices to a medium
such as tape.
3.
Unmount the disks.
If the HDLM management-target devices are mounted, unmount them as
follows:
¢
First, execute the command below to check the current settings.
# mount -p
The current settings will be output as follows:
Figure 3-3 Example of Results from Executing the Mount -p
Command (Preparations for an Upgrade Installation or Reinstallation of HDLM)
In this example, assume that HDLM manages the shaded portion of
the devices.
¢
4.
3-36
Execute the following command to unmount the disk.
# umount /mntpt
Execute the following command to inactivate the applicable volume
group:
# varyoffvg volume-group-name
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Performing an Upgrade Installation or Re-installation of HDLM
This subsection explains how to perform an upgrade installation from an
earlier version, or how to re-install HDLM.
Because HDLM version 5.8.1 or earlier cannot be upgraded to HDLM version
5.9 or later, migration is necessary. For details about migration, see
Migrating from HDLM Version 5.8.1 or Earlier to Version 5.9 or Later on page
3-56.
The following table lists and describes the files that are inherited during an
upgrade installation or re-installation of HDLM.
Table 3-11 List of Files Inherited During an Upgrade Installation or Reinstallation
File
Description
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/config/dlmmgr.xml
File for setting up HDLM
functionality
/var/DynamicLinkManager/log/dlmmgr[1-16].log
Log files of HDLM
Manager
/var/DynamicLinkManager/log/dlminquiry[1-2].log
Log files of HDLM
Inquiry information
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/config/dlmwebagent.properties Hitachi Command Suite
Common Agent
Component settings file
/var/DynamicLinkManager/log/hdlmtr[1-64].log
Trace files
/var/DynamicLinkManager/log/dlmconfig[1-2].log
Configuration log file
/var/DynamicLinkManager/log/mmap/hdlmtr.mm
Trace management file
/var/DynamicLinkManager/log/dlmwebagent[1-16].log
Hitachi Command Suite
Common Agent
Component log files
/var/DynamicLinkManager/log/dlmutil[1-2].log
HDLM utility's log file
/var/DynamicLinkManager/log/mmap/dlmutil.mm
HDLM utility's log trace
management file
/var/DynamicLinkManager/log/installhdlm.log
Unattended installation
execution log
When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment
1.
Log in to AIX as a user with root permissions.
If you are using a virtual I/O server, see the virtual I/O server
documentation to log in to AIX.
2.
Back up the HDLM settings.
If an upgrade installation or re-installation fails, AIX automatically
removes HDLM, and the HDLM settings are deleted.
Perform this step so that a copy of the HDLM settings is available in this
case.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-37
If an upgrade installation or re-installation fails, perform a new
installation, and then re-execute setup to reflect the settings that have
been backed up.
¢
¢
Save the HDLM environment settings information.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys > any-filename
Make sure that the license has not expired.
Save the HDLM execution environment ODM settings.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmodmset -o > any-file-name
Reconfigure the HDLM device. To automatically perform processes
required for the reconfiguration, such as unmounting the file system and
changing the volume group statuses, go to step 3. To manually perform
these processes, go to step 4.
3.
Execute the utility for removing HDLM devices (dlmrmdev) with the -A
parameter specified.
To inherit the existing hdisk configuration, execute the dlmrmdev utility
with the -e parameter specified. If you execute the dlmrmdev utility
without the -e parameter specified, the existing HDLM device is deleted.
Note that if you want to inherit the existing hdisk configuration when the
installed HDLM version is earlier than 6.2, use the dlmrmdev utility
included in the installation DVD-ROM of the HDLM version to be installed.
When dlmrmdev is executed, a message is displayed asking you to
continue processing. Enter y to continue processing.
To inherit the existing hdisk configuration when the version of the
installed HDLM is earlier than 6.2:
# /directory-in-which-the-DVD-ROM-is-mounted/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/
dlmrmdev -e -A
KAPL10528-I The volume group will be made inactive, and the file
system that is using HDLM will be unmounted. Is this OK? [y/n]:y
KAPL10526-I An attempt to unmount the file system has succeeded.
(file system = /mnt/fs01)
KAPL10527-I An attempt to inactivate the volume group has
succeeded. (volume group = vg01)
hdisk7 Defined
hdisk8 Defined
hdisk9 Defined
hdisk10 Defined
KAPL10531-I The status of all of the HDLM drivers was changed to
"Defined".
To inherit the existing hdisk configuration when the version of the
installed HDLM is 6.2 or later:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmrmdev -e -A
KAPL10528-I The volume group will be made inactive, and the file
system that is using HDLM will be unmounted. Is this OK? [y/n]:y
KAPL10526-I An attempt to unmount the file system has succeeded.
(file system = /mnt/fs01)
KAPL10527-I An attempt to inactivate the volume group has
succeeded. (volume group = vg01)
hdisk7 Defined
3-38
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
hdisk8 Defined
hdisk9 Defined
hdisk10 Defined
KAPL10531-I The status of all of the HDLM drivers was changed to
"Defined".
To avoid inheriting the existing hdisk configuration:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmrmdev -A
KAPL10528-I The volume group will be made inactive, and the file
system that is using HDLM will be unmounted. Is this OK? [y/n]:y
hdisk7 deleted
hdisk8 deleted
hdisk9 deleted
hdisk10 deleted
KAPL09012-I All HDLM drivers were removed.
¢
When the existing hdisk configuration has been successfully inherited,
the KAPL10531-I message is displayed.
If the KAPL10531-I message is not displayed, make sure that no
processes, services, file systems, or volume groups are using any
HDLM management-target paths, and then perform step 3 again.
¢
When an existing hdisk has been successfully deleted, the KAPL09012I message is displayed.
If the KAPL09012-I message is not displayed, make sure that no
processes, services, file systems, or volume groups are using any
HDLM management-target paths, and then perform step 3 again.
After the dlmrmdev utility successfully finishes, go to step 8.
4.
Execute the following command to unmount the file system used by
HDLM.
# umount file-system-mount-point
5.
Execute the following command to display all the activated volume
groups.
# lsvg -o
6.
Among the displayed volume groups, inactivate the volume groups used
by HDLM.
# varyoffvg volume-group-name
7.
Execute the dlmrmdev utility to change the status of the hdisks recognized
as HDLM management-target devices by the active kernel, and then stop
the HDLM manager.
To inherit the existing hdisk configuration, execute the dlmrmdev utility,
with the -e parameter specified, that is included in the installation DVDROM of the HDLM version to be installed. If you execute the dlmrmdev
utility without the -e parameter specified, the existing HDLM device is
deleted.
/DVD-ROM-mounted-directory/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/dlmrmdev
¢
Deleting an existing hdisk
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-39
When an existing hdisk is successfully deleted, the KAPL09012-I
message is displayed. If the KAPL09012-I message is not displayed,
make sure that no processes, services, file systems, or volume groups
are using any HDLM management-target paths, and then re-execute
the procedure of step 7.
¢
Inheriting the existing hdisk configuration
When the existing hdisk configuration is successfully inherited, the
KAPL10531-I message is displayed.
If the KAPL10531-I message is not displayed, make sure that no
processes, services, file systems, or volume groups are using any
HDLM management-target paths, and then re-execute the procedure
of step 7.
8.
Execute the following command and verify the status of the hdisks
recognized as HDLM-managed devices:
# lsdev -Cc disk
¢
¢
If you attempted to delete an existing hdisk by executing the
dlmrmdev utility, verify that the hdisk has been deleted.
If you attempted to inherit the existing hdisk configuration by
executing the dlmrmdev utility, verify that the status of the hdisks
recognized as HDLM-managed devices is Defined.
hdisk0
hdisk1
hdisk2
hdisk3
hdisk4
...
9.
Available 1S-08-00-8,0
16 Bit LVD
Available 1S-08-00-9,0
16 Bit LVD
Available 1S-08-00-10,0
16 Bit LVD
Defined 1H-08-02
Hitachi Disk
Defined 1H-08-02
Hitachi Disk
SCSI Disk Drive
SCSI Disk Drive
SCSI Disk Drive
Array (Fibre)
Array (Fibre)
If the license has expired, prepare the license key or license key file.
If the license has not expired, proceed to step 10.
¢
¢
When only the license key has been provided
Create the /var/DLM directory, and then, in this directory, create the
license key file (dlm.lic_key). The following shows an example when
the license key is 123456789ABCDEF:
# mkdir /var/DLM
# echo "123456789ABCDEF" > /var/DLM/dlm.lic_key
When the license key file has been provided
Store the license key file directly under the /var/tmp/ directory by
using the hdlm_license name.
/var/tmp/hdlm_license
Note that the hdlm_license and dlm.lic_key files are deleted after
installation finishes successfully.
10. Insert the HDLM DVD-ROM into the DVD-ROM drive, and mount the DVDROM..
If you install HDLM by using a directory to which the DVD-ROM is copied,
you do not have to perform this step.
3-40
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
11. For an upgrade installation, execute the following command:
¢
When installing HDLM from the DVD-ROM
# /directory-in-which-the-DVD-ROM-is-mounted/installux.sh
or
# installp -aXgd /directory-in-which-the-DVD-ROM-is-mounted/
HDLM_AIX all
¢
When installing HDLM from the directory to which the DVD-ROM was
copied
# /directory-copied-from-DVD-ROM/installux.sh
or
# installp -aXgd /directory-copied-from-DVD-ROM/HDLM_AIX all
Even though a message asking you to restart the host is displayed during
installation, you do not have to restart the host.
If you execute the dlmrmdev utility without the -e parameter specified at
step 3 or 7 and then the KAPL09048-E message is displayed, the hdisk for
the device that is managed by HDLM still remains.
If you execute the dlmrmdev utility with the -e parameter specified at
step 3 or 7 and then the KAPL09048-E message is displayed, the hdisk for
the device that is managed by HDLM still remains, and its status is
Available. Re-execute the procedure in step 3.
During installation, the KAPL09241-W message might be output. In this
case, installation of HDLM continues, but installation of HDLM components
has failed. After installing HDLM, resolve the problem according to the
KAPL09241-W message if necessary.
12. For a re-installation, execute the following command:
¢
When installing HDLM from the DVD-ROM
# /directory-in-which-the-DVD-ROM-is-mounted/installux.sh
or
# installp -aXFd /directory-in-which-the-DVD-ROM-is-mounted/
HDLM_AIX all
¢
When installing HDLM from the directory to which the DVD-ROM was
copied
# /directory-copied-from-DVD-ROM/installux.sh
or
# installp -aXFd /directory-copied-from-DVD-ROM/HDLM_AIX all
Even though a message asking you to restart the host is displayed during
installation, you do not have to restart the host.
If you execute the dlmrmdev utility without the -e parameter specified at
step 3 or 7 and then the KAPL09048-E message is displayed, the hdisk for
the device that is managed by HDLM still remains.
If you execute the dlmrmdev utility with the -e parameter specified at
step 3 or 7 and then the KAPL09048-E message is displayed, the hdisk for
the device that is managed by HDLM still remains, and its status is
Available. Re-execute the procedure in step 3.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-41
During installation, the KAPL09241-W message might be output. In this
case, installation of HDLM continues, but installation of HDLM components
has failed. After installing HDLM, resolve the problem according to the
KAPL09241-W message if necessary.
13. Execute the following command to make sure that the package is
installed.
# lslpp -la DLManager.mpio.rte
Make sure that the fileset item in the output listing contains
DLManager.mpio.rte, and all the displayed statuses are COMMITTED.
If one or more of the displayed statuses are BROKEN, remove and then reinstall HDLM.
14. Execute the following command to make sure that the hdisk.
# cfgmgr
15. Execute the following command and verify that the status of the hdisks is
Available:
# lsdev -Cc disk
hdisk0
Available 1S-08-00-8,0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
hdisk1
Available 1S-08-00-9,0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
hdisk2
Available 1S-08-00-10,0 16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
hdisk3
Available 1H-08-02
Hitachi Disk Array (Fibre)
hdisk4
Available 1H-08-02
Hitachi Disk Array (Fibre)
...
Make sure that all the displayed HDLM-related devices are Available.
hdisks 0 to 2 are the physical device file names of the host's internal
disks.
hdisk 3 and the following are the logical device file names that correspond
to physical volumes in the storage system.
16. Activate the volume group used by HDLM.
# varyonvg volume-group-name
17. Mount the file system used by HDLM.
# mount file-system-mount-point
18. Execute the dlnkmgr command's view operation to check the status of
each program:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys
HDLM Version
: x.x.x-xx
Service Pack Version
:
Load Balance
: on(rr)
Support Cluster
:
Elog Level
: 3
Elog File Size (KB)
: 9900
Number Of Elog Files
: 2
Trace Level
: 0
Trace File Size(KB)
: 1000
Number Of Trace Files
: 4
Path Health Checking
: on(30)
Auto Failback
: on(60)
3-42
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Intermittent Error Monitor
: off
Dynamic I/O Path Control
: off(10)
HDLM Manager Ver
WakeupTime
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
HDLM Alert Driver Ver
WakeupTime
ElogMem Size
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss 4000
HDLM Driver Ver
WakeupTime
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
License Type Expiration
Permanent
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
Even when cluster software is being used, the name of the cluster
software is not displayed in Support Cluster. However, the cluster
support function is operating normally.
19. From the execution result of the view operation, check that the correct
version of HDLM is installed.
If HDLM Version is x.x.x-xx, the installed version of HDLM is correct.
x.x.x-xx is the installed version of HDLM.
20. From the execution result of the view operation, check that the programs
are running properly.
If HDLM Manager, HDLM Alert Driver, and HDLM Driver are all Alive, all
programs are running correctly.
If you are not using a virtual I/O server, the upgrade installation or reinstallation of HDLM is complete.
For details about the files to be inherited after the upgrade installation or
re-installation of HDLM, see Table 3-11 List of Files Inherited During an
Upgrade Installation or Re-installation on page 3-37.
21. If you are using a virtual I/O server, define an hdisk as a virtual target
device.
Execute the following command on the virtual I/O server:
When creating an hdisk as a virtual target device:
$ mkvdev -vdev hdisk-name -vadapter virtual-SCSI-serveradapter-name
When creating a logical device as a virtual target device:
$ mkvdev -vdev logical-volume-name -vadapter virtual-SCSIserver-adapter-name
22. Execute the following command in the client logical partition to
reconfigure the device:
# cfgmgr
23. Execute the following command in the client logical partition to confirm
that the physical volume has been recognized as hdisk.
If the following message is displayed, then the physical volume (hdisk)
was recognized correctly.
# lsdev -Cc disk
hdisk1 Available Virtual SCSI Disk Drive
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-43
When Installing HDLM in a Boot Disk Environment
1.
Log in to AIX as a user with root permissions.
If you are using a virtual I/O server, see the virtual I/O server
documentation to log in to AIX.
2.
Back up the HDLM settings.
If an upgrade installation or re-installation fails, AIX automatically
removes HDLM, and the HDLM settings are deleted.
Perform this step so that a copy of the HDLM settings is available in this
case.
If an upgrade installation or re-installation fails, perform a new
installation, and then re-execute setup to reflect the settings that have
been backed up.
¢
¢
3.
Save the HDLM environment settings information.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys > any-filename
Make sure that the license has not expired.
Save the HDLM execution environment ODM settings.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmodmset -o > any-file-name
Execute the following command to unmount the file system used by
HDLM.
# umount file-system-mount-point
4.
Execute the following command to display all the activated volume
groups.
# lsvg -o
5.
Among the displayed volume groups, inactivate the volume groups used
by HDLM.
# varyoffvg volume-group-name
6.
Execute the utility indicated below to change the status of the hdisks
recognized as HDLM management-target devices by the active kernel,
and then stop the HDLM manager.
To inherit the existing hdisk configuration, execute the dlmrmdev utility
with the -e parameter specified.
If you are using HDLM version 6.2 or earlier and you want to inherit the
existing hdisk configuration, use the dlmrmdev utility that is included in
the installation DVD-ROM of the HDLM version to be installed.
/DVD-ROM-mounted-directory/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/dlmrmdev
¢
3-44
Deleting an existing hdisk
When an existing hdisk is successfully deleted, the KAPL09012-I
message is displayed.
If the KAPL09012-I message is not displayed, make sure that no
processes, services, file systems, or volume groups are using any
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
HDLM management-target paths, and then re-execute the procedure
of step 6. The hdisk of the boot disk cannot be deleted.
¢
Inheriting the existing hdisk configuration
When the existing hdisk configuration is successfully inherited, the
KAPL10531-I message is displayed.
If the KAPL10531-I message is not displayed, make sure that no
processes, services, file systems, or volume groups are using any
HDLM management-target paths, and then re-execute the procedure
in step 6. The status of the boot disk's hdisk cannot be changed.
7.
Execute the following command and verify the status of the hdisks
recognized as HDLM-managed devices:
# lsdev -Cc disk
¢
¢
If you attempted to delete an existing hdisk by executing the
dlmrmdev utility, verify that the hdisk has been deleted.
If you attempted to inherit the existing hdisk configuration by
executing the dlmrmdev utility with the -e parameter specified, verify
that the status of the hdisks is Defined.
hdisk0
hdisk1
hdisk2
hdisk3
hdisk4
...
8.
Available 1S-08-00-8,0
16 Bit LVD
Available 1S-08-00-9,0
16 Bit LVD
Available 1S-08-00-10,0
16 Bit LVD
Defined 1H-08-02
Hitachi Disk
Defined 1H-08-02
Hitachi Disk
SCSI Disk Drive
SCSI Disk Drive
SCSI Disk Drive
Array (Fibre)
Array (Fibre)
If the license has expired, prepare the license key or license key file.
If the license has not expired, proceed to step 9.
¢
¢
When only the license key has been provided
Create the /var/DLM directory, and then, in this directory, create the
license key file (dlm.lic_key). The following shows an example when
the license key is 123456789ABCDEF:
# mkdir /var/DLM
# echo "123456789ABCDEF" > /var/DLM/dlm.lic_key
When the license key file has been provided
Store the license key file directly under the /var/tmp/ directory by
using the hdlm_license name.
/var/tmp/hdlm_license
Note that the hdlm_license and dlm.lic_key files are deleted after
installation finishes successfully.
9.
Insert the HDLM DVD-ROM into the DVD-ROM drive, and mount the DVDROM..
If you install HDLM by using a directory to which the DVD-ROM is copied,
you do not have to perform this step.
10. For an upgrade installation, execute the following command:
¢
When installing HDLM from the DVD-ROM
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-45
# /directory-in-which-the-DVD-ROM-is-mounted/installux.sh
or
# installp -aXgd /directory-in-which-the-DVD-ROM-is-mounted/
HDLM_AIX all
¢
When installing HDLM from the directory to which the DVD-ROM was
copied
# /directory-copied-from-DVD-ROM/installux.sh
or
# installp -aXgd /directory-copied-from-DVD-ROM/HDLM_AIX all
Even though a message asking you to restart the host is displayed during
installation, you do not have to restart the host.
If you execute the dlmrmdev utility without the -e parameter specified at
step 6 and then the KAPL09172-E message is displayed, the hdisk for the
device that is managed by HDLM still remains.
If you execute the dlmrmdev utility with the -e parameter specified at
step 6 and then the KAPL09172-E message is displayed, the hdisk for the
device that is managed by HDLM still remains, and its status is
Available. Re-execute the procedure in step 6.
If an upgrade installation ends with an error, HDLM might be removed. In
this case, proceed to step 13.
During installation, the KAPL09241-W message might be output. In this
case, installation of HDLM continues, but installation of HDLM components
has failed. After installing HDLM, resolve the problem according to the
KAPL09241-W message if necessary.
11. For a re-installation, execute the following command:
¢
When installing HDLM from the DVD-ROM
# /directory-in-which-the-DVD-ROM-is-mounted/installux.sh
or
# installp -aXFd /directory-in-which-the-DVD-ROM-is-mounted/
HDLM_AIX all
¢
When installing HDLM from the directory to which the DVD-ROM was
copied
# /directory-copied-from-DVD-ROM/installux.sh
or
# installp -aXFd /directory-copied-from-DVD-ROM/HDLM_AIX all
Even though a message asking you to restart the host is displayed during
installation, you do not have to restart the host.
If you execute the dlmrmdev utility without the -e parameter specified at
step 6 and then the KAPL09172-E message is displayed, the hdisk for the
device that is managed by HDLM still remains.
If you execute the dlmrmdev utility with the -e parameter specified at
step 6 and then the KAPL09172-E message is displayed, the hdisk for the
device that is managed by HDLM still remains, and its status is
Available. Re-execute the procedure in step 6.
3-46
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
If re-installation ends with an error, HDLM might be removed. In this
case, proceed to step 13.
During installation, the KAPL09241-W message might be output. In this
case, installation of HDLM continues, but installation of HDLM components
has failed. After installing HDLM, resolve the problem according to the
KAPL09241-W message if necessary.
12. Execute the following command to make sure that the package is
installed.
# lslpp -la DLManager.mpio.rte
Make sure that the fileset item in the output listing contains
DLManager.mpio.rte, and all the displayed statuses are COMMITTED.
If one or more of the displayed statuses are BROKEN, remove HDLM, and
then proceed to step 13 to perform a new installation of HDLM.
13. If HDLM was not upgraded or re-installed properly, perform a new
installation of HDLM.
¢
¢
When AIX 5L V5.3 is used, and the boot disk is in a multi-path
configuration
Execute the following command to shut down the host, and then
perform the procedure in Perform Operations for HDLM ManagementTarget Device on page 3-36:
# shutdown -F
When an environment other than the above is used
Execute the following command to restart the host, and then perform
the procedure in Perform Operations for HDLM Management-Target
Device on page 3-36:
# shutdown -Fr
After performing a new installation of HDLM, set up HDLM again based on
the HDLM settings backed up in step 2.
14. Execute the following command to restart the host:
# shutdown -Fr
15. Execute the following command to make sure that the hdisk driver has
been installed in the active kernel and is enabled:
# lsdev -Cc disk
hdisk0 enabled 1S-08-00-8,0
hdisk1 enabled 1S-08-00-9,0
hdisk2 enabled 1S-08-00-10,0
hdisk3 enabled 1H-08-02
hdisk4 enabled 1H-08-02
...
16-bit LVD SCSI disk drive
16-bit LVD SCSI disk drive
16-bit LVD SCSI disk drive
Hitachi Disk Array (Fibre)
Hitachi Disk Array (Fibre)
Make sure that all the displayed HDLM-related devices are enabled.
hdisk0 through hdisk2 are the names of the physical device files for
internal disks on the host.
The files beginning at hdisk3 are the names of the logical device files
corresponding to the storage system's physical volumes.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-47
After executing the lspv command, if there is no hdisk other than the
one that constitutes rootvg, re-execute the procedure starting from step
14.
16. Execute the dlnkmgr command's view operation to check the status of
each program:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys
HDLM Version
: x.x.x-xx
Service Pack Version
:
Load Balance
: on(rr)
Support Cluster
:
Elog Level
: 3
Elog File Size (KB)
: 9900
Number Of Elog Files
: 2
Trace Level
: 0
Trace File Size(KB)
: 1000
Number Of Trace Files
: 4
Path Health Checking
: on(30)
Auto Failback
: on(60)
Intermittent Error Monitor
: off
Dynamic I/O Path Control
: off(10)
HDLM Manager Ver
WakeupTime
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
HDLM Alert Driver Ver
WakeupTime
ElogMem Size
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss 4000
HDLM Driver Ver
WakeupTime
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
License Type Expiration
Permanent
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
Even when cluster software is being used, the name of the cluster
software is not displayed in Support Cluster. However, the cluster
support function is operating normally.
17. From the execution result of the view operation, check that the correct
version of HDLM is installed.
If HDLM Version is x.x.x-xx, the installed version of HDLM is correct.
x.x.x-xx is the installed version of HDLM.
If the KAPL01012-E message is displayed, the HDLM device has not been
configured. Re-execute the procedure starting from step 14.
18. From the execution result of the view operation, check that the programs
are running properly.
If HDLM Manager, HDLM Alert Driver, and HDLM Driver are all Alive, all
programs are running correctly.
If you are not using a virtual I/O server, the upgrade installation or reinstallation of HDLM is complete.
For details about the files to be inherited after the upgrade installation or
re-installation of HDLM, see Table 3-11 List of Files Inherited During an
Upgrade Installation or Re-installation on page 3-37.
19. If you are using a virtual I/O server, define an hdisk as a virtual target
device.
3-48
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Execute the following command on the virtual I/O server:
When creating an hdisk as a virtual target device:
$ mkvdev -vdev hdisk-name -vadapter virtual-SCSI-serveradapter-name
When creating a logical device as a virtual target device:
$ mkvdev -vdev logical-volume-name -vadapter virtual-SCSIserver-adapter-name
20. Execute the following command in the client logical partition to
reconfigure the device:
# cfgmgr
21. Execute the following command in the client logical partition to confirm
that the physical volume has been recognized as hdisk.
If the following message is displayed, then the physical volume (hdisk)
was recognized correctly:
# lsdev -Cc disk
hdisk1 Available Virtual SCSI Disk Drive
When Installing HDLM on Alternate Disks
Perform the procedure below if you want to install HDLM on an alternate disk
in a local boot disk environment or a boot disk environment. Only upgrade
installations and re-installations are supported when HDLM is installed on
alternate disks.
1.
Log in to AIX as a user with root permissions.
If you are using a virtual I/O server, see the virtual I/O server
documentation to log in to AIX.
2.
If the license has expired, prepare the license key or license key file.
If the license has not expired, proceed to step 3.
¢
¢
When only the license key has been provided
Create the /var/DLM directory, and then, in this directory, create the
license key file (dlm.lic_key). The following shows an example when
the license key is 123456789ABCDEF:
# mkdir /var/DLM
# echo "123456789ABCDEF" > /var/DLM/dlm.lic_key
When the license key file has been provided
Store the license key file directly under the /var/tmp/ directory by
using the hdlm_license name.
/var/tmp/hdlm_license
Note that the hdlm_license and dlm.lic_key files are deleted after
installation finishes successfully.
3.
Insert the DVD-ROM into the DVD-ROM drive, and mount the DVD-ROM..
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-49
You do not need to mount the DVD-ROM. If you install HDLM by using a
directory to which the DVD-ROM is copied or if you use the nim command,
you do not have to perform this step.
4.
For an upgrade installation, execute the following command:
¢
¢
¢
When installing HDLM on an alternate disk from the DVD-ROM
# alt_disk_copy -d hdisk-name hdisk-name ... -w
DLManager.mpio.rte -l /directory-in-which-the-DVD-ROM-ismounted/HDLM_AIX
When installing HDLM onto an alternate disk from the directory to
which the DVD-ROM was copied
# alt_disk_copy -d hdisk-name hdisk-name ... -w
DLManager.mpio.rte -l /directory-copied-from-DVD-ROM/HDLM_AIX
When installing HDLM on an alternate disk on a NIM client from a NIM
server by using the nim command
A NIM server is a machine that manages the installation or upgrade
installation of software via a network. A NIM client is a machine whose
software installation status is managed by a NIM server.
# nim -o alt_disk_install -a source=rootvg -a disk=hdiskname hdisk-name ... -a filesets=DLManager.mpio.rte -a
installp_bundle=NIM-resource-including-HDLM NIM-client
For details about the alt_disk_copy and nim commands, see the manual
for AIX.
5.
For a re-installation, execute the following command:
¢
¢
¢
When installing HDLM on an alternate disk from the DVD-ROM
# alt_disk_copy -d hdisk-name hdisk-name ... -I aXF -w
DLManager.mpio.rte -l /directory-in-which-the-DVD-ROM-ismounted/HDLM_AIX
When installing HDLM onto an alternate disk from the directory to
which the DVD-ROM was copied
# alt_disk_copy -d hdisk-name hdisk-name ... -I aXF -w
DLManager.mpio.rte -l /directory-copied-from-DVD-ROM/HDLM_AIX
When installing HDLM on an alternate disk on a NIM client from a NIM
server by using the nim command
A NIM server is a machine that manages the installation or upgrade
installation of software via a network. A NIM client is a machine whose
software installation status is managed by a NIM server.
# nim -o alt_disk_install -a source=rootvg -a disk=hdiskname hdisk-name ... -a filesets=DLManager.mpio.rte -a
installp_bundle=NIM-resource-including-HDLM -a
installp_flags=aXF NIM-client
For details about the alt_disk_copy and nim commands, see the manual
for AIX.
6.
3-50
When the system is rebooted from the alternate disk, execute the HDLM
command’s view operation to display the status of each program.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys
HDLM Version
: x.x.x-xx
Service Pack Version
:
Load Balance
: on(rr)
Support Cluster
:
Elog Level
: 3
Elog File Size (KB)
: 9900
Number Of Elog Files
: 2
Trace Level
: 0
Trace File Size(KB)
: 1000
Number Of Trace Files
: 4
Path Health Checking
: on(30)
Auto Failback
: on(60)
Intermittent Error Monitor
: off
Dynamic I/O Path Control
: off(10)
HDLM Manager Ver
WakeupTime
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
HDLM Alert Driver Ver
WakeupTime
ElogMem Size
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss 4000
HDLM Driver Ver
WakeupTime
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
License Type Expiration
Permanent
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
Even when cluster software is being used, the name of the cluster
software is not displayed in Support Cluster. However, the cluster
support function is operating normally.
7.
From the execution result of the view operation, check that the correct
version of HDLM is installed.
If HDLM Version is x.x.x-xx, the installed version of HDLM is correct.
x.x.x-xx is the installed version of HDLM.
8.
From the execution result of the view operation, check that the programs
are running properly.
If HDLM Manager, HDLM Alert Driver, and HDLM Driver are all Alive, all
programs are running correctly.
Performing an Installation in a Multibos Environment
By using the AIX multibos command, you can perform an upgrade
installation of HDLM on a standby BOS to be newly created or on an already
created BOS. Only upgrade installation is supported for installation of HDLM
in a multibos environment. Before you perform an upgrade installation of
HDLM, make sure that your HDLM license has not expired. If the license has
expired, prepare a valid license key or license key file.
1.
Log in to AIX as a user with root permissions.
If you are using a virtual I/O server, see the virtual I/O server
documentation for the procedure to log in to AIX. If your license is still
valid, go to step 6. If you have prepared a license key or license key file,
go to the following steps:
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-51
¢
¢
¢
¢
2.
If you prepared a license key for an upgrade installation of HDLM on a
standby BOS to be newly created, go to step 2.
If you prepared a license key file for an upgrade installation of HDLM
on a standby BOS to be newly created, go to step 3.
If you prepared a license key for an upgrade installation of HDLM on
an already created standby BOS, go to step 4.
If you prepared a license key file for an upgrade installation of HDLM
on an already created standby BOS, go to step 5.
Store the license key you prepared. Create the /var/DLM directory, and
then, in this directory, create the license key file (dlm.lic_key).
The following is an example of executing the command when the license
key is 123456789ABCDEF:
# mkdir /var/DLM
# echo "123456789ABCDEF" > /var/DLM/dlm.lic_key
The dlm.lic_key file is automatically deleted after the upgrade
installation of HDLM is completed normally. Go to step 6.
3.
Store the license key file you prepared. Store the license key file with the
name of hdlm_license in the /var/tmp/ directory.
The following is an example of executing the command:
/var/tmp/hdlm_license
The hdlm_license file is automatically deleted after the upgrade
installation of HDLM is completed normally. Go to step 6.
3-52
4.
Mount the file system of an already created standby BOS, and then store
the license key you prepared. Create the /bos_inst/var/DLM directory,
and then, in this directory, create the license key file (dlm.lic_key).
Then unmount the file system of the standby BOS.
The following is an example of executing the command when the license
key is 123456789ABCDEF.
# multibos -Xm
# mkdir /bos_inst/var/DLM
# echo "123456789ABCDEF" > /bos_inst/var/DLM/dlm.lic_key
# multibos -Xu
The dlm.lic_key file is automatically deleted after the upgrade
installation of HDLM is completed normally. Go to step 6.
5.
Mount the file system of an already created standby BOS, and then store
the license key file you prepared. Store the license key file with the name
hdlm_license in the /bos_inst/var/tmp/ directory. Then unmount the
file system of the standby BOS.
The following is an example of executing the command:
# multibos -Xm
/bos_inst/var/tmp/hdlm_license
# multibos -Xu
The hdlm_license file is automatically deleted after the upgrade
installation of HDLM is completed normally. Go to step 6.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6.
If you install HDLM as an installation bundle, create a bundle file
containing the HDLM syntax. The following is an operation example of
adding the HDLM syntax to a bundle file named /tmp/hdlm_bandle:
# echo "I:DLManager.mpio.rte" > /tmp/hdlm_bandle
7.
Insert the DVD-ROM, and then mount it.
This step is not necessary when you install HDLM from a directory to
which you have copied the contents of the DVD-ROM.
8.
Execute the following commands to perform an upgrade installation of
HDLM.
When performing an upgrade installation of HDLM at the same time as
creating a standby BOS
•
An example of executing the command to install HDLM from the
DVD-ROM or the directory to which the contents of the DVD-ROM
have been copied:
# multibos -Xs -a -l name-of-the-directory-to-which-theDVD-ROM-is-mounted-or-the-contents-of-the-DVD-ROM-havebeen-copied/HDLM_AIX
•
An example of executing the command to install HDLM as an
installation bundle from the DVD-ROM or a directory to which the
contents of the DVD-ROM have been copied:
# multibos -Xs -b name-of-the-bundle-file-in-which-theHDLM-syntax-is-written -l /name-of-the-directory-towhich-the-DVD-ROM-is-mounted-or-the-contents-of-the-DVDROM-have-been-copied/HDLM_AIX
When performing an upgrade installation of HDLM on an already created
standby BOS
•
An example of executing the command to install HDLM from the
DVD-ROM or a directory to which the contents of the DVD-ROM
have been copied:
# multibos -Xc -a -l name-of-the-directory-to-which-theDVD-ROM-is-mounted-or-the-contents-of-the-DVD-ROM-havebeen-copied/HDLM_AIX
•
An example of executing the command to install HDLM as an
installation bundle from the DVD-ROM or a directory to which the
contents of the DVD-ROM have been copied:
# multibos -Xc -b name-of-the-bundle-file-in-which-theHDLM-syntax-is-written -l /name-of-the-directory-towhich-the-DVD-ROM-is-mounted-or-the-contents-of-the-DVDROM-have-been-copied/HDLM_AIX
For details about the multibos command, see the AIX documentation.
9.
Restart the standby BOS, and then execute the following command to
make sure that the package has been installed:
# lslpp -la DLManager.mpio.rte
Make sure that DLManager.mpio.rte exists among the file set items on
the output list, and that only the COMMITTED status is displayed.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-53
If there is even one BROKEN status displayed, remove HDLM and then
perform a new installation, or delete the standby BOS and then re-create
the standby BOS.
10. Execute the HDLM command's view operation to display the status of the
programs.
The following is an example of executing the command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys
HDLM Version
: x.x.x-xx
Load Balance
: on(rr)
Support Cluster
:
Elog Level
: 3
Elog File Size (KB)
: 9900
Number Of Elog Files
: 2
Trace Level
: 0
Trace File Size(KB)
: 1000
Number Of Trace Files
: 4
Path Health Checking
: on(30)
Auto Failback
: off
Intermittent Error Monitor
: off
Dynamic I/O Path Control
: off(10)
HDLM Manager Ver
WakeupTime
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
HDLM Alert Driver Ver
WakeupTime
ElogMem Size
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss 4000
HDLM Driver Ver
WakeupTime
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
License Type Expiration
Permanent
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
Even if cluster software is used, the name of the cluster software is not
displayed in Support Cluster. However, the cluster support function is
operating normally.
11. Use the view operation to check the installed version of HDLM.
If x.x.x-xx is displayed for HDLM Version, the installed version of HDLM
is correct. x.x.x-xx is the installed version of HDLM.
12. Use the view operation to check whether the programs are running
properly.
If HDLM Manager, HDLM Alert Driver, and HDLM Driver are all Alive, all
programs are running correctly.
Using the nimadm command to simultaneously upgrade HDLM and migrate the
OS
To use the nimadm command to upgrade HDLM on a NIM client, perform the
steps below from a NIM master.
A NIM master is a machine that manages the installation or upgrade
installation of software via a network. A NIM client is a machine whose
software installation status is managed by a NIM server.
3-54
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Before you upgrade HDLM on a NIM client, make sure that your HDLM license
has not expired. If the license has expired, prepare a valid license key or
license key file.
Make sure that the following conditions are met before using the nimadm
command to upgrade HDLM:
•
The OS version after migration is AIX 7.1 TL02 SP01, or AIX 6.1 TL08 SP1
or later.
•
The target disk of a NIM client used as an alternate disk is in a boot disk
environment.
1.
If the HDLM license on the NIM client has expired, renew the license.
If the license has not expired, proceed to step 2.
¢
When only the license key has been provided
On the NIM client, execute the set operation of the HDLM command
while specifying the -lic parameter to enter a license key.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set –lic
KAPL01049-I Would you like to execute the operation?
Operation name = set [y/n]:y
KAPL01083-I There is no license key file. File name =/var/tmp/
hdlm_license
KAPL01068-I Enter a license key:*************
KAPL01071-I The permanent license was installed.
#
¢
When the license key file has been provided
Store the license key file directly under the /var/tmp/ directory on a
NIM client by using the hdlm_license name.
/var/tmp/hdlm_license
On the NIM client, execute the set operation of the HDLM command
while specifying the -lic parameter.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set –lic
KAPL01049-I Would you like to execute the operation?
Operation name = set [y/n]:y
KAPL01071-I The permanent license was installed.
#
For details about license key types and the set operation, see set (Sets
Up the Operating Environment) on page 6-17.
2.
Log in to the NIM master as a user with root privileges.
3.
On the NIM master, execute the following nimadm command:
# nimadm -c NIM-client-name -l NIM-resource-containing-HDLM -s
NIM-SPOT-name -d NIM-client-target-disk... -Y
For details about the nimadm command, see the AIX documentation.
4.
After restarting the NIM client from the alternate disk, execute the
following command on the NIM client to confirm that the package has
been installed:
# lslpp -la DLManager.mpio.rte
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-55
Make sure that DLManager.mpio.rte exists among the file set items on
the output list, and that only the COMMITTED status is displayed.
If there is even one BROKEN status displayed, remove HDLM and then
perform a new installation, or re-create the alternate disk.
5.
On the NIM client, execute the view operation of the HDLM command to
display the status of each program.
The following is an example of executing the command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys
HDLM Version
: x.x.x-xx
Load Balance
: on(rr)
Support Cluster
:
Elog Level
: 3
Elog File Size (KB)
: 9900
Number Of Elog Files
: 2
Trace Level
: 0
Trace File Size(KB)
: 1000
Number Of Trace Files
: 4
Path Health Checking
: on(30)
Auto Failback
: off
Intermittent Error Monitor
: off
Dynamic I/O Path Control
: off(10)
HDLM Manager Ver
WakeupTime
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
HDLM Alert Driver Ver
WakeupTime
ElogMem Size
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss 4000
HDLM Driver Ver
WakeupTime
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
License Type Expiration
Permanent
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
Even if cluster software is used, the name of the cluster software is not
displayed in Support Cluster. However, the cluster support function is
operating normally.
6.
Use the view operation to check the installed version of HDLM.
If x.x.x-xx is displayed for HDLM Version, the installed version of HDLM
is correct. x.x.x-xx is the installed version of HDLM.
7.
Use the view operation to check whether the programs are running
properly.
If HDLM Manager, HDLM Alert Driver, and HDLM Driver are all Alive, all
programs are running correctly.
Migrating from HDLM Version 5.8.1 or Earlier to Version 5.9 or Later
When HDLM version 5.8.1 or earlier is migrated to HDLM version 5.9 or later,
the logical device file that can be controlled by the HDLM driver changes from
the HDLM device (dlmfdrvn) to hdisk. If the user application uses an LU
managed by HDLM, modify the user application appropriately.
3-56
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
To migrate to HDLM version 5.9 or later:
1.
Log in to AIX as a user with root permissions.
¢
¢
2.
If you are using a virtual I/O server, see the virtual I/O server
documentation for details about how to log in to AIX.
If you are not using a virtual I/O server, proceed to step 10.
Check the virtual SCSI disk recognition method being used.
Execute the dlmodmset utility for setting the HDLM execution environment
ODM in order to check the unique_id value:
The following shows an example of executing this utility when HDLM 5.6.3
has been installed:
# dlmodmset -o
Inquiry Log
:
Inquiry Log File Size
:
hdisk error check flag :
HDLM pbuf count
:
Lun Reset
:
unique_id
:
HDLM Subclass
:
KAPL10800-I The dlmodmset
#
on
1000
on
16384
off
off
node
utility completed normally.
If the unique_id value is on, the unique_id method is being used. If it is
off, the PVID method is being used. If the unique_id method is being
used, proceed to step 8.
3.
Execute the following command to activate the volume group that is using
the virtual SCSI disk of the HDLM management-target hdisk:
# varyonvg volume-group-name
4.
Execute the following command to mount the file system (under control
of the volume group) in the client logical partition:
# mount file-system-mount-point
5.
Execute the following command to back up the volume group in the client
logical partition:
# savevg -i -f any-file-name-or-device-volume-name volume-groupname
6.
Execute the following command to unmount the file system in the client
logical partition:
# umount file-system-mount-point
7.
Execute the following command to delete the volume group in the client
logical partition:
# reducevg -df volume-group-name hdisk-name
8.
Execute the following command to delete the virtual SCSI disk in the
client logical partition:
# rmdev -dl hdisk-name
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-57
9.
Execute the following command to delete the virtual target device in the
virtual I/O server:
$ rmdev -dev vtscsin
10. Insert the DVD-ROM.
11. If there is no directory for mounting the DVD-ROM, make the directory.
# mkdir /cdrom
cdrom is the desired directory name. Hereafter, cdrom is used for
purposes of explanation.
12. Mount the DVD-ROM.
# mount -r -v cdrfs /dev/cd0 /cdrom
The /dev/cd0 part depends on the system.
13. Back up the HDLM settings.
To check whether the HDLM settings information has been properly
inherited after migration, save the HDLM settings information into
separate files.
¢
¢
Save the HDLM environment settings information.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys > any-filename
Save the HDLM execution environment ODM settings.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmodmset -o > any-file-name
14. Back up the HDLM settings.
Execute the dlmmigsts utility, for assisting HDLM migrations, to save the
HDLM environment settings and the HDLM execution environment ODM
settings. For details about this utility, see dlmmigsts Utility for Assisting
HDLM Migration on page 7-20.
# /cdrom/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/dlmmigsts -b -odm
/tmp/any-desired-directory/odm-environment-settings-file-name set /tmp/any-desired-directory/set-environment-settings-file-name
Also, back up the information for the applications you are using, if
necessary.
15. Remove HDLM.
See the HDLM manual for the version you are going to remove.
Because HDLM version 5.9 or later requires deletion of hdisk, do not
attempt to perform device configuration (cfgmgr command) before
performing step 17.
16. Perform a new installation of HDLM version 5.9 or later.
Perform steps 4 to 9 of When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk
Environment on page 3-25 in Performing a New Installation of HDLM on
page 3-25. Note that you do not have to perform steps 2 to 3.
17. Execute the dlmmigsts utility to restore the HDLM environment settings
information and the HDLM execution environment ODM settings that you
saved in step 14.
3-58
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
# /cdrom/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/dlmmigsts -r -odm /tmp/any-desireddirectory/odm-environment-settings-file-name -set /tmp/anydesired-directory/set-environment-settings-file-name
For details about the dlmmigsts utility, see dlmmigsts Utility for Assisting
HDLM Migration on page 7-20.
18. Execute the following command to reconfigure the device:
# cfgmgr
19. Make sure that the HDLM settings information has been properly
inherited.
¢
¢
Make sure that the HDLM environment settings information has been
properly inherited.
Execute the following command, and then compare the current HDLM
environment settings information with the settings information saved
in step 13:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys
Make sure that the HDLM execution environment ODM settings
information has been properly inherited.
Execute the following command, and then compare the current HDLM
execution environment ODM settings information with the settings
information saved in step 13:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmodmset -o
If the HDLM settings information has been properly inherited, skip to step
21.
20. If the HDLM settings information has not been properly inherited, execute
the following command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmrmdev
Check the file names for odm-environment-settings-file-name and setenvironment-setting-file-name, and then perform this procedure again
from step 17, specifying the correct file names in the command.
21. Delete the odm environment settings file and the set environment settings
file.
# rm -r /tmp/any-desired-directory-that-stores-odm-environmentsettings-file
# rm -r /tmp/any-desired-directory-that-stores-set-environmentsetting-file
22. Perform the procedure described in When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot
Disk Environment on page 3-25 in Performing a New Installation of HDLM
on page 3-25, starting from step 14.
23. If you performed step 5, restore the volume group you backed up.
# restvg -f any-desired-file-name-or-device-name hdisk-name
24. Check the path configuration according to the steps described in Checking
the Path Configuration on page 3-72.
25. Unmount the DVD-ROM.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-59
# umount /cdrom
26. Delete any mount directory you may have created in step 11.
# rm -r /cdrom
Installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6.1 Environment
This subsection explains how to install HDLM when you are running services
in a PowerHA 6.1 environment.
Upgrading or Re-installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6.1 Environment (in a Local Boot
Disk Environment)
Because HDLM version 5.8.1 or earlier cannot be upgraded to HDLM version
5.9 or later, migration is necessary. For details about migration, see
Migrating HDLM in a PowerHA 6.1 Environment on page 3-61.
For details about setting up PowerHA, see the PowerHA documentation.
To upgrade or re-install HDLM in an environment that uses PowerHA
and a local boot disk:
1.
Log in to AIX as the root user.
If you are using a virtual I/O server, see the virtual I/O server
documentation to log in to AIX.
2.
Stop PowerHA on the standby host.
3.
Upgrade or re-install HDLM on the standby host.
To do so, perform steps 2 through 23 in When Installing HDLM in a Local
Boot Disk Environment on page 3-37 of Performing an Upgrade
Installation or Re-installation of HDLM on page 3-37 on the standby host.
4.
Start PowerHA on the standby host.
5.
Stop PowerHA on the active host.
Specify takeover as the shutdown mode.
6.
Upgrade or re-install HDLM on the active host.
To do so, perform steps 2 through 23 in When Installing HDLM in a Local
Boot Disk Environment on page 3-37 of Performing an Upgrade
Installation or Re-installation of HDLM on page 3-37 on the active host.
7.
Start PowerHA on the active host.
Upgrading or Re-installing HDLM in a PowerHA 6.1 Environment (in a Boot Disk
Environment)
For details about setting up PowerHA, see the PowerHA documentation.
To upgrade or re-install HDLM in an environment that uses PowerHA
and a boot disk:
1.
3-60
Log in to AIX as the root user.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
If you are using a virtual I/O server, see the virtual I/O server
documentation to log in to AIX.
2.
Stop PowerHA on the standby host.
3.
Upgrade or re-install HDLM on the standby host.
To do so, perform steps 2 through 21 in When Installing HDLM in a Boot
Disk Environment on page 3-44 of Performing an Upgrade Installation or
Re-installation of HDLM on page 3-37 on the standby host.
4.
Start PowerHA on the standby host.
5.
Stop PowerHA on the active host.
Specify takeover as the shutdown mode.
6.
Upgrade or re-install HDLM on the active host.
To do so, perform steps 2 through 21 in When Installing HDLM in a Boot
Disk Environment on page 3-44 of Performing an Upgrade Installation or
Re-installation of HDLM on page 3-37 on the active host.
7.
Start PowerHA on the active host.
Migrating HDLM in a PowerHA 6.1 Environment
When HDLM version 5.8.1 or earlier is migrated to HDLM version 5.9 or later,
the logical device file that can be controlled by the HDLM driver changes from
the HDLM device (dlmfdrvn) to hdisk. If the user application uses an LU
managed by HDLM, modify the user application appropriately.
In a virtual I/O server environment, you cannot migrate HDLM when you are
running PowerHA services.
The following procedure explains how to migrate HDLM in an PowerHA
environment. This procedure explains how to migrate HDLM when you are
using PowerHA 6.1. For details about how to use PowerHA, see the PowerHA
documentation along with this manual.
To migrate HDLM in an PowerHA environment:
1.
Log in to AIX as the root user.
2.
If disk heartbeats are set, delete the disk heartbeat settings (because you
need to change the disk name from dlmfdrv to hdisk).
For details, see the PowerHA documentation.
3.
Stop PowerHA on the standby host.
4.
Migrate HDLM on the standby host.
To do so, perform steps 10 to 26 in Migrating from HDLM Version 5.8.1 or
Earlier to Version 5.9 or Later on page 3-56 on the standby host.
5.
Start PowerHA on the standby host.
When PowerHA starts, a warning message may be output, stating that
the custom disk method file (/usr/DynamicLinkManager/cluster/
dlm_hacmp_gdisk_check) does not exist. This message can be ignored
because it does not affect any operations.
The following is an example of such a message:
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-61
WARNING: Custom disk method: ghostdisks's file:
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/cluster/dlm_hacmp_gdisk_check does not
exist or is not executable on node: xxx#
#
Name of the node being used.
6.
Stop PowerHA on the active host.
Specify takeover as the shutdown mode.
7.
Migrate HDLM on the active host.
To do so, perform steps 10 to 26 in Migrating from HDLM Version 5.8.1 or
Earlier to Version 5.9 or Later on page 3-56 on the active host.
8.
Start PowerHA on the active host.
When PowerHA starts, a warning message may be output, stating that
the custom disk method file (/usr/DynamicLinkManager/cluster/
dlm_hacmp_gdisk_check) does not exist. This message can be ignored
because it does not affect any operations.
The following is an example of such a message:
WARNING: Custom disk method: ghostdisks's file:
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/cluster/dlm_hacmp_gdisk_check does not
exist or is not executable on node: xxx#
#
Name of the node being used.
If this warning message is output, proceed to step 9. If it is not output,
proceed to step 12.
9.
While PowerHA is running, delete the custom disk method defined in 5.8.1
or earlier, or in 5.9 or later.
10. Add an HDLM custom disk method.
11. Synchronize the cluster resources.
12. Delete the custom disk method.
To do so, perform the procedure described in Canceling Cluster Software
(PowerHA) Settings on page 3-106 on the active host.
13. Configure a custom disk method.
To do so, perform the procedure described in Registering the HDLM Script
for PowerHA on page 3-91 on the active host.
14. If you deleted the disk heartbeat settings in step 2, re-configure the disk
heartbeats.
For details, see the PowerHA documentation.
Installing HDLM in a PowerHA 7.1 Environment
In a PowerHA 7.1 environment, even if the cluster service is stopped, the
cluster repository disk remains in the used state. Therefore, if you perform a
new installation, upgrade installation, or re-installation of HDLM in an
environment in which PowerHA 7.1 is already in use, perform the procedure
below. For details on how to use and set up PowerHA, see the PowerHA
documentation.
3-62
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
1.
Log in to the standby host as the root user.
2.
Execute the following command on the standby host to stop PowerHA.
# smitty cl_stop
3.
Execute the following command on the standby host.
When the OS used in a PowerHA 7.1 environment is AIX V6.1 TL06 or AIX
V7.1 with no TL:
# clcmd stopsrc -s clconfd
# clusterconf -fu
When the OS used in a PowerHA 7.1 environment is AIX V6.1 TL07 or
later or AIX V7.1 TL01 or later:
# clctrl -stop -m node-name
4.
Perform a new installation, upgrade installation, or re-installation of HDLM
on the standby host.
When performing a new installation of HDLM in a local boot disk
environment:
Perform the procedure described in Stop Applications on page 3-36 of
Preparations for an Upgrade Installation or Re-installation of HDLM on
page 3-36.
When performing a new installation of HDLM in a boot disk environment:
Perform the procedure described in Perform Operations for HDLM
Management-Target Device on page 3-36 of Preparations for an
Upgrade Installation or Re-installation of HDLM on page 3-36.
When performing an upgrade installation or re-installation of HDLM in a
local boot disk environment:
Perform the procedure described in When Installing HDLM in a Local
Boot Disk Environment on page 3-37 of Performing an Upgrade
Installation or Re-installation of HDLM on page 3-37.
When performing an upgrade installation or re-installation of HDLM in a
boot disk environment:
Perform the procedure described in When Installing HDLM in a Boot
Disk Environment on page 3-44 of Performing an Upgrade Installation
or Re-installation of HDLM on page 3-37.
5.
Execute the following command on the standby host.
When the OS used in a PowerHA 7.1 environment is AIX V6.1 TL06 or AIX
V7.1 with no TL:
# clusterconf -r hdiskxx
When the OS used in a PowerHA 7.1 environment is AIX V6.1 TL07 or
later or AIX V7.1 TL01 or later:
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-63
# clctrl -start -m node-name
6.
Execute the following command on the standby host to start PowerHA.
# smitty cl_start
7.
Execute the following command on the active host to stop PowerHA.
# smitty cl_stop
8.
Execute the following command on the active host.
When the OS used in a PowerHA 7.1 environment is AIX V6.1 TL06 or AIX
V7.1 with no TL:
# clcmd stopsrc -s clconfd
# clusterconf -fu
When the OS used in a PowerHA 7.1 environment is AIX V6.1 TL07 or
later or AIX V7.1 TL01 or later:
# clctrl -stop -m node-name
9.
Perform a new installation, upgrade installation, or re-installation of HDLM
on the active host.
When performing a new installation of HDLM in a local boot disk
environment:
Perform the procedure described in Stop Applications on page 3-36 of
Preparations for an Upgrade Installation or Re-installation of HDLM on
page 3-36.
When performing a new installation of HDLM in a boot disk environment:
Perform the procedure described in Perform Operations for HDLM
Management-Target Device on page 3-36 of Preparations for an
Upgrade Installation or Re-installation of HDLM on page 3-36.
When performing an upgrade installation or re-installation of HDLM in a
local boot disk environment:
Perform the procedure described in When Installing HDLM in a Local
Boot Disk Environment on page 3-37 of Performing an Upgrade
Installation or Re-installation of HDLM on page 3-37.
When performing an upgrade installation or re-installation of HDLM in a
boot disk environment:
Perform the procedure described in When Installing HDLM in a Boot
Disk Environment on page 3-44 of Performing an Upgrade Installation
or Re-installation of HDLM on page 3-37.
10. Execute the following command on the active host.
3-64
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
When the OS used in a PowerHA 7.1 environment is AIX V6.1 TL06 or AIX
V7.1 with no TL:
# clusterconf -r hdiskxx
When the OS used in a PowerHA 7.1 environment is AIX V6.1 TL07 or
later or AIX V7.1 TL01 or later:
# clctrl -start -m node-name
11. Execute the following command on the active host to start PowerHA.
# smitty cl_start
Performing an Unattended Installation of HDLM
This subsection explains how to install HDLM using the installhdlm utility.
The unused capacity required to execute the installhdlm utility is as
follows:
•
/tmp directory
100 KB
•
Any log output directory that can be specified by users (the default
directory is /var/tmp)
200 KB
When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment
To install HDLM in a local boot disk environment:
1.
Log in to AIX as the root user.
If you are using a virtual I/O server, see the virtual I/O server
documentation to log in to AIX.
2.
Insert the DVD-ROM.
If you are installing HDLM from a directory in which files on the DVD-ROM
are copied, make sure that the file organization has not been changed. If
the file organization has changed, the installhdlm utility might not
function correctly:
#
#
#
#
#
mkdir /cdrom
mount -r -v cdrfs /dev/cd0 /cdrom
mkdir /tmp/hdlm
cp -rp /cdrom/HDLM_AIX /tmp/hdlm/
cp -p /cdrom/installux.sh /tmp/hdlm/
If you copied the files on the DVD-ROM to your desired directory, proceed
to step 5.
3.
If there is no directory for mounting the DVD-ROM, make the directory.
# mkdir /cdrom
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-65
cdrom is the desired directory name. Hereafter, cdrom is used for
purposes of explanation.
4.
Mount the DVD-ROM.
# mount -r -v cdrfs /dev/cd0 /cdrom
The /dev/cd0 part depends on the system.
5.
If you are using a copy of the installhdlm utility that you have placed in
a separate directory to install HDLM, make sure you copy the necessary
files from the /cdrom/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/instutil directory.
The necessary files to be copied from the /cdrom/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/
instutil directory are shown below:
¢
installhdlm
¢
installhdlm_analysis
¢
dlmrmdev
Also, these files need to be copied to the same directory to which the
installhdlm utility is copied.
For a new installation, proceed to step 7.
6.
If you are upgrading or re-installing HDLM, back up the HDLM settings.
If an upgrade installation or re-installation fails, AIX automatically
removes HDLM, and the HDLM settings are deleted.
Perform this step so that a copy of the HDLM settings is available in this
case.
If an upgrade installation or re-installation fails, perform a new
installation, and then re-execute setup to reflect the settings that have
been backed up.
¢
¢
7.
Save the HDLM environment settings information.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys > any-filename
Make sure that the license has not expired.
Save the HDLM execution environment ODM settings.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmodmset -o > any-file-name
In the following cases, prepare the license key or the license key file:
¢
If you are installing HDLM for the first time
If you are upgrading or re-installing HDLM after the licensing term has
expired
If the directory that contains the license key or the license key file is
specified in the installation information settings file, you can use any
storage directory name and file name.
The following shows examples of when the default storage directory
specified in the installation information settings file is to be used:
¢
¢
3-66
When only the license key has been provided
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Create the /var/DLM directory, and then, in this directory, create the
license key file (dlm.lic_key). The following shows an example when
the license key is 123456789ABCDEF:
# mkdir /var/DLM
# echo "123456789ABCDEF" > /var/DLM/dlm.lic_key
¢
When the license key file has been provided
Store the license key file directly under the /var/tmp/ directory by
using the hdlm_license name.
/var/tmp/hdlm_license
The license key file or license key is not deleted after the installation.
8.
Create an installation information settings file.
To use the sample file, copy it from the DVD-ROM to a directory on the
hard disk.
# cp -p /cdrom/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/instutil/
sample_installhdlm.conf /any-directory
You can change the sample_installhdlm.conf file name.
The following shows an example of copying the
sample_installhdlm.conf file, and then changing the file name to
install_set.conf:
# cp -p /cdrom/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/instutil/
sample_installhdlm.conf /any-directory/install_set.conf
For details about how to edit the installation information settings file,
which is used by the installhdlm utility, see Items To Be Defined in an
installation-information Settings File on page 7-32.
9.
Execute either of the following commands:
To execute installux.sh:
# /cdrom/installux.sh -f /any-directory/installationinformation-settings-file
To execute installhdlm:
# /cdrom/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/instutil/installhdlm -f /anydirectory/installation-information-settings-file
Even though a message asking you to restart the host is displayed during
installation, you do not have to restart the host. When installation is
successful, the KAPL09211-I message is output.
During installation, the KAPL09241-W message might be output. In this
case, installation of HDLM continues, but installation of HDLM components
has failed. After installing HDLM, resolve the problem according to the
KAPL09241-W message if necessary.
For an upgrade installation or re-installation of HDLM, the configuration of
the existing hdisks recognized as HDLM management-target devices is
inherited.
10. Unmount the DVD-ROM.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-67
# umount /cdrom
11. Delete the created mount directory.
# rm -r /cdrom
12. Delete the installation information settings file.
# rm -r /directory-containing-the-installation-informationsettings-file
13. Perform the procedure appropriate for the installation type.
If you are performing a new installation, perform steps 14 to the end of
the procedure described in When Installing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk
Environment on page 3-25 of Performing a New Installation of HDLM on
page 3-25.
If you are performing an upgrade installation or a re-installation, perform
steps 15 to the end of the procedure described in When Installing HDLM
in a Local Boot Disk Environment on page 3-37 of Performing an Upgrade
Installation or Re-installation of HDLM on page 3-37.
When Installing HDLM in a Boot Disk Environment
To install HDLM in a boot disk environment:
1.
For AIX 5.3, use a single-path configuration for host and storage systems.
For AIX 6.1 or AIX 7.1, you can use a single-path configuration or a multipath configuration for host and storage systems.
2.
Log in to AIX as the root user.
If you are using a virtual I/O server, see the virtual I/O server
documentation to log in to AIX.
3.
If you are performing a new installation, and the boot disk is in a multipath configuration, execute the commands below to confirm that the
physical volume containing the boot logical volume hd5 is the same as the
physical volume used for booting.
If the boot disk is in a single-path configuration, you do not have to
perform this step.
¢
Identify the physical volume that contains the boot logical volume
hd5:
# lsvg -M rootvg | grep -w hd5
hdisk3:1
hd5:1
In this example, hdisk3 contains the boot logical volume hd5.
¢
Identify the physical volume used for booting:
# getconf BOOT_DEVICE
hdisk3
In this example, hdisk3 is used for booting.
3-68
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
If the boot physical volume that contains the logical volume hd5 is
different from the physical volume used for booting, the following
message appears, and the HDLM installation ends with an error:
0503-497 installp: An error occurred during bosboot test
processing.
To make the physical volume that contains the boot logical volume hd5
the same as the physical volume used for booting, execute the bootlist
command by specifying the physical volume that contains the boot logical
volume hd5, and then restart the host.
The following shows an example of executing the command when the
physical volume that contains the boot logical volume hd5 is hdisk3:
# bootlist -m normal hdisk3
After restarting the host, perform the procedure again from step 2.
4.
Insert the DVD-ROM.
If you are installing HDLM from a directory in which files on the DVD-ROM
are copied, make sure that the file organization has not been changed. If
the file organization has changed, the installhdlm utility might not
function correctly:
#
#
#
#
#
mkdir /cdrom
mount -r -v cdrfs /dev/cd0 /cdrom
mkdir /tmp/hdlm
cp -rp /cdrom/HDLM_AIX /tmp/hdlm/
cp -p /cdrom/installux.sh /tmp/hdlm/
If you copied the files on the DVD-ROM to your desired directory, proceed
to step 6.
5.
If there is no directory for mounting the DVD-ROM, make the directory.
# mkdir /cdrom
cdrom is the desired directory name. Hereafter, cdrom is used for
purposes of explanation.
6.
Mount the DVD-ROM.
# mount -r -v cdrfs /dev/cd0 /cdrom
The /dev/cd0 part depends on the system.
7.
If you are using a copy of the installhdlm utility that you have placed in
a separate directory to install HDLM, make sure you copy the necessary
files from the /cdrom/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/instutil directory.
The necessary files to be copied from the /cdrom/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/
instutil directory are shown below:
¢
installhdlm
¢
installhdlm_analysis
¢
dlmrmdev
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-69
Also, these files need to be copied to the same directory to which the
installhdlm utility is copied.
For a new installation, proceed to step 8.
8.
If you are upgrading or re-installing HDLM, back up the HDLM settings.
If an upgrade installation or re-installation fails, AIX automatically
removes HDLM, and the HDLM settings are deleted.
Perform this step so that a copy of the HDLM settings is available in this
case.
If an upgrade installation or re-installation fails, perform a new
installation, and then re-execute setup to reflect the settings that have
been backed up.
¢
¢
9.
Save the HDLM environment settings information.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys > any-filename
Make sure that the license has not expired.
Save the HDLM execution environment ODM settings.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmodmset -o > any-file-name
In the following cases, prepare the license key or the license key file:
¢
If you are installing HDLM for the first time
If you are upgrading or re-installing HDLM after the licensing term has
expired
If the directory that contains the license key or the license key file is
specified in the installation information settings file, you can use any
storage directory name and file name.
The following shows examples of when the default storage directory
specified in the installation information settings file is to be used:
¢
¢
¢
When only the license key has been provided
Create the /var/DLM directory, and then, in this directory, create the
license key file (dlm.lic_key). The following shows an example when
the license key is 123456789ABCDEF:
# mkdir /var/DLM
# echo "123456789ABCDEF" > /var/DLM/dlm.lic_key
When the license key file has been provided
Store the license key file directly under the /var/tmp/ directory by
using the hdlm_license name.
/var/tmp/hdlm_license
The license key file or license key is not deleted after the installation.
10. Create an installation information settings file.
To use the sample file, copy it from the DVD-ROM to a directory on the
hard disk.
# cp -p /cdrom/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/instutil/
sample_installhdlm.conf /any-directory
You can change the sample_installhdlm.conf file name.
3-70
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
The following shows an example of copying the
sample_installhdlm.conf file, and then changing the file name to
install_set.conf:
# cp -p /cdrom/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/instutil/
sample_installhdlm.conf /any-directory/install_set.conf
For details about how to edit the installation information settings file,
which is used by the installhdlm utility, see Items To Be Defined in an
installation-information Settings File on page 7-32.
Additionally, since HDLM must be restarted after installation, change the
setting for the restart key in the installation information settings file
from n to y.#
#
After you have performed an unattended installation, you can also
manually restart HDLM.
If you plan to manually restart HDLM, you do not need to change the
setting for the restart key in the installation information settings file
from n to y.
However, in that case, this procedure must be modified as described
below:
- The host does not restart after the KAPL09211-I message is output
(step 11).
- Before you perform step 13, execute the following command to
restart the host:
# shutdown -Fr
11. If a single-path configuration is used, connect cables to all HBAs to
change the configuration to a multi-path configuration.
Note that, regardless of the configuration, do not execute the cfgmgr
command.
12. Execute either of the following commands:
To execute installux.sh:
# /cdrom/installux.sh -f /any-directory/installationinformation-settings-file
To execute installhdlm:
# /cdrom/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/instutil/installhdlm -f /anydirectory/installation-information-settings-file
Even though a message asking you to restart the host is displayed during
installation, you do not have to restart the host.
During installation, the KAPL09241-W message might be output. In this
case, installation of HDLM continues, but installation of HDLM components
has failed. After installing HDLM, resolve the problem according to the
KAPL09241-W message if necessary.
When installation is successful, the KAPL09211-I message is output and
the host restarts. After the host has restarted, check to make sure that
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-71
the settings have been updated as specified in the installation information
settings file.
Note that, if the upgrade installation or re-installation ends in an error,
HDLM may no longer be installed at all. In this case, proceed to step 12.
If unattended installation ends normally, proceed to step 13.
13. If HDLM was not upgraded or re-installed properly, perform a new
installation of HDLM.
¢
¢
When AIX 5L V5.3 is used, and the boot disk is in a multi-path
configuration
Execute the following command to shut down the host, and then
perform the new installation procedure from step 1:
# shutdown -F
When an environment other than the above is used
Execute the following command to restart the host, and then perform
the new installation procedure from step 1:
# shutdown -Fr
After performing a new installation of HDLM, set up HDLM again based on
the HDLM settings backed up in step 7.
14. Unmount the DVD-ROM.
# umount /cdrom
15. Delete the created mount directory.
# rm -r /cdrom
16. Delete the installation information settings file.
# rm -r /directory-containing-the-installation-informationsettings-file
17. Perform the procedure appropriate for the installation type.
If you are performing a new installation, perform steps 15 to the end of
the procedure described in When Installing HDLM in a Boot Disk
Environment on page 3-30 of Performing a New Installation of HDLM on
page 3-25.
If you are performing an upgrade installation or a re-installation, perform
steps 15 to the end of the procedure described in When Installing HDLM
in a Boot Disk Environment on page 3-44 of Performing an Upgrade
Installation or Re-installation of HDLM on page 3-37.
Checking the Path Configuration
HDLM functions, such as load balancing and failover, are only available for
HDLM management-target devices that have more than one active path. After
you install HDLM or change the hardware configuration, check the structure
and statuses of the paths.
To check the path information, use the dlnkmgr command's view operation.
3-72
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
The following describes how to check path information by using the dlnkmgr
command's view operation. For details about the view operation, see view
(Displays Information) on page 6-33.
Specify the -path parameter and check the output information:
Execute the following command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path > redirectdestination-file-1
Open redirect-destination-file-1 and check the following:
¢
¢
¢
Make sure that an LU accessed by a path exists.
A path can be identified with PathName. The LU that is accessed by a
path can be identified with a combination of DskName and iLU.
Make sure that all paths are online.
Make sure that PathStatus is Online. If there is a path whose status
is not online, Reduced will be displayed.
Make sure that the combinations of the CHA port (ChaPort), through
which paths access the same LU, and the HBA port (the HBA adapter
number and bus number or the adapter type and adapter number
displayed in the PathName column) are different.
The digits displayed on the left of PathName indicate an HBA adapter
number or adapter type. The numbers displayed between the period
to the right of the HBA adapter number and the next period indicate a
bus number or adapter number.
¢
Make sure that different HBA adapter numbers and bus numbers (or
different adapter types and adapter numbers) exist for the number of
the physical HBA ports.
To make sure that the OS and HDLM recognize the same HDLM managementtarget device:
a.
Execute the following command:
# lsdev -Cc disk > redirect-destination-file-2
b.
Open both redirect-destination-file-1 and redirect-destination-file-2.
c.
Make sure that all hdisk name displayed in the HDevName column in
redirect-destination-file-1 are the same with hdisk name displayed on
the Hitachi Disk Array (Fibre) row in redirect-destination-file-2.
Setting up HDLM
HDLM includes functions like the load balancing function, the automatic
failback function, the error logging function, the audit logging function, etc.
You can set up these functions by using the dlnkmgr command's set
operation. The following subsections describe these setup methods.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-73
Checking the Current Settings
This chapter describes how to check the HDLM function settings before any
changes are made by using the dlnkmgr command's view operation.
Check the current settings by executing the following command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys -sfunc
HDLM Version
: x.x.x-xx
Service Pack Version
:
Load Balance
: on(extended lio)
Support Cluster
:
Elog Level
: 3
Elog File Size(KB)
: 9900
Number Of Elog Files
: 2
Trace Level
: 0
Trace File Size(KB)
: 1000
Number Of Trace Files
: 4
Path Health Checking
: on(30)
Auto Failback
: on(60)
Intermittent Error Monitor
: off
Dynamic I/O Path Control
: off(10)
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name =
view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
To check the current audit log settings, execute the following command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys -audlog
Audit Log
: off
Audit Log Category
: Audit Log Facility
: KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name =
view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
Setting Up the HDLM Functions
The table below summarizes the functions that can be set in HDLM. For
details about each function, see Setting Up Load Balancing on page 3-75
and subsequent sections.
Each function has a default value and a recommended value. If no function is
set by the HDLM command's set operation, the default value is applied for
each function. The recommended values are used as the guideline values
when functions are configured.
Table 3-12 The Recommended and Default Values of Each Function
Function
Load-balancing
Path health checking
3-74
Default value
Recommended value
on
on
The Extended Least I/Os
algorithm is used.
The recommended algorithm
depends on the operating
environment.
on
on
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Function
Default value
Recommended value
30-minute check interval
The recommended checking
interval depends on the
operating environment.
on
60-minute check interval
The recommended checking
interval depends on the
operating environment.
Intermittent Error
Monitor
off
on
Dynamic I/O path
control#
off
off
10-minute check interval
The recommended checking
interval depends on the
operating environment.
Logging level
3: Collects all the error
information for the
"Information" level or higher
3: Collects all the error
information for the
"Information" level or higher
Trace level
0: Do not output trace files
0: Do not output trace files
File size for the Error
log
9900 (KB)
9900 (KB)
Number of files for the
Error logs
2
2
File size for trace
information
1000 (KB)
1000 (KB)
Automatic failback
The recommended checking
interval depends on the
operating environment.
Number of files for trace 4
information
4
Collection of audit log
data
The recommended value
depends on the operating
environment.
off
Set on, if you want to collect
audit log data.
Audit log facility
user
local0 to local7
#
This function is applied only when Hitachi AMS2000 series, Hitachi SMS
series, or HUS100 series storage is used.
Setting Up Load Balancing
You can select whether to enable load balancing.
The following is an example command to set load-balancing.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -lb on -lbtype exlio
Set it to on to enable load balancing. Otherwise, set it to off. When you set
on, specify one of the following algorithm values after the -lbtype option:
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-75
•
rr for the Round Robin algorithm
•
exrr for the Extended Round Robin algorithm
•
lio for the Least I/Os algorithm
•
exlio for the Extended Least I/Os algorithm
•
lbk for the Least Blocks. algorithm
•
exlbk for the Extended Least Blocks algorithm
The type of algorithm specified by the -lbtype parameter remains stored in
the system, even if, you disable the load balancing function by specifying -lb
off. If you decide to re-enable load balancing at a later time, and you do not
specify an algorithm, load balancing will still be executed by using the
algorithm that was previously specified.
Setting Up Path Health Checking
You can choose whether you want to use path health checking.
The following is an example of how to set up path health checking by using a
command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -pchk on -intvl 10
When path health checking is enabled by specifying on for the -pchk
parameter, you can also specify the -intvl parameter, in order to specify the
checking interval. If the checking interval is not specified, then the previously
specified value will be automatically applied. For example, if you turn off path
health checking after the checking interval was specified as 15 minutes, and
then you enable path health checking again (but without specifying a
checking interval) the 15 value that was specified from before will be used
again.
Setting Up the Automatic Failback Function
When intermittent error monitoring is enabled and the number of error
occurrences is 2 or more, the following condition must be satisfied.
error-monitoring-interval >= checking-interval-for-automaticfailbacks × number-of-times-an-error-is-to-occur-during-intermittenterror-monitoring
If this condition is not satisfied, an error will occur and the warning message
KAPL01080-W will be output.
If this happens, change any of the following settings: the checking interval
for automatic failbacks, the intermittent error-monitoring interval, or the
number of times that the error needs to occur.
If you set the number of times that the error needs to occur to 1, the above
condition does not need to be satisfied.
The following is an example of setting up automatic failback by using a
command:
3-76
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -afb on -intvl 10
To enable the automatic failback function, set it to on. The checking interval
can be specified by the -intvl parameter. The previously specified value will
be applied when a checking interval is not specified. For example, if you turn
off the automatic failback function after the checking interval was specified as
5 minutes, and then you turn it back on (but without specifying a checking
interval) the 5 minutes that were specified from before will be used again.
Setting Up Intermittent Error Monitoring
Intermittent error monitoring is specifiable only when the automatic failback
function is enabled. To prevent an intermittent error from reducing I/O
performance, we recommend that you monitor intermittent errors when
automatic failback is enabled.
When intermittent error monitoring is enabled, you can specify intermittent
error conditions. The default value for the intermittent error-monitoring
interval is 210. The default value for the number of error occurrences is 3.
The system assumes that an intermittent error has occurred if the specified
number of times that the error needs to occur is reached during the specified
monitoring interval (minutes). A path that is assumed to have an intermittent
error is excluded from performing an automatic failback. Intermittent error
monitoring starts right when the path is recovered from the error by
performing an automatic failback. Monitoring is performed on each, individual
path.
When a value of 2 or more is specified for the number of times an error
needs to occur, make sure that the condition shown in Setting Up the
Automatic Failback Function on page 3-76 is satisfied.
To determine whether a path is invalid for an automatic failback, you can use
the results of the dlnkmgr command's view operation.
The following is an example of setting up intermittent error monitoring by
using a command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -iem on -intvl 20 -iemnum 2
on specifies that intermittent error monitoring is to be used. To disable
intermittent error monitoring, specify off. When you set this parameter to
on, you can specify intermittent error conditions by using the -intvl and iemnum parameters. Specify the monitoring interval for an intermittent error
in the -intvl parameter, and the number of times that the error needs to
occur in the -iemnum parameter. When these parameters are omitted, the
default values of 210 and 3 are used, respectively.
Setting Up Dynamic I/O Path Control
To prevent degrading of I/O performance, this function dynamically switches
the output controllers for HDLM, following the switching of controllers
performed by the storage system.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-77
The dynamic I/O path control function can be set for each storage system or
LU. The checking interval for reviewing the switching status information can
also be set in order to properly follow the switching of controllers performed
by the storage system,
The following is an example of setting the dynamic I/O path control function:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -dpc on -pathid 000001 -lu
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -dpcintvl 10
Specify "on" to enable the dynamic I/O path control function, or "off" to
disable the function. For the -pathid parameter, specify an LU, or the ID of a
path connected to the storage system. For the -dpcintvl parameter, specify
the checking interval (in minutes) for reviewing the information about the
switching of controllers performed by the storage system.
Setting the Error Log Collection Level
The error log (the HDLM manager log (dlmmgrn.log (n indicates a file
number from 1 to 16)) collection level can be set.
The following table lists and describes the values for the error log collection
level setting.
Table 3-13 Values for the Error Log Collection Level Setting
Value
Description
0
No error logs are collected.
1
All information for errors of the "Error" level or higher is
collected.
2
All information for errors of the "Warning" level or higher is
collected.
3
All information for errors of the "Information" level or
higher is collected.
4
All information for errors of the "Information" level or
higher (including maintenance information) is collected.
If an error occurs, you might have to set the error log collection level to 1 or
higher to collect any log information.
The higher this value is set, the more information that will be output. As the
amount of log information to be output increases, it will take less time to
overwrite the old error log information with the new information.
The following is an example of setting up the error log collection level by
using a command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -ellv 2
Specify the error log collection level as a number.
3-78
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Setting the Trace Level
The trace output level can be set.
You can set up the trace level for a trace file hdlmtrn.log (n indicates a file
number from 1 to 64).
The following table lists and describes the values for the trace level setting.
Table 3-14 Values for the Trace Level Setting
Value
Description
0
No trace is output.
1
Only error information is output.
2
Program operation summaries are output.
3
Program operation details are output.
4
All information is output.
If an error occurs, you may have to set the trace level to 1 or higher to
collect any trace information.
The higher this value is set, the more information that will be output. As the
amount of trace information to be output increases, it will take less time to
overwrite the old trace information with the new information.
For normal operation, we recommend that you set the trace level to 0. If you
set the trace level to a value higher than necessary, HDLM performance
might decrease, or trace information required to analyze the cause of an
error might be overwritten.
The following is an example of setting up the trace level by using a
command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -systflv 1
Specify the trace level in as a number.
Setting the Error Log File Size
The error log file size (the HDLM manager log (dlmmgrn.log (n indicates a file
number from 1 to 16))) can be set.
You can specify a value (in kilobytes) from 100 to 2000000 for the error log
file size. The specified value is applied for HDLM manager logs.
When an error log file reaches the specified size, the information in the old
error log file is replaced with new information, beginning with the oldest file.
By specifying both the log file size and the number of log files, you can collect
up to 32000000KB (approximately 30 GB) of error logs in total.
The following shows an example of executing the command to set the error
log file size.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-79
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -elfs 1000
Specify the size of the error log file in kilobytes.
Setting the Number of Error Log Files
The number of the error log files (the HDLM manager log (dlmmgrn.log (n
indicates a file number from 1 to 16))) can be set.
You can specify a value from 2 to 16 for the number of error log files (log files
for the HDLM manager).
By specifying both the log file size and the number of log files, you can collect
up to 32000000KB (approximately 30 GB) of error logs in total.
The following shows an example of setting the number of error log files.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -elfn 5
Specify the number of error log files in numbers.
Setting the Trace File Size
The trace file size can be set.
Trace files for which a trace file size can be set are hdlmtrn.log (n indicates
a file number from 1 to 64). The length of a trace file is fixed, regardless of
how much trace information is actually in the file.
For the trace file size, you can specify a value (in kilobytes) from 100 to
16000. If you specify a value smaller than the setting value, the message
(KAPL01097-W) will be displayed to confirm the execution, and the trace file
will be is temporarily deleted.
When all the trace files become full, the oldest file is overwritten with any
new trace data.
By specifying both the trace file size and the number of trace files, you can
collect up to 1024000KB of trace data.
The following is an example of setting up the trace file size by using a
command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -systfs 2000
Specify the size of the trace file in kilobytes.
Setting the Number of Trace Files
You can set the number of the trace files.
Trace files for which the number of files can be set are hdlmtrn.log (n
indicates a file number from 1 to 64).
For the number of the trace files, you can specify a value from 2 to 64. If you
specify a value smaller than the value that has already been specified, the
3-80
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
KAPL01097-W message will be displayed to confirm the execution, and the
trace file will be temporarily deleted.
By specifying both the trace file size and the number of trace files, you can
collect up to 1024000KB of trace data.
The following is an example of setting up the number of trace files by using a
command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -systfn 10
Specify the number of trace files by using numbers.
Setting Up Audit Log Data Collection
You can set whether to collect audit log data.
If you want to collect audit log data, you must also specify the collection level
for audit log data and the audit log categories.
The table below lists and describes the values for the audit log collection level
setting.
An audit log data collection level is a severity level. The default is 6.
Table 3-15 Values Indicating Audit Log Data Collection Levels
Value (severity)
0
Explanation
No audit log data is collected.
1
2
Critical-level audit log data is collected.
3
Critical-level and Error-level audit log data is collected.
4
Critical-level, Error-level, and Warning-level audit log data is
collected.
5
6
Critical-level, Error-level, Warning-level, and Informational-level
audit log data is collected.
7
The table below lists and describes the values for the audit log category
setting. The default is all.
Table 3-16 Values Indicating Audit Log Data Categories
Value
Explanation
ss
Audit log events of the StartStop category are collected.
a
Audit log events of the Authentication category are collected.
ca
Audit log events of the ConfigurationAccess category are collected.
all
Audit log events of the StartStop, Authentication, and
ConfigurationAccess categories are all collected.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-81
This example shows how to enable the collection of audit log data:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -audlog on -audlv 6 category all
Specify on if you want to collect audit log data, and off if you do not want to
collect audit log data. If you specify on, you can use the -audlv parameter to
specify the collection level for audit log data and the -category parameter to
specify the audit log categories.
If you want to set the audit log facility, see Setting the Audit Log Facility on
page 3-82.
Setting the Audit Log Facility
The following describes how to specify the output destination for audit log
data.
If you want to specify the output destination for audit log data, first specify
the audit log facility by using the dlnkmgr set -audfac command. Next,
define the output destination of the facility in the /etc/syslog.conf file. The
table below lists the values for the audit log facility setting. The default is
user.
Table 3-17 Values Indicating Audit Log Facility
Value
Corresponding facility value in the /etc/syslog.conf file
user or 1
user
local0 or 16
local0
local1 or 17
local1
local2 or 18
local2
local3 or 19
local3
local4 or 20
local4
local5 or 21
local5
local6 or 22
local6
local7 or 23
local7
This example shows how to specify the audit log facility:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -audfac local0
Checking the Updated Settings
This chapter describes steps involved in how to check the updated settings by
using the dlnkmgr command's set operation after settings have been
changed.
3-82
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
When you change some settings, you can display information about all of
HDLM function settings. The following is an example of executing the
command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys -sfunc
HDLM Version
: x.x.x-xx
Service Pack Version
:
Load Balance
: on(extended lio)
Support Cluster
:
Elog Level
: 2
Elog File Size(KB)
: 1000
Number Of Elog Files
: 5
Trace Level
: 1
Trace File Size(KB)
: 2000
Number Of Trace Files
: 10
Path Health Checking
: on(10)
Auto Failback
: on(10)
Intermittent Error Monitor
: on(2/20)
Dynamic I/O Path Control
: off(10)
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name =
view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
After you have set up the collection of audit log data, use the following
command to make sure that the setting has been specified correctly:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys -audlog
Audit Log
: on(6)
Audit Log Category
: all
Audit Log Facility
: local0
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name =
view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
Setting up Integrated Traces
When HDLM is used, the dlnkmgr command logs are output to the integrated
trace information files of Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library
(HNTRLib2) (/var/opt/hitachi/HNTRLib2/spool/hntr2n.log (n indicates a
file number)).
If a lot of integrated trace information is output, the older information might
end up getting deleted in a very short amount of time. Also, if a large amount
of integrated trace information is suddenly all output at the same time, any
integrated trace information that is overflowing the buffer might not be saved
into the integrated trace files. To save as much information as possible,
change the settings for Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library, increasing
the integrated trace file size and buffer size. Note that if the values are too
large, it will place a heavy load on the system. When determining these
values, be sure to consider these operational tradeoffs.
The following table lists the default values and recommended values for the
integrated trace file setting.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-83
Table 3-18 Default and Recommended Values for the Integrated Trace File
Settings
Setting
Recommended
value
Default value
Integrated trace file size
256 (KB)
4096 (KB)
Number of integrated trace files
4
8
Buffer size per
monitoring
interval
Monitoring cycle
10 (seconds)
5 (seconds)
Buffer size per
monitoring interval
64 (KB)
256 (KB)
Number of
messages to be
output per
monitoring
interval
Monitoring cycle
0 (seconds)
0 (seconds)
Number of messages
to be output
0
0
If Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library (HNTRLib2) is already installed,
the existing settings will be inherited. If you change these settings, keep in
mind that programs other than HDLM also use them.
Notes on Using the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library
Note the following when using Hitachi Network Objectplaza trace library:
•
If HNTRLib has already been installed when you install HDLM, the settings
in the trace library will not be inherited by HNTRLib2. HDLM uses the
HNTRLib2 default settings.
•
If HNTRLib2 has already been installed on a host when you install HDLM,
the settings in the trace library will be inherited.
•
If a different Hitachi product is using HNTRLib2 when you attempt to
remove HDLM, HNTRLib2 will not be removed.
Displaying the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup
menu
To display the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu:
1.
Log on as a root user.
2.
Execute the following command:
# /opt/hitachi/HNTRLib2/bin/hntr2utl2
The Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu appears.
3-84
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
If you do not want to change the settings, type e and then press the
Enter key to quit the menu.
The following explains how to modify each setting.
Changing the Size of Integrated Trace Files
The following procedure shows how to change the size of integrated trace
files.
To change the size of integrated trace files:
1.
In the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu, type 1 and
then press the Enter key.
A screen to set the size of the integrated trace file will appear. The
current value is displayed in Current Size (KB).
2.
Enter the desired size in New Size (KB).
The specifiable range is between 8 KB and 8192 KB, with a default of 256.
Set this to a value larger than that set in step 2 of Changing the Buffer
Size Per Monitoring Interval Duration on page 3-86. We recommend
setting a value of 4096 when collecting an integrated trace.
If you do not want to change the integrated trace file size, leave New
Size (KB) blank, type !, and then press the Enter key to return to the
Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu.
3.
Press the Enter key.
The new setting is applied and the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace
Library setup menu appears again.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-85
Changing the Number of Integrated Trace Files
The following procedure shows how to change the number of integrated trace
files.
To change the number of integrated trace files:
1.
In the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu, type 2 and
then press the Enter key.
A screen to set the number of integrated trace files will appear. The
current value is displayed in Current Number (KB).
2.
Enter the desired number in New Number (KB).
You can specify a value from 1 to 16. The default is 4. The value set here
becomes the maximum of n in /var/opt/hitachi/HNTRLib2/spool/
hntr2n.log. The recommended value for integrated trace collection is 8.
If you do not want to change the number of integrated trace files, leave
New Number (KB) blank, type !, and then press the Enter key to
return to the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu.
3.
Press the Enter key.
The new setting is applied and the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace
Library setup menu appears again.
Changing the Buffer Size Per Monitoring Interval Duration
The following procedure shows how to change the buffer size per monitoring
interval.
To change the buffer size per monitoring interval:
3-86
1.
In the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu, type 4 and
then press the Enter key.
A screen to set the buffer size will appear. The current value is displayed
in Current Size (KB).
2.
Enter the desired size in New Size (KB).
Set a new buffer size to fit the monitoring interval set in 5: Interval
Timer. The specifiable range is between 8 KB and 2048 KB, with a default
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
of 64. Set this to a value smaller than that set in step 2 of Changing the
Size of Integrated Trace Files on page 3-85. We recommend setting a
value of 256 when collecting an integrated trace.
To leave the buffer size as is, leave New Size (KB) blank, type ! and
press the Enter key. You will be returned to the Hitachi Network
Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu.
3.
Press the Enter key.
The new setting is applied and the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace
Library setup menu appears again.
4.
In the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu, type 5 and
then press the Enter key.
A screen to set the monitoring interval will appear. The current value is
displayed in Current Span (sec).
5.
Enter the desired interval in New Span (sec).
The specifiable range is between 1 second and 300 seconds, with a
default of 10. We recommend setting a value of 5 when collecting an
integrated trace.
To leave the monitoring interval as is, leave New Span (sec) blank,
enter ! and press the Enter key. You will be returned to the Hitachi
Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu.
6.
Press the Enter key.
The new setting is applied and the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace
Library setup menu appears again.
Adjusting the Number of Messages to be Output Per Monitoring
Interval
This section explains how to adjust the number of messages output to fit a
particular monitoring interval.
To adjust the number of messages to be output per monitoring
interval:
1.
In the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu, type 6 and
then press the Enter key.
A screen to set the monitoring interval for the amount of messages
output to the integrated trace file will appear. The current value is
displayed in Current Span (sec).
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-87
3-88
2.
Enter a desired interval in New Span (sec).
The specifiable range is between 0 and 3600 seconds, with a default of 0.
We recommend setting a value of 0.
To leave the monitoring interval as is, leave New Span (sec) blank,
type ! and press the Enter key. You will be returned to the Hitachi
Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu.
Note that when you specify a monitoring interval of 0, even if you specify
the maximum number of messages in 7: Max messages per span, the
amount of integrated trace information to be output will not be adjusted.
3.
Press the Enter key.
The new setting is applied and the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace
Library setup menu appears again.
4.
In the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu, type 7 and
press the Enter key.
A screen to set the maximum number of messages output to the
integrated trace file based on the monitoring interval specified in 6:
Lookout span will appear. The current value is displayed in Current
Max (sec).
5.
Adjust the maximum number of messages output to the integrated trace
files in New Max (sec).
The specifiable range is between 0 messages and 500 messages, with a
default of 0. If you want to increase the number of messages which are
output to the integrated trace file as much as possible, we recommend
setting a value of 0.
When you specify a monitoring interval of 0 in 6: Lookout span, the
value set in New Max (sec) will be disregarded.
Also, when you specify a value of 0 for New Max (sec), even if you
specify the monitoring interval in 6: Lookout span, the maximum
number of messages output will not be adjusted.
To leave the maximum number of messages output as is, leave New Max
(sec) blank, enter ! and press the Enter key. You will be returned to the
Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu.
6.
Press the Enter key.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
The new setting is applied and the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace
Library setup menu appears again.
Finishing the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library Settings
This section explains how to close the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace
Library setup menu when you are finished.
1.
In the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library setup menu, type e and
press the Enter key.
You will be asked to if you want to save the new settings.
2.
To save the new settings, click Yes, otherwise, click No.
Applying the Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library Settings
To apply the settings, after you change the amount of integrated
trace information by using Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace
Library:
1.
Log in as a user with root permissions.
2.
Execute the following command to check the programs using HNTRLib2.
In the following example, only HDLM uses HNTRLib2.
# /opt/hitachi/HNTRLib2/etc/hntr2dgetname
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager
#
3.
Stop the programs that are using HNTRLib2.
If programs other than HDLM are displayed in step 2, stop the programs,
and then go to step 4. You do not need to stop the HDLM manager.
If you do not know how to stop and start programs other than HDLM, do
not perform the following steps, and restart the host.
4.
Execute the following command to stop the integrated trace collection
process:
# /opt/hitachi/HNTRLib2/bin/hntr2kill
5.
Execute the following command to delete the memory mapped file:
# rm /opt/hitachi/HNTRLib2/mmap/hntr2mmap.mm
6.
Execute the following command to start the integrated trace collection
process:
# /opt/hitachi/HNTRLib2/bin/hntr2mon -d &
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-89
7.
Start the programs stopped in step 3.
If you stopped programs other than HDLM in step 3, start them.
About the Reservation Policy
The following table lists and describes the values for the reservation policy
setting.
Table 3-19 Reservation Policy Settings
Setting
no_reserve
Description
Ignores a reservation request and does not reserve an LU. This
setting is used when any of the following are applicable:
•
Multiple hosts share an LU and execute unique applications that
have an exclusive control feature
•
A virtual I/O function is used to set up an MPIO configuration for
a virtual SCSI disk in a client partition
•
A virtual I/O function is applied in order to use PowerHA in a
client partition
•
In an Oracle RAC environment, the hdisk for an HDLM-managed
device is specified as a disk used by Oracle RAC
•
PowerHA 7.1 is used
PR_exclusive
Uses persistent reservations (exclusive-host methodology) to reserve
disks.
PR_shared
Uses persistent reservations (shared-host methodology) to reserve
disks.
About changing the reservation policy
¢
¢
¢
¢
3-90
You should check that the hdisk is not being accessed by any other
programs before you attempt to change the reservation policy.
When you change the reservation policy, the I/O count and error
count are cleared.
The status of the paths is changed to Online.
Make sure that there are no path errors before you change the
reservation policy.
If the reservation policy is changed while there is an error in a path,
the erroneous path is deleted.
To recover from this status, resolve the error and then execute one of
the following commands:
mkdev -l hdisk-name
cfgmgr
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Settings for Using PowerHA
To use PowerHA, install HDLM on all hosts comprising the cluster, configure
the hdisks, set up the storage system (if using Thunder 9500V series, or
Hitachi AMS/WMS series devices), and register the HDLM script for PowerHA.
Also, set up the same reservation policy in all of the hdisks that are shared by
multiple hosts in the cluster.
Storage System Settings
Setting Up a Thunder 9500V Series Device
To use a Thunder 9500V series device as the storage system, perform the
setup shown in the table below. For details about setting up a Thunder 9500V
series device, see the manual for Thunder 9500V series.
Table 3-20 Thunder 9500V Series Settings for Using PowerHA
Item
Logical Unit Reset propagation mode in Host connection mode 2
(set to the host group to be used)
Setting
ON
Setting Up a Hitachi AMS/WMS Series Device
To use a Hitachi AMS/WMS series device as the storage system, perform the
setup shown in the table below. For details about how to set up a Hitachi
AMS/WMS series device, see the documentation for the Hitachi AMS/WMS
series.
Table 3-21 Hitachi AMS/WMS Series Setting for Using PowerHA
Item
Reset propagation mode in Host connection mode 2 (set to the
host group to be used)
Setting
ON
Registering the HDLM Script for PowerHA
To use PowerHA, you need to add custom disk methods to the HDLM script
for PowerHA. The HDLM script for PowerHA is supplied with HDLM.
The following procedure describes how to specify a custom disk method. This
setup procedure assumes that PowerHA 6.1 is used. The actual screen
transitions for the SMIT menu might be different depending on the PowerHA
version. Therefore, also refer to the PowerHA documentation.
To specify a custom disk method:
1.
From the SMIT window, display the Add Custom Disk Methods window.
Choose the following sequence of menu items to display this window:
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-91
Communications Applications and Services, HACMP for AIX,
Extended Configuration, Extended Resource Configuration, HACMP
Extended Resource Configuration, Configure Custom Disk
Methods, and finally choose Add Custom Disk Methods.
2.
In the Add Custom Disk Methods window, specify the items as shown
below:
The items to be set and setting contents are shown below:
Disk Type (PdDvLn field from CuDv)
¢
¢
When a XP series is used:
disk/fcp/HP
When a Thunder 9500V series, Lightning 9900V series (excluding XP
series), Hitachi USP series (excluding XP series), Universal Storage
Platform V/VM series (excluding XP20000 and XP24000), Hitachi
Virtual Storage Platform, Hitachi AMS2000/AMS/WMS/SMS series,
HUS100 series, or HUS VM is used:
disk/fcp/Hitachi
Method to identify ghost disks
SCSI3
Method to determine if a reserve is held
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/cluster/
dlm_hacmp_gdisk_reserve_check
Method to break a reserve
TARGET
Break reserves in parallel
false
Method to make the disk available
MKDEV
3.
When you finish specifying the settings, click the OK button.
4.
From the SMIT window, display the Single Select List window.
Choose the following sequence of menu items to display this window:
Communications Applications and Services, HACMP for AIX,
Extended Configuration, and finally choose Extended Verification
and Synchronization.
Setting the Reservation Policy
If you use PowerHA 7.1, set the reserve_policy attribute to no_reserve. If
you use a version of PowerHA other than PowerHA 7.1, we recommend that
you set the reserve_policy attribute to PR_exclusive. Note that if a virtual
I/O function is applied in order to use PowerHA in a client partition, use the
following procedure to check, in the virtual I/O server partition, the settings
for the reserve_policy attribute of the hdisk. If reserve_policy is set to
PR_exclusive, change its value to no_reserve.
3-92
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
1.
Check the setting for the reserve_policy attribute of the hdisk.
# lsattr -El hdisk-name -a reserve_policy
reserve_policy
PR_exclusive
N/A TRUE
Perform the following steps if reserve_policy is set to PR_exclusive:
2.
Quit all applications that specify and directly access the hdisk whose
attribute is to be changed.
3.
Execute the following command to unmount the file system used by
HDLM.
# umount file-system-mount-point
4.
Execute the following command to display all the activated volume
groups.
# lsvg -o
5.
Among the displayed volume groups, inactivate the volume groups used
by HDLM.
# varyoffvg volume-group-name
6.
Execute the chdev command to change the reserve_policy attribute to
no_reserve.
# chdev -l hdisk-name -a reserve_policy=no_reserve
7.
Confirm that the setting was changed to no_reserve.
# lsattr -El hdisk-name -a reserve_policy
reserve_policy
no_reserve
N/A TRUE
Settings for Using GPFS
To use GPFS or GPFS+RVSD, carry out the following procedure before
starting GPFS or GPFS+RVSD:
1.
To use GPFS+RVSD, add the following lines to the last line in the /etc/
vsd/oemdisktypes.lst file:
¢
¢
2.
When a XP series is used
disk/fcp/HP fscsi disk/fcp
When a Thunder 9500V series, Lightning 9900V series (excluding XP
series), Hitachi USP series (excluding XP series), Universal Storage
Platform V/VM series (excluding XP20000 and XP24000), Hitachi
Virtual Storage Platform, Hitachi AMS2000/AMS/WMS/SMS series,
HUS100 series, or HUS VM is used
disk/fcp/Hitachi fscsi disk/fcp
When GPFS or GPFS+RVSD is used, in the dlmodmset utility for setting
the HDLM execution environment ODM, set the LUN RESET option to on.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmodmset -r on
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-93
Settings for Using Oracle RAC 10g or Oracle RAC 11g
Settings for MISSCOUNT and DISKTIMEOUT
When a host and an Oracle RAC voting disk are connected by multiple paths,
HDLM performs failover processing for those paths (in the same way as for
normal paths) when an I/O timeout occurs for one of the paths.
Note that, depending on the settings of Oracle RAC, Oracle RAC might
determine that a node error has occurred before the failover processing
performed by HDLM is completed, and then re-configure the cluster.
Therefore, when HDLM manages the paths that are connected to an Oracle
RAC voting disk, change the following settings according to your version of
Oracle RAC:
When using Oracle RAC 10g 10.1.0.3.0 or later or Oracle RAC 11g:
Change the value of MISSCOUNT to match the type of storage system. To
do so, use the following table to obtain the value to be specified, and then
change the current value to a value equal to or greater than the value
you have obtained.
Table 3-22 Formula for Calculating MISSCOUNT
Storage system type
•
Hitachi AMS2000/AMS/WMS/
SMS series
•
HUS100 series
•
Thunder 9500V series
•
Hitachi USP series
•
Lightning 9900V series
•
Universal Storage Platform V/
VM series
•
Virtual Storage Platform
series
•
HUS VM
Formula for obtaining the value of MISSCOUNT
number-of-paths-connected-to-the-voting-disk × 30
seconds
number-of-paths-connected-to-the-voting-disk × 60
seconds
When using Oracle RAC 10g 10.2.0.2.0 or later or Oracle RAC 11g:
In addition to the value of MISSCOUNT shown above, also change the value
of DISKTIMEOUT. As with MISSCOUNT, the value to be specified in
DISKTIMEOUT is determined by the type of storage system. To make the
change, use the following table to obtain the value to be specified, and
then change the current value to a value equal to or greater than the
value you have obtained.
3-94
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Table 3-23 Formula for Calculating DISKTIMEOUT
Storage system type
Number
of paths
connecte
d to the
voting
disk
Formula for obtaining the value of
DISKTIMEOUT
•
Hitachi AMS2000/AMS/
WMS/SMS series
6 or less
You do not need to change the value of
DISKTIMEOUT.
•
HUS100 series
•
Thunder 9500V series
7 or more
number-of-paths-connected-to-thevoting-disk × 30 seconds
•
Hitachi USP series
3 or less
•
Lightning 9900V series
You do not need to change the value of
DISKTIMEOUT.
•
Universal Storage Platform
V/VM series
4 or more
number-of-paths-connected-to-thevoting-disk × 60 seconds
•
Virtual Storage Platform
series
•
HUS VM
For details on how to change MISSCOUNT and DISKTIMEOUT, contact the
company with which you have a contract for Oracle Support Services.
Note that when you remove HDLM from the above configuration, you must
reset the values of MISSCOUNT and DISKTIMEOUT to their original values.
Therefore, make a note of the original values of MISSCOUNT and DISKTIMEOUT
before changing them.
Settings for Reservation Policy
When you set up an Oracle RAC environment, if you specify the hdisk for an
HDLM-managed device as a disk used by Oracle RAC, use the procedure
below to check the value of the reserve_policy attribute. If
reserve_policy is set to PR_exclusive, change its value to no_reserve.
1.
Check the setting for the reserve_policy attribute of the hdisk.
# lsattr -El hdisk-name -a reserve_policy
reserve_policy
PR_exclusive
N/A TRUE
Perform the following procedure if reserve_policy is set to
PR_exclusive:
2.
Quit all applications that specify and directly access the hdisk whose
attribute is to be changed.
3.
Execute the following command to unmount the file system used by
HDLM.
# umount file-system-mount-point
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-95
4.
Execute the following command to display all the activated volume
groups.
# lsvg -o
5.
Among the displayed volume groups, inactivate the volume groups used
by HDLM.
# varyoffvg volume-group-name
6.
Execute the chdev command to change the reserve_policy attribute to
no_reserve.
# chdev -l hdisk-name -a reserve_policy=no_reserve
7.
Confirm that the setting was changed to no_reserve.
# lsattr -El hdisk-name -a reserve_policy
reserve_policy
no_reserve
N/A TRUE
Settings for Using VCS
To use VCS, install HDLM on all of the hosts that comprise the cluster,
and then configure the HDLM devices. Also, carry out the following
procedure before starting VCS:
1.
Specify the settings for starting the preonline script when VCS starts.
When you have specified the settings for starting the preonline script, go
to step 2.
For details on the setting method, see the VCS documentation.
The following example shows settings for starting the preonline script
when VCS starts:
# haconf -makerw
# hagrp -modify service-group PreOnline 1
# haconf -dump -makero
# cp -r /opt/VRTSvcs/bin/sample_triggers/preonline /opt/VRTSvcs/
bin/triggers
2.
In the preonline script used when VCS starts, register the script
provided by HDLM.
Add the following code to the line under # put your code here... in the
preonline script.
system("/usr/DynamicLinkManager/cluster/dlm_vcs_pgr_release
$ARGV[1]");
The following shows an example of editing the preonline script. The
shaded portion represents the part to be added.
3-96
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Figure 3-4 Example of Editing the Preonline Script
Removing HDLM
This section explains how to return the HDLM environment to the way it was
before HDLM was installed, and describes each step of the process.
Preparations for HDLM Removal
•
Back up all HDLM management-target devices onto a medium such as a
tape.
•
Remove HDLM in a multi-user mode environment.
•
When removing HDLM on a host where version 5.0 or later of a Device
Manager agent is installed, do not execute any of the following Device
Manager agent commands during the removal. Also, do not remove HDLM
while executing any of the following Device Manager agent commands:
hbsasrv, HiScan, hdvmagt_account, hdvmagt_schedule, hldutil, TIC
Removing HDLM
When you remove HDLM, if the KAPL09019-E or KAPL09020-E message is
output, follow the directions in Removing Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace
Library (HNTRLib2) on page 3-104 to remove HNTRLib2. However, if the
KAPL09026-I message is output, since a program other than HDLM is using
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-97
Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library (HNTRLib2), only HDLM will be
removed.
You can use the installp command or SMIT to remove HDLM. The following
explains how to remove HDLM using the installp command. For details
about how to use SMIT, see the AIX documentation.
For the virtual I/O server and boot disk environment, execute the required
steps among those listed below.
When Removing HDLM in a Local Boot Disk Environment
1.
Log in to AIX as a user with root permissions.
If you are using a virtual I/O server, see the virtual I/O server
documentation to log in to AIX.
If you are not using a virtual I/O server, proceed to step 9.
2.
Execute the following command to activate the volume group that is using
the virtual SCSI disk of the HDLM management-target hdisk:
# varyonvg volume-group-name
3.
Execute the following command for the file system used to configure
volume groups in the client logical partition:
# mount file-system-mount-point
4.
Execute the following command to back up the volume group in the client
logical partition:
# savevg -i -f any-file-name-or-device-volume-name volume-groupname
5.
Execute the following command to unmount the file system in the client
logical partition:
# umount file-system-mount-point
6.
Execute the following command to delete the volume group in the client
logical partition:
# reducevg -df volume-group-name hdisk-name
7.
Execute the following command to delete the virtual SCSI disk in the
client logical partition:
# rmdev -dl hdisk-name
8.
Execute the following command to delete the virtual target device on the
virtual I/O server:
$ rmdev -dev vtscsin
9.
3-98
Stop all processes and services that use the HDLM management-target
paths.
Stop any process or service of an application, such as a DBMS, that is
using the HDLM management-target path.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
For details about the stopping method, see the manual for each
application.
10. Specify the -A parameter, as required, and execute the dlmrmdev utility
to remove HDLM drivers.
When you specify the -A parameter and execute the dlmrmdev utility, you
can skip steps 11 through 14. When dlmrmdev is executed, a message
appears asking for confirmation that processing is to continue.
Enter y for this message to continue processing.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmrmdev -A
KAPL10528-I The volume group will be made inactive, and the file
system that is using HDLM will be unmounted. Is this OK? [y/n]:y
hdisk3 deleted
KAPL09012-I All HDLM drivers were removed.
¢
If you executed this step, proceed to step 16.
¢
If you did not execute this step, proceed to the following step.
11. Execute the following command to unmount the file system used by
HDLM:
# umount file-system-mount-point
12. Execute the following command to display all the activated volume
groups:
# lsvg -o
13. Among the displayed volume groups in step 12, execute the following
command to inactivate the volume groups used by HDLM:
# varyoffvg volume-group-name
14. Execute the following command to remove the hdisks recognized as HDLM
management-target device from the running kernel, and then stop the
HDLM manager:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmrmdev
The KAPL09012-I message appears.
If the KAPL09012-I message is not displayed, the HDLM driver has not
been deleted, or the HDLM manager has not stopped. Make sure that no
process, service, file system, or volume group is using the HDLM
management-target path, and then re-execute the above command.
15. Execute the following command to make sure that the hdisks recognized
as the devices to be managed by HDLM have been deleted:
# lsdev -Cc disk
16. If GPFS + RVSD was used, delete the setting information from /etc/vsd/
oemdisktypes.lst
¢
If XP series was used, delete the following line:
disk/fcp/HP fscsi disk/fcp
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-99
¢
If Thunder 9500V series, Lightning 9900V series (excluding XP
series), Hitachi USP series (excluding XP series), Universal Storage
Platform V/VM series (excluding XP20000 and XP24000), Hitachi
Virtual Storage Platform, Hitachi AMS2000/AMS/WMS/SMS series,
HUS100 series, or HUS VM was used, delete the following line:
disk/fcp/Hitachi fscsi disk/fcp
17. If GPFS or GPFS + RVSD was used, execute the following utility to set the
LUN RESET option to off:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmodmset -r off
18. If you have been using VCS and have registered VCS scripts, you must
delete the VCS script registrations.
Delete the following line that was added to the preonline script:
system("/usr/DynamicLinkManager/cluster/dlm_vcs_pgr_release
$ARGV[1]");
19. If you do not need to start the preonline script when VCS starts, delete
the preonline script and specify the settings so that the preonline script
does not start.
For details on the setting method, refer to the VCS documentation.
In the following example, the settings do not start the preonline script
when VCS starts:
#
#
#
#
rm /opt/VRTSvcs/bin/triggers/preonline
haconf -makerw
hagrp -modify service-group PreOnline 0
haconf -dump -makero
20. Execute the following command:
# installp -u DLManager.mpio
If you are not using a virtual I/O server, removal of HDLM is complete
and you do not need to perform the remaining steps.
If the KAPL09022-E message is displayed, the hdisks recognized as the
devices to be managed by HDLM still remain. Re-execute the procedure
starting from step 14.
21. If you are using a virtual I/O server, define an hdisk as a virtual target
device.
On the virtual I/O server, execute one of the following commands:
¢
To create an hdisk as a virtual target device
$ mkvdev -vdev hdisk-name
-vadapter virtual-SCSI-server-adapter-name
¢
To create a logical volume as a virtual target device
$ mkvdev -vdev logical-volume-name
-vadapter virtual-SCSI-server-adapter-name
3-100
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
22. Execute the following command in the client logical partition to
reconfigure the device:
# cfgmgr
23. Execute the following command in the client logical partition to check that
the physical volume has been recognized as hdisk:
# lsdev -Cc disk
Check that the following execution result is displayed:
hdisk1 Available
Virtual SCSI Disk Drive
24. Execute the following command to restore the backed up volume group:
# restvg -f any-desired-file-name-or-device-name hdisk-name
When Removing HDLM in the Boot Disk Environment
1.
Log in to AIX as a user with root permissions.
If you are using a virtual I/O server, see the virtual I/O server
documentation for details about how to log in to AIX.
If you are not using a virtual I/O server, proceed to step 9.
2.
Execute the following command to activate the volume group that is using
the virtual SCSI disk of the HDLM management-target hdisk:
# varyonvg volume-group-name
3.
Execute the following command to mount the file system used to
configure volume groups in the client logical partition:
# mount file-system-mount-point
4.
Execute the following command to back up the volume group in the client
logical partition:
# savevg -i -f any-file-name-or-device-volume-name volume-groupname
5.
Execute the following command to unmount the file system in the client
logical partition:
# umount file-system-mount-point
6.
Execute the following command to delete the volume group in the client
logical partition:
# reducevg -df volume-group-name hdisk-name
7.
Execute the following command to delete the virtual SCSI disk in the
client logical partition:
# rmdev -dl hdisk-name
8.
Execute the following command to delete the virtual target device in the
virtual I/O server:
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-101
$ rmdev -dev vtscsin
If the boot disk is in a single-path configuration, proceed to step 12.
9.
If the boot disk is in a multi-path configuration, execute the following
command to shut down the host.
# shutdown -F
10. Configure the host and storage system so that only a single path connects
the host to the storage system (single-path configuration).
11. Start the host.
12. Execute the following command to unmount the file system used by
HDLM:
# umount file-system-mount-point
13. Execute the following command to inactivate volume groups other than
rootvg:
# varyoffvg volume-group-name
14. Execute the following command to remove the hdisks recognized as HDLM
management-target devices from the running kernel, and then stop the
HDLM manager:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmrmdev
The KAPL09012-I message appears.
If the KAPL09012-I message is not displayed, the HDLM driver has not
been deleted, or the HDLM manager has not stopped. Make sure that no
process, service, file system, or volume group is using the HDLM
management-target path, and then re-execute the above command.
15. Execute the following command to make sure that the hdisk recognized
as the device to be managed by HDLM has been deleted:
# lsdev -Cc disk
16. Execute the HDLM pre-remove utility dlmpreremove.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmpreremove
If you execute the dlmpreremove utility, the hdisk recognized as a boot
disk stops being the HDLM's management target. When the command
terminates normally, the following message appears:
KAPL13103-I HDLM can be removed after rebooting the host.
KAPL13101-I The dlmpreremove utility completed successfully.
If the KAPL13108-E message is displayed, the hdisk for the device that is
managed by HDLM still remains. Re-execute the procedure starting from
step 14.
If the KAPL13110-E message is displayed, the multi-path configuration
still remains. Re-execute the procedure starting from step 9.
17. Restart the host.
3-102
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
# shutdown -Fr
18. If GPFS + RVSD was used, delete the setting information from the /etc/
vsd/oemdisktypes.lst file.
¢
If XP series is used, delete the following line:
disk/fcp/HP fscsi disk/fcp
¢
If Thunder 9500V series, Lightning 9900V series (excluding XP
series), Hitachi USP series (excluding XP series), Universal Storage
Platform V/VM series (excluding XP20000 and XP24000), Hitachi
Virtual Storage Platform, Hitachi AMS2000/AMS/WMS/SMS series,
HUS100 series, or HUS VM was used, delete the following line:
disk/fcp/Hitachi fscsi disk/fcp
19. If GPFS or GPFS + RVSD was used, execute the following utility to set the
LUN RESET option to off:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmodmset -r off
20. If you have been using VCS and have registered VCS scripts, you must
delete the VCS script registrations.
Delete the following line that was added to the preonline script:
system("/usr/DynamicLinkManager/cluster/dlm_vcs_pgr_release
$ARGV[1]");
21. If you do not need to start the preonline script when VCS starts, delete
the preonline script and specify the settings so that the preonline script
does not start.
For details on the setting method, refer to the VCS documentation.
In the following example, the settings do not start the preonline script
when VCS starts:
#
#
#
#
rm /opt/VRTSvcs/bin/triggers/preonline
haconf -makerw
hagrp -modify service-group PreOnline 0
haconf -dump -makero
22. Execute the following command:
# installp -u DLManager.mpio
23. Change the boot device list, according to the host environment you are
using.
If you are not using a virtual I/O server, removal of HDLM is complete
and you do not need to perform the remaining steps.
24. If you are using a virtual I/O server, define an hdisk as a virtual target
device.
On the virtual I/O server, execute one of the following commands:
¢
To create an hdisk as a virtual target device
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-103
$ mkvdev -vdev hdisk-name -vadapter virtual-SCSI-serveradapter-name
¢
To create a logical volume as a virtual target device
$ mkvdev -vdev logical-volume-name -vadapter virtual-SCSIserver-adapter-name
25. Execute the following command in the client logical partition to
reconfigure the device:
# cfgmgr
26. Execute the following command in the client logical partition to check that
the physical volume has been recognized as hdisk:
# lsdev -Cc disk
Make sure that the following execution result is displayed:
hdisk1 Available
Virtual SCSI Disk Drive
27. Execute the following command to restore the backed up volume group:
# restvg -f any-desired-file-name-or-device-name hdisk-name
Removing Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library (HNTRLib2)
When you remove HDLM, if the KAPL09019-E or KAPL09020-E message is
output, follow the directions below to remove HNTRLib2.
To remove HNTRLib2:
1.
Log in to AIX as the root user.
2.
Execute the following command to unregister the name of the bundled
program products.
# /opt/hitachi/HNTRLib2/etc/hntr2cancel "Hitachi Dynamic Link
Manager"
3.
Execute the following command.
# /opt/hitachi/HNTRLib2/etc/hntr2setup
The HNTRLib2 setup menu will appear.
4.
From the Setup menu, select 9.
HNTRLib2 will be removed.
If HNTRLib2 is not being used by any other programs:
HNTRLib2 will be removed normally, and the following message will
appear.
Unsetup is complete.
If HNTRLib2 is being used by another program:
HNTRLib2 will not be removed, and the following message will appear.
Because a bundle PP name is registered,
3-104
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
I did not do the Uninstall.
If HNTRLib2 was not removed, execute the following command to
check if any programs are using it.
# /opt/hitachi/HNTRLib2/etc/hntr2getname
If you are unable to complete removal even though no programs
other than HDLM are using HNTRLib2, contact your HDLM vendor or
maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for HDLM.
Note
If the log output directory set in HNTRLib2 was not the default directory,
the log files will not be deleted during removal. In this case, delete these
files after removal.
Removing Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library (HNTRLib)
After you remove HDLM version 04-00 or earlier, if no applications other than
HDLM are using HNTRLib, remove it as follows.
1.
Check that no applications other than HDLM are using HNTRLib.
See the manuals and documentation for each program to check whether
the program is using Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library.
2.
Log in to AIX as a root user.
3.
Execute the following command:
# /opt/hitachi/HNTRLib/etc/hntrsetup
The HNTRLib setup menu will appear.
4.
From the setup menu, select 9.
HNTRLib will be removed.
5.
Delete the HNTRLib common library files and the directory in which they
are stored.
When you remove HNTRLib, all directories within the /opt/hitachi/
HNTRLib directory will be deleted, but the libraries within the /opt/
hitachi/common/lib directory will not.
To delete HNTRLib, delete the following files and directory.
¢
¢
Shared library files (symbolic links)
/opt/hitachi/common/lib/libhntr*
Directory that contains shared library files
/opt/hitachi/common/lib/D001
If the /opt/hitachi directory only contains the files and directories
shown above, delete the directory.
Note
¢
If the log output directory set in HNTRLib was not the default
directory, the log files will not be deleted during removal. In this case,
delete these files after removal.
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
3-105
¢
Even if you attempt to remove HNTRLib2 when HNTRLib is installed,
HNTRLib will not be removed. If no other programs are using
HNTRLib, delete it manually.
Canceling Cluster Software (PowerHA) Settings
When PowerHA is used, delete the custom disk method.
The following deletion procedure assumes that PowerHA 6.1 is used. The
actual screen transitions for the SMIT menu might be different depending on
the PowerHA version. Therefore, please also refer to the PowerHA
documentation.
To delete a custom disk method:
1.
From the SMIT window, display the Configure Custom Disk Methods
window.
To display this window, choose the following sequence of menu items:
Communications Applications and Services, HACMP for AIX,
Extended Configuration, Extended Resource Configuration, HACMP
Extended Resources Configuration, Configure Custom Disk
Methods, and finally choose Remove Custom Disk Methods.
2.
In the Select Custom Disk Methods window, select the following item(s),
and then delete it.
¢
¢
3-106
When XP series is used
disk/fcp/HP
When Thunder 9500V series, Lightning 9900V series (excluding XP
series), Hitachi USP series (excluding XP series), Universal Storage
Platform V/VM series (excluding XP20000 and XP24000), Hitachi
Virtual Storage Platform, Hitachi AMS2000/AMS/WMS/SMS series,
HUS100 series, or HUS VM is used
disk/fcp/Hitachi
Creating an HDLM Environment
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
4
HDLM Operation
This chapter describes operating procedures for HDLM, including how to
operate HDLM and the HDLM manager, and how to change the configuration
of the operating environment.
Some of the cautionary notes in Notes on Using HDLM on page 4-2 are
different for HDLM 5.8.1 or earlier and HDLM 5.9 or later. In addition, the
contents of Changing the Configuration of the HDLM Operating Environment
on page 4-15 have changed. For details, see Appendix B, Differences
Between HDLM Version 5.9 or Later and Version 5.8.1 or Earlier on page
B-1.
□ Notes on Using HDLM
□ HDLM Operations Using Commands
□ Starting and Stopping the HDLM Manager
□ HDLM Resident Processes
□ Changing the Configuration of the HDLM Operating Environment
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
4-1
Notes on Using HDLM
This section provides notes on using HDLM and using the environment in
which HDLM is installed. Make sure that you read this section.
Displaying Path Information
The AutoPATH_ID that is displayed during the HDLM dlnkmgr command's
view operation differs depending on the order in which paths are detected
when the host starts. For this reason, you should always use the path name
to specify a path.
When a Path Error Is Detected
When a path error is detected by HDLM, you must immediately resolve the
error and restore the path.
A check for path errors is performed whenever an I/O is issued. If there are
any paths through which I/O is not normally issued, such as a non-owner
path, you should enable path health checking in order to detect errors even
when there is no I/O. For details about path health checking, see Detecting
errors by using path health checking on page 2-29.
When a path is in an error state and the interval specified for a path health
check or a failover has been reached and you execute any of the following,
the response time of the processing might slow down while the path health
check or failover is being executed:
•
HDLM command
•
HDLM utility
•
OS commands for operating volume groups
•
mount/umount command
•
cfgmgr command
•
mkdev command
•
rmdev command
•
chdev command
When a path is in an error state, if you perform the online operation of the
HDLM command with the -s parameter, it might take a long time for the
command processing to finish.
When a path is in an error state and you want to place all paths or several
paths online at the same time, we recommend that you execute the
command without specifying the -s parameter. If you do this and a path
cannot be placed online, a message confirming that you want to continue the
processing is displayed. If you enter n in response to this message, you can
suspend the command.
4-2
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Storage System
•
Start up the storage system before you start up the hosts, so that AIX
can detect the storage system.
•
To delete an LU from the storage system, you must delete the hdisk first,
and then you can delete the LU.
•
If you change the storage system's owner controller for the LU, you must
re-configure the hdisk or restart the server.
Notes on Shutting Down a Host
When a cluster environment is not being used and you shut down a host
without inactivating a volume group that satisfies all of the following
conditions, other hosts will no longer be able to operate the volume group:
•
The volume group was created by an LU shared by multiple hosts
•
The reservation policy for the LU used to configure the volume group was
set to PR_exclusive
Before shutting down a host, execute the following command to inactivate
the volume group:
# varyoffvg volume-group-name
If you shut down the volume group without inactivating it, restart the host,
activate and then inactivate the volume group.
Notes on Errors in a Host
If a cluster environment is not being used and an error occurs on a host
where the reservation policy is set to PR_exclusive in order to exclusively
use an LU, other hosts are no longer able to access the LU. In such a case,
execute the dlmpr utility to clear the HDLM persistent reservation.
For details about the dlmpr utility, see dlmpr Utility for Clearing HDLM
Persistent Reservation on page 7-25.
While you are performing direct access operations by specifying the hdisk
recognized as an HDLM management-target device, I/O might fail if you
perform the operation below. Before performing this operation, you should
make sure that the volume group is inactive, then perform the direct access
operation by specifying the hdisk recognized as an HDLM management-target
device that is not being used.
¢
Using the dlmpr utility to clear the reserve key.
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
4-3
Notes on Enabling Both Primary and Secondary Volumes to Be
Viewed From the Same Server
To enable both primary and secondary volumes to be viewed from the
same server, operate the disks according to the following steps:
1.
Create a pair of the primary volume and the secondary volume
(paircreate).
2.
Split the pair (pairsplit).
3.
Enable the secondary volume to be recognized as a volume group
(recreatevg).
When you execute the recreatevg command, characteristics of the
volume group will be initialized. Therefore, change the characteristics of
the volume group (chvg) as necessary.
4.
Access the primary volume and the secondary volume.
5.
Export the volume group, and then delete the volume information
(exportvg).
6.
Re-synchronize the volume pair (pairresync).
7.
If there are several pairs of primary and secondary volumes, repeat the
above steps for each pair (step 2 to step 6).
Notes on an LVM Mirror Configuration
When an error (such as one that might occur in a LVM mirror configuration) is
detected and I/O access for a path in the Online(E) status continues,
detection of errors will continue. When the -i parameter of the utility for
setting the HDLM execution environment ODM (dlmodmset) is set to on, I/O
access is suppressed until troubleshooting measures are taken. This can
shorten the time needed to deal with the problem.
However, when this parameter is set to on, I/O access to the path in the
Online(E) status will be suppressed, so I/O success will not automatically
change the path to the Online status. To recover the path, use an online
command or the auto failback function.
For details about the dlmodmset utility, see dlmodmset Utility for Setting the
HDLM Execution Environment ODM on page 7-21.
Notes on When the OS Functionality in Not Available in a Boot Disk
Environment
When both of the following conditions exist, the reservation for the LU used
for the boot disk is not canceled:
4-4
•
The reservation policy of the boot disk has been set to PR_exclusive.
•
The OS cannot start because OS functionality is not available due to a
problem such as an error occurring in all of the boot disk's paths.
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
To cancel the reservation for the LU, execute the dlmpr utility from a host
that can access this LU. For details on this utility, see dlmpr Utility for
Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation on page 7-25.
Notes on Replicating a System
You can use the OS's mksysb command to back up hosts that include HDLMmanaged devices. If you then replicate (clone) a system from a mksysb
image created in this manner onto another LPAR or host, you must update
the HDLM information to match that of the destination system's environment.
To update the HDLM information to match that of the destination system's
environment, use the following procedure to execute the HDLM restoration
support utility (dlmpostrestore) after you have restored the mksysb image.
To update HDLM information:
1.
After restoring the image, log in to the activated host as a user with root
permissions.
2.
Execute the dlmpostrestore utility.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmpostrestore
A message for confirming whether to continue processing is displayed
(KAPL10552-I is displayed in a local boot disk environment, and
KAPL10555-I is displayed in a boot disk environment). To continue
processing, enter y in response to this message.
If you executed the utility in a boot disk environment, you must then
restart the host.
For details about the dlmpostrestore utility, see dlmpostrestore Utility for
HDLM Restoration Support on page 7-25.
HDLM Operations Using Commands
This section explains how to use the HDLM command. For details on the
various command operations, see Chapter 6, Command Reference on page
6-1.
Notes on Using Commands
•
Execute the command as a user with root permissions.
•
To specify a parameter value containing one or more spaces, enclose the
entire value in double quotation marks (").
Viewing Path Information
This section explains how to display path information by using an HDLM
command.
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
4-5
To display path information, execute the dlnkmgr command's view operation
with the -path parameter specified. The following example shows how to
execute the command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path
To display information only for the paths accessing the specified host device,
execute the dlnkmgr command's view operation with the -path and -hdev
parameters specified. The following example shows how to execute the
command:
For details on the displayed items and their descriptions, see view (Displays
Information) on page 6-33.
Changing the Status of Paths
This section explains how to change path statuses.
Changing the Status of Paths to Online
To change the status of paths to online:
1.
Check the current status of the paths.
To change the status of the path for each HBA port, CHA port, or path to
online, first check the path name or AutoPATH_ID.
The following example shows how to execute the command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path
To change the path status to online by specifying a host device name,
first check the host device name for the path and the OS management
path ID.
The following example shows how to execute the command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -lu
2.
To change the status of paths to online, execute the dlnkmgr command's
online operation.
The paths to be placed online can be specified by using an HBA port, CHA
port, single path, or host device. For details on how to specify paths, see
online (Places Paths Online) on page 6-11.
4-6
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
For example, if you want to place all the paths that pass through a
specific HBA port online, execute the dlnkmgr command's online
operation with the -hba parameter specified. The following shows an
example in which the command is executed:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr online -hba 01.01
KAPL01057-I All the paths which pass the specified HBA will be
changed to the Online status. Is this OK? [y/n]:y
KAPL01061-I 3 path(s) were successfully placed Online; 0 path(s)
were not. Operation name = online
#
3.
Check to see if the statuses of all the applicable paths have changed.
The following example shows how to execute the command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path
Changing the Status of Paths to Offline(C)
To change the status of paths to Offline(C):
1.
Check the current status of the paths.
To change the status of the path for each HBA port, CHA port, or path to
Offline(C), first check the path name or AutoPATH_ID.
To change the path status to Offline(C) by specifying a host device name,
first check the host device name for the path and the OS management
path ID.
The following example shows how to execute the command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path
The following example shows how to execute the command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -lu
2.
To change the status of paths to Offline(C), execute the dlnkmgr
command's offline operation.
The paths to be placed offline can be specified by using an HBA port, CHA
port, single path, or host device. For details on specifying paths, see
offline (Places Paths Offline) on page 6-6.
For example, if you want to place all the paths that pass through a
specific HBA port offline, execute the dlnkmgr command's offline
operation with the -hba parameter specified. The following shows an
example in which the command is executed:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr offline -hba 01.01
KAPL01055-I All the paths which pass the specified CHA port will
be changed to the Offline(C) status. Is this OK? [y/n]:y
KAPL01056-I If you are sure that there would be no problem when
all the paths which pass the specified HBA are placed in the
Offline(C) status, enter y. Otherwise, enter n. [y/n]:y
KAPL01061-I 3 path(s) were successfully placed Offline(C); 0
path(s) were not. Operation name = offline
#
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
4-7
3.
Check to see if the statuses of all the applicable paths have changed.
The following example shows how to execute the command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path
Viewing LU Information
This section explains how to display LU information by using an HDLM
command.
To display LU information, execute the dlnkmgr command's view operation
with the -lu parameter specified. The following shows an example in which
the command is executed:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -lu
Product
: USP
SerialNumber : 0014010
LUs
: 10
iLU HDevName OSPathID PathID Status
003A hdisk0
00000
000000 Online
00001
000001 Online
003B hdisk1
00000
000002 Online
00001
000003 Online
003C hdisk2
00000
000004 Online
00001
000005 Online
003D hdisk3
00000
000006 Online
00001
000007 Online
003E hdisk4
00000
000008 Online
00001
000009 Online
003F hdisk5
00000
000010 Online
00001
000011 Online
0040 hdisk6
00000
000012 Online
00001
000013 Online
0041 hdisk7
00000
000014 Online
00001
000015 Online
0042 hdisk8
00000
000016 Online
00001
000017 Online
0043 hdisk9
00000
000018 Online
00001
000019 Online
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name =
view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
For details on the displayed items and their descriptions, see view (Displays
Information) on page 6-33.
Displaying the Correspondences Between hdisks, OS Management
Path IDs, and LDEVs
This section explains the use of an HDLM command to display the
correspondences between hdisks, OS management path IDs, and LDEVs.
You display this information by executing the HDLM command's view
operation with the -drv parameter specified. For details on the view
4-8
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
operation, see view (Displays Information) on page 6-33. The execution
result of this operation is displayed on a single line for each path.
The following shows an example in which the view operation is executed:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -drv
PathID HDevName OSPathID LDEV
000000 hdisk0
00000
9500V.0051.0005
000001 hdisk1
00000
9500V.0051.0015
000002 hdisk2
00000
9500V.0051.0020
000003 hdisk0
00001
9500V.0051.0005
000004 hdisk1
00001
9500V.0051.0015
000005 hdisk2
00001
9500V.0051.0020
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name =
view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
For details on the displayed items and their descriptions, see view (Displays
Information) on page 6-33.
Initializing Statistical Information for Paths
This section explains how to initialize statistical information (I/O counts and I/
O errors) for all the paths managed by HDLM.
This procedure is useful when you want to check the number of I/O
operations and I/O errors that have occurred since the last time the I/O
counts and I/O errors were initialized to 0.
To initialize statistical information for paths:
1.
Check the current status of the path.
The following shows how to execute the command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path
2.
To initialize statistical information for all the paths managed by HDLM,
execute the dlnkmgr command's clear operation with the -pdst
parameter specified.
The following shows an example in which the command is executed:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr clear -pdst
KAPL01049-I Would you like to execute the operation? Operation
name = clear [y/n]:y
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= clear, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
3.
Check to see whether the statistical information for all the paths has been
initialized.
The following shows how to execute the command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
4-9
Viewing and Setting Up the Operating Environment
This section explains how to display and set up the HDLM operating
environment.
Viewing the Operating Environment
To display the operating environment, execute the dlnkmgr command's view
operation with the -sys and -sfunc parameters specified.
The following shows an example in which the command is executed:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys -sfunc
HDLM Version
: x.x.x-xx
Service Pack Version
:
Load Balance
: on(extended lio)
Support Cluster
:
Elog Level
: 3
Elog File Size(KB)
: 9900
Number Of Elog Files
: 2
Trace Level
: 0
Trace File Size(KB)
: 1000
Number Of Trace Files
: 4
Path Health Checking
: on(30)
Auto Failback
: on(60)
Intermittent Error Monitor
: off
Dynamic I/O Path Control
: off(10)
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name =
view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
To display the operating environment of the audit log, execute the HDLM
command's view operation with the -sys and -audlog parameters specified.
The following example shows how to execute the command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys -audlog
Audit Log
: off
Audit Log Category
: Audit Log Facility
: KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name =
view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
For details on the displayed items and their descriptions, see view (Displays
Information) on page 6-33.
Setting Up the Operating Environment
To set up the HDLM operating environment, execute the dlnkmgr command's
set operation. This operation allows you to set up the following functions:
4-10
•
Load balancing
•
Path health checking
•
Automatic failback
•
Intermittent error monitoring
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
•
Dynamic I/O path control
•
Error log collection level
•
Trace level
•
Error log file size
•
The number of error log files
•
Trace file size
•
The number of trace files
•
Audit log data collection
•
Audit log facility
•
Number of times the same path can be used for load balancing
•
Number of times the same path can be used for extended load balancing
For details on how to set up each function, see set (Sets Up the Operating
Environment) on page 6-17.
For example, to set up the error log collection level, execute the dlnkmgr
command's set operation with the -ellv parameter specified. When the
confirmation message is displayed, enter y to execute, or n to cancel the
command.
The following shows an example in which the command is executed:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -ellv 1
KAPL01049-I Would you like to execute the operation? Operation name
= set [y/n]: y
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name =
set, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
To check whether the settings have been applied, see Viewing the Operating
Environment on page 4-10.
Viewing License Information
This section explains how to display license information.
To display license information, execute the dlnkmgr command's view
operation with the -sys and -lic parameters specified.
The following shows an example in which the command is executed:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys -lic
License Type Expiration
Permanent
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name =
view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
For details on the displayed items and their descriptions, see view (Displays
Information) on page 6-33.
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
4-11
Updating the License
This section explains how to update the license.
To update the license, execute the dlnkmgr command's set operation with
the -lic parameter specified. When the confirmation message is displayed,
enter y to execute, or n to cancel the command. If the license key file does
not exist, a message asking you to enter the license key appears, so enter
the license key.
Note:
When you are executing the dlnkmgr command's set operation with the lic parameter to install the license, you can only execute it once a time.
If you attempt to execute more than one dlnkmgr command containing
the set operation with the -lic parameter, a core file is created and the
following message might appear:
KAPL01075-E
A fatal error occurred in HDLM. The system environment is
invalid.
If this message appears, execute the dlnkmgr command's view operation
with the -sys -lic parameter to make sure that the license is installed
correctly.
The following shows an example in which the command is executed:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -lic
KAPL01049-I Would you like to execute the operation? Operation name
= set [y/n]: y
KAPL01071-I A permanent license was installed.
#
Viewing HDLM Version Information
This section explains how to display HDLM version information.
To display HDLM version information, execute the dlnkmgr command's view
operation with the -sys parameter specified. The following shows an example
in which the command is executed:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys
HDLM Version
: x.x.x-xx
Service Pack Version
:
Load Balance
: on(extended lio)
Support Cluster
:
Elog Level
: 3
Elog File Size (KB)
: 9900
Number Of Elog Files
: 2
Trace Level
: 0
Trace File Size(KB)
: 1000
Number Of Trace Files
: 4
Path Health Checking
: on(30)
Auto Failback
: on(60)
Intermittent Error Monitor
: off
Dynamic I/O Path Control
: off(10)
4-12
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
HDLM Manager Ver
WakeupTime
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
HDLM Alert Driver Ver
WakeupTime
ElogMem Size
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss 4000
HDLM Driver Ver
WakeupTime
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
License Type Expiration
Permanent
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name =
view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
The value displayed in HDLM version indicates the HDLM version.
Viewing HDLM Component Information
This section explains how to display HDLM component information.
To display HDLM component information, execute the dlnkmgr command's
view operation with the -sys parameter specified. The following shows an
example in which the command is executed:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys
HDLM Version
: x.x.x-xx
Service Pack Version
:
Load Balance
: on(extended lio)
Support Cluster
:
Elog Level
: 3
Elog File Size (KB)
: 9900
Number Of Elog Files
: 2
Trace Level
: 0
Trace File Size(KB)
: 1000
Number Of Trace Files
: 4
Path Health Checking
: on(30)
Auto Failback
: on(60)
Intermittent Error Monitor
: off
Dynamic I/O Path Control
: off(10)
HDLM Manager Ver
WakeupTime
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
HDLM Alert Driver Ver
WakeupTime
ElogMem Size
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss 4000
HDLM Driver Ver
WakeupTime
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
License Type Expiration
Permanent
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name =
view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
Among the displayed items, HDLM Manager, HDLM Alert Driver, and HDLM
Driver indicate the HDLM component information.
Also, you can view information for each HDLM component. Execute the
dlnkmgr command's view operation with the -sys and subsequent parameter
specified. The following shows an example in which the command is
executed:
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
4-13
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys -msrv
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys -adrv
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys -pdrv
Starting and Stopping the HDLM Manager
If an error occurs in the system, such as in an HDLM program, you may need
to manually stop or start HDLM to recover from the error.
Starting the HDLM Manager
To start the HDLM manager, log in to AIX as a user with root permissions and
then execute the following command.
# startsrc -s DLMManager
Lower case characters can be used for the command name (dlmmanager).
# startsrc -s dlmmanager
The startup script that was set up during HDLM installation runs, and starts
the HDLM manager.
Use the following HDLM command's view operation to confirm that the HDLM
manager is running:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys -msrv
HDLM Manager
Ver
WakeupTime
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
When the HDLM Manager column shows Alive, the HDLM manager is
active.
Stopping the HDLM Manager
To stop the HDLM manager, log in to AIX as a user with root permissions, and
then execute the following command:
# stopsrc -s DLMManager
Lower case characters can be used for the command name (dlmmanager).
# stopsrc -s dlmmanager
The stop script that was set up during HDLM installation runs, and stops the
HDLM manager.
Use the following dlnkmgr command's view operation to confirm that the
HDLM manager has stopped.
4-14
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys -msrv
HDLM Manager Ver
WakeupTime
Dead
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name =
view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
When the HDLM Manager column shows Dead, the HDLM manager is inactive.
HDLM Resident Processes
The table below lists and describes the resident processes in HDLM. To
monitor these processes, use the names below.
Table 4-1 HDLM resident processes
Process
Description
dlmmgr
HDLM manager process
hbsa_service
Hitachi Command Suite Common Agent Component# process
hntr2mon
Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library (HNTRLib2) process
#
You only need to monitor this process when HDLM is linked to Global Link
Manager.
Changing the Configuration of the HDLM Operating
Environment
This chapter describes the procedures for changing the configuration of an
HDLM operating environment.
Changing an HDLM Management-Target Device
This subsection explains how to add and delete HDLM management-target
devices and how to change their attributes.
Adding an HDLM Management-Target Device
Connect the device to the system and execute the following command:
# cfgmgr
Deleting an HDLM Management-Target Device
1.
Execute the following command to check the device (hdisk) to be deleted:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
4-15
2.
Stop all processes and services that are using the device that is to be
deleted.
3.
Execute the following command to unmount the file system that uses the
device that is to be deleted:
# umount file-system-mount-point
4.
If the device to be deleted is registered in a volume group, execute the
following command to inactivate the volume group:
# varyoffvg volume-group-name
5.
Execute the following command to delete the device (or devices):
¢
¢
6.
To delete all devices
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmrmdev
To delete a specific device
# rmdev -dl hdisk-name
Execute the following command to check that device deletion was
successful:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path
If you deleted all devices, check that the following message appears:
KAPL01019-W The target path was not found. Operation name = view
If you deleted a specific device, check that the deleted device (hdisk
name) is no longer displayed.
Changing an HDLM Management-Target Device
Note
If you execute the chdev command while a path is in error status, that
path will be deleted. In such a case, first recover from the path error,
then re-execute the cfgmgr command, and finally perform the following
steps:
1.
Inactivate the volume group used by HDLM.
# varyoffvg volume-group-name
2.
Execute the chdev command to change attributes.
The following example changes the queue depth and timeout value:
# chdev -l hdisk-name -a queue_depth=8 -a rw_timeout=60
3.
Inactivate the volume group used by HDLM.
# varyonvg volume-group-name
4-16
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Changing hdisk attributes
hdisk attributes consist of default values and values actually used. When a
new hdisk is configured, or deleted and then reconfigured, the actual value
for hdisk attributes is set using the default values.
The HDLM default settings modification utility (dlmchpdattr) can be used to
change the default values.
Note:
To change attribute values for an individual hdisk, use the chdev
command instead of the dlmchpdattr utility to change the values actually
used. The following explains how to use the dlmchpdattr utility to change
default hdisk values, and apply them as the actually used values.
If you execute the dlmchpdattr utility with the -A parameter specified, after
the default values are changed, hdisks will be automatically reconfigured.
Note that even though you can execute the utility without specifying the -A
parameter to change the default value, you have to manually reconfigure the
hdisks.
To automatically reconfigure hdisks, perform the procedure in Automatically
Performing hdisk Reconfiguration on page 4-17. To manually reconfigure
hdisks, perform the procedure in Manually Performing hdisk Reconfiguration
on page 4-18.
For details on the dlmchpdattr utility, see dlmchpdattr Utility for Changing
HDLM Default Settings on page 7-13.
Automatically Performing hdisk Reconfiguration
To automatically reconfigure an hdisk:
1.
Log in to AIX as a user with root permissions.
2.
Execute the dlmchpdattr utility with the -A parameter specified.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmchpdattr -A -a
reserve_policy=no_reserve
A message is displayed to confirm whether processing should continue.
Enter y to continue processing.
If the command terminates normally, the KAPL10571-I message is
displayed.
3.
Make sure that the default value for the hdisk reservation policy has
changed.
Execute the dlmchpdattr utility with the -o parameter specified.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmchpdattr -o
uniquetype = disk/fcp/Hitachi
reserve_policy
: no_reserve
KAPL10571-I The dlmchpdattr utility completed successfully.
If the execution environment is a boot disk environment, proceed to step
4. If the execution environment is a local boot disk environment, proceed
to step 5.
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
4-17
4.
Execute the following command to restart the host.
# shutdown -Fr
5.
Execute the following command to make sure that the status of the
hdisks recognized as HDLM-managed devices is Available.
# lsdev -Cc disk
hdisk0
Available
hdisk1
Available
hdisk2
Available
hdisk3
Available
hdisk4
Available
...
1S-08-00-8,0
1S-08-00-9,0
1S-08-00-10,0
1H-08-02
1H-08-02
16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
Hitachi Disk Array (Fibre)
Hitachi Disk Array (Fibre)
In this example, hdisk3 and hdisk4 are recognized as HDLM-managed
devices.
If the status of all hdisks is Available, proceed to step 7. If there are any
hdisks with the Defined status, proceed to step 6.
6.
Execute the following command to change the hdisk status to Available.
# cfgmgr
After executing the command, perform step 5 again.
7.
Check the setting for the hdisk reservation policy attribute.
Make sure that the changed default value is reflected in the value actually
used.
# lsattr -El hdisk-name | grep reserve_policy
reserve_policy no_reserve Reserve Policy TRUE
8.
Activate the volume group used by HDLM.
# varyonvg volume-group-name
9.
Mount the file system used by HDLM.
# mount file-system-mount-point
Manually Performing hdisk Reconfiguration
The procedure below explains how to manually reconfigure an hdisk.
Note:
In the procedure below, if you execute the dlmchpdattr utility without
performing either step 2 or 6, any changed values will not be applied, even
though the lsattr command execution results will show that the changed
values were applied. To apply the changed values, perform step 2, and then
perform step 10 for a local boot disk environment, or perform step 12 for a
boot disk environment.
To manually reconfigure an hdisk:
1.
4-18
Log in to AIX as a user with root permissions.
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Reconfigure the HDLM device. Proceed to step 2 to automatically perform
the processing needed to unmount for reconfiguration, and processing to
change the active status of the volume group. Proceed to step 3 to
perform these actions manually.
2.
Execute the utility for deleting HDLM drivers (dlmrmdev) with the -e
parameter and -A parameter specified.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmrmdev -e -A
For details on the dlmrmdev utility, see dlmrmdev Utility for Deleting
HDLM Drivers on page 7-30.
If the command terminates normally, the KAPL10531-I message is
displayed.
If the KAPL10531-I message is not displayed, make sure that HDLMmanaged paths are not being used by a process, service, file system, or
volume group, and then perform step 2 again.
If the dlmrmdev utility is executed properly, proceed to step 7.
3.
Execute the following command to unmount the file system used by
HDLM.
# umount file-system-mount-point
4.
Execute the following command to display all the activated volume
groups.
# lsvg -o
5.
Among the displayed volume groups, inactivate the volume groups used
by HDLM.
# varyoffvg volume-group-name
6.
Execute the dlmrmdev utility with the -e parameter specified.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmrmdev -e
If the command terminates normally, the KAPL10531-I message is
displayed. If the KAPL10531-I message is not displayed, make sure that
HDLM-managed paths are not being used by a process, service, file
system, or volume group, and then perform step 6 again.
7.
Execute the following command to make sure that the status of the
hdisks recognized as HDLM-managed devices is Defined.
# lsdev -Cc disk
hdisk0 Available 1S-08-00-8,0
16 Bit LVD
hdisk1 Available 1S-08-00-9,0
16 Bit LVD
hdisk2 Available 1S-08-00-10,0
16 Bit LVD
hdisk3 Defined 1H-08-02
Hitachi Disk
hdisk4 Defined 1H-08-02
Hitachi Disk
...
SCSI Disk Drive
SCSI Disk Drive
SCSI Disk Drive
Array (Fibre)
Array (Fibre)
In this example, hdisk3 and hdisk4 are recognized as HDLM-managed
devices.
8.
Execute the utility for changing HDLM default settings (dlmchpdattr).
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
4-19
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmchpdattr -A -a
reserve_policy=no_reserve
A message is displayed to confirm whether processing should continue.
Enter y to continue processing.
If the command terminates normally, the KAPL10571-I message is
displayed.
9.
Make sure that the default value for the hdisk reservation policy has been
changed.
Execute the dlmchpdattr utility with the -o parameter specified.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmchpdattr -o
uniquetype = disk/fcp/Hitachi
reserve_policy
: no_reserve
KAPL10571-I The dlmchpdattr utility completed successfully.
Perform the following according to the execution environment:
¢
¢
If the execution environment is a local boot disk environment:
Proceed to step 10.
If the execution environment is a boot disk environment:
Proceed to step 11.
10. Execute the following command to change the hdisk status to Available.
# cfgmgr
After executing the command, proceed to step 13.
11. Execute the utility for clearing HDLM persistent reservation (dlmpr) for all
hdisks comprising rootvg.
# dlmpr -c name-of-HDLM-device-comprising-rootvg
A message is displayed to confirm whether processing should continue.
Enter y to continue processing.
If the reserve was cleared normally, the KAPL10642-I message is
displayed. If the reserve was not cleared normally, the KAPL10650-I
message is displayed.
For details on the dlmpr utility, see dlmpr Utility for Clearing HDLM
Persistent Reservation on page 7-25.
12. Execute the following command to restart the host.
# shutdown -Fr
13. Execute the following command to make sure that the status of the
hdisks recognized as HDLM-managed devices is Available.
# lsdev -Cc disk
hdisk0
Available
hdisk1
Available
hdisk2
Available
hdisk3
Available
hdisk4
Available
...
4-20
1S-08-00-8,0
1S-08-00-9,0
1S-08-00-10,0
1H-08-02
1H-08-02
16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
16 Bit LVD SCSI Disk Drive
Hitachi Disk Array (Fibre)
Hitachi Disk Array (Fibre)
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
In this example, hdisk3 and hdisk4 are recognized as HDLM-managed
devices.
If the status of all hdisks is Available, proceed to step 14. If there are
any hdisks with the Defined status, perform step 10 again.
14. Check the setting for the hdisk reservation policy attribute.
Make sure that the changed default value is reflected in the value actually
used.
# lsattr -El hdisk-name | grep reserve_policy
reserve_policy no_reserve Reserve Policy TRUE
15. Activate the volume group used by HDLM.
# varyonvg volume-group-name
16. Mount the file system used by HDLM.
# mount file-system-mount-point
Changing a Path
This subsection explains how to add and delete paths.
Adding a Path (to a Volume Group Other than rootvg)
Connect the path to the system and execute the following command:
# cfgmgr
Adding a Path (to a Device Included in rootvg)
The following shows an example of adding a path to hdisk0 in an
environment where rootvg consists of hdisk0 and hdisk1.
1.
Connect the path to the system, and then execute the following
command:
# cfgmgr
2.
Check the list of current boot disks.
The following shows an example of executing the command:
# bootlist -m normal -o
hdisk0 blv=hd5
hdisk1 blv=hd5
...
3.
Specify a boot disk according to the host environment to be used.
The following shows an example of executing the command:
# bootlist -m normal hdisk0 hdisk1
4.
Make sure that the boot disk is configured with the specified number of
paths.
The following shows an example of executing the command:
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
4-21
# bootlist -m normal -o
hdisk0 blv=hd5
hdisk0 blv=hd5
hdisk1 blv=hd5
...
Deleting a Path (of a Volume Group Other than rootvg)
The following shows an example of deleting a path of a volume group other
than rootvg.
1.
Execute the following HDLM command to check the OS management path
ID of the path that is to be deleted and to determine the devices (hdisk
name) connected to the path.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -drv
PathID HDevName OSPathID LDEV
000000 hdisk5
00000
USP.0014050.0065
000001 hdisk5
00001
USP.0014050.0065
000002 hdisk5
00002
USP.0014050.0065
000003 hdisk10
00000
9500V.5457.0102
000004 hdisk10
00001
9500V.5457.0102
000005 hdisk10
00002
9500V.5457.0102
For each path ID (PathID column), check the entries in the HDevName and
OSPathID columns. In the following steps, device-name and OSmanagement- path-ID refer to the HDevName and OSPathID items,
respectively, that you checked in this step.
2.
Execute the following command to check the parent device and
connection of the path to be deleted:
Specify the device-name checked in step 1 in executing the following
command:
# lspath -Hl device-name -F "name path_id parent connection"
When hdisk10 is specified, the command and the execution results would
be as follows:
# lspath -Hl hdisk10 -F "name path_id parent connection"
name
path_id parent connection
hdisk10
hdisk10
hdisk10
0
1
2
fscsi4 50060e800436e240,6a000000000000
fscsi4 50060e800436e250,6a000000000000
fscsi5 50060e800436e240,6a000000000000
Search for lines in which the path_id item matches OS-managementpath-ID. If matching lines are found, check the parent and connection
entries. In the following steps, the checked parent and connection items
correspond to fscsi-number and connection-position, respectively.
3.
Delete the path.
# rmpath -d -l device-name -p fscsi-number -w connection-position
The following example deletes the path whose OS-management-path-ID
is 2:
4-22
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
# rmpath -d -l hdisk10 -p fscsi5 -w
50060e800436e240,6a000000000000
4.
Check that the path has been deleted.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -drv
Deleting a Path (of a Device Included in rootvg)
The following shows an example of deleting a path of hdisk0 in an
environment where rootvg consists of hdisk0 and hdisk1.
1.
Delete a path of a volume group other than rootvg by performing the
procedure described in Deleting a Path (of a Volume Group Other than
rootvg) on page 4-22:
2.
Check the list of current boot disks.
The following shows an example of executing the command:
# bootlist -m normal -o
hdisk0 blv=hd5
hdisk1 blv=hd5
...
3.
Specify a boot disk according to the host environment to be used.
The following shows an example of executing the command:
# bootlist -m normal hdisk0 hdisk1
4.
Make sure that the boot disk is configured with the specified number of
paths.
The following shows an example of executing the command:
# bootlist -m normal -o
hdisk0 blv=hd5
hdisk1 blv=hd5
...
Replacing an HBA
If there are multiple active paths for an LU, you can replace a desired HBA
while running your applications by placing offline only the path that goes
through the HBA to be replaced and using other paths to continue access.
To replace an HBA:
1.
Execute the following command to find the fscsi number that
corresponds to the HBA that is to be replaced:
# lsdev -C | grep fscsi
The following are execution examples:
fscsi0 available 1H-08-02 FC SCSI I/O controller protocol device
fscsi1 available 11-08-02 FC SCSI I/O controller protocol device
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
4-23
In the second line of the above examples, 11 in 11-08-02 indicates the
bus number and 08 indicates the HBA adapter number. The fscsi
number to be used when replacing this HBA is 1.
2.
Execute the dlmodmset utility for setting the HDLM execution environment
ODM to check the NPIV option setting.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmodmset -o
The following are execution examples:
Lun Reset
Online(E) IO Block
NPIV Option
OS Error Log Output
:
:
:
:
off
on
off
off
Check the NPIV Option line.
3.
Place in Offline (C) status the path that goes through the HBA to be
replaced.
Depending on the NPIV option setting for the dlmodmset utility checked in
step 2, execute one of the following commands:
¢
If the NPIV option is set to off:
Specify the HBA adapter number and bus number, and then execute
the command shown below. The following example shows how to
place the path in Offline (C) status when the path goes through an
HBA whose HBA adapter number is 08 and whose bus number is 11:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr offline -hba 08.11
¢
If the NPIV option is set to on:
Use the fscsi number found in step 1 to execute the command
below. The following example shows how to place the path in Offline
(C) status when the path goes through fscsi number 1 (fscsi1):
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr offline -hba 00.01
4.
Execute the command shown below to delete the path connected to the
HBA that is to be replaced.
Specify the device name (fscsi device) of the HBA that is to be replaced
(where n is the instance number of the fscsi device).
# rmpath -p fscsin -d
Because the fscsi number found in step 1 is 1 (fscsi1), the result is as
follows:
# rmpath -p fscsi1 -d
5.
If LUN security has been set up for the storage system, add the WWN of
the new HBA to the LUN security.
6.
Execute the following command:
# diag
4-24
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Note
For details on the operations after executing the diag command, see
the AIX documentation. Steps 7 to 14 below provide an example of
the execution procedure for AIX V6.1 (Technology Level 02).
7.
From the displayed menu, choose Task Selection.
The Task Selection List window appears.
8.
Choose Hot Plug Task.
The Hot Plug Task window appears.
9.
Choose PCI Hot Plug Manager.
The PCI Hot Plug Manager window appears.
10. Select List PCI Hot Plug Slots to check the PCI slot to be replaced:
The shading indicates the PCI slot where the HBA is to be replaced.
11. Go back to the PCI Hot Plug Manager window, select Unconfigure a
Device, and enter in Device name the device that is to be replaced.
For the Unconfigure any Child Devices and KEEP definition in
database items, select yes.
12. Go back to the PCI Hot Plug Manager window, select Replace/Remove a
PCI Hot Plug Adapter.
Select the HBA to be replaced.
13. Select Replace in the input field.
14. When the following message is displayed, replace the HBA:
When you finish replacing the HBA, connect the cable and press Enter.
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
4-25
15. Execute the following command to reconfigure the device:
# cfgmgr -l fcsn
To reconfigure the device, specify the device name of the PCI slot where
the HBA was replaced (fcs device); n indicates the instance number of
the fcs device.
16. If LUN security has been set up for the storage system, delete the WWN
of the previous HBA from the LUN security.
17. Execute the following command to check the path information:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path
For details about the path information, see view (Displays Information) on
page 6-33.
Notes
•
If you replace all HBAs for a volume group without following the above
procedure when all the following conditions are satisfied#, the volume
group cannot be activated after the host is restarted:
¢
¢
The host was shut down while a volume group was active, and the
volume group consisted of hdisks that had paths going through the
HBAs to be replaced.
The hdisk reservation policy for the hdisks that make up the volume
group has been set to PR_exclusive.
#
If you replace some HBAs for the volume group, after the host is
restarted, the volume group is activated and the paths going through
the new HBAs are added. However, the paths that go through the old
HBAs remain defined, so delete such paths as necessary.
To activate a volume group, perform the following:
¢
¢
For a volume group comprising rootvg
Clear the reservation for the applicable LUs from the storage system
or other servers.
For a volume group other than rootvg
a.
If LUN security has been set up for the storage system, add the
WWNs of the new HBAs to the LUN security.
b.
Start the host.
c.
Execute the following command to delete the HDLM devices on the
paths that go through the old HBAs:
# rmdev -dl hdisk-name
n indicates the instance number of the HDLM device.
4-26
d.
If LUN security has been set up for the storage system, delete the
WWNs of the old HBAs from the LUN security.
e.
Execute the following command to reconfigure the devices:
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
# cfgmgr -l fcsn
Specify the device name of the PCI slot (fcs device) where each HBA
has been replaced. n indicates the instance number of the fcs device.
f.
Execute the following command to check path information:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path
For details on path information, see view (Displays Information) on
page 6-33.
•
g.
Execute the utility for clearing HDLM persistent reservation (dlmpr) to
clear the reservation of LUs comprising the applicable volume group:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmpr -c hdisk-name hdiskname ...
h.
Execute the following command to activate the applicable volume
group:
# varyonvg volume-group-name
After you replace an HBA, any paths that go through that HBA might be
removed (due to AIX specifications) from the paths to a specified boot
disk hdisk (logical device file), which will no longer be recognized as the
boot disk. If this happens, it is necessary to restart the host, and then respecify the path that goes through the replaced HBA as a path to the boot
disk, as shown in the procedure below.
To re-specify a device called hdisk10 on the storage system as a boot
disk:
a.
Execute the following command to restart the host:
# shutdown -Fr
b.
Make sure that the boot disk is in a multi-path configuration:
# lspath -l hdisk10 -s available
Available hdisk10 fscsi0
Available hdisk10 fscsi1
...
c.
Check the current boot disk list:
# bootlist -m normal -o
hdisk10 blv=hd5
hdisk0 blv=hd5
hdisk1 blv=hd5
...
d.
Specify boot disks that are suitable for your host environment:
# bootlist -m normal hdisk10 hdisk0 hdisk1
e.
Make sure that the number of configured boot disks is the same as
the number of paths that you checked in step 2:
# bootlist -m normal -o
hdisk10 blv=hd5
hdisk10 blv=hd5
hdisk0 blv=hd5
hdisk1 blv=hd5
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
4-27
...
Replacing a Fiber Cable
If there are multiple active paths for an LU, you can replace a desired cable
while running your applications by placing offline only the path that goes
through the cable to be replaced and using other paths to continue access.
Note
The following procedure is only for replacing a fiber cable.
To replace a fiber cable:
1.
Execute the dlmodmset utility for setting the HDLM execution environment
ODM to check the NPIV option setting.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmodmset -o
The following are execution examples:
Lun Reset
Online(E) IO Block
NPIV Option
OS Error Log Output
:
:
:
:
off
on
off
off
Check the NPIV Option line.
2.
Place in Offline (C) status the path that goes through the cable to be
replaced (path that goes through the HBA to which the cable is
connected).
Depending on the NPIV option setting for the dlmodmset utility checked in
step 1, execute one of the following commands:
¢
If the NPIV option is set to off:
Specify the HBA adapter number and bus number, and then execute
the command shown below. The following example shows how to
place the path in Offline (C) status when the path goes through an
HBA whose HBA adapter number is 08 and whose bus number is 11:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr offline -hba 08.11
¢
If the NPIV option is set to on:
Use the fscsi number to execute the command below. The following
example shows how to place the path in Offline (C) status when the
path goes through fscsi number 1 (fscsi1):
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr offline -hba 00.01
3.
Replace the cable.
Note
If you change the port on the Fibre Channel switch or on the storage
system, the path configuration will be changed. Delete the hdisk that
are associated with the cable to be replaced and then reconfigure the
device.
4.
4-28
Place in Online status the path that goes through the replaced cable.
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Place in Online status the path that goes through the HBA to which the
replaced cable is connected.
Depending on the NPIV option setting for the dlmodmset utility checked in
step 1, execute one of the following commands:
¢
If the NPIV option is set to off:
Specify the HBA adapter number and bus number, and then execute
the command shown below. The following example shows how to
place the path in Offline (C) status when the path goes through an
HBA whose HBA adapter number is 08 and whose bus number is 11:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr online -hba 08.11
¢
If the NPIV option is set to on:
Use the fscsi number to execute the command below. The following
example shows how to place the path in Offline (C) status when the
path goes through fscsi number 1 (fscsi1):
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr online -hba 00.01
5.
Execute the following command to check the path information:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path
For details about path information, see view (Displays Information) on
page 6-33.
Replacing a Fibre Channel Switch
If there are multiple active paths for an LU, you can replace a desired Fibre
Channel switch while running your applications by placing offline only the
path that goes through the Fibre Channel switch to be replaced and by using
other Fibre Channel switches to continue access.
Note
The following procedure is only for replacing a Fibre Channel switch.
To replace a Fibre Channel switch:
1.
Execute the following command to find the fscsi number that
corresponds to the path that goes through the Fibre Channel switch that
is to be replaced (the path that goes through the HBA to which the Fibre
Channel switch is connected):
# lsdev -C | grep fscsi
The following are execution examples:
fscsi0 available 1H-08-02 FC SCSI I/O controller protocol device
fscsi1 available 11-08-02 FC SCSI I/O controller protocol device
In the second line of the above examples, 11 in 11-08-02 indicates the
bus number and 08 indicates the HBA adapter number. If the Fibre
Channel switch is connected to this HBA, the corresponding fscsi
number is 1.
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
4-29
2.
Execute the dlmodmset utility for setting the HDLM execution environment
ODM to check the NPIV option setting.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmodmset -o
The following are execution examples:
Lun Reset
Online(E) IO Block
NPIV Option
OS Error Log Output
:
:
:
:
off
on
off
off
Check the NPIV Option line.
3.
Place in Offline (C) status the path that goes through the Fibre Channel
switch to be replaced.
Depending on the NPIV option setting for the dlmodmset utility checked in
step 2, execute one of the following commands:
¢
If the NPIV option is set to off:
Specify the HBA adapter number and bus number, and then execute
the command shown below. The following example shows how to
place the path in Offline (C) status when the path goes through an
HBA whose HBA adapter number is 08 and whose bus number is 11:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr offline -hba 08.11
¢
If the NPIV option is set to on:
Use the fscsi number found in step 1 to execute the command
below. The following example shows how to place the path in Offline
(C) status when the path goes through fscsi number 1 (fscsi1):
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr offline -hba 00.01
4.
Execute the following command to delete the path that goes through the
Fibre Channel switch to be replaced:
Specify the device name (fscsi device) of the HBA connected to the Fibre
Channel switch that is to be replaced to delete the path (where n is the
instance number of the fscsi device).
# rmpath -p fscsin -d
Because the fscsi number found in step 1 is 1 (fscsi1), the result is as
follows:
# rmpath -p fscsi1 -d
5.
Execute the following command to get the name of the parent device:
# lsdev -C -l fscsin -F parent
6.
Delete the HBA device associated with the Fibre Channel switch that is to
be replaced.
# rmdev -dl fscsin -R
7.
4-30
Replace the Fibre Channel switch.
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8.
Execute the following command to reconfigure the HBA device:
# cfgmgr -l fcsn
fcsn indicates the name of the parent device that was acquired in step 5;
n indicates the instance number of the fcs device.
9.
Execute the following command to check the path information:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path
For details about path information, see view (Displays Information) on
page 6-33.
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
4-31
4-32
HDLM Operation
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
5
Troubleshooting
This chapter describes how to check HDLM error information, and how to take
action if an error occurs in HDLM. Descriptions of the actions are separated
into those for path errors, HDLM program errors, and other types of errors. If
you need technical support, see Getting help on page xvii.
□ Information Collected by the DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error
Information
□ Checking error information in messages
□ What To Do for a Path Error
□ What To Do for a Program Error
□ What To Do for Other Errors
Troubleshooting
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
5-1
Information Collected by the DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error Information
Immediately after an error occurs, execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting
HDLM error information, since restarting the machine might delete error
information before the information is collected by DLMgetras. For details
about the DLMgetras utility and the error information it collects, see
DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7-5.
Checking error information in messages
When you want to configure the system so that HDLM messages are output
to syslog, specify user for the name of the system function defined in the /
etc/syslog.conf file. In the following example, the system function name is
user, and messages at the Information level or higher are output to the /
etc/syslog.conf file:
user.info
/tmp/syslog.user.log
You can check path errors by referring to the KAPL08xxx messages that are
output to syslog.
To obtain detailed information about the failed path, check the execution
results of the view operation as indicated by the error message.
For details on this operation, see view (Displays Information) on page 6-33.
Based on the applicable message, detailed information about a path can be
obtained by checking the execution results of the view operation.
The following is an example of a message:
KAPL08022-E Error in path occurred. ErrorCode = aa...aa,PathID =
bb...bb,PathName = cc...cc.dd...dd.ee...ee.ff...ff,DNum =
gg...gg,HDevName = hh...hh
The elements of the message are explained below.
ErrorCode
The error number generated when AIX detected the path error.
PathID
The ID assigned to a path. This ID is called the AutoPATH_ID.
AutoPATH_IDs are re-assigned every time the host is restarted or every
time the path configuration is changed. When you want to add a new LU
without restarting the host, AutoPATH_IDs are re-assigned to each path
of the LU when you execute the cfgmgr command.
This path ID is the same as the path ID displayed by the dlnkmgr
command's view operation.
For details on this operation, see view (Displays Information) on page
6-33.
5-2
Troubleshooting
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
PathName
The path name, which indicates a path. When you modify the system
configuration or replace a hardware item, you should check the path
names to identify the paths that will be affected by the change.
A path name consists of the following four elements, separated by
periods:
¢
HBA adapter number or adapter type (character string)
¢
Bus number or adapter number (character string)
¢
Target ID (hexadecimal)
Host LU number (hexadecimal)
This path name is also the same as PathName displayed by the dlnkmgr
command's view operation. For details on the path name, see view
(Displays Information) on page 6-33.
¢
DNum
A Dev number, which is equivalent to a logical volume number in AIX.
A Dev number beginning from 0 is assigned to the Dev in the LU.
In AIX, this value is fixed to 0 because one LU contains one Dev.
This is the same as the DNum that is displayed by the dlnkmgr command's
view operation. For details on this operation, see view (Displays
Information) on page 6-33.
HDevName
The name of the host device.
Hdisk name is displayed.
This is the same as the HDevName that is displayed by the dlnkmgr
command's view operation. For details on this operation, see view
(Displays Information) on page 6-33.
What To Do for a Path Error
When a path error is detected, HDLM performs a failover on the path and
outputs the KAPL08022-E message. This message indicates that an error has
occurred in the components, shown in the following figure, that make up the
path.
Troubleshooting
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
5-3
Figure 5-1 Error location when the KAPL08022-E message is output
The following figure shows the troubleshooting procedure when the
KAPL08022-E message is output.
Figure 5-2 Troubleshooting procedure when a path error occurs
The following shows the procedure for using the HDLM command (dlnkmgr)
to handle a path error.
5-4
Troubleshooting
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Examining the messages
Examine the message that is output to syslog in the management-target host
by using applications or tools for monitoring messages. If the KAPL08022-E
message is output, view the message to check the path in which the error
occurs. For details on each item displayed in the message, see Checking error
information in messages on page 5-2.
Obtain path information
Obtain path information.
Execute the following command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path -iem hbaportwwn > pathinfo.txt
pathinfo.txt is the redirection-output file name. Use a file name that
matches your environment.
Identifying the Error Path
Check the obtained path information to find the path with the error. In the
Status column, the error path has the status Offline(E) or Online(E).
Narrowing Down the Hardware That Might Have Caused the Error
Check the DskName , iLU , ChaPort , and HBAPortWWN columns of the path
with the error to narrow down the hardware that may be the cause of the
error. To physically identify the hardware corresponding to DskName, iLU, and
ChaPort, use the information provided by the storage-system management
program.
Identifying the Error Location and Correcting any Hardware Errors
Use the AIX and hardware management tools to identify the error location,
and then take appropriate, corrective action. For hardware maintenance,
contact your hardware vendor or maintenance company if there is a
maintenance contract.
Placing the Path Online
After the path has recovered from the error, use the dlnkmgr command's
online operation to place the path back online. For details on the online
operation, see online (Places Paths Online) on page 6-11. Execute the
following command:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr online
Executing this command places all the offline paths online.
Troubleshooting
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
5-5
If any path cannot be placed online due to an error, the KAPL01039-W
message will appear. To ignore such paths and to continue processing, type
y. Type n to cancel processing.
Check the statuses of the paths that cannot be placed online, and resolve the
problem.
What To Do for a Program Error
The following describes what to do to handle errors that occur in an HDLM
program. The following figure shows the troubleshooting procedure.
Figure 5-3 Troubleshooting Procedure When a Program Error Occurs
The following shows the procedure for handling a program error by using the
HDLM command (dlnkmgr).
Examining the Messages
Examine the message that is output to syslog in the host. If an error occurs
in an HDLM program, a message other than KAPL08xxx is output to syslog.
Examine the content of the message. Messages with error level E (Error) or
higher require corrective action.
Obtaining Program Information
Obtain the information that you need to report to your HDLM vendor or
maintenance company.
Use the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information. For details on
the DLMgetras utility and the information it collects, see DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7-5.
Some of the information collected by the DLMgetras utility might be cleared
when the host is restarted. Because of this, whenever an error occurs,
execute the DLMgetras utility as soon as possible.
5-6
Troubleshooting
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
What To Do for the Program Error
Follow the recommended actions for messages in Chapter 8, Messages on
page 8-1.
If the error occurs again after you thought that you had resolved the
problem, use the dlnkmgr command's view operation to check the status of
the HDLM program, and then do whatever is necessary to resolve the
problem. For details on the view operation, see view (Displays Information)
on page 6-33.
Execute the following command:
Example:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys
If the KAPL01012-E message appears as a result of executing the command
The following shows the KAPL01012-E message:
KAPL01012-E Could not connect the HDLM manager. Operation name =
view
Start the HDLM manager.
For details about how to start the HDLM manager, see Starting the HDLM
Manager on page 4-14.
If the KAPL01013-E message appears as a result of executing the command
The following shows the KAPL01013-E message:
KAPL01013-E An error occurred in internal processing of the HDLM
command. Operation name = view, details = aa...aa
aa...aa indicates character string. Restart the host.
If the same error re-occurs after you thought you had resolved the problem,
go to the subsection Contacting your HDLM Vendor or Maintenance Company
on page 5-7
Contacting your HDLM Vendor or Maintenance Company
If the error cannot be resolved, contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance
company, and report the information that was collected by the DLMgetras
utility.
What To Do for Other Errors
When the cause of an error may be related to HDLM but is neither a path
error nor an HDLM program error, execute the DLMgetras utility to collect the
HDLM error information, and then report the collected information to the
HDLM vendor or maintenance company. For details about the DLMgetras
utility and the information it collects, see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting
HDLM Error Information on page 7-5.
Troubleshooting
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
5-7
5-8
Troubleshooting
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6
Command Reference
This chapter describes the HDLM command (dlnkmgr) and its operations.
□ Overview of the HDLM Command dlnkmgr
□ clear (Returns the Path Statistics to the Initial Value)
□ help (Displays the Operation Format)
□ offline (Places Paths Offline)
□ online (Places Paths Online)
□ set (Sets Up the Operating Environment)
□ view (Displays Information)
□ add (Adds a Path Dynamically)
□ delete (Deletes a Path Dynamically)
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-1
Overview of the HDLM Command dlnkmgr
This section describes command formats and operations used for HDLM.
Command format
Enter the command using the following format:
dlnkmgr operation-name [parameter [parameter-value]]
dlnkmgr
The command name.
operation-name
The type of operation entered after dlnkmgr.
parameter
A value required for an operation.
parameter-value
A value required for a parameter.
Operations of the dlnkmgr command
Table 6-1 Operations of the dlnkmgr Command on page 6-2 shows the
operations of dlnkmgr and their functions.
Table 6-1 Operations of the dlnkmgr Command
Operation
Functions
clear
Initializes(0) the statistics (I/O count and I/O errors) of all paths
managed by the HDLM system. For details, see clear (Returns the Path
Statistics to the Initial Value) on page 6-3.
help
Displays the format of the operation used for HDLM. For details, see help
(Displays the Operation Format) on page 6-4.
offline
Places offline an online path or paths. For details, see offline (Places
Paths Offline) on page 6-6.
online
Places online an offline path or paths. For details, see online (Places
Paths Online) on page 6-11.
set
Sets the HDLM operating environment. For details, see set (Sets Up the
Operating Environment) on page 6-17.
view
Displays HDLM program information, path information, LU information,
HBA port information, CHA port information, and information about
correspondences between hdisks, OS management path IDs, and LDEVs.
For details, see view (Displays Information) on page 6-33.
add
Dynamically adds a path as an HDLM-management target. For details,
see add (Adds a Path Dynamically) on page 6-68.
delete
Dynamically deletes a path that is an HDLM-management target. For
details, see delete (Deletes a Path Dynamically) on page 6-70.
Note
6-2
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
¢
¢
Execute the command as a user with root permissions.
To specify a value that contains a space in its parameter, enclose the
entire value in double quotes (").
clear (Returns the Path Statistics to the Initial Value)
The dlnkmgr command's clear operation clears the statistics (I/O count and
I/O errors) of all paths that are managed by HDLM, and returns them to their
initial value.
Format
To Set the Path Statistics to 0
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr clear -pdst [-s]
To Display the Format of the Clear Operation
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr clear -help
Parameters
To Set the Path Statistics to 0
-pdst
Clears statistics (I/O count and I/O errors) of all paths managed by HDLM
to the initial value (0).
Example
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr clear -pdst
KAPL01049-I Would you like to execute the operation?
Operation name = clear [y/n]:y
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation
name = clear, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
-s
Executes the command without displaying a message asking for
confirmation of command execution from the user. Specify this parameter
if you want to skip the response to the confirmation message: for
example, when you want to execute the command in a shell script or
batch file.
Example
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr clear -pdst -s
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation
name = clear, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-3
To Display the Format of the Clear Operation
-help
Displays the format of the clear operation.
Example
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr clear -help
clear:
Format
dlnkmgr clear -pdst [-s]
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation
name = clear, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
help (Displays the Operation Format)
The dlnkmgr command's help operation displays the list of operations
available for the HDLM command, or the format of individual operations.
Format
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr help
[operation] [operation] ...
Parameter
operation
Specify the HDLM command operation whose format you want to know.
You can specify one of the following operations:
¢
clear
¢
help
¢
offline
¢
online
¢
set
¢
view
¢
add
¢
delete
If you do not specify any operations, the help operation displays all
operations available for the HDLM command.
Examples
Example 1
The following example shows how to display all the operations available in
the HDLM command.
6-4
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr help
dlnkmgr:
Format
dlnkmgr { clear | help | offline | online | set | view | add
| delete}
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= help, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
Example 2
The following example shows how to display the formats of multiple
operations.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr help online offline help
online:
Format
dlnkmgr online [-path] [-s]
dlnkmgr online [-path]
{ -hba HBAPortNumber.BusNumber | -hbaid HBA_ID } [-s]
dlnkmgr online [-path] { -cha -pathid AutoPATH_ID | -chaid
CHA_ID } [-s]
dlnkmgr online [-path] [-pathid AutoPATH_ID] [-s]
dlnkmgr online [-path] [-hdev Host_Device_Name [-ospathid
OS_Path_ID]] [-s]
dlnkmgr online [-path] -hapath [-lu -pathid AutoPATH_ID] [-s]
dlnkmgr online [-path] -dfha [-lu -pathid AutoPATH_ID] [-s]
Valid value
AutoPATH_ID
{ 000000 - 999999 }(Decimal)
HBA_ID
{ 00000 - 99999 }(Decimal)
CHA_ID
{ 00000 - 99999 }(Decimal)
OS_Path_ID
{ 00000 - 99999 }(Decimal)
offline:
Format
dlnkmgr offline [-path]
{ -hba HBAPortNumber.BusNumber | -hbaid HBA_ID } [-s]
dlnkmgr offline [-path] { -cha -pathid AutoPATH_ID | -chaid
CHA_ID } [-s]
dlnkmgr offline [-path] -pathid AutoPATH_ID [-s]
dlnkmgr offline [-path] -hdev Host_Device_Name -ospathid
OS_Path_ID [-s]
Valid value
AutoPATH_ID
{ 000000 - 999999 }(Decimal)
HBA_ID
{ 00000 - 99999 }(Decimal)
CHA_ID
{ 00000 - 99999 }(Decimal)
OS_Path_ID
{ 00000 - 99999 }(Decimal)
help:
Format
dlnkmgr help { clear | offline | online | set | view | add |
delete }
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= help, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
Example 3
The following example shows how to display the operations that can be
specified by the help operation.
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-5
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr help help
help:
Format
dlnkmgr help { clear | offline | online | set | view | add |
delete }
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= help, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
offline (Places Paths Offline)
The dlnkmgr command's offline operation places online paths offline.
Specify the paths to be placed offline by specifying an HBA port, CHA port,
single path, or host device.
There must always be at least one online path accessing each LU.
Placing too many paths offline might prevent paths from being able to switch
if an error occurs. Before placing a path offline, use the view operation to
check how many online paths remain. For details about the view operation,
see view (Displays Information) on page 6-33.
Format
To Place Paths Offline
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr offline
[-path]
{-hba HBA-adapter-number.bus-number-or-adapter-type.adapternumber
|-hbaid HBA-port-ID
|-cha -pathid AutoPATH_ID
|-chaid CHA-port-ID
|-pathid AutoPATH_ID
|-hdev host-device-name -ospathid OS-management-path-ID}
[-s]
To Display the Format of the Offline Operation
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr offline -help
Parameters
To Place Paths Offline
-path
Indicates that the target of the operation is a path managed by HDLM.
6-6
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
This parameter is optional because offline is always used for paths, so it
is assumed.
Make sure that you specify the paths to be placed offline by using the hba, -hbaid, -cha, -chaid, or -pathid parameter, or the -hdev and ospathid parameters.
-hba HBA-adapter-number.bus-number
Or
-hba adapter-type.adapter-number
Use this parameter to place offline, at one time, all the paths that pass
through a specific HBA port. The command will place offline all the paths
connected to the HBA port that has the specified HBA-adapternumber.bus-number or adapter-type.adapter-number.
Specify the HBA adapter number and bus number, or adapter type and
adapter number, of the target HBA port: the numbers are found in the
PathName field displayed using the view operation. Enter a period
between these two parameter values. For details about the view
operation, see view (Displays Information) on page 6-33. The HBAadapter-number.bus-number and adapter-type.adapter-number strings
are case-sensitive.
Example
The following example shows how to place offline all paths connected
to the HBA port whose HBA adapter number is 01 and bus number is
01.
When the confirmation message is displayed, the user enters y to
continue, or n to cancel the operation.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr offline -hba 01.01
KAPL01055-I All the paths which pass the specified HBA will
be changed to the Offline(C) status. Is this OK? [y/n]:y
KAPL01056-I If you are sure that there would be no problem
when all the paths which pass the specified HBA are placed in
the Offline(C) status, enter y. Otherwise, enter n. [y/n]:y
KAPL01061-I 3 path(s) were successfully placed Offline(C); 0
path(s) were not. Operation name = offline
#
-hbaid HBA-port-ID
Use this parameter to place offline, at one time, all paths that pass
through a specific HBA port. The command will place offline all paths
connected to the HBA port that has the specified HBA-port-ID. To display
the HBA port IDs, execute the following view operation:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -hba
For details about how to execute the view operation to display the HBA
port IDs, see To Display HBA Port Information on page 6-64 in
Parameters on page 6-35.
Example
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-7
The following example shows how to place offline all paths connected
to the HBA port whose HBA-port-ID is 00001.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr offline -hbaid 00001
KAPL01102-I All the paths which pass the specified HBA port
will be changed to the Offline(C) status. Is this OK? [y/n]:y
KAPL01103-I If you are sure that there would be no problem
when all the paths which pass the specified HBA port are
placed in the Offline(C) status, enter y. Otherwise, enter n.
[y/n]:y
KAPL01061-I 15 path(s) were successfully placed Offline(C); 0
path(s) were not. Operation name = offline
#
-cha -pathid AutoPATH_ID
Use this parameter to place offline, at one time, all the paths that pass
through a specific CHA port. The command will place offline all the paths
that pass through the CHA port to which the path with the specified
AutoPATH_ID is connected.
Specify the current AutoPATH_ID of the target path, which is displayed by
using the view operation. For details about the view operation, see view
(Displays Information) on page 6-33. Leading zeros can be omitted
(000001 and 1 indicate the same AutoPATH_ID); however, when the
target AutoPATH_ID is 000000, enter 000000 or 0 for the parameter
value.
AutoPATH_IDs are re-assigned every time the host is restarted. When you
want to add a new LU without restarting the host, AutoPATH_IDs are reassigned to each path of the LU when you execute the cfgmgr command.
Always make sure that you use the view operation to find the current
AutoPATH_ID of the target path, before executing the offline operation.
Example
The following example shows how to place offline all the paths
connected to the CHA port 0A. In this example, a path whose
AutoPATH_ID is 000001 is connected to the target CHA port.
When the confirmation message is displayed, the user enters y to
continue, or n to cancel the operation.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr offline -cha -pathid
000001
KAPL01055-I All the paths which pass the specified CHA port
will be changed to the Offline(C) status. Is this OK? [y/n]:y
KAPL01056-I If you are sure that there would be no problem
when all the paths which pass the specified CHA port are
placed in the Offline(C) status, enter y. Otherwise, enter
n. [y/n]:y
KAPL01061-I 2 path(s) were successfully placed Offline(C); 0
path(s) were not. Operation name = offline
#
-chaid CHA-port-ID
6-8
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Use this parameter to place offline, at one time, all paths that pass
through a specific CHA port. The command will place offline all paths
connected to the CHA port that has the specified CHA-port-ID. To display
the CHA port IDs, execute the following view operation:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -cha
For details about how to execute the view operation to display the CHA
port IDs, see To Display CHA Port Information on page 6-66 in
Parameters on page 6-35.
Example
The following example shows how to place offline all paths connected
to the CHA port whose CHA-port-ID is 00001.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr offline -chaid 00001
KAPL01102-I All the paths which pass the specified CHA port
will be changed to the Offline(C) status. Is this OK? [y/n]:y
KAPL01103-I If you are sure that there would be no problem
when all the paths which pass the specified HBA port are
placed in the Offline(C) status, enter y. Otherwise, enter n.
[y/n]:y
KAPL01061-I 15 path(s) were successfully placed Offline(C); 0
path(s) were not. Operation name = offline
#
-pathid AutoPATH_ID
Use this parameter to place a single path offline.
Specify the current AutoPATH_ID of the target path, which is displayed by
using the view operation. For details about the view operation, see view
(Displays Information) on page 6-33. Leading zeros can be omitted
(000001 and 1 indicate the same AutoPATH_ID); however, when the
target AutoPATH_ID is 000000, enter 000000 or 0 for the parameter
value.
AutoPATH_IDs are re-assigned every time the host is restarted. When you
want to add a new LU without restarting the host, AutoPATH_IDs are reassigned to each path of the LU when you execute the cfgmgr command.
Always make sure that you use the view operation to find the current
AutoPATH_ID of the target path, before executing the offline operation.
-hdev host-device-name -ospathid OS-management-path-ID
Use this parameter to place offline path connected to the specified host
device.
For host-device-name, specify the value of HDevName.
For OS-management-path-ID, specify the value of OSPathID. Leading
zeroes can be omitted from the OS management path ID (00001 and 1
are the same value).
To display HDevName and OSPathID, execute the view operation as
follows:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -lu
For details on how to execute the view operation and display the host
device name and OS management path ID, see To Display LU Information
on page 6-54 in Parameters on page 6-35. Only one set of values can
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-9
be specified for the -hdev parameter. This parameter is not case
sensitive.
Example
The following shows an example of placing offline path for which the
host device name is hdisk0 and OS management path ID is 00001
while confirming command operation.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr offline -path -hdev
hdisk0 -ospathid 1
KAPL01052-I The currently selected paths will be changed to
the Offline(C) status. Is this OK? [y/n]:y
KAPL01053-I If you are sure that there would be no problem
when the path is placed in the Offline(C) status, enter y.
Otherwise, enter n. [y/n]:y
KAPL01061-I 1 path(s) were successfully placed Offline(C); 0
path(s) were not. Operation name = offline
#
-s
Executes the command without displaying the message asking for
confirmation of command execution from the user. Specify this parameter
if you want to skip the response to the confirmation message: for
example, when you want to execute the command in a shell script or
batch file.
Example
The following example shows how to place a path, whose
AutoPATH_ID is 000001, offline without asking for confirmation of
command execution from the user:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr offline -pathid 1 -s
KAPL01061-I 1 path(s) were successfully placed Offline(C); 0
path(s) were not. Operation name = offline
#
To Display the Format of the Offline Operation
-help
Displays the format of the offline operation.
Example
The following example shows how to display the format of the
offline operation:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr offline -help
offline:
Format
dlnkmgr offline [-path]
{ -hba HBAPortNumber.BusNumber | -hbaid HBA_ID } [s]
dlnkmgr offline [-path] { -cha -pathid AutoPATH_ID | chaid CHA_ID } [-s]
dlnkmgr offline [-path] -pathid AutoPATH_ID [-s]
dlnkmgr offline [-path] -hdev Host_Device_Name -ospathid
6-10
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
OS_Path_ID [-s]
Valid value
AutoPATH_ID
{ 000000 - 999999 }(Decimal)
HBA_ID
{ 00000 - 99999 }(Decimal)
CHA_ID
{ 00000 - 99999 }(Decimal)
OS_Path_ID
{ 00000 - 99999 }(Decimal)
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation
name = offline, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
Reference
Using the view operation together with standard UNIX commands enables
you to filter the path information listed for a specific HBA port or CHA port.
For details about the view operation, see view (Displays Information) on page
6-33.
We recommend that you use the following command and verify the
information on the target paths before you execute the offline operation to
place offline all the paths connected to a specific HBA port or CHA port.
Example 1
The following example shows how to filter and display the information on
all paths that pass through the HBA port whose HBA adapter number is 04
and bus number is 01.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path | grep 04.01
The above command will display information on all the paths that pass
through the specified HBA port.
Example 2
The following example shows how to filter and display the information on
all the paths that pass through the CHA port 0A of the Thunder 9500V
series:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path -stname | grep
9500V | grep 0A
The above command will display information pertaining to only those
paths that pass through the specified CHA port.
online (Places Paths Online)
The dlnkmgr command's online operation places offline paths online. Specify
the paths to be placed online by specifying an HBA port, CHA port, single
path, or host device.
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-11
Format
To Place Paths Online
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr online
[-path]
[-hba HBA-adapter-number.bus-number-or-adapter-type.adapternumber
|-hbaid HBA-port-ID
|-cha -pathid AutoPATH_ID
|-chaid CHA-port-ID
|-pathid AutoPATH_ID
|-hdev host-device-name [-ospathid OS-management-path-ID]
|-hapath [-lu -pathid AutoPATH_ID]
|-dfha [-lu -pathid AutoPATH_ID]]
[-s]
To Display the Format of the Online Operation
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr online -help
Parameters
To Place Paths Online
-path
Indicates that the target of the operation is a path managed by HDLM.
This parameter is optional because online is always used for paths, so it
is assumed.
Specify the paths to be placed online by using the -hba, -hbaid, -cha, chaid, -pathid, or -hdev parameter. If you do not specify any of these
parameters, the command will place all the offline paths online. If there is
a path that cannot be placed online, a message asks whether you would
like to continue processing. To ignore the offline path that cannot be
placed online and to continue processing, enter y. To stop the processing,
enter n.
-hba HBA-adapter-number.bus-number
Or
-hba adapter-type.adapter-number
Use this parameter to place online, at one time, all the paths that pass
through a specific HBA port. The command will place online all the paths
connected to the HBA port that has the specified HBA-adapternumber.bus-number or adapter-type.adapter-number.
Specify the HBA adapter number and bus number, or adapter type and
adapter number, of the target HBA port: the numbers are found in the
PathName field displayed using the view operation. Enter a period
6-12
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
between these two parameter values. For details about the view
operation, see view (Displays Information) on page 6-33. The HBAadapter-number.bus-number and adapter-type.adapter-number strings
are case-sensitive.
Example
The following example shows how to place online all paths connected
to an HBA port whose HBA adapter number is 01 and bus number is
01.
When the confirmation message is displayed, the user enters y to
continue, or n to cancel the operation.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr online -hba 01.01
KAPL01057-I All the paths which pass the specified HBA will
be changed to the Online status. Is this OK? [y/n]:y
KAPL01061-I 3 path(s) were successfully placed Online; 0
path(s) were not. Operation name = online
#
-hbaid HBA-port-ID
Use this parameter to place online, at one time, all paths that pass
through a specific HBA port. The command will place online all paths
connected to the HBA port that has the specified HBA-port-ID. To display
the HBA port IDs, execute the following view operation:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -hba
For details about how to execute the view operation to display the HBA
port IDs, see To Display HBA Port Information on page 6-64 in
Parameters on page 6-35.
Example
The following example shows how to place online all paths connected
to the HBA port whose HBA-port-ID is 00001.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr online -hbaid 00001
KAPL01104-I All the paths which pass the specified HBA port
will be changed to the Online status. Is this OK? [y/n]:y
KAPL01061-I 15 path(s) were successfully placed Online; 0
path(s) were not. Operation name = online
#
-cha -pathid AutoPATH_ID
Use this parameter to place online, at one time, all the paths that pass
through a specific CHA port. The command will place online all the paths
that pass through the CHA port to which the path with the specified
AutoPATH_ID is connected.
Specify the current AutoPATH_ID of the target path, which is displayed by
using the view operation. For details about the view operation, see view
(Displays Information) on page 6-33. Leading zeros can be omitted
(000001 and 1 indicate the same AutoPATH_ID); however, when the
target AutoPATH_ID is 000000, enter 000000 or 0 for the parameter
value.
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-13
AutoPATH_IDs are re-assigned every time the host is restarted. When you
want to add a new LU without restarting the host, AutoPATH_IDs are reassigned to each path of the LU when you execute the cfgmgr command.
Always make sure that you use the view operation to find the current
AutoPATH_ID of the target path, before executing the online operation.
Example
The following example shows how to place online the paths connected
to the CHA port 0A. In this example, a path whose AutoPATH_ID is
000002 is connected to the target CHA port.
When the confirmation message is displayed, the user enters y to
continue, or n to cancel the operation.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr online -cha -pathid
000002
KAPL01057-I All the paths which pass the specified CHA port
will be changed to the Online status. Is this OK? [y/n]:y
KAPL01061-I 2 path(s) were successfully placed Online; 0
path(s) were not. Operation name = online
#
-chaid CHA-port-ID
Use this parameter to place online, at one time, all paths that pass
through a specific CHA port. The command will place online all paths
connected to the CHA port that has the specified CHA-port-ID. To display
the CHA port IDs, execute the following view operation:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -cha
For details about how to execute the view operation to display the CHA
port IDs, see To Display CHA Port Information on page 6-66 in
Parameters on page 6-35.
Example
The following example shows how to place online all paths connected
to the CHA port whose CHA-port-ID is 00001.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr offline -chaid 00001
KAPL01104-I All the paths which pass the specified CHA port
will be changed to the Online status. Is this OK? [y/n]:y
KAPL01061-I 15 path(s) were successfully placed Online; 0
path(s) were not. Operation name = online
#
-pathid AutoPATH_ID
Use this parameter to place a single path online.
Specify the current AutoPATH_ID of the target path, which is displayed by
using the view operation. For details about the view operation, see view
(Displays Information) on page 6-33. Leading zeros can be omitted
(000001 and 1 indicate the same AutoPATH_ID); however, when the
target AutoPATH_ID is 000000, enter 000000 or 0 for the parameter
value.
6-14
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
AutoPATH_IDs are re-assigned every time the host is restarted. When you
want to add a new LU without restarting the host, AutoPATH_IDs are reassigned to each path of the LU when you execute the cfgmgr command.
Always make sure that you use the view operation to find the current
AutoPATH_ID of the target path, before executing the online operation.
-hdev host-device-name [-ospathid OS-management-path-ID]
Use this parameter to place online path connected to the specified host
device. If the -ospathid parameter is not specified, path with the
specified host device name are placed online.
For host-device-name, specify the value of HDevName.
For OS-management-path-ID, specify the value of OSPathID. Leading
zeroes can be omitted from the OS management path ID (00001 and 1
are the same value).
To display HDevName and OSPathID, execute the view operation as
follows:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -lu
For details on how to execute the view operation and display the host
device name and OS management path ID, see To Display LU Information
on page 6-54 in Parameters on page 6-35. Only one set of values can
be specified for the -hdev parameter. This parameter is not case
sensitive.
Example
The following shows an example of placing online path for which the
host device name is hdisk0 and OS management path ID is 00001
while confirming command operation.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr online -path -hdev
hdisk0 -ospathid 1
KAPL01050-I The currently selected paths will be changed to
the Online status. Is this OK? [y/n]:y
KAPL01061-I 1 path(s) were successfully placed Online; 0
path(s) were not. Operation name = online
#
-hapath
Use this parameter to change to the Online status when the paths to the
primary volume (P-VOL) in an HAM environment are in the Online(S) or
Online(D) status. To change the status of a specific LU, use the -lu and
-pathid parameters to specify the path to the LU. To change the status
of all the paths in the Online(S) and Online(D) statuses, specify only hapath.
-dfha
Use this parameter to change the paths to the primary volume (P-VOL) in
an HAM environment to Online(D). The Online(S) status changes to the
Online(D) status. When you do not specify this parameter, the status of
the P-VOL paths in the HAM environment will be changed to the
Online(S) status. If I/O operations to the secondary volume (S-VOL) do
not occur and only the paths to the P-VOL recover from an error, the path
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-15
to the P-VOL will be in the Online status regardless of this parameter
specification. To change the status of a specific LU, use the -lu and pathid parameters to specify the path to the LU. To change the status of
all the paths, specify only -dfha. A regular online operation is executed
on the paths other than the P-VOL in an HAM environment.
If you use the -dfha parameter for a volume whose paths are all in the
offline status, the processing to the P-VOL paths might output a
KAPL01036-E message and fail even if the paths recover from an error. If
the paths indicated in the KAPL01036-E message are in the Online(S)
status and the paths to the S-VOL are in the Online status, re-execute the
command with the -dfha parameter specified.
-lu -pathid AutoPATH_ID
Specify management-target paths for each LU (P-VOL). The target LUs
are the LUs that belong to a path ID that you specify in the -pathid
AutoPATH_ID parameter.
-s
Executes the command without displaying the message asking for
confirmation of command execution from the user. Specify this parameter
if you want to skip the response to the confirmation message: for
example, when you want to execute the command in a shell script or
batch file.
Example
The following example shows how to place a path, whose
AutoPATH_ID is 000002, online without asking for confirmation of
command execution from the user:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr online -pathid 2 -s
KAPL01061-I 1 path(s) were successfully placed Online; 0
path(s) were not. Operation name = online
#
To Display the Format of the Online Operation
-help
Displays the format of the online operation.
Example
The following example shows how to display the format of the online
operation:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr online -help
online:
Format
dlnkmgr online [-path] [-s]
dlnkmgr online [-path]
{ -hba HBAPortNumber.BusNumber | -hbaid HBA_ID } [-s]
dlnkmgr online [-path] { -cha -pathid AutoPATH_ID | chaid CHA_ID } [-s]
dlnkmgr online [-path] [-pathid AutoPATH_ID] [-s]
dlnkmgr online [-path] [-hdev Host_Device_Name [-ospathid
6-16
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
OS_Path_ID]] [-s]
dlnkmgr online [-path] -hapath [-lu -pathid AutoPATH_ID]
[-s]
dlnkmgr online [-path] -dfha [-lu -pathid AutoPATH_ID] [s]
Valid value
AutoPATH_ID
{ 000000 - 999999 }(Decimal)
HBA_ID
{00000 - 99999}(Decimal)
CHA_ID
{00000 - 99999}(Decimal)
OS_Path_ID
{00000 - 99999}(Decimal)
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation
name = online, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
Reference
Using the view operation together with standard UNIX commands enables
you to filter the path information listed for a specific HBA port or CHA port.
For details about the view operation, see view (Displays Information) on page
6-33.
We recommend that you use the following command and verify the
information on the target paths before you execute the online operation to
place online all the paths connected to a specific HBA port or CHA port.
Example 1
The following example shows how to filter and display the information on
all paths that pass through the HBA port whose HBA adapter number is 04
and bus number is 01.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path | grep 04.01
The above command will display information on all the paths that pass
through the specified HBA port.
Example 2
The following example shows how to filter and display the information on
all paths that pass through the CHA port 0A of the Thunder 9500V series:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path -stname | grep
9500V | grep 0A
The above command will display information pertaining to only those
paths that pass through the specified CHA port.
set (Sets Up the Operating Environment)
The dlnkmgr command's set operation sets the HDLM operating
environment.
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-17
Format
To Set Up the HDLM Operating Environment
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set
{-lb {on [-lbtype {rr|exrr|lio|exlio|lbk|exlbk}]|off}
|-ellv error-log-collection-level
|-elfs error-log-file-size
|-elfn number-of-error-log-files
|-systflv trace-level
|-systfs trace-file-size
|-systfn number-of-trace-files
|-pchk {on [-intvl checking-interval]|off}
|-afb {on [-intvl checking-interval]|off}
|-iem { on [-intvl error-monitoring-interval]
[-iemnum number-of-times-error-is-to-occur] | off }
|-lic
|-audlog {on [-audlv audit-log-data-collection-level] [-category
[[ss] [a] [ca]|all]]|off}
|-audfac facility-value
|-lbpathusetimes number-of-path-use-times
|-expathusetimes number-of-path-use-times
|-dpc {on|off} [-pathid path-ID -lu|-pathid path-ID -storage]
|-dpcintvl checking-interval
}
[-s]
To Display the Format of the Set Operation
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -help
Parameters
To Set Up the HDLM Operating Environment
The table below shows the defaults and recommended values for each
setting. If you change the value of the set operation, the new value takes
effect immediately.
Table 6-2 Default and Recommended Values
Item name
Load balancing
6-18
Default value
Recommended value
on
on
The Extended Least I/Os
algorithm is used.
The recommended algorithm
depends on the operating
environment.
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Item name
Default value
Recommended value
Error log collection
level
3: Collect error information for
the Information level and
higher.
3: Collect error information for
the Information level and higher.
Error log file size
9900 (KB)
9900 (KB)
Number of error
log files
2
2
Trace level
0: Do not output any trace.
0: Do not output any trace.
Trace file size
1000 (KB)
1000 (KB)
Number of trace
files
4
4
Path health
checking
on (Interval is 30 minutes.)
on
Automatic failback
on (Interval is 60 minutes.)
The recommended checking
interval depends on the operating
environment.
Intermittent error
monitoring
off
on
The recommended checking
interval depends on the operating
environment.
The recommended checking
interval depends on the operating
environment.
Collecting audit log off
data
The recommended value depends
on the operating environment.
Set on, if you want to collect
audit log data.
Audit log facility
user
local0 to local7
Number of times
the same path can
be used for load
balancing
20
The recommended value depends
on the operating environment.
Number of times
the same path can
be used for
extended load
balancing
100
The recommended value depends
on the operating environment.
Dynamic I/O path
control#
off
off
The checking interval is 10
minutes.
The recommended checking
interval depends on the operating
environment.
#
This item is applied only when Hitachi AMS2000 series, Hitachi SMS
series, or HUS100 series storage is used.
-lb {on [-lbtype {rr|exrr|lio|exlio|lbk|exlbk}]|off}
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-19
Enables or disables load balancing.
on: Enabled
off: Disabled
Load balancing distributes load among paths and prevents the
performance of the entire system from deteriorating. As such, we
recommend that you set this parameter to on.
-lbtype {rr|exrr|lio|exlio|lbk|exlbk}
Specify the algorithm to be used for load balancing.
rr: The Round Robin algorithm
exrr: The Extended Round Robin algorithm
lio: The Least I/Os algorithm
exlio: The Extended Least I/Os algorithm
lbk: The Least Blocks algorithm
exlbk: The Extended Least Blocks algorithm
The type of algorithm specified by the -lbtype parameter remains
stored in the system, even when you disable the load balancing
function by specifying -lb off. Therefore, if when you re-enable the
load balancing function without specifying an algorithm, load
balancing will be performed according to the algorithm that is stored
in the system.
-ellv error-log-collection-level
Specify the level of error information you want to collect for an error log.
The HDLM manager log (dlmmgr[1-16].log) contains log files in which an
error log collection level can be set.
Table 6-3 Values of the Error Logging Level on page 6-20 shows the
values of the error logging level. If an error occurs, you may have to set
the error log collection level to 1 or higher to collect log information.
Table 6-3 Values of the Error Logging Level
Value
Description
0
Collects no error log.
1
Collects error information for the Error or higher level.
2
Collects error information for the Warning or higher level.
3
Collects error information for the Information or higher level.
4
Collects error information for the Information or higher level
(including maintenance information).
The higher the error log collection level value, the more log information
will be output. As the amount of log information that is output increases,
the amount of time before existing information will be overwritten
becomes shorter.
Example
6-20
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -ellv 1
KAPL01049-I Would you like to execute the operation?
Operation name = set [y/n]: y
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation
name = set, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
-elfs error-log-file-size
Specify a value from 100 to 2000000 (KB) for the size of the error log files
(dlmmgrn.log (n indicates a file number from 1 to 16)). The specified
value is used for HDLM manager logs.
By specifying both the log file size and the number of log files, you can
collect up to 32,000,000KB (approximately 30 GB) of error logs in total.
When the size of all the log files in a log file group reaches their maximum
value, the new log data will overwrite the existing log data, starting with
the oldest log data.
-elfn number-of error-log-files
Specify the number of error log files (dlmmgrn.log (n indicates a file
number from 1 to 16)). Specify a value from 2 to 16.
By specifying both the log file size and the number of log files, you can
collect up to 32,000,000KB (approximately 30GB) of error logs in total.
-systflv trace-level
Specify the trace output level.
The trace files for which trace levels can be set are hdlmtrn.log (n
indicates a file number from 1 to 64).
Table 6-4 Trace Level Values on page 6-21 shows the values of the trace
level. If an error occurs, set the trace level to 1 or higher to collect the
log information.
Table 6-4 Trace Level Values
Value
Description
0
Does not output any trace.
1
Only outputs error information.
2
Outputs a summary of program operation.
3
Outputs details of program operation.
4
Outputs all information.
The higher the error log collection level value, the more log information
will be output. As the amount of log information that is output increases,
the amount of time before existing information is overwritten becomes
shorter.
-systfs trace-file-size
Specify the size of the trace file in kilobytes. Specify a value from 100 to
16000.
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-21
When combined with the specification for the number of trace files, the
maximum size of the trace files that can be collected is 1024000KB.
If the value is changed to something smaller than the value that is
currently set, the execution confirmation message KAPL01097-W will be
displayed and the trace file will be deleted temporarily.
The trace files for which a file size can be set are hdlmtrn.log (n
indicates a file number from 1 to 64). The trace files are fixed in length.
Thus, even if the amount of written trace information is less than the
setting file size, the size of each output trace file is always the same.
When all the trace files become full, the new trace data will overwrite the
oldest trace data.
-systfn number-of-trace-files
Specify the number of trace files. Specify a value from 2 to 64.
When combined with the specification for the trace file size, the maximum
total size of the trace files that can be collected is 1024000KB.
If the value is changed to something smaller than the value that is
currently set, the execution confirmation message KAPL01097-W will be
displayed and the trace file will be deleted temporarily.
The trace files for which the number of files can be set are hdlmtrn.log
(n indicates a file number from 1 to 64).
-pchk {on [-intvl checking-interval]|off}
Enables or disables path health checking.
on: Enabled
off: Disabled
For a standby host, or a host connected to the Thunder 9500V series, or
Hitachi AMS/WMS series storage system, we recommend that you
activate path health checking so that you can detect errors in paths
where I/Os operations do not occur.
When you specify on, specify the checking interval of path health
checking by specifying the parameter immediately following on. If you do
not specify a checking interval, path health checking is executed in the
following interval:
¢
When the checking interval has not been specified before:
Every 30 minutes (default setting)
When the checking interval has been specified before:
The previously specified interval
The explanation for the following sub-parameter describes how to specify
the checking interval.
¢
-intvl checking-interval
Specify the checking interval between path health checks. Specify a
value from 1 to 1440 minutes depending on the user environment.
When you change the checking interval, the new setting takes effect
immediately. When the checking interval is shortened and the
checking interval after the change (from the end of the previous path
6-22
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
health check) has already elapsed, the path health check will start
over.
The path health check interval setting remains stored in the system
even if you disable the function by changing the path health checking
to off. Therefore, when you re-enable path health checking and do
not change the interval, the path health interval stored in the system
is used.
-afb {on [-intvl checking-interval]|off}
Enables or disables automatic failback.
on: Enabled
off: Disabled
Enabling automatic failbacks might automatically place online paths online
that were intentionally placed offline (for example, paths placed offline for
maintenance work).
If you want to prevent such paths from automatically being placed online,
disable this function. When intermittent errors occur in paths or storage
systems, statuses of paths alternates between the online and offline
status frequently, thus decreasing I/O performance.
Automatic failbacks are performed on the following types of paths:
¢
Paths where an error occurred and for which the KAPL08022-E
message was displayed.
Path where an error occurred during the startup of the HDLM
manager.
To prevent intermittent errors from deteriorating I/O performance, we
recommend that you also enable intermittent error monitoring when the
automatic failback function is enabled. Intermittent error monitoring is
specifiable only when automatic failbacks are enabled.
See Table 6-5 Relationship Between the Setting for the Automatic
Failback Function and Intermittent Error Monitoring and the Executable
Operations on page 6-26 for the relationship between automatic
failbacks and intermittent error monitoring.
When you specify on, specify the checking interval by specifying the
parameter immediately following on. If you do not specify a checking
interval, path statuses will be checked in the following way:
¢
¢
When the checking interval has not been specified before:
Every 60 minute (default setting)
When the checking interval has been specified before:
The previously used interval
The explanation for the following sub-parameter describes how to specify
the interval between path status checks.
¢
-intvl checking-interval
Specify the interval between path status checks. Specify a value from
1 to 1440 minutes. The default is 60. Specify an interval appropriate
for your operating environment.
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-23
If intermittent error monitoring is on and the number of times that the
error is to occur is set to a value of 2 or more, the following condition
must be satisfied:
error-monitoring-interval >= checking-interval-for-automaticfailback × number-of-times-error-is-to-occur-duringintermittent-error-monitoring
If this condition is not satisfied, the KAPL01080-W message will be
output and an error will occur. If this happens, change any of the
following settings: the checking interval for automatic failbacks,
intermittent error-monitoring interval, or the number of times that the
error is to occur.
When you set the number of times that the error is to occur to 1, the
above condition does not need to be satisfied.
When you changed the error monitor interval while intermittent error
monitoring is running, the new settings will take effect immediately.
When the checking interval is shortened and the checking interval
time after the change has already elapsed during the current checking
interval, the path status check will start over.
This setting remains stored in the system, even if you disable the
function by changing the setting of automatic failbacks to off.
Therefore, if you re-enable automatic failbacks and do not change the
interval, path status checks will be executed at the interval already
stored in the system.
-iem { on [-intvl error-monitoring-interval] [-iemnum number-of-timeserror-is-to-occur] | off }
Enables or disables intermittent error monitoring.
on: Enabled
off: Disabled
Intermittent error monitoring can be enabled only when automatic
failback is set to on.
When you use automatic failback, we recommend that you set
intermittent error monitoring to on to prevent an intermittent error from
reducing I/O performance.
If on is specified, be sure to also specify the intermittent error monitoring
interval and the number of times that the error is to occur. The system
assumes that an intermittent error is occurring if the specified number of
times that the error is to occur is reached during the monitoring interval.
A path that is assumed to have an intermittent error is excluded from
automatic failbacks. Intermittent error monitoring is performed on each
path. Intermittent error monitoring starts when a path is recovered from
an error by performing an automatic failback.
If you omit the intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of
times that the error is to occur, each setting is specified as follows:
¢
6-24
When the intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of
times that the error is to occur has not been specified before:
The intermittent error monitoring interval is set to 210 minutes, and
the number of times that the error is to occur is set to 3.
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
When the intermittent error monitoring interval or the number of
times that the error is to occur has been specified before:
The values specified from the last time are used.
When a value of 2 or more is specified for the number of times, the
following condition must be satisfied:
error-monitoring-interval >= checking-interval-for-automaticfailback × number-of-times-error-is-to-occur-during-intermittenterror-monitoring
If this condition is not satisfied, the KAPL01080-W message will be output
and an error will occur. If this happens, change any of the following
settings: the checking interval for automatic failback, intermittent error
monitoring interval, or the number of times that the error is to occur.
When you set the number of times that the error is to occur to 1, the
above condition does not need to be satisfied.
The following shows the sub-parameters that should be specified: the
error monitoring interval and the number of times that the error is to
occur:
¢
-intvl error-monitoring-interval
Specify the monitoring interval for an intermittent error. Use a value
from 1 to 1440 minutes. The default is 210.
During intermittent error monitoring, if changes are made to the
intermittent error monitoring interval setting or the setting for the
number of times that an error is to occur, the error count and the
elapsed time measured since monitoring has started are reset to 0.
When intermittent error monitoring is not being performed, if changes
are made in the settings of the intermittent error monitoring interval
or the number of times that an error is to occur, the new settings will
take effect after the next time an automatic failback is successful.
Because the errors and elapsed time are not counted or measured
while intermittent errors are not being monitored, the those values
will not change.
The monitoring interval specified in this parameter is stored even
though specifying -iem off disables intermittent error monitoring.
Therefore, when you re-enable intermittent error monitoring and a
monitoring interval is not specified, error monitoring will be performed
by using the stored monitoring interval.
-iemnum number-of-times-error-is-to-occur
Specify the number of times the error is to occur. Valid values are
from 1 to 99. The default is 3.
During intermittent error monitoring, if you change the number of
times that the error is to occur in order for the system to determine
that an intermittent error has occurred, the number of errors and the
time that has passed since intermittent error monitoring has started
are reset to 0. The changed setting will take effect immediately and
intermittent error monitoring will restart.
When intermittent error monitoring is not being performed, if you
change the number of times that the error is to occur in order for the
system to determine that an intermittent error has occurred, the new
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-25
value will take effect after the next automatic failback successfully
completes. When intermittent error monitoring is not being
performed, the number of errors that determine that an intermittent
error has occurred is not counted and this value is not changed.
The number of times that the error is to occur is stored in the system,
even when -iem off is specified and intermittent error monitoring is
disabled. Therefore, when you re-enable intermittent error monitoring
without specifying the number of times, the error monitoring will be
executed using the value stored in the system.
When the set -iem on operation is executed during error monitoring,
even though you do not change the conditions for intermittent error
monitoring, the number of errors and the time that has passed since the
error monitoring has started are reset to 0. Intermittent error monitoring
will then resume with the changed settings.
If you set the automatic failback function to off while intermittent error
monitoring is on, intermittent error monitoring will be disabled. Note,
however, that if you use the view -sys operation to display the HDLM
functionality configuration, Intermittent Error Monitor will be shown as
on. When the automatic failback function is returned to on, intermittent
error monitoring will once again be enabled.
The executable operations for the automatic failback function and
intermittent error monitoring depend on the settings for those functions.
The table below shows the relationship between the settings and available
operations for automatic failback and intermittent error monitoring.
Table 6-5 Relationship Between the Setting for the Automatic Failback
Function and Intermittent Error Monitoring and the Executable Operations
Setting
AFB
on
IEM
on
Available operation
Set AFB to on.
The operations of AFB and IEM do not
change.
Change the AFB setting.
AFB is performed under the new
settings.#1
Set AFB to off.
•
AFB and IEM are disabled.
•
The error count, elapsed monitoring
time, and information about paths
not subject to automatic failback
are cleared.
•
When a path is being monitored
(during a period of conditional
intermittent error monitoring), the
value of the error count and the
elapsed monitoring time are reset to
0, and then intermittent error
monitoring will restart.
•
When a path is not being
monitored, nothing changes.
Set IEM to on.
6-26
Result of operation
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Setting
AFB
IEM
Available operation
Change the IEM settings.
Set IEM to off.
off
off
on#2
off
Result of operation
•
While a path is being monitored, the
value of the error count and the
elapsed monitoring time are reset to
0, and then intermittent error
monitoring will restart.#1
•
When a path is not being
monitored, the IEM settings will
take effect again when the path is
recovered from the error status by
performing an automatic failback.
•
IEM is disabled.
•
The error count, elapsed monitoring
time, and information about paths
not subject to automatic failbacks
are cleared.
Set AFB to on.
The operations of AFB and IEM do not
change.
Change the AFB setting.
AFB operates using new settings.
Set AFB to off.
AFB is disabled.
Set IEM to on.
IEM is enabled.#1
Set AFB to on.
AFB and IEM are enabled.#1
Set AFB to off.
The operations of AFB and IEM do not
change.
Set AFB to on.
AFB is enabled.
Set AFB to off.
The operations of AFB and IEM do not
change.
Legend:
AFB: Automatic failback
IEM: Intermittent error monitoring
#1
When this condition is not satisfied, the KAPL01080-W message is output
and an error occurs. The status of intermittent error monitoring does not
change.
#2
Because automatic failback is off, intermittent error monitoring is
disabled.
Example
The following example shows how to monitor for intermittent errors.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -iem on -intvl 20 iemnum 2
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-27
KAPL01049-I Would you like to execute the operation?
Operation name = set [y/n]: y
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation
name = set, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
-lic
Specify this option for when a license is updated. The HDLM license is
provided via a license key or license key file. A license key file is a file
that stores the HDLM license key.
If a license key file is provided:
Store the license key file named hdlm_license directly under /var/
tmp, and then execute the set -lic operation. A message confirming
that the license key has been registered is displayed, depending on
the license key type defined in the license key file. When a temporary
license key or emergency license key has been registered, the
expiration period is displayed (KAPL01071-I, KAPL01072-I).
If a license key is provided:
When the set -lic operation is executed, a message (KAPL01068-I)
asking the user to enter a license key appears. Enter the license key.
A message confirming that the license key has been registered is
displayed, depending on the license key type described in the license
key file. When a temporary license key or emergency license key, the
expiration period is also displayed (KAPL01071-I, KAPL01072-I).
The following table lists and describes the license key types.
Table 6-6 License Key Types
Type
Description
Permanent license key
Permanent licenses are valid for using HDLM permanently.
Temporary license key#
Temporary license key are used temporarily, for example,
when a user needs to perform product evaluations.
Temporary licenses keys are valid for 120 days after the
installation. You cannot reuse a temporary license key.
Emergency license key
Emergency license keys are used temporarily, for example,
when waiting for issuing a permanent license key to be
issued. Emergency licenses keys are valid for 30 days after
they are entered. You cannot reuse an emergency license
key.
#
A temporary license key cannot be installed by using the dlnkmgr set
operation.
Example 1
The following example shows how to update the license key when the
license key file exists:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -lic
6-28
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
KAPL01049-I Would you like to execute the operation?
Operation name = set [y/n]: y
KAPL01071-I A permanent license was installed.
#
Example 2
The following example shows how to update the license key when the
license key file does not exist:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -lic
KAPL01049-I Would you like to execute the operation?
Operation name = set [y/n]: y
KAPL01083-I There is no license key file. File name =/var/tmp/
hdlm_license
KAPL01068-I Enter a license key:*************
KAPL01071-I A permanent license was installed.
#
-audlog {on [-audlv audit-log-data-collection-level] [-category [[ss]
[a] [ca]|all]]|off}
Specifies whether to collect audit log data.
on: Audit log data is collected.
off: Audit log data is not collected.
-audlv audit-log-data-collection-level
Specifies the severity level of audit log data to be collected. The table
below lists and describes the values used for this setting. The default
is 6.
Table 6-7 Values Indicating Audit Log Data Collection Levels
Value (severity)
0
Explanation
No audit log data is collected.
1
2
Critical-level audit log data is collected.
3
Critical-level and Error-level audit log data is collected.
4
Critical-level, Error-level, and Warning-level audit log data is
collected.
5
6
7
Critical-level, Error-level, Warning-level, and Informationallevel audit log data is collected.
-category [[ss] [a] [ca]|all]
Specifies the categories of audit log data to be collected. The table
below lists and describes the values used for this setting. The default
is all. Note that if you enter -category without specifying any
category (ss, a, ca, or all), it is assumed that all is specified.
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-29
Table 6-8 Values Indicating Audit Log Data Categories
Value
Explanation
ss
Audit log events of the StartStop category are collected.
a
Audit log events of the Authentication category are
collected.
ca
Audit log events of the ConfigurationAccess category are
collected.
all
Audit log events of the StartStop, Authentication, and
ConfigurationAccess categories are collected.
-audfac facility-value
Specifies the audit log facility.
The table below lists the values used for this setting. The default is user.
Table 6-9 Values of the Audit Log Facility
Value
Corresponding facility value in the /etc/syslog.conf file
user or 1
user
local0 or 16
local0
local1 or 17
local1
local2 or 18
local2
local3 or 19
local3
local4 or 20
local4
local5 or 21
local5
local6 or 22
local6
local7 or 23
local7
-lbpathusetimes number-of-path-use-times
Specifies the number of times the same path can be used for I/O
operations when the Round Robin (rr), Least I/Os (lio), or Least Blocks
(lbk) algorithm is used for load balancing.
You can specify a decimal (base 10) value from 0 to 999999. The default
is 20.
If you specify 0, operation is the same as when load balancing is disabled.
-expathusetimes number-of-path-use-times
Specifies the number of times the same path can be used for sequential I/
O operations when the extended Round Robin (exrr), Least I/Os (exlio),
or Least Blocks (exlbk) algorithm is used for load balancing.
6-30
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
You an specify a decimal (base 10) value from 0 to 999999. The default is
100.
If you specify 0, the same path is used as long as the sequential I/O
operations continue.
-dpc {on|off} [-pathid path-ID -lu | -pathid path-ID -storage]
Enables or disables the dynamic I/O path control function for each
storage system or LU. The default value is "off".
on: Enabled
off: Disabled
-pathid path-ID -lu
Sets the dynamic I/O path control function to enabled or disabled for
each LU. Specify one of the IDs of the paths connected to the target
LU.
-pathid path-ID -storage
Sets the dynamic I/O path control function to enabled or disabled for
each storage system. Specify one of the IDs of the paths connected to
the target storage system.
If the -pathid parameter is not specified, the setting is performed for
each system, and the setting for each storage system or LU is cleared.
-dpcintvl checking-interval
Specifies the checking interval (in minutes) for reviewing information
about switching of controllers performed by the storage system which is
used in the dynamic I/O path control function. Specify a value in the
range from 1 to 1440. The default value is "10".
-s
Executes the command without displaying the message asking for
confirmation of command execution from the user. Specify this parameter
if you want to skip the response to the confirmation message: for
example, when you want to execute the command in a shell script or
batch file.
To Display the Format of the Set Operation
-help
Displays the format of the set operation.
Example
The following example shows how to display the format of the set
operation:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr set -help
set:
Format
dlnkmgr set { -lb on [ -lbtype { rr | exrr | lio | exlio
| lbk | exlbk } ]
| -lb off
| -ellv ElogLevel
| -elfs ElogFileSize
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-elfn Number-Of-ElogFiles
-systflv TraceLevel
-systfs TraceFileSize
-systfn Number-Of-TraceFiles
-pchk on [ -intvl Interval-Time ]
-pchk off
-afb on [ -intvl Interval-Time ]
-afb off
-iem on
[ -intvl Error-Monitor-Interval ]
[ -iemnum Number-Of-Times ]
-iem off
-lic
-audlog on
[ -audlv AudlogLevel ]
[ -category Category-Value ]
-audlog off
-audfac { Facility-Name | Facility-Number }
-lbpathusetimes Number-Of-PathUseTimes
-expathusetimes Number-Of-ExPathUseTimes
-dpc { on | off } [-pathid AutoPATH_ID { -
|
|
|
|
|
lu | -storage } ]
| -dpcintvl Dpc-Interval
}
[-s]
Valid value
ElogLevel
{ 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 }
Value 3)
ElogFileSize
{ 100 - 2000000 }(KB)
Value 9900)
Number-Of-ElogFiles
{ 2 - 16 }(Files)
Value 2)
TraceLevel
{ 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 }
Value 0)
TraceFileSize
{ 100 - 16000 }(KB)
Value 1000)
Number-Of-TraceFiles
{ 2 - 64 }(Files)
Value 4)
Interval-Time
{ 1 - 1440 }(Minute)
Value 30)
(pchk)
Interval-Time
{ 1 - 1440 }(Minute)
Value 60)
(afb)
Error-Monitor-Interval
{ 1 - 1440 }(Minute)
Value 210)
Number-Of-Times
{ 1 - 99 }(Times)
Value 3)
AudlogLevel
{ 0 - 7 }
Value 6)
Category-Value
{ [ss] [a] [ca] |
all }
Value all)
Facility-Name
{ user |
local0 - local7 }
Value user)
Facility-Number
{ 1 | 16 - 23 }
Value 1)
6-32
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
(Default
(Default
(Default
(Default
(Default
(Default
(Default
(Default
(Default
(Default
(Default
(Default
(Default
(Default
Number-Of-PathUseTimes
Value 20)
Number-Of-ExPathUseTimes
Value 100)
AutoPATH_ID
Dpc-Interval
Value 10)
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command
name = view, completion time
#
{ 0 - 999999 }(Times) (Default
{ 0 - 999999 }(Times) (Default
{ 000000 - 999999 }(Decimal)
{ 1 - 1440 }(Minute) (Default
completed normally. Operation
= yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
view (Displays Information)
The view option displays HDLM program information, path information, LU
information, HBA port information, CHA port information, and the
correspondences between hdisks, OS management path IDs, and LDEVs.
Format
To Display Program Information
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys
[-sfunc|-msrv|-adrv|-pdrv|-lic|-audlog|-lbpathusetimes|expathusetimes]
[-t]
To Display Path Information
To display path information
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path
[-hdev host-device-name]
[-stname]
[-iem]
[-srt {pn|lu|cp}]
[-hbaportwwn]
[-t]
To display path information (by selecting a display item)
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path -item
[pn] [dn] [lu] [cp] [type] [ic] [ie] [dnu] [hd] [iep]
[hbaportwwn] [vid] [ha]
[-hdev host-device-name]
[-stname]
[-srt {pn|lu|cp}]
[-t]
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-33
To display a summary of path information
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -path -c
[-stname]
[-srt {lu|cp}]
[-t]
To Display LU Information
To display LU information
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -lu
[-hdev host-device-name | -pathid AutoPATH_ID]
[-t]
To display LU information (by adding items to be displayed)
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -lu -item
[ [slpr] [pn] [cp] [clpr] [type] [ic] [ie] [dnu] [iep]
[vg] [dpc] [vid] [ha] [hastat] | all ]
[-hdev host-device-name | -pathid AutoPATH_ID]
[-t]
To display a summary of LU information
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -lu -c [-t]
To display a summary of LU information (by adding items to be
displayed)
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -lu -c -item
[[slpr] [vg] | all ]
[-t]
To Display HBA Port Information
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -hba [-srt pb] [portwwn] [-t]
To Display CHA Port Information
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -cha [-srt cp] [-t]
Correspondences Between hdisks, OS Management Path IDs, and LDEVs
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -drv [-t]
To Display the Format of the View Operation
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -help
6-34
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Parameters
This section describes the parameters for the view operation, in the following
order:
To Display Program Information on page 6-35
To Display Path Information on page 6-42
To Display LU Information on page 6-54
To Display HBA Port Information on page 6-64
To Display CHA Port Information on page 6-66
To Display the Correspondences Between hdisks, OS Management Path IDs,
and LDEVs on page 6-67
To Display the Format of the View Operation on page 6-68
To Display Program Information
-sys [-sfunc|-msrv|-adrv|-pdrv|-lic|-audlog|-lbpathusetimes|expathusetimes]
Displays the HDLM program information.
Use one of the sub-parameters (following -sys) to specify the program
information that you want to display. If you do not specify a subparameter, the command displays all of the program information except
the information about the audit log data collection settings, the number of
times the same path can be used for load balancing, and the number of
times the same path can be used for extended load balancing.
Table 6-10 Displayed Program Information on page 6-35 describes the
specifiable parameters, displayed information, displayed items, and a
corresponding description.
-t
Does not display the title for each information item.
Table 6-10 Displayed Program Information
Parameter
and
program
informatio
n to be
displayed
-sfunc
Item
HDLM Version
Information Service Pack
about the
Version
HDLM
function
Load Balance
settings
Description
HDLM version number
HDLM SP version number. This item is blank if no a
SP is present.
Settings for load balancing
•
Setting status:
on: Enabled
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-35
Parameter
and
program
informatio
n to be
displayed
Item
Description
off: Disabled
•
Algorithm
When the setting status of load balancing is on,
one of the following types of algorithms is used
for load balancing is displayed in the
parentheses following on.
rr: The Round Robin algorithm
extended rr: The Extended Round Robin
algorithm
lio: The Least I/Os algorithm
extended lio: The Extended Least I/Os
algorithm
lbk: The Least Blocks algorithm
extended lbk: The Extended Least Blocks
algorithm
Support
Cluster
Blank#
Elog Level
Error logging level:
Elog File Size
(KB)
•
0: Collects no error information.
•
1: Collects error information at the Error level or
higher.
•
2: Collects error information at the Warning
level or higher.
•
3: Collects error information at the Information
level or higher.
•
4: Collects error information at the Information
level or higher (including maintenance
information).
Size of the error log file in kilobytes
Number Of Elog Number of error log files
Files
Trace Level
6-36
Trace output level:
•
0: Does not output any trace.
•
1: Only outputs error information.
•
2: Outputs a summary of program operation.
•
3: Outputs details of program operation.
•
4: Outputs all information.
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Parameter
and
program
informatio
n to be
displayed
Item
Description
Trace File
Size(KB)
Trace file size in kilobytes
Number Of
Trace Files
Number of trace files.
Path Health
Checking
•
Settings for path health checking:
on: Enabled
off: Disabled
•
Checking interval:
When the setting of the path health checking is
on, the checking interval of path health checking
is displayed within the parentheses following on.
The time is in minutes.
Auto Failback
•
Settings for an automatic failback:
on: Enabled
off: Disabled
•
Checking interval:
When the setting of the automatic failback is on,
the checking interval of automatic failback is
displayed within the parentheses following on.
The time is in minutes.
Intermittent
Error Monitor
•
Setting for intermittent error monitoring
on: Enabled
off: Disabled
When automatic failback is off, intermittent
error monitoring is disabled although
Intermittent Error Monitor will be shown as
on. When the automatic failback function is on,
intermittent error monitoring will be enabled.
•
Intermittent error monitoring interval and
number of times that the error needs to occur
When intermittent error monitoring is on, the
specified intermittent error monitoring interval
and number of times that the error needs to
occur are displayed within the parentheses
following on. The format is number-of-timeserror-is-to-occur/monitoring-interval. The time
is in minutes.
Dynamic I/O
Path Control
Setting status of the dynamic I/O path control
function
•
Setting status
on: Enabled off: Disabled
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-37
Parameter
and
program
informatio
n to be
displayed
Item
Description
•
Checking interval
The parentheses following the setting status
shows the checking interval for reviewing
information about the switching of controllers
performed by the storage system. "Minute" is
used as the unit.
If different settings have been specified for each
storage system or LU, an asterisk (*) is added
after the parentheses in which the checking
interval is displayed.
-msrv
HDLM Manager
Alive: Normal
Information
about the
HDLM
manager
Ver
-adrv
Dead: Stopped
Version number of the HDLM manager
WakeupTime
Startup time of the HDLM manager
HDLM Alert
Driver
Status of the HDLM alert driver:
Information
about the
HDLM alert
driver
Ver
-pdrv
Alive: Normal
Dead: Stopped
Version number of the HDLM alert driver
WakeupTime
Startup time of the HDLM alert driver
ElogMem Size
Size of error log memory for the HDLM alert driver in
kilobytes
HDLM Driver
Status of the HDLM driver:
Information
about the
HDLM
driver
Ver
-lic
Status of the HDLM manager:
Alive: Normal
Dead: Stopped
Version number of the HDLM driver
WakeupTime
Startup time of the HDLM driver
License Type
License type
Information
about the
HDLM
license
Expiration
•
Permanent: permanent license
•
Temporary: temporary license
•
Emergency: emergency license
License expiration
When using a permanent license: When using a temporary license or emergency
license: The license expiration period is displayed in
the format: yyyy/mm/dd (ndays after). When the
6-38
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Parameter
and
program
informatio
n to be
displayed
Item
Description
view -sys -lic operation is executed, (ndays
after) appears if there are n days left until the
license period expires.
•
When there are 100 days left until the license
period (2006/08/21) expires
2006/08/21(100days after)
-audlog
Audit Log
Settings for audit log data collection:
•
Information
about audit
log data
collection
settings
Whether collection is enabled:
on: Enabled
off: Disabled
•
Audit log data collection level:
When audit log data collection is on, the
collection level that has been set is displayed
within the parentheses following on. The
collection level indicates a severity level. A value
from 0 to 7 is displayed as the collection value.
Audit Log
Category
The categories of audit log data to be output are
displayed. When more than one category is
displayed, commas (,) are used as separators.
ss: StartStop
a: Authentication
ca: ConfigurationAccess
If all the above categories are specified, all is
displayed.
If the collection of audit log data is disabled, a
hyphen (-) is displayed.
Audit Log
Facility
The name of the audit log facility is displayed. user,
local0, local1, local2, local3, local4, local5,
local6, or local7 is displayed.
If the collection of audit log data is disabled, a
hyphen (-) is displayed.
lbpathuse
times
The
number of
times the
same path
can be
used for
load
balancing
Times Same
Path Was Used
The number of times the same path can be used for
I/O operations when the Round Robin (rr), Least I/
Os (lio), or Least Blocks (lbk) algorithm is used for
load balancing.
If you used Global Link Manager to set the number
of times the same path can be used in units of LUs,
an asterisk (*) is added after the value.
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-39
Parameter
and
program
informatio
n to be
displayed
expathuse
times
The
number of
times the
same path
can be
used for
extended
load
balancing
Item
Times Same
ExPath Was
Used
Description
The number of times the same path can be used for
sequential I/O operations when the extended Round
Robin (exrr), Least I/Os (exlio), or Least Blocks
(exlbk) algorithm is used for load balancing.
If you used Global Link Manager to set the number
of times the same path can be used in units of LUs,
an asterisk (*) is added after the value.
#
When you use cluster software, the settings of the cluster support
function and the product name of the cluster software is not
displayed. However, the cluster support function will operate
normally.
Examples
Example 1
The following example shows how to display information about the HDLM
function settings:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys -sfunc
HDLM Version
: x.x.x-xx
Service Pack Version
:
Load Balance
: on(extended lio)
Support Cluster
:
Elog Level
: 3
Elog File Size(KB)
: 9900
Number Of Elog Files
: 2
Trace Level
: 1
Trace File Size(KB)
: 1000
Number Of Trace Files
: 4
Path Health Checking
: on(30)
Auto Failback
: on(60)
Intermittent Error Monitor
: off
Dynamic I/O Path Control
: off(10)
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
Example 2
The following example shows how to display information about the HDLM
manager.
6-40
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys -msrv
HDLM Manager
Ver
WakeupTime
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
Example 3
The following example shows how to display information about the HDLM
alert driver.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys -adrv
HDLM Alert Driver Ver
WakeupTime
ElogMem Size
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss 4000
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
Example 4
The following example shows how to display information about the HDLM
driver.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys -pdrv
HDLM Driver
Ver
WakeupTime
Alive
x.x.x-xx
yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
Example 5
The following example shows how to display information about the HDLM
license.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys -lic
License Type Expiration
Permanent
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
Example 6
The following example shows how to display information about the audit
log settings:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys -audlog
Audit Log
: off
Audit Log Category
: Audit Log Facility
: KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
Example 7
The following example shows how to display the number of times the
same path can be used for load balancing:
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-41
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys -lbpathusetimes
Times Same Path Was Used
: 20
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
Example 8
The following example shows how to display the number of times the
same path can be used for extended load balancing:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -sys -expathusetimes
Times Same ExPath Was Used
: 100
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
To Display Path Information
When displaying path information, if you specify either the -item or -c
parameter and also specify the -path parameter, you can select the items to
display and display a summary of path information. This section describes
each parameter, path information and displayed items.
Parameters to display path information:
-path
When you specify the -path parameter and do not specify either the -c or
-item parameter, the information will be displayed about the HDLM
managed paths without abbreviating or selecting items.
In the sub-parameters (following -path), you can filter the paths to be
listed using -hdev and sort the list using -srt. When you omit both
parameters, the command displays information for all the paths in order
of increasing AutoPATH_IDs.
For details on what is displayed in each item, see Table 6-12 Displayed
Path Information on page 6-48.
AutoPATH_IDs displayed by the -path parameter depend on the sequence
in which HDLM detects the paths after when a host is started up. Because
of this, make sure that you use the path name PathName to identify a
path.
The sub-parameters are as follows:
-hdev host-device-name
Displays information only for the paths accessing the specified host
device.
Specify hdisk name for host-device-name.
The host-device-name string is case -sensitive.
-stname
6-42
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Use this parameter to display the model ID of the storage system in
the product ID element of the DskName field. When this parameter is
omitted, the command displays the product ID or emulation type of
the storage system instead.
For details about the information displayed for product IDs, see Table
6-14 Product ID Displayed by the View -Path Operation on page
6-53.
-iem
Use this parameter to add IEP to path information and display
information about intermittent errors.
-srt {pn|lu|cp}
Use this parameter to sort the path information in ascending order,
according to the specified sorting keys.
The sorting keys are as follows: the first sorting key is the name of
the storage system (DskName), the second sorting key is the value
specified by the -srt parameter, and the third sorting key is
AutoPATH_ID.
The available parameter values to specify the second sorting key are:
•
pn: Path name
•
lu: LU number of the storage system
•
cp: Port number of the CHA
When the -srt parameter is omitted, the path information is listed in
ascending order of AutoPATH_IDs.
-hbaportwwn
Displays port WWN information for the HBAs connected to the storage
system.
-t
Omits the title for each information item.
Example
The following example shows how to display information about the
paths that access a host device hdisk1.
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-43
Parameters to display path information by selecting a display item:
-path -item
When you specify the -path parameter together with the -item
parameter, the command only displays the items specified by the value of
the -item parameter.
If you specify no value for the -item parameter, only the PathID and the
Status fields are displayed.
The following table lists the correspondence between the display items
that can be selected by using the -item parameter and the parameter
values that can be specified after the -item parameter.
Table 6-11 Items That Can Be Selected by the -path -item Parameter and
the Sub-parameters
Selectable items
Sub-parameters
PathID#
None
PathName
pn
DskName
dn
iLU
lu
ChaPort
cp
Status#
None
Type
type
IO-Count
ic
IO-Errors
ie
DNum
dnu
HDevName
hd
IEP
iep
HBAPortWWN
hbaportwwn
Physical-DskName
vid
Physical-iLU
vid
Physical-ChaPort
vid
Org-DskName
ha
Org-iLU
ha
#
Because both PathID and Status are always displayed, you do not have
to specify any parameters.
In the sub-parameters following -path -item, you can list the paths (hdev) and sort the list (-srt). If you omit both parameters, the command
displays information for all the paths in ascending order of AutoPATH_IDs.
These sub-parameters are:
6-44
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
-hdev host-device-name
Displays information only for the paths accessing the specified host
device.
Specify hdisk name for host-device-name.
The host-device-name string is case sensitive.
When you specify this parameter, HDevName is displayed by default.
Therefore, it is not necessary to specify hd for the -item parameter.
-stname
Use this parameter to display the model ID of the storage system in
the product ID element of the DskName field. When this parameter is
omitted, the command displays the product ID or emulation type of
the storage system instead.
For details about the information displayed for product IDs, see Table
6-14 Product ID Displayed by the View -Path Operation on page
6-53.
When you use this parameter, DskName is displayed by default.
Therefore, it is not necessary to specify dn for the -item parameter.
-srt {pn|lu|cp}
Use this parameter to sort the path information in ascending order,
according to the specified sorting keys.
The sorting keys are as follows: the first sorting key is the name of
the storage system (DskName), the second sorting key is the value
specified by the -srt parameter, and the third sorting key is
AutoPATH_ID.
The available parameter values to specify the second sorting key are:
•
pn: Path name
•
lu: LU number of the storage system
•
cp: Port number of the CHA
When the -srt parameter is omitted, the path information is listed in
ascending order of AutoPATH_IDs.
When you use this parameter, the items used for the sorting keys
(DskName, AutoPATH_ID, and the item specified by this parameter)
are displayed by default. Therefore, it is not necessary to specify
these items for the -item parameter.
-t
Omits the title for each information item.
Example
In the following example, IO-Count is selected as the display item
and the path information is sorted in ascending order by LUs.
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-45
To display a summary of path information
-path -c
If the -c parameter is specified at the same time as the -path parameter,
only PathID, DskName, iLU, CP, Status, and Type are displayed for the
path information. The displayed contents are also shortened, so that each
path information item is displayed on a single line.
The items that are displayed are PathID, DskName, iLU, CP, Status, and
Type.
For details on what is displayed for each item, see Table 6-12 Displayed
Path Information on page 6-48.
When you use the -c parameter, the number of characters that can be
displayed in the product ID element of the DskName field is limited to 10.
When there are 11 or more characters in the product ID, the 8th and
following characters are abbreviated to ellipses (...).
The sub-parameters (following -path -c) are:
-stname
Use this parameter to display the model ID of the storage system in
the product ID element of the DskName field. When this parameter is
omitted, the command displays the product ID or emulation type of
the storage system instead.
6-46
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
For details about the information about product IDs, see Table 6-14
Product ID Displayed by the View -Path Operation on page 6-53.
-srt {lu|cp}
Use this parameter to sort the path information in ascending order,
according to the specified sorting key.
The sorting keys are as follows: the first sorting key is the name of
the storage system (DskName), the second sorting key is the value
specified by the -srt parameter, and the third sorting key is
AutoPATH_ID.
The available parameter values to specify the second sorting key are:
•
lu: LU number of the storage system
•
cp: Port number of the CHA
When the -srt parameter is omitted, the path information is listed in
ascending order of AutoPATH_IDs.
-t
Omits the title for each information item.
Example
The following example shows how to display a summary of the path
information in order of iLUs.
Displayed path information
Table 6-12 Displayed Path Information on page 6-48 describes the displayed
path information. The following explains the table headings:
•
No summary displayed: The user specifies only the -path parameter or
the-path -item parameter.
•
Summary displayed: The user specifies the -path -c parameter.
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-47
Table 6-12 Displayed Path Information
Displayed Item
No
summary
displayed
Description
Summary
displayed
Paths
Total number of displayed paths, indicated by a decimal (i.e.,
base 10) number.
OnlinePaths
Number of online paths from within the displayed paths,
indicated by a decimal number. When the value of Paths
equals the value of OnlinePaths, then all the paths are online.
If the value of OnlinePaths is less than that of Paths, some
paths are offline. In this case, you should check the offline
paths and take appropriate action for any paths that have an
error status.
PathStatus
Status of the displayed paths. The displayed status indicates
the following:
•
Online: All paths are available.
•
Reduced: Some paths are not available.
Reduced means that some paths might have an error status, in
which case you should check the status of individual paths and
resolve the problem for any paths that have an error status.
IO-Count
Total I/O count for all the displayed paths, indicated by a
decimal number. The maximum value that can be displayed is
232 - 1 (4294967295). If the total I/O count reaches the
maximum value, it is reset, and the count is re-started from 0.
IO-Errors
Total I/O error count for all the displayed paths, indicated by a
decimal number. The maximum value that can be displayed is
232 - 1 (4294967295). If the total I/O error count reaches the
maximum value, it is reset, and the count is re-started from 0.
PathID
The AutoPATH_ID indicated by a decimal number.
The AutoPATH_ID is assigned every time the host is restarted
or when a path configuration is changed. When a new LU was
added and the host has not been restarted, AutoPATH_ID is
assigned to each path of the LU when you execute the cfgmgr
command.
PathName#
1
-
The path name, which indicates a path. When you modify the
system configuration or replace a hardware item, you should
check the path names to identify the path that will be affected
by the change. Path name consists of the following four
elements, separated by periods:
•
HBA adapter number or adapter type (character string)
•
Bus number or adapter number (character string)
•
Target ID (hexadecimal number)
•
Host LU number (hexadecimal number)
For details about each element of the path name and its
representation in AIX, see Table 6-13 Elements of a Path
Name on page 6-52.
6-48
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Displayed Item
No
summary
displayed
DskName#1
Description
Summary
displayed
DskName
Storage system name, which identifies the storage system that
is accessed by a path.
A storage system name consists of the following three
elements, separated by periods:
•
Vendor ID: The name of the storage system vendor (for
example, HITACHI).
•
Product ID: Indicates the storage system product ID,
emulation type, or model name (for example, OPEN-3).
•
Serial number: The serial number of the storage system
(for example, 15001).
You can identify an actual storage system by referencing the
above information from the storage system management
program.
iLU#1
iLU
LU number of the storage system
This number combined with the storage system name (shown
in DskName) identifies the LU that is accessed by a path.
ChaPort#1
CP
•
For the Lightning 9900V series, Hitachi NSC55, Hitachi
Universal Storage Platform 100, Hitachi Universal Storage
Platform 600, Hitachi Universal Storage Platform 1100, or
HUS VM, indicated by a hexadecimal number. The first two
characters of iLU are the CU number, and the last two
characters are the internal LU number within the CU.
•
For XP10000/XP12000, or SVS, indicated by a
hexadecimal number. The first three characters of iLU are
the CU number, and the last two characters are the
internal LU number within the CU. The first character of
the CU number is the value 0.
•
For the Thunder 9500V series, Hitachi AMS2000/AMS/
WMS/SMS series, or HUS100 series, indicated by a
decimal number. The entire value of iLU is the internal LU
number within the storage system. You can identify an
actual LU by referencing iLU from the storage system
management program.
•
For Universal Storage Platform V/VM series, or Virtual
Storage Platform series indicated by a hexadecimal
number. The first two characters of iLU are the number of
the logical DKC (Disk Controller), the middle two numbers
are the CU number, and the last two characters are the
internal LU number within the CU.
Port number of the CHA, which identifies the CHA port that is
mounted on the storage system.
You can identify an actual CHA port by referencing this number
from the storage system management program.
Status
Status of the path
•
Online: Online
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-49
Displayed Item
No
summary
displayed
Description
Summary
displayed
•
Offline(C): Offline status caused by a command
operation
•
Offline(E): Offline due to an error
•
Online(E): Failure has occurred (If none of the paths
accessing one LU have an Online status, one of those
paths is changed to the Online(E) status.)
Paths that are Offline(E) or Online(E) require corrective
action. The appropriate action can be determined by referring
to What To Do for a Path Error on page 5-3.
Type#1
Type
Attribute of the path
•
Own: Owner path
•
Non: Non-owner path
When connecting to the Lightning 9900V series, Hitachi USP
series, Universal Storage Platform V/VM series, Virtual Storage
Platform series, Hitachi AMS2000 series#2, Hitachi SMS
series#2, HUS100 series#2, or HUS VM, all paths are owner
paths.
IOCount#1
-
Total I/O count for the path, indicated by a decimal number.
The maximum value that can be displayed is 232 - 1
(4294967295). If the total I/O count reaches the maximum
value, it will re-start from 0.
To reset the IO-Count value to 0, execute the dlnkmgr
command's clear operation. Executing the clear operation
also resets the number of I/O errors (IO-Errors) to 0. For
details about the clear operation, see clear (Returns the Path
Statistics to the Initial Value) on page 6-3.
IOErrors#1
-
Total I/O error count for the path, indicated by a decimal
number. The maximum value that can be displayed is 232 - 1
(4294967295). If the total I/O error count reaches the
maximum value, it will re-start from 0.
To reset the IO-Errors value to 0, execute the dlnkmgr
command's clear operation. Executing the clear operation
also clears the number of I/O operations (IO-Count) to 0.
For details about the clear operation, see clear (Returns the
Path Statistics to the Initial Value) on page 6-3.
DNum#1
-
Dev number, indicated by a decimal number.
This item pertains to a logical volume number.
There is one Dev in an LU, so the number is fixed to 0.
HDevName#
-
1
IEP#1
Host device name.
Hdisk name is displayed.
-
Information about the intermittent error.
This item is displayed only when you specify -iem with the path parameter.
6-50
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Displayed Item
No
summary
displayed
Description
Summary
displayed
One of the following values is displayed for each path:
•
Indicates that intermittent error monitoring is disabled or
the monitoring time for an intermittent error is out of
range.
•
A value of at least 0
Indicates the number of errors that occurred during
intermittent error monitoring.
•
*
Indicates that an intermittent error occurred (automatic
failbacks do not check the path).
HBAPortWW
N#1
-
A 16-digit hexadecimal number indicating the WWN
information for an HBA connected to the storage system.
This item is displayed only when you specify -iem together
with the -hbaportwwn parameter.
PhysicalDskName
-
When a path is migrated using a virtual ID, displays the name
of the storage system that is connected by the migrationdestination path.
A storage system name consists of the following three
elements, separated by periods:
•
Vendor ID: The name of the storage system vendor.
•
Product ID: Indicates the storage system product ID,
emulation type, or model name.
•
Serial number: The serial number of the storage system.
When a virtual ID is not used, a hyphen (-) is displayed.
PhysicaliLU
-
When a path is migrated using a virtual ID, displays LU
number in the storage system that is connected by the
migration-destination path.
•
For HUS VM, indicated by a hexadecimal number. The first
two characters of iLU are the CU number, and the last two
characters are the internal LU number within the CU.
•
For Hitachi Virtual Storage Platform, indicated by a
hexadecimal number. The first two characters of iLU are
the number of the logical DKC (Disk Controller), the
middle two numbers are the CU number, and the last two
characters are the internal LU number within the CU.
When a virtual ID is not used, a hyphen (-) is displayed.
PhysicalChaPort
-
When a path is migrated using a virtual ID, displays port
number of the CHA that is connected by the migrationdestination path.
When a virtual ID is not used, a hyphen (-) is displayed.
Legend:
-: Not displayed
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-51
#1
The path information is displayed only when a value is specified for the path -item parameter.
#2
This storage system applies when the dynamic I/O path control function is
disabled.
Table 6-13 Elements of a Path Name
Element
Corresponding
information
AIX representation
HBA adapter number
(example: 08)#1
HBA adapter number
The HBA adapter number,
which is displayed by
executing the lsdev -Cc
disk command
Bus number (example:
14)#1
PCI bus number
The parent bus number,
which is displayed by
executing the lsdev -Cc
disk command
Adapter type (example:
00)#2
None
Always 00
Adapter number (example:
01)#2
fscsi number (the xx part
of fscsixx)
The fscsi number, which is
displayed by executing the
lsdev -C command
Target ID (example:
00000000000000E2)
Target ID
The value of scsi_id, which
is displayed by executing
the lsattr -El hdisk-name
command
Host LU number(example:
0001)
Logical unit ID or LUN
The value of lun_id, which
is displayed by executing
the lsattr -El hdisk-name
command
#1
This element is applied when the NPIV option is set to off for the
dlmodmset utility for setting the HDLM execution environment ODM.
#2
This element is applied when the NPIV option is set to on for the
dlmodmset utility for setting the HDLM execution environment ODM.
6-52
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Table 6-14 Product ID Displayed by the View -Path Operation
Product ID
Model names of storage
systems
Thunder 9500V series
With the -stname
parameter
(Displays the following
for the model name)
Without the -stname
parameter
product identifier#
9500V
Hitachi AMS2000 series
AMS
Hitachi AMS series
AMS
Hitachi WMS series
WMS
Hitachi SMS series
SMS
HUS100 series
HUS100
Lightning 9900V series
Emulation type#
SVS
9970/9980
SVS
•
Hitachi Universal
Storage Platform 100
USP
•
Hitachi Universal
Storage Platform 600
•
Hitachi Universal
Storage Platform 1100
•
Hitachi NSC55
•
Hitachi Universal
Storage Platform V
•
Hitachi Universal
Storage Platform VM
USP_V
Hitachi Virtual Storage
Platform
VSP
HUS VM
HUS_VM
P9500
P9500
XP128
XP128
XP1024
XP1024
XP10000
XP10000
XP12000
XP12000
XP20000
XP20000
XP24000
XP24000
#
When a summary is displayed by specifying the -path -c parameter and
there are 11 or more characters in the summary string, any characters
after the 9th character are not displayed,and ellipsis (...) are displayed
instead.
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-53
To Display LU Information
When displaying LU information, if the -item parameter, -c parameter, or
the -c -item parameter is specified at the same time as the -lu parameter,
you can add and display items and display a summary of LU information. This
section describes each parameter and the LU information and displayed
items.
To display LU information
-lu
When neither the -c nor -item parameter is specified with the -lu
parameter, the information about the LU recognized by HDLM is displayed
without selecting items to be displayed or displaying a summary. The
sorting key is iLU and its configuration information is displayed for each
LU.
By using the subsequent parameter (-hdev or -pathid), you can filter the
LU information to be displayed. If you do not specify -hdev or -pathid,
the information about all LUs recognized by HDLM is displayed. For details
on the contents of each displayed item, see Table 6-17 Displayed LU
Information on page 6-59.
The subsequent parameters are:
-hdev host-device-name
Filters the information only for the paths accessing the specified host
device.
Specify hdisk name for host-device-name.
The host-device-name string is case-sensitive.
-pathid AutoPATH_ID
Use this parameter to display only the information about the LU that
is connected to the path with that specified AutoPATH_ID.
-t
Omits the title for each information item.
Example
The following example shows how to display the LU information
without selecting items to be displayed:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -lu
Product
: USP
SerialNumber : 0014010
LUs
: 10
iLU HDevName OSPathID
003A hdisk0
00000
00001
003B hdisk1
00000
00001
003C hdisk2
00000
00001
003D hdisk3
00000
6-54
PathID
000000
000001
000002
000003
000004
000005
000006
Status
Online
Online
Online
Online
Online
Online
Online
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
00001
000007 Online
00000
000008 Online
00001
000009 Online
003F hdisk5
00000
000010 Online
00001
000011 Online
0040 hdisk6
00000
000012 Online
00001
000013 Online
0041 hdisk7
00000
000014 Online
00001
000015 Online
0042 hdisk8
00000
000016 Online
00001
000017 Online
0043 hdisk9
00000
000018 Online
00001
000019 Online
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation
name = view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
003E hdisk4
To display LU information (by adding items to be displayed)
-lu -item
The items specified with the -item option are displayed among with those
displayed by the -lu option.
When the value of the -item parameter is omitted or all is specified, all
the items, except for DPC, Physical-Product, Physical-SerialNumber,
Physical-iLU, and Physical-ChaPort, that can be displayed are
displayed.
The table below lists the correspondence between the display items that
can be added by using the -item parameter and the parameter values
that can be specified after the -item parameter.
Table 6-15 Items That Can Be Added by Using the -lu -item Parameter
and Sub-parameters
Item that can be added
Subsequent parameter
SLPR
slpr
PathName
pn
ChaPort
cp
CLPR
clpr
Type
type
IO-Count
ic
IO-Errors
ie
DNum
dnu
IEP
iep
VG
vg
DPC
dpc
Physical-Product
vid
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-55
Item that can be added
Subsequent parameter
Physical-SerialNumber
vid
Physical-iLU
vid
Physical-ChaPort
vid
Org-Product
ha
Org-SerialNumber
ha
Org-iLU
ha
HaStat
hastat
All items are displayed
all
In the sub-parameters, -hdev or -pathid, you can filter the LU
information to be displayed. If you omit both parameters, the command
displays the information about all the LUs recognized by HDLM.
For details on the contents of each displayed item, see Table 6-17
Displayed LU Information on page 6-59.
The sub-parameters are:
-hdev host-device-name
Filters the information only for the paths accessing the specified host
device.
Specify hdisk name for host-device-name.
The host-device-name string is case-sensitive.
-pathid AutoPATH_ID
Use this parameter to display only the information about the LU that
is connected to the path with that specified AutoPATH_ID.
-t
Omits the title for each information item.
Example 1
The following example shows how to add SLPR, PathName, ChaPort,
CLPR, Type, IO-Count, IO-Errors, DNum, IEP, and VG to the displayed
items for LU information.
6-56
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Example 2
When using Hitachi AMS2000 series, Hitachi SMS series, or HUS100 series
and displaying LU information with DPC added to the display items:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -lu -item dpc
Product
: HUS100
SerialNumber
: 9203008
LUs
: 3
Dynamic I/O Path Control : on*
iLU
HDevName DPC PathID Status
000006 hdisk0
on 000000 Online
000003 Online
000007 hdisk1
off 000001 Online
000004 Online
000008 hdisk2
on 000002 Online
000005 Online
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-57
#
To display a summary of LU information
-lu -c
When the -c parameter is specified with the -lu parameter, a summary
of LU configuration information is displayed on one line. The total number
of paths recognized by HDLM and the number of online paths are
displayed for each LU.
You cannot specify the -c parameter together with the -hdev or -pathid
parameter.
For details on the contents of each display item, see Table 6-17 Displayed
LU Information on page 6-59.
-t
Does not display the title for each information item.
Example
The following example shows how to display a summary of the LU
information (without selecting items to be displayed):
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -lu -c
Product
S/N
LUs iLU HDevName Paths OnlinePaths
USP
0014010
10 003A hdisk0
2
2
003B hdisk1
2
2
003C hdisk2
2
2
003D hdisk3
2
2
003E hdisk4
2
2
003F hdisk5
2
2
0040 hdisk6
2
2
0041 hdisk7
2
2
0042 hdisk8
2
2
0043 hdisk9
2
2
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation
name = view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
To display a summary of LU information (by adding items to be
displayed)
-lu -c -item
The items displayed when the -item option is added to the -lu -c option
options.
If no value is specified for the -item parameter, all the items that can be
added are displayed. See Table 6-17 Displayed LU Information on page
6-59 for the contents of each displayed item.
The following table lists the correspondence between the display items
that can be added by using the -item parameter and the parameter
values that can be specified after the -item parameter.
6-58
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Table 6-16 Items That Can Be Added by Using the -lu -c -item
Parameter and Sub-parameters
Item that can be added
Sub-parameter
SLPR
slpr
VG
vg
All items
all
The sub-parameter is:
-t
Omits the title for each information item.
Example
The following example describes how to add and display a summary of
SLPR and VG.
Displayed LU information
Table 6-17 Displayed LU Information on page 6-59 describes the displayed
LU information. The following explains the table headings:
•
No summary displayed: The user specifies the -lu parameter or -lu item parameter.
•
Summary displayed: The user specifies the -lu -c parameter or -lu -c item parameter.
Table 6-17 Displayed LU Information
Displayed item
No summary
displayed
Description
Summary
displayed
Model ID of the storage system
Product
Serial number
S/N
Serial number of the storage system
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-59
Displayed item
No summary
displayed
Description
Summary
displayed
Total number of LUs managed by HDLM among the
LUs in the storage system
LUs
Dynamic I/O
Path Control
-
The setting information about the dynamic I/O path
control function is displayed for each storage
system.
on: The dynamic I/O path control function is
enabled.
off: The dynamic I/O path control function is
disabled.
-: The dynamic I/O path control function is not
supported.
If an LU whose settings differ from the settings
based on the system storage unit is included, an
asterisk (*) is added after the on or off being
displayed.
iLU
LU number in the storage system
This number combined with the storage system
name (shown in DskName) identifies the LU that is
accessed by a path.
6-60
•
For the Lightning 9900V series, Hitachi NSC55,
Hitachi Universal Storage Platform 100, Hitachi
Universal Storage Platform 600, Hitachi
Universal Storage Platform 1100, or HUS VM,
indicated by a hexadecimal number. The first
two characters of iLU are the CU number, and
the last two characters are the internal LU
number within the CU.
•
For XP10000/XP12000, or SVS, indicated by a
hexadecimal number. The first three characters
of iLU are the CU number, and the last two
characters are the internal LU number within
the CU. The first character of the CU number is
the value 0.
•
For the Thunder 9500V series, Hitachi
AMS2000/AMS/WMS/SMS series, or HUS100
series, indicated by a decimal number. The
entire value of iLU is the internal LU number
within the storage system. You can identify an
actual LU by referencing iLU from the storage
system management program.
•
For Universal Storage Platform V/VM series, or
Virtual Storage Platform series indicated by a
hexadecimal number. The first two characters of
iLU are the number of the logical DKC (Disk
Controller), the middle two numbers are the CU
number, and the last two characters are the
internal LU number within the CU.
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Displayed item
No summary
displayed
Description
Summary
displayed
SLPR#1
SLPR#2
The number of the SLPR to which an LU belongs,
indicated by a number from 0 to 31. A hyphen (-) is
displayed if the storage logical partition functionality
for the storage system for the target LU is not
supported.
HDevName#1
-
Host device name.
Hdisk name is displayed.
DPC
-
The setting information about the dynamic I/O path
control function is displayed for each LU.
on: The dynamic I/O path control function is
enabled.
off: The dynamic I/O path control function is
disabled.
-: The dynamic I/O path control function is not
supported.
OSPathID
-
OS management path ID.
PathID
-
AutoPATH_ID indicated by a decimal number.
AutoPATH_ID is assigned when the host is restarted
or when a path configuration is changed. When a
new LU was added and the host has not been
restarted, AutoPATH_ID is assigned to each path of
the LU when you execute the cfgmgr command.
PathName#1
-
The path name, which indicates a path. When you
modify the system configuration or replace a
hardware item, you should check the path names to
identify the path that will be affected by the change.
Path name consists of the following four elements,
separated by periods:
•
HBA adapter number or adapter type (character
string)
•
Bus number or adapter number (character
string)
•
Target ID (hexadecimal number)
•
Host LU number (hexadecimal number)
For details about each element of the path name
and its representation in AIX, see Table 6-13
Elements of a Path Name on page 6-52
ChaPort#1
-
Port number of the CHA, which identifies the CHA
port that is mounted on the storage system.
You can identify an actual CHA port by referencing
this number from the storage system management
program.
CLPR#1
-
The number of the CLPR to which the CHA port
belongs, indicated by a decimal number from 0 to
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-61
Displayed item
No summary
displayed
Description
Summary
displayed
31. Note that a hyphen (-) is displayed if the
following items are subject to display:
-
Status
•
CHA ports in the storage system that do not
support cache logical partition functionality
•
Paths connected to the Snapshot image of the
Copy-on-write Snapshot of the Hitachi
AMS2000/AMS/WMS/SMS series
Status of the path
•
Online: Online
•
Offline(C): Offline status caused by a
command operation
•
Offline(E): Offline due to an error
•
Online(E): Failure has occurred (If none of the
paths accessing one LU have an Online status,
one of those paths is changed to the Online(E)
status.)
Paths that are Offline(E) or Online(E) require
corrective action. The appropriate action can be
determined by referring to What To Do for a Path
Error on page 5-3
Type#1
-
Attribute of the path
•
Own: Owner path
•
Non: Non-owner path
When connected to the Lightning 9900V series,
Hitachi USP series, Universal Storage Platform V/VM
series, Virtual Storage Platform series, Hitachi
AMS2000 series#3, Hitachi SMS series#3, HUS100
series#3, or HUS VM, all paths are owner paths.
IO-Count#1
-
Total I/O count for a path. The maximum value that
can be displayed is 232 - 1 (4294967295). If the
total I/O count reaches the maximum value, it is
reset, and the count is re-started from 0.
To reset the IO-Count value to 0, execute the
dlnkmgr command's clear operation. Executing the
clear operation also resets the number of I/O
errors (IO-Errors) to 0. For details about the clear
operation, see clear (Returns the Path Statistics to
the Initial Value) on page 6-3.
IO-Errors#1
-
Total I/O error count for a path. The maximum value
that can be displayed is 232 - 1 (4294967295). If the
total I/O error count reaches the maximum value, it
is reset, and the count is re-started from 0.
To reset the IO-Errors value to 0, execute the
dlnkmgr command's clear operation. Executing the
clear operation also clears the number of I/O
operations (IO-Count) to 0.
6-62
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Displayed item
No summary
displayed
Description
Summary
displayed
For details about the clear operation, see clear
(Returns the Path Statistics to the Initial Value) on
page 6-3.
DNum#1
-
Dev number, indicated by a decimal number.
This item pertains to a logical volume number.
There is one Dev in an LU, so the number is fixed to
0.
IEP#1
-
The displayed paths are assumed to be in an
intermittent error status and checked whether those
paths are to be operated for automatic failback.
One of the following values is displayed for each
path:
•
-: Indicates that intermittent error monitoring is
disabled or the monitoring time for an
intermittent error is out of range.
•
A value of at least 0: Indicates the number of
errors that occurred during intermittent error
monitoring.
•
*: Indicates that an intermittent error occurred
(automatic failback does not check the path).
VG#1
VG#2
The volume group name LU is registered. When the
LU is not registered as the volume group, a hyphen
(-) is displayed.
PhysicalProduct
-
When a path is migrated using a virtual ID, displays
model ID of the storage system that is connected by
the migration-destination path.
When a virtual ID is not used, a hyphen (-) is
displayed.
PhysicalSerialNumber
-
When a path is migrated using a virtual ID, displays
serial number of the storage system that is
connected by the migration-destination path.
When a virtual ID is not used, a hyphen (-) is
displayed.
Physical-iLU
-
When a path is migrated using a virtual ID, displays
LU number in the storage system that is connected
by the migration-destination path.
•
For HUS VM, indicated by a hexadecimal
number. The first two characters of iLU are the
CU number, and the last two characters are the
internal LU number within the CU.
•
For Hitachi Virtual Storage Platform, indicated
by a hexadecimal number. The first two
characters of iLU are the number of the logical
DKC (Disk Controller), the middle two numbers
are the CU number, and the last two characters
are the internal LU number within the CU.
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-63
Displayed item
No summary
displayed
Description
Summary
displayed
When a virtual ID is not used, a hyphen (-) is
displayed.
PhysicalChaPort
When a path is migrated using a virtual ID, displays
port number of the CHA that is connected by the
migration-destination path.
-
When a virtual ID is not used, a hyphen (-) is
displayed.
-
Paths
Total number of the paths recognized by HDLM for
the LU to be displayed.
-
OnlinePaths
Number of available paths in the displayed paths,
indicated by a decimal number. When the value of
Paths equals the value of OnlinePaths, all paths
are online. If the value of OnlinePaths is less than
that of Paths, some paths are offline. In this case,
you should check the offline paths and take
appropriate action for any paths that have an error
status.
Legend:
-: Not displayed
#1
This information is displayed when one of the following conditions exist:
- The user selected the item to be displayed by using the -lu -item
parameter.
- all was specified.
- No value was specified for the parameter.
#2
This information is displayed when one of the following conditions exist:
- The user selected the item to be displayed by using the -lu -c -item
parameter.
- all was specified.
- No value was specified for the parameter.
#3
This storage system applies when the dynamic I/O path control function is
disabled.
To Display HBA Port Information
-hba
Use this parameter to display information about the paths to each HBA
port. HDLM displays the unique HBA port ID assigned to each HBA port.
This HBA port ID can also be used in Offline and Online operations. The
following table lists and describes the displayed items.
6-64
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Table 6-18 Items Displayed as HBA Port Information
Item
Description
HbaID
HBA port ID
Port.Bus
Port (HBA adapter number in character string) and Bus (bus
number in character string), or adapter type and adapter
number, separated by a period
HBAPortWWN
A 16-digit hexadecimal number indicating the WWN information
for an HBA connected to the storage system.
This item is displayed only if -portwwn is specified together with
-hba.
IO-Count
Total I/O count for the displayed paths, indicated by a decimal
number. The maximum value that can be displayed is 232 - 1
(4294967295). If the total I/O count reaches the maximum
value, it is reset, and the count is re-started from 0.
IO-Errors
Total I/O error count for the displayed paths, indicated by a
decimal number. The maximum value that can be displayed is
232 - 1 (4294967295). If the total I/O error count reaches the
maximum value, it is reset, and the count is re-started from 0.
Paths
Total number of displayed paths, indicated by a decimal number.
OnlinePaths
Number of online paths in the displayed paths, indicated by a
decimal number. When the value of Paths equals the value of
OnlinePaths, all paths are online. If the value of OnlinePaths is
less than that of Paths, some paths are offline. In this case, you
should check the offline paths and take appropriate action for
any path that has an error status.
Example
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -hba
HbaID Port.Bus IO-Count
IO-Errors Paths OnlinePaths
00000 08.11
71520
0
20
20
00001 08.1D
425
100
20
10
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation
name = view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
The subsequent sub-parameters are:
-srt pb
Sorts the HBA port information by the HBA adapter number (Port)
and bus numbers (Bus) (or adapter type and adapter number).
-portwwn
Displays port WWN information for HBAs connected to the storage
system using a 16-digit hexadecimal number.
-t
Omits the title for each information item.
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-65
To Display CHA Port Information
-cha
Use this parameter to display information about the paths to each CHA
port. HDLM displays the unique CHA port ID assigned to each CHA port.
This CHA port ID is used in Offline and Online operations. The following
table lists and describes the displayed items.
Table 6-19 Items Displayed as CHA Port Information
Item
Description
ChaID
CHA port ID
Product
Model ID of the storage system
S/N
Serial number of the storage system
ChaPort
Port number of the CHA, which identifies the CHA port that is
mounted on the storage system.
You can identify an actual CHA port by referencing this number
from the storage system management program.
IO-Count
Total I/O count for the displayed paths, indicated by a decimal
number. The maximum value that can be displayed is 232 - 1
(4294967295). If the total I/O count reaches the maximum
value, it is reset, and the count is re-started from 0.
IO-Errors
Total I/O error count for the displayed paths, indicated by a
decimal number. The maximum value that can be displayed is 232
- 1 (4294967295). If the total I/O error count reaches the
maximum value, it is reset, and the count is re-started from 0.
Paths
Total number of displayed paths, indicated by a decimal number.
OnlinePaths
Number of online paths in the displayed paths, indicated by a
decimal number. When the value of Paths equals the value of
OnlinePaths, all paths are online. If the value of OnlinePaths is
less than that of Paths, some paths are offline. In this case, you
should check the offline paths and take appropriate action for any
path that has an error status.
Example
The subsequent sub-parameters are:
-srt cp
6-66
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Sorts the CHA port information by the storage system model IDs
(Product), storage system serial numbers (S/N), and CHA port
numbers (ChaPort).
-t
Does not display the title for each information item.
To Display the Correspondences Between hdisks, OS Management Path IDs, and
LDEVs
-drv
Use this parameter to display the PathIDs, hdisk name, OS management
path IDs, and information about the LDEVs in a storage system (identified
by the storage system model ID, serial number, and LU number,
separated by periods).
For details on the contents of each display item, see Table 6-20 Items
Displayed as the Correspondences Between hdisks, OS Management Path
IDs, and LDEVs on page 6-67.
-t
Does not display the title for each information item.
Table 6-20 Items Displayed as the Correspondences Between hdisks,
OS Management Path IDs, and LDEVs
Item
Description
AutoPATH_ID indicated by a decimal number.
PathID
AutoPATH_ID is assigned when the host is restarted or
when a path configuration is changed. When a new LU
was added and the host has not been restarted,
AutoPATH_ID is assigned to each path of the LU,
AutoPATH_ID is assigned when you execute the cfgmgr
command.
HDevName
Host device name.
Hdisk name is displayed.
OSPathID
OS management path ID.
LDEV
The model ID, serial number, and iLU number for the
storage system, separated by periods. The information
about an LDEV can physically identify an LU.
Example
To display corresponding information about PathIDs, hdisks,
OSPathIDs, and LDEVs
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -drv
PathID HDevName OSPathID LDEV
000000 hdisk0
00000
9500V.0051.0005
000001 hdisk1
00000
9500V.0051.0015
000002 hdisk2
00000
9500V.0051.0020
000003 hdisk0
00001
9500V.0051.0005
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-67
000004 hdisk1
00001
9500V.0051.0015
000005 hdisk2
00001
9500V.0051.0020
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation
name = view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
To Display the Format of the View Operation
-help
Use this parameter to display the view operation format.
Example
The following example shows how to display the format of the view
operation.
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr view -help
view:
Format
dlnkmgr view -sys [ -sfunc | -msrv | -adrv | -pdrv | -lic
| -audlog | -lbpathusetimes | -expathusetimes ] [t]
dlnkmgr view -path [ -hdev HostDeviceName ] [-stname] [-iem]
[-srt {pn | lu | cp}] [hbaportwwn] [-t]
dlnkmgr view -path
-item [pn] [dn] [lu] [cp] [type] [ic] [ie] [dnu]
[hd] [iep]
[hbaportwwn] [vid]
[ -hdev HostDeviceName ] [-stname] [-srt {pn |
lu | cp}] [-t]
dlnkmgr view -path -c [-stname] [-srt {lu | cp}] [-t]
dlnkmgr view -lu [ -hdev HostDeviceName | -pathid
AutoPATH_ID ] [-t]
dlnkmgr view -lu
-item [ [slpr] [vg] [pn] [cp] [clpr] [type]
[ic] [ie] [dnu] [iep]
[dpc] [vid] | all ]
[ -hdev HostDeviceName | -pathid
AutoPATH_ID ] [-t]
dlnkmgr view -lu -c [-t]
dlnkmgr view -lu -c -item [ [slpr] [vg] | all ] [-t]
dlnkmgr view -drv [-t]
dlnkmgr view -hba [-srt pb] [-portwwn] [-t]
dlnkmgr view -cha [-srt cp] [-t]
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= view, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
add (Adds a Path Dynamically)
The dlnkmgr command's add operation batch-adds paths that are connected
to the host and not configured on the host. You can execute this command
dynamically without any effects on existing paths.
6-68
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Format
To Add a Path Dynamically
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr add -path [-s]
To Display the Format of the add Operation
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr add -help
Parameters
To Add a Path Dynamically
-path
Indicates that the target of the operation is a path managed by HDLM.
Example
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr add -path
KAPL01161-I This operation will change the path configuration.
Do you want to continue? [y/n]:y
KAPL01162-I A path was added. (path ID = 00010, storage =
HITACHI.HUS100.9100163, iLU = 0030)
:
KAPL01159-I Paths were added. (number of paths added = 2,
completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss)
-s
Executes the command without displaying the message asking for
confirmation of command execution from the user. Specify this parameter
if you want to skip the response to the confirmation message: for
example, when you want to execute the command in a shell script or
batch file.
Example
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr add -path -s
KAPL01162-I A path was added. (path ID = 00010, storage =
HITACHI.HUS100.9100163, iLU = 0030)
:
KAPL01159-I Paths were added. (number of paths added = 2,
completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss)
To Display the Format of the add Operation
-help
Use this parameter to display the add operation format.
Example
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr add -help
add:
Format
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-69
dlnkmgr add -path [-s]
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= add, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
delete (Deletes a Path Dynamically)
The dlnkmgr command's delete operation batch-deletes paths whose
statuses are Offline(C) from the HDLM-management targets. You can
execute this command dynamically without any effects on existing paths.
Format
To Delete a Path Dynamically
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr delete -path [-s]
To Display the Format of the delete Operation
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr delete -help
Parameters
To Delete a Path Dynamically
-path
Indicates that the target of the operation is a path managed by HDLM.
Example
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr delete -path
KAPL01161-I This operation will change the path configuration.
Do you want to continue? [y/n]:y
KAPL01165-I A path was deleted. (path ID = = 00010, storage =
HITACHI.HUS100.9100163, iLU = 0030)
:
KAPL01164-I Paths were deleted. (number of paths deleted = 2,
completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss)
-s
Executes the command without displaying the message asking for
confirmation of command execution from the user. Specify this parameter
if you want to skip the response to the confirmation message: for
example, when you want to execute the command in a shell script or
batch file.
Example
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr delete -path -s
KAPL01165-I A path was deleted. (path ID = = 00010, storage =
HITACHI.HUS100.9100163, iLU = 0030)
6-70
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
:
KAPL01164-I Paths were deleted. (number of paths deleted = 2,
completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss)
To Display the Format of the delete Operation
-help
Use this parameter to display the delete operation format.
Example
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlnkmgr delete -help
delete:
Format
dlnkmgr delete -path [-s]
KAPL01001-I The HDLM command completed normally. Operation name
= delete, completion time = yyyy/mm/dd hh:mm:ss
#
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-71
6-72
Command Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7
Utility Reference
This chapter explains the utilities used by HDLM.
□ Overview of the Utilities
□ DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information
□ dlmchpdattr Utility for Changing HDLM Default Settings
□ dlmgetrasinst Utility for Collecting HDLM Installation Error Information
□ dlminstcomp Utility for HDLM Component Installation
□ dlmmigsts Utility for Assisting HDLM Migration
□ dlmodmset Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution Environment ODM
□ dlmpostrestore Utility for HDLM Restoration Support
□ dlmpr Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation
□ dlmpremkcd Utility for Preparing for a System Backup
□ dlmpreremove Utility for Executed Before Removing HDLM
□ dlmrmdev Utility for Deleting HDLM Drivers
□ dlmrmprshkey Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation (SharedHost Methodology)
□ installhdlm Utility for Installing HDLM
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7-1
□ installux.sh Utility for HDLM Common Installer
7-2
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Overview of the Utilities
HDLM provides the following utilities:
•
The DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information
When an error occurs, this utility collects the files that contain information
to be submitted to your HDLM vendor or maintenance company. For
details about the DLMgetras utility, see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting
HDLM Error Information on page 7-5.
•
The dlmchpdattr utility for changing HDLM default settings
This utility changes the default value for the hdisk attribute. For details
about the dlmchpdattr utility, see dlmchpdattr Utility for Changing HDLM
Default Settings on page 7-13.
•
The dlmgetrasinst utility for collecting HDLM installation error
information
When an error occurs, this utility collects the files that contain information
to be submitted to your HDLM vendor or maintenance company. For
details about the dlmgetrasinst utility, see dlmchpdattr Utility for
Changing HDLM Default Settings on page 7-13.
•
HDLM component installation utility (dlminstcomp)
If you installed HDLM in an environment that does not satisfy the JDK
version requirement indicated in JDK required for linkage with Global Link
Manager section in Host and OS Support for HDLM on page 3-3, execute
this utility to complement the HDLM installation.
For details about the dlminstcomp utility, see dlminstcomp Utility for
HDLM Component Installation on page 7-19.
•
The dlmmigsts utility for assisting HDLM migration
When migrating from HDLM version 5.8.1 or earlier to version 5.9, the
ODM and HDLM settings can be inherited by executing this utility. For
details about this utility, see dlmmigsts Utility for Assisting HDLM
Migration on page 7-20.
•
The dlmodmset utility for setting the HDLM execution environment ODM.
This utility sets and displays ODM to define HDLM operations. For details
about the dlmodmset utility, see dlmodmset Utility for Setting the HDLM
Execution Environment ODM on page 7-21.
•
The HDLM restoration support utility (dlmpostrestore)
This utility updates HDLM information to match that of the target system
environment when a system replication (clone) is created from an mksysb
image that includes HDLM-managed devices.
For details about the dlmpostrestore utility, see dlmpostrestore Utility
for HDLM Restoration Support on page 7-25.
•
The dlmpr utility for clearing HDLM persistent reservation
The persistent reservation of a logical unit (LU) may not be canceled due
to some reason when multiple hosts share a volume group rather than
making up a cluster configuration using PowerHA. In this case, this utility
clears the Reservation Key to cancel the persistent reservation. For details
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7-3
about the dlmpr utility, see dlmpr Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent
Reservation on page 7-25.
•
The dlmpremkcd utility for preparing for a system backup
Execute this utility if the error message KAPL09292-W was output during
HDLM installation. For details about the dlmpremkcd utility, see
dlmpremkcd Utility for Preparing for a System Backup on page 7-28.
•
The dlmpreremove utility executed before removing HDLM
This utility excludes the hdisk recognized as a boot disk from being an
HDLM management target. Execute this utility before removing HDLM. For
details about the dlmpreremove utility, see dlmpreremove Utility for
Executed Before Removing HDLM on page 7-29.
•
The dlmrmdev utility for removing HDLM devices
This utility deletes hdisks according to the parameter settings. When all
the hdisks recognized as HDLM management-target devices have been
successfully deleted, the HDLM manager stops. The hdisk recognized as a
boot disk is not deleted. For details about the dlmrmdev utility, see
dlmrmdev Utility for Deleting HDLM Drivers on page 7-30.
•
The dlmrmprshkey utility for clearing HDLM persistent reservation
(shared-host methodology)
The dlmrmprshkey utility cancels persistent reservation (shared-host
methodology) on a specified volume. For details about the dlmrmprshkey
utility, see dlmrmprshkey Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation
(Shared-Host Methodology) on page 7-31.
•
The installhdlm utility for installing HDLM
The installhdlm utility is used to execute an unattended installation
when a new installation, upgrade installation, or re-installation of HDLM is
being performed. For details about the installhdlm utility, see
installhdlm Utility for Installing HDLM on page 7-32. For details about
how to perform an unattended installation, see Performing an Unattended
Installation of HDLM on page 3-65.
•
The installux.sh utility for HDLM Common Installer
HDLM will be installed on, and installs the corresponding version of HDLM
from the DVD-ROM. This utility can also perform unattended installations
via a parameter specification. For details about the installux.sh utility,
see installux.sh Utility for HDLM Common Installer on page 7-43. For
details about how to use this utility to install HDLM, see Performing a New
Installation of HDLM on page 3-25, Performing an Upgrade Installation or
Re-installation of HDLM on page 3-37, or Performing an Unattended
Installation of HDLM on page 3-65.
Note
•
The utilities must be executed by a user with root permissions.
•
The starting time of the host and execution time of the utility depend on
the number of LUs and paths.
The following table lists examples of the starting time of the host and the
execution time of the HDLM utilities.
7-4
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Table 7-1 Examples of the Starting Time of the Host and the Execution
Time of the Utilities
Number of paths
for an LU/ Total
number of
paths#2
Operation
Execution time of the device
configuration on starting the host
(when HDLM is installed)
Execution time of the device
configuration on starting the host
(when HDLM is not installed)
Executing cfgmgr
Executing dlmrmdev
Executing view -path
Execution time#1, #3
4/1024
42 seconds
8/2048
42 seconds
16/4096
43 seconds
4/1024
32 seconds
8/2048
38 seconds
16/4096
1 minutes 37 seconds
4/1024
53 seconds
8/2048
1 minutes 14 seconds
16/4096
1 minutes 51 seconds
4/1024
1 minutes 15 seconds
8/2048
1 minutes 27 seconds
16/4096
1 minutes 51 seconds
4/1024
0.42 seconds
8/2048
1.51 seconds
16/4096
3.41 seconds
#1
The starting time of the host and the execution time of the utilities
depend on the following conditions:
- The hardware configuration (for example, whether you use Fibre
Channel switches)
- The number of hdisk created under the /dev directory
#2
The number of LUs is 256.
#3
The execution environment is as follows:
Machine Spec: CPU: Power4 1200MHz x 2
DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information
This utility collects information that is needed to analyze HDLM errors that
have occurred: information such as error logs, integrated trace files, trace
files, definition files, core files, system crash dump files, and libraries. The
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7-5
collected information is archived in a file and saved to the directory that you
specified. The following files are output:
•
Name-of-the-directory-containing-a-system-crash-dump-file/systemcrash-dump-file
This file contains a symbolic link to the system crash dump file.
•
hbsa.tar.Z
This file contains compressed error information of the Hitachi Command
Suite products other than HDLM.
This file is output only when using the Hitachi Command Suite products
that is the target for collecting error information.
•
getras.tar.Z
This file contains compressed HDLM information and system information.
For details about the information that is stored in the system crash dump file
and getras.tar.Z, see List of Collected Error Information on page 7-8.
When you want to collect information other than that in List of Collected Error
Information on page 7-8, define the information to collect in the
information- collection- definition file. Information defined in informationcollection- definition file is compressed into getras.tar.Z.
When the system is restarted, a part of the information that was collected by
the DLMgetras utility will be cleared. If an error occurs, immediately execute
this utility.
Format
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/DLMgetras {directory-to-which-collectedinformation-is-output
[-f file-that-defines-information-to-be-collected] | -h}
You can also use lower-case characters (dlmgetras) as follows:
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmgetras {directory-to-which-collectedinformation-is-output
[-f file-that-defines-information-to-be-collected] | -h}
Parameters
directory-to-which-collected-information-is-output
Specify the output directory for the information that is to be collected by
the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information. The collected
information is compiled into two files shown in Function and output in the
specified directory.
-f file-that-defines-information-to-be-collected
Use this parameter when you want to specify certain directories or files to
be collected. In this parameter, specify the file-that-defines-informationto-be-collected, which defines the files and directories you want to collect.
Use an absolute path to specify file-that-defines-information-to-becollected.
7-6
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
The following is an example of the coding in the file that defines the
information to be collected.
Figure 7-1 Coding Example of a File that Defines the Information to
be Collected
Rules for coding a file that defines the information to be collected
•
Use an absolute path to specify a directory or file whose
information is to be collected. If you use a relative path to specify
a directory or file, that directory or file will be searched for only
within the directory in which the DLMgetras utility was executed,
and the files found will be collected.
•
Do not specify a directory that contains the directory to which the
collected information is output. If you specify this directory, the
DLMgetras utility will run indefinitely.
•
Lines beginning with the hash mark (#) are handled as comment
lines.
•
If the hash mark (#) is encountered anywhere other than at the
beginning of a line, it is assumed to be part of the path name.
•
Only one file or directory can be specified per line.
•
The root directory (/) cannot be specified.
•
When a directory is specified, the DLMgetras utility collects all the
files in that directory, including files contained in the directory's
subdirectories. If no files are found in a specified directory, the
utility does not perform file collection for that directory and does
not create a directory for it in the destination directory.
•
Set up the specified file or directory so that it can be read by users
with root permissions. The DLMgetras utility can only obtain
information for a file or directory that can be read.
-h
Displays the format of the DLMgetras utility.
Note
•
Because DLMgetras first stores error information in the specified output
directory before compressing, ensure that information collection areas
allocated are of adequate size.
•
If the specified directory to which collected information is output already
exists, an overwrite confirmation message is displayed. Responding by
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7-7
entering y instructs the DLMgetras utility to overwrite the existing files;
entering n (or anything other than y) instructs the utility to terminate
without executing.
In the latter case, you can either rename the existing directory before reexecuting the utility, or you can execute the utility with a different
directory name specified.
•
If you create an archive for the system crash dump collected by the
DLMgetras utility, execute the following:
# cd directory-to-which-collected-information-is-output
# tar cvfh archive-file-name ./var
List of Collected Error Information
The following illustrates the error information collected by executing the
DLMgetras utility, which is explained separately in each output file.
•
Name-of-the-directory-containing-a-system-crash-dump-file/name-ofthe-system-crash-dump-file
This file contains a symbolic link to the system crash dump file.
The DLMgetras utility executes the sysdumpdev -l command and sets all
files in the directories that are output to the copy directory value.
•
hbsa.tar.Z
This file contains compressed error information of the Hitachi Command
Suite products other than HDLM.
This file is output only when using the Hitachi Command Suite products
that is the target for collecting error information.
•
getras.tar.Z
This file contains HDLM information and system information.
When you execute the DLMgetras utility, specifying the file that defines
information to be collected, the getras.tar.Z file contains the
information stored in the file that defines information to be collected.
The table below lists and describes the detailed information stored in the
getras.tar.Z file.
This table shows the information collected with or without specifying the
file for defining the information to be collected.
Table 7-2 Information Stored in the getras.tar.Z File
Output directory#1
Directly under the
directory to which
collected information is
output
Files
getras.log
var/
dlmmgr[1-16].log
DynamicLinkManager/log
7-8
Explanation
DLMgetras utility log file
HDLM Manager log (including the
driver log)
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Output directory#1
Files
Explanation
dlmwebagent[1-16].
log
Hitachi Command Suite Common
Agent Component log files
dlminquiry[1-2].lo
g
Inquiry log
dlminquiry[1-2].tx
t
dlmguiinst.log
Installation linkage script log
used when linking with Hitachi
Command Suite products other
than HDLM
hdlmtr[1-64].log
Trace file
dlmconfig[1-2].log
HDLM configuration log
dlmconfig[1-2].txt
dlmutil[1-2].log
HDLM utility's log file
installhdlm.log
Unattended installation execution
log
var/
DynamicLinkManager/
log/mmap
hdlmtr.mm
Trace management file
dlmutil.mm
HDLM utility's log trace
management file
opt/hitachi/HNTRLib2/
mmap
hntr2mmap.mm
Memory mapped file (HNTRLib2)
opt/hitachi/HNTRLib2/
etc
D002PPName.log
Log file related to hntr2regist
(HNTRLib2)
opt/hitachi/HNTRLib2/
spool/setuplog
SETUP_D002.log
Log file related to D002setup
(HNTRLib2)
UPDATE_D002.log
Log file related to D002setup
(HNTRLib2)
integrated-trace-fileprefix-specified-inthe-Hitachi-NetworkObjectplaza-TraceLibraryutility2[1-64].log#2
Integrated trace file (HNTRLib2)
integrated-trace-fileoutput-directoryspecified-in-the-HitachiNetwork-ObjectplazaTrace-Library-utility
(Default: var/opt/
hitachi/HNTRLib2/
spool)
(default prefix: hntr)
opt/hitachi/HNTRLib/
mmap
hntrmmap.mm
Memory mapped file (HNTRLib)
output
integrated-trace-fileoutput-directoryspecified-in-the-HitachiNetwork-ObjectplazaTrace-Library-utility
hntr[1-16].log
Integrated trace file (HNTRLib)
output
(Default: opt/hitachi/
HNTRLib/spool)
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7-9
Output directory#1
Explanation
dlmmgr.xml
dlmmgr setting file
dlmwebagent.proper
ties
Hitachi Command Suite Common
Agent Component settings file
dlmmgr_DPC.xml
DPC option setting file
usr/lpp/bosinst
cdfs.optional.list
System backup definition file
etc
filesystems
Mount information of the file
system
inittab
inittab file
syslog.conf
File for defining the directory for
the output destination of syslog
error-log-file
error-log-file
Error log file obtained by /usr/
lib/errdemon -1
syslog-output-directoryname
syslog-name
syslog files and backup files
defined in /etc/syslog.conf
getrasinfo
(Not applicable)
Directory in which command
execution results are stored
.bash_history
Default history file in the
Bourne Again shell (bash)
.history
Default history file in the C shell
(csh)
.sh_history
Default history file in the Korn
shell (ksh)
alog.txt
System diagnosis message
bootinfo-r.txt
Physical memory size
bootinfo.txt
Information about the operation
mode of the kernel (32/64 bit)
and multi-CPU support
bootlist-v.txt
List of boot devices
Config_Rules.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
crontab.txt
crontab information
CuAt.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
CuDv.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
CuDvDr.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
CuPath.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
usr/
DynamicLinkManager/
config
7-10
Files
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Output directory#1
Files
Explanation
CuPathAt.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
CuVPD.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
disk.txt
List of disks in the /dev directory
dlmgetomtrace.dmp
HDLM function trace
dlmls-la.txt
HDLM directory information file
dlmmgr-cha.txt
CHA port information
dlmmgr-drv.txt
hdisk information
dlmmgr-hba.txt
HBA port information
dlmmgr-lu.txt
HDLM LU information
dlmmgr-lu-all.txt
HDLM LU information (including
the number of times an
intermittent error occurred)
dlmmgr-path.txt
HDLM path information
dlmmgr-pathiem.txt
HDLM path information (including
the number of times an
intermittent error occurred)
dlmmgr-sys.txt
HDLM system settings
dlmodmset.txt
HDLM execution environment
ODM settings
dlmpr-k.txt
Persistent reservation key
information
env.txt
Environment variable file
errpt-a.txt
Error log edit file
errpt-t.txt
Error log entries output file
genkex.txt
Information of loaded drivers
hacmp.txt
Information on the PowerHA
configuration
histfile_xxxxx
File specified in the HISTFILE
environment variable
iotool.txt
Driver information
lscfg.txt
Firmware version of HBA etc
lsdev-C.txt
Kernel parameter value
lsdev-proc.txt
CPU information
lsfs.txt
File system information
lslpp.txt
List of installed packages
lspath.txt
MPIO path information
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7-11
Output directory#1
Files
Explanation
lsps-a.txt
Swap area, usage of swap
lspv.txt
Physical volume information
lsvg.txt
Information of volume groups
MaintenanceLevel.txt
Maintenance level of information,
displayed when the instfix -i
command was executed
mount.txt
Mount information
oslevel.txt
OS level information
pagesize.txt
Memory page size
PdAt.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
PdAtXtd.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
PdPathAt.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
PdDv.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
ps-ef.txt
Information on the executing
process
ulimit-a.txt
Limits on system resources (data
segments, stack segments, file
descriptors) that are available to
processes
uname-a.txt
Information on the AIX version
whatlist.txt
Information output
by the what
command
etc/multibos/logs
op.alog
Multibos log file
etc/VRTSvcs/conf/
config
main.cf
VCS configuration definition file
opt/VRTSvcs/bin/
triggers
preonline
VCS trigger file
var/VRTSvcs/log
/var/VRTSvcs/allfiles-under-log
VCS log file
hacmp.out-outputdirectory
hacmp.out
PowerHA execution log
/etc/vsd/
oemdisktypes.lst
VSD settings file
/var/adm/csd
vsd.log
VSD execution log
var/adm/ras
boot.log
OS boot log file
#1
7-12
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
An output directory is created in the specified directory when you open
the getras.tar.Z file.
#2
In the actual file name, a file number is appended to Trace-file-prefix
specified-in-the-Hitachi-Network-Objectplaza-Trace-Library-utility2. For
example, the default will be hntr21.log to hntr216.log. Note that the
number 2 following the integrated trace file prefix does not represent a
file number.
dlmchpdattr Utility for Changing HDLM Default Settings
This utility changes the default value for the hdisk attribute.
By changing the default value, the attribute value set for an hdisk can be
changed in the following cases:
•
When a new hdisk is configured.
•
When the chdev command is used to set as defined, and then
reconfigure, an existing individual hdisk for which the attribute value has
not changed.
•
When deleting an existing hdisk#, and then reconfiguring it.
#
When an hdisk for which the attribute value has been defined is
reconfigured without being deleted, the set attribute value is carried over.
If the attribute value for individual hdisks needs to be changed, instead of
using this utility, execute the chdev command for the necessary hdisks.
Note that if the attribute value has been set for each hdisk, the set attribute
values will be applied.
Supplemental Information:
For HDLM 6.2, the default value for the hdisk reservation policy was set to
PR_exclusive. When the conditions listed in Table 3-19 Reservation Policy
Settings on page 3-90 in About the Reservation Policy on page 3-90 are met,
to change the reservation policy to no_reserve, the chdev command had to
be executed for each hdisk.
In HDLM 6.3 or later, the default reservation policy values for multiple hdisks
can be changed simultaneously by executing the dlmchpdattr utility.
Format
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmchpdattr
{-a Attribute=Value [Attribute=Value ...]
[-u { HTC | XP }] [-A] [-s]
| -o
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7-13
| -h}
Parameters
-a Attribute=Value
Specifies one or more attribute name and attribute value pairs. If
specifying multiple pairs, separate them by using a space, and enclose
the list of pairs in double quotation marks (").
The following table lists the attribute names and values that can be
specified.
Table 7-3 Attribute names and values that can be specified in
dlmchpdattr
Attribute names that can be
specified in dlmchpdattr
reserve_policy
Values that can be specified
Specifies the reservation policy to be used.
no_reserve: Reservation requests are ignored,
and LUs are not reserved.
PR_exclusive: Uses persistent reservations
(exclusive-host methodology) to reserve disks..
PR_shared: Uses persistent reservations
(shared-host methodology) to reserve disks.
The default is PR_exclusive.
max_transfer
Specifies the maximum size of data that can be
transferred to the disk.
The range of specifiable values conforms to the
applicable PdAt ODM rule for HTC_ODM or
XP_ODM.
queue_depth
Specifies the maximum number of requests that
the queue on the disk can hold.
The range of specifiable values conforms to the
applicable PdAt ODM rule for HTC_ODM or
XP_ODM.
rw_timeout
Specifies the timeout value for a read or write
operation. The range of specifiable values
conforms to the applicable PdAt ODM rule for
HTC_ODM or XP_ODM.
-u {HTC|XP}
Specifies the type of ODM whose default value you want to change.
HTC: Specify this if you want to change the default value for HTC_ODM.
XP: Specify this if you want to change the default value for XP_ODM.
If this parameter is omitted, the change is applied to both HTC_ODM and
XP_ODM.
-A
7-14
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Performs automatic hdisk reconfiguration required to reflect the changed
reservation policy. If this parameter is omitted, the hdisk reconfiguration
needs to be performed manually.
-s
Prevents the confirmation message from being displayed when the utility
is executed.
-o
Displays the current value set for the reservation policy.
-h
Displays the format of the dlmchpdattr utility.
Notes
•
Before you execute the dlmchpdattr utility, stop all application processes
that access HDLM-managed devices.
•
Before you execute the dlmchpdattr utility, make sure that no path
errors are occurring. If there are any errors, the dlmchpdattr utility
might end with an error.
•
If you cancel the execution of the dlmchpdattr utility by pressing Ctrl +
C, the KAPL10571-I message might be output depending on the timing of
the cancellation. This message signifies that the setting change was not
successful. If this message is output, re-execute the dlmchpdattr utility
with the same parameters specified. To return the settings to their
previous state, make sure that the above setting change was successful,
and then execute the dlmchpdattr utility with the original parameters
specified.
Examples
In the following example, the utility changes the default hdisk reservation
policy to no_reserve:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmchpdattr -a
reserve_policy=no_reserve
KAPL10579-I The HDLM default values will be changed. Is this OK?
[y/n]:y
KAPL10571-I The dlmchpdattr utility completed successfully.
In the following example, the utility changes the default hdisk reservation
policy to no_reserve, as well as changing the default number of requests
that the queue on the disk can hold to 4:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmchpdattr -a
"reserve_policy=no_reserve queue_depth=4"
KAPL10579-I The HDLM default values will be changed. Is this OK?
[y/n]:y
KAPL10571-I The dlmchpdattr utility completed successfully.
In the following example, the utility displays the current default hdisk
reservation policy:
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7-15
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmchpdattr -o
uniquetype = disk/fcp/Hitachi
reserve_policy
: no_reserve
KAPL10571-I The dlmchpdattr utility completed successfully.
In the following example, the utility displays Help:
Usage : dlmchpdattr {-a Attribute=Value [Attribute=Value ...]
[-u { HTC | XP }] [-A] [-s] /usr/
DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmpr -k hdisk1 hdisk2 hdisk3 hdisk4
hdisk5 h| -o | -h}
Attributes
reserve_policy={ PR_exclusive | PR_shared | no_reserve }
max_transfer=Numeric
queue_depth=Numeric
rw_timeout=Numeric
dlmgetrasinst Utility for Collecting HDLM Installation Error
Information
This utility collects information that is needed to analyze errors that have
occurred for some reason during installation of HDLM. The collected
information is archived in a file and saved to the directory that you specified.
The following files are output:
•
getrasinst.tar.Z
This file contains compressed system information.
For details about the information that is stored in the system crash dump file
and getrasinst.tar.Z, see List of Collected Error Information on page
7-17.
Format
DVD-ROM-drive-directory/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/dlmgetrasinst {directoryto-which-collected-information-is-output | -h}
Parameters
directory-to-which-collected-information-is-output
Specify the output directory for the information that is to be collected by
the dlmgetrasinst utility for collecting HDLM installation error
information. The collected information is compiled into two files shown in
Function and output in the specified directory.
-h
Displays the format of the dlmgetrasinst utility.
Note
•
7-16
We recommend that you execute the dlmgetrasinst utility on the HDLM
installation DVD-ROM. If you use the utility by copying it to another
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
location from the DVD-ROM, also copy the UtilAudLog file to the same
directory to which you copy the dlmgetrasinst file.
•
Because dlmgetrasinst first stores error information in the specified
output directory before compressing, ensure that information collection
areas allocated are of adequate size.
•
If the specified directory to which collected information is output already
exists, an overwrite confirmation message is displayed. Responding by
entering y instructs the dlmgetrasinst utility to overwrite the existing
files; entering n (or anything other than y) instructs the utility to
terminate without executing.
In the latter case, you can either rename the existing directory before reexecuting the utility, or you can execute the utility with a different
directory name specified.
List of Collected Error Information
The following table lists and describes the information collected by the
dlmgetrasinst utility.
Table 7-4 Information Stored in the getrasinst.tar.Z File
Output directory#
Files
Explanation
getrasinst.log
Directly under the
directory to which collected
information is output
dlmgetrasinst utility log file
etc
filesystems
Mount information of the file
system
inittab
inittab file
syslog.conf
File for defining the directory for
the output destination of syslog
log
HBaseAgent_install.lo
g
Hitachi Command Suite Common
Agent Component installation log
files
var/tmp
D002PPName.log
Log file related to hntr2regist
SETUP_D002.log
Log file related to D002setup
UPDATE_D002.log
Log file related to D002setup
var/adm/ras
nimadm.log
Log file related to nimadm
var/adm/ras/alt_mig
nimadm-log-file-name
Log file related to nimadm
syslog-output-directoryname
syslog-name
syslog files and backup files
defined in /etc/syslog.conf
getrasinfo
(Not applicable)
Directory in which command
execution results are stored
.bash_history
Default history file in the Bourne
Again shell (bash)
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7-17
Output directory#
7-18
Files
Explanation
.history
Default history file in the C
shell (csh)
.sh_history
Default history file in the Korn
shell (ksh)
bootlist-v.txt
List of boot devices
Config_Rules.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
crontab.txt
crontab information
CuAt.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
CuDv.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
CuDvDr.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
CuPath.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
CuPathAt.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
CuVPD.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
disk.txt
List of disks in the /dev directory
dlmls-la.txt
HDLM directory information file
env.txt
Environment variable file
errpt-a.txt
Error log edit file
genkex.txt
Information of loaded drivers
histfile_XXXXX
File specified in the HISTFILE
environment variable
lscfg.txt
Firmware version of HBA etc
lsdev-C.txt
Kernel parameter value
lsdev-proc.txt
CPU information
lsfs.txt
File system information
lslpp.txt
List of installed packages
lspath.txt
MPIO path information
lsps-a.txt
Swap area, usage of swap
lspv.txt
Physical volume information
lsvg.txt
Information of volume groups
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Output directory#
Files
Explanation
Maintenance-Level.txt
Maintenance level of information,
displayed when the instfix -i
command was executed
mount.txt
Mount information
oslevel.txt
OS level information
pagesize.txt
Memory page size
PdAt.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
PdAtXtd.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
PdPathAt.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
PdDv.txt
Information of Object Database
Manager
ps-ef.txt
Information on the executing
process
ulimit-a.txt
Limits on system resources (data
segments, stack segments, file
descriptors) that are available to
processes
uname-a.txt
Information on the AIX version
rootvginfo.txt
rootvg information
#
An output directory is created in the specified directory when you open
the getrasinst.tar.Z file
dlminstcomp Utility for HDLM Component Installation
This utility complements HDLM installation.
Execute this utility when both of the following conditions are satisfied:
•
Linkage with Global Link Manager is used
•
When HDLM is installed, the KAPL09241-W message is output#
#
Execute this utility after installing the JDK.
For details about the JDK version to be installed, see the JDK required for
linkage with Global Link Manager section in Host and OS Support for
HDLM on page 3-3.
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7-19
Format
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlminstcomp [-h]
Parameter
-h
Displays the format of the dlminstcomp utility.
dlmmigsts Utility for Assisting HDLM Migration
This utility saves HDLM program information and the HDLM execution
environment ODM settings, making it possible to inherit settings information
when migrating from HDLM version 5.8.1 or earlier to version 5.9. Execute
this utility from the HDLM version 5.9 installation DVD-ROM.
Format
DVD-ROM-drive-directory/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/dlmmigsts
{{{-b | -r} -odm odm-environment-settings-file-name -set setenvironment-settings-file-name [-s]}
| -h
}
Parameters
-b
Saves the settings files by using the names specified in the -odm and -set
parameters.
Notes on specifying the -b parameter
•
Do not save odm-environment-settings-file and set-environmentsettings-file to an HDLM-related directory. If you do so, the saved
file will be deleted during HDLM removal.
The followings are HDLM-related directories:
/usr/DynamicLinkManager
/var/DynamicLinkManager
/var/DLM
/opt/hitachi
•
Make sure you have write permission for odm-environmentsettings-file, set-environment-settings-file, and the storage
directory before executing.
•
Do not change the contents of the saved odm-environmentsettings-file and set-environment-settings-file.
-r
7-20
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Restores the settings files by using the names specified in the -odm and set parameters.
-odm odm-environment-settings-file-name
Specifies the file name in which the ODM environment settings are
defined.
Specify the file path.
Specify a file name different from set-environment-settings-file-name.
-set set-environment-settings-file-name
Specifies the file name in which the set operation environment settings
are defined.
Specify the file path.
Specify a file name different from odm-environment-settings-file-name.
-s
Executes the utility without displaying the overwrite confirmation
message.
-h
Displays the format of the dlmmigsts utility.
Examples
In the following example, the utility saves the ODM environment settings in
the /tmp/odmset file and the set environment settings in the /tmp/dlnkset
file, when the DVD-ROM drive directory is cdrom:
# cdrom/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/dlmmigsts -b -odm /tmp/odmset -set /
tmp/dlnkset
KAPL13001-I The dlmmigsts utility completed successfully.
In the following example, the utility displays Help when the DVD-ROM drive
directory is cdrom:
# cdrom/HDLM_AIX/hdlmtool/dlmmigsts -h
Usage :dlmmigsts {{{-b | -r} -odm odmsetfile -set dlnksetfile [s]} | -h}
dlmodmset Utility for Setting the HDLM Execution
Environment ODM
This utility sets and displays ODM to define HDLM operations.
Format
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmodmset
{{-r {on | off}
| -i {on | off}
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7-21
|
|
|
|
-v {on | off}
-j {on | off}} [-s]
-o
-h }
Parameters
-r { on | off }
Enables or disables the LUN RESET option.
on: Enable
off: Disable
The default is off.
To use GPFS, specify on.
You do not need to reconfigure the hdisk or restart the host when you
change this parameter.
-i { on | off }
Prevents I/O on the Online(E) path.
on: Prevents I/O on the Online(E) path.
off: Allows I/O on the Online(E) path.
The default is off.
When an error (such as one that might occur in a LVM mirror
configuration) is detected and I/O access for a path in the Online(E)
status continues, detection of errors will continue. When this parameter is
set to on, I/O access is suppressed until troubleshooting measures are
taken. This can shorten the time needed to deal with the problem.
You do not need to reconfigure the hdisk or restart the host when you
change this parameter.
Note
When this parameter is set to on, I/O access to the Online(E) path will
be suppressed, so I/O success will automatically change the path to
the Online status. To recover the path, use an online command or
the auto failback function.
-v { on | off }
Enables or disables the NPIV option.
on: Enable
off: Disable
The default is off.
To use HDLM in a client partition to which a virtual HBA is applied by
using the NPIV functionality of the virtual I/O server, specify on. For
details, see Notes on the Virtual I/O Server on page 3-14.
-j {on | off}
Sets whether to output HDLM messages to the OS error log.
on: Output messages.
7-22
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
off: Do not output messages.
The default is off.
You do not need to reconfigure the hdisk or restart the host when you
change this parameter.
In the OS error log, HDLM messages are output when an error occurs on
a path or the path is recovered. You can distinguish between messages
for path errors and for path recovery by using labels in the OS error log.
¢
Label for a path error: HDLM_PATH_FAIL
¢
Label for path recovery: HDLM_PATH_RECOV
The label for path recovery is output if the Offline(E) or the Online(E)
paths become Online due to an online operation or automatic failback.
Take measures recommended by Recommended Actions in the OS error
log as necessary. In addition, the detailed data in the OS error log
contains maintenance information.
If a label for a path error is output, the detailed data contains the
following information:
•
The first information item separated by spaces shows the
OSPathID (hexadecimal number) of a path with an error.
•
The sixth information item separated by spaces shows the OS
error code (hexadecimal number) of the cause of the path error.
If a label for path recovery is output, the detailed data contains the
following information:
•
The first information item separated by spaces shows the
OSPathID (hexadecimal number) of a path that has recovered
from an error.
If the message is output to the error log files (HDLM Manager log) at the
same time, check the content of that message also.
The following shows an example of an OS error log output by HDLM when
an error occurred on a path in the AIX 6.1 TL08 environment.In this
example, in the detailed data, the first information item separated by
spaces is 0001 indicating that OSPathID is 1, and the sixth information
item separated by spaces is 0005. Thus this OS error log indicates that
the OS error code 5 (EIO) has occurred.
LABEL:
IDENTIFIER:
HDLM_PATH_FAIL
37269DDB
Date/Time:
Sequence Number:
Machine Id:
Node Id:
Class:
Type:
WPAR:
Resource Name:
Resource Class:
Resource Type:
WWW MMM dd hh:mm:ss TTT yyyy
3005
00F8782C4C00
natu
U
INFO
Global
hdisk8
disk
Hitachi
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7-23
Location:
L5C000000000000
U78AA.001.WZSJPKR-P1-C4-T1-W50060E801082EEA0-
Description
HDLM detected a path failure.
Probable Causes
HDLM detected a path failure.
Failure Causes
A physical or logical error occurred in the path.
Recommended Actions
Check the path in which the error was detected.
Detail Data
Driver Information.
0001 8000 0017 0000
0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 00
000A 0005 000B 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
-s
Prevents the confirmation message from being displayed when the utility
is executed.
-o
Displays the current setting information.
-h
Displays the format of the dlmodmset utility.
Examples
In the following example, the utility enables the LUN RESET option:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmodmset -r on
KAPL10805-I The setup of the HDLM execution environment ODM will
be changed. Lun Reset = on. Is this OK? [y/n]:y
KAPL10800-I The dlmodmset utility completed normally.
In the following example, the utility displays the
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmodmset
Lun Reset
Online(E) IO Block
7-24
current setting information:
-o
: off
: on
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
NPIV Option
: off
OS Error Log Output
: off
KAPL10800-I The dlmodmset utility completed normally.
#
In the following example, the utility displays Help:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmodmset -h
Usage : dlmodmset {{-r {on | off}
| -i {on | off}
| -v {on | off}
| -j {on | off}
}
[ -s ]
| -o
| -h
}
dlmpostrestore Utility for HDLM Restoration Support
This utility updates HDLM information to match that of the target system
environment when a system replication (clone) is created from a mksysb
image that includes HDLM-managed devices.
Format
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmpostrestore [-s | -h]
Parameters
-s
Suppresses display of a confirmation message when the utility executes.
-h
Displays the format of the dlmpostrestore utility.
Notes
•
When the dlmpostrestore utility is executed in a local boot disk
environment, the devices are reconfigured; when the utility is executed in
a boot disk environment, the host is restarted.
•
Before you execute the dlmpostrestore utility, stop all application
processes that access HDLM-managed devices.
•
Before you execute the dlmpostrestore utility, make sure that no path
errors are occurring. If a path error occurs, release of a reservation may
fail.
dlmpr Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent Reservation
The persistent reservation of a logical unit (LU) may not be canceled due to
some reason when multiple hosts share a volume group rather than making
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7-25
up a cluster configuration. In this case, this utility clears the Reservation Key
to cancel the persistent reservation.
Format
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmpr {{-k | -c} [hdisk-name] [hdiskname] ... [-a] | -h}
Parameters
-k
Specify this parameter to display the Reservation Key. The following
explains the items displayed when the -k parameter is specified:
Reservation Key
An asterisk (*) is displayed at the end of the Reservation Key for a
Reservation Key of another host.
If the Reservation Key is not set, [0x0000000000000000] is displayed.
Regist Key
The registered Keys are displayed.
Key Count
The number of registered Keys is displayed.
-c
Specify this parameter to clear the Reservation Key.
Note
•
Do not use the -c parameter during normal operation.
If you set the reservation policy to PR_shared, the reservation for
all nodes that use the corresponding hdisk is cleared, so hosts that
did not share the reservation can now access the hdisk. This might
lead to data corruption. To clear only the reservation from an
execution node, use dlmrmprshkey Utility for Clearing HDLM
Persistent Reservation (Shared-Host Methodology) on page 7-31.
If you set the reservation policy to PR_exclusive, data might
become corrupted because another host can now access the
specified hdisk.
•
When the hdisk-name parameter is omitted, the Reservation Key
for the hdisks that makes up rootvg will not be cleared. In this
case, the KAPL10670-I message is displayed in the execution
result.
hdisk-name
Specify the hdisk for which you want to display or clear the Reservation
Key. You can specify more than one volume.
If you omit this parameter, the utility assumes all hdisks.
-a
7-26
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
When multiple hdisks are specified, even if an error occurs during
processing, the processing continues for all hdisks.
-h
Displays the format of the dlmpr utility.
Note
¢
If reservation policy for the device that is managed by HDLM is set to
PR_shared, the Key shown for self Reservation Key might not
match the Key that is actually being used. To check which Key is
actually being used, use the lsattr command.
The following is an example of executing the command to check the
Key for hdiskn.
# lsattr -El hdisk12 | grep PR_key_value
PR_key_value 0xaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa
Reserve Key
¢
TRUE
[0x????????????????] appears for Reservation Key if the destination
storage system does not support the persistent reservation or if a
hardware error occurs.
Example
To check the Reservation Keys, and then clear the Reservation Keys other
than those for the local host:
1.
Execute the dlmpr utility to display the Reservation Keys for hdisk1,
hdisk2, hdisk3, hdisk4, hdisk5, hdisk6, hdisk7, hdisk8, hdisk9,
hdisk10
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmpr -k hdisk1 hdisk2
hdisk4 hdisk5 hdisk6 hdisk7 hdisk8 hdisk9 hdisk10
self Reservation Key : [0xaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa]
hdisk1 Reservation Key : [0x????????????????] ,
reserve_policy : PR_exclusive
hdisk2 Reservation Key : [0x0000000000000000] ,
reserve_policy : no_reserve
hdisk3 Reservation Key : [0xaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa] ,
reserve_policy : PR_exclusive
Regist Key : [0xaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa] , Key
Regist Key : [0xcccccccccccccccc] , Key
hdisk4 Reservation Key : [0xbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb]*,
reserve_policy : PR_exclusive
Regist Key : [0xaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa] , Key
Regist Key : [0xbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb] , Key
hdisk5 Reservation Key : [0xbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb]*,
reserve_policy : no_reserve
Regist Key : [0xbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb] , Key
hdisk6 Reservation Key : [0x0000000000000000] ,
reserve_policy : single_path
Regist Key : [0xcccccccccccccccc] , Key
hdisk7 Reservation Key : [0x????????????????] ,
reserve_policy : hdisk8 Reservation Key : following
,
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
hdisk3
Count : 4
Count : 4
Count : 4
Count : 4
Count : 4
Count : 4
7-27
reserve_policy : PR_shared
Regist Key : [0xaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa] ,
Regist Key : [0xdddddddddddddddd] ,
hdisk9 Reservation Key : following
,
reserve_policy : PR_exclusive
Regist Key : [0xdddddddddddddddd] ,
hdisk10 Reservation Key : [0xbbbbbbbbbbbbbbbb]*,
reserve_policy : PR_shared
Regist Key : [0xdddddddddddddddd] ,
KAPL10665-I The dlmpr utility completed.
2.
Key Count : 4
Key Count : 2
Key Count : 2
Key Count : 2
Execute the dlmpr utility to clear the Reservation Keys for other hosts
(marked by an asterisk (*)).
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmpr -c hdisk4 hdisk5
3.
The confirmation message appears. Enter y to clear. Otherwise, enter n.
KAPL10641-I Reservation Key will now be cleared. Is this OK? [y/
n]:y
KAPL10642-I Reservation Key of hdisk4 was cleared.
KAPL10642-I Reservation Key of hdisk5 was cleared.
In the following example, the utility displays Help:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmpr -h
Usage : dlmpr {{ -k | -c } [hdisk-name...] [-a] | -h}
dlmpremkcd Utility for Preparing for a System Backup
When you use the mkcd, mkdvd, or backupios command of your OS to back
up the OS (HDLM-installation environment) into CD-ROMs or DVD-ROMs, you
need to use the dlmpremkcd utility to prepare the OS backup setting for
HDLM before the backup.
Only use CD-ROMs or DVD-ROMs that are compatible with the corresponding
server.
If both of the following conditions are satisfied, execute this utility:
•
When you want to back up the OS (HDLM-installation environment) into
CD-ROMs or DVD-ROMs by using the OS commands.
•
When the error message KAPL09292-W was output during HDLM
installation.
Format
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmpremkcd {-c | -u | -h}
Parameters
-c
Adds information for HDLM backup to the OS backup setting.
7-28
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
-u
Deletes the HDLM-backup information from the OS backup setting, and
restore the setting to its original state.
-h
Displays the format of the dlmpremkcd utility.
Examples
In the following example, the utility adds information for HDLM backup to the
OS backup setting:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmpremkcd -c
KAPL13145-I The dlmpremkcd utility will be executed. Is this
OK? [y/n]:y
KAPL13141-I The dlmpremkcd utility completed successfully.
In the following example, the utility deletes the HDLM-backup information
from the OS backup setting, and restore the setting to its original state:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmpremkcd -u
KAPL13145-I The dlmpremkcd utility will be executed. Is this
OK? [y/n]:y
KAPL13141-I The dlmpremkcd utility completed successfully.
In the following example, the utility displays Help:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmpremkcd –h
Usage : dlmpremkcd {-c | -u | -h}
dlmpreremove Utility for Executed Before Removing HDLM
This utility excludes the hdisk recognized as a boot disk from being an HDLM
management target. In a boot disk environment, before you remove HDLM
you must exclude the hdisk recognized as a boot disk from being an HDLM
management target.
Format
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmpreremove [-h | -s]
Parameters
-h
Displays the format of the dlmpreremove utility.
-s
Executes the command without displaying the message asking for
confirmation of command execution from the user. Specify this parameter
if you want to skip the response to the confirmation message (for
example, when you want to execute the command in a shell script or
batch file).
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7-29
Examples
In the following example, the utility is executed in a boot disk environment:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmpreremove -s
KAPL13103-I HDLM can be removed after rebooting the host.
KAPL13101-I The dlmpreremove utility completed successfully.
In the following example, the utility displays Help:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmpreremove -h
Usage : dlmpreremove [-h | -s]
dlmrmdev Utility for Deleting HDLM Drivers
This utility deletes hdisks or changes the status of hdisks to Defined
according to the parameter settings. When all the hdisks recognized as HDLM
management-target devices have been successfully deleted or changed to
Defined, the HDLM manager stops.
Note that the hdisk recognized as a boot disk will not be deleted or changed
to Defined.
Format
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmrmdev [[-e | -f] [-A [-s]] | -h]
Parameters
-e
Changes the status of hdisks recognized as HDLM-managed devices to
Defined.
-f
Deletes all hdisks recognized as devices that are either managed by HDLM
or intended to be managed by HDLM.
-A
Unmounts file systems and deactivates volume groups that are being
used by HDLM before deleting the hdisks that are recognized as HDLM
management-target devices or changing the status of those hdisks to
Defined.
-s
Prevents the confirmation message for unmounting and deactivating the
volume groups, when the -A parameter is specified.
-h
Displays the format of the dlmrmdev utility.
7-30
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Note
Before executing the dlmrmdev utility, stop all processes and services using
the paths managed by HDLM. If you execute the dlmrmdev utility without
stopping the processes and services that are using the paths managed by
HDLM, hdisks recognized as HDLM management-target devices might not be
deleted completely or changed to the Defined status
Examples
In the following example, the utility unmounts the file system used by HDLM,
inactivates the volume group used by HDLM, and deletes all the hdisks
recognized as HDLM management-target devices:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmrmdev -A
KAPL10528-I The volume group will be made inactive, and the file
system that is using HDLM will be unmounted. Is this OK? [y/n]:y
hdisk3 is deleted
KAPL09012-I All HDLM drivers were removed.
In the following example, the utility displays Help:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmrmdev -h
Usage : dlmrmdev [[-e | -f] [-A [-s]] | -h]
dlmrmprshkey Utility for Clearing HDLM Persistent
Reservation (Shared-Host Methodology)
The dlmrmprshkey utility cancels persistent reservation (shared-host
methodology) on a specified volume.
Format
/usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmrmprshkey {-l hdisk-name | -h}
Parameters
-l hdisk-name
Specify the name of the physical volume on which the persistent
reservation you want to cancel is registered. You can specify only one
name for hdisk-name.
-h
Displays the format of the dlmrmprshkey utility.
Notes
•
Verify that the specified physical volume is not used. If it is used, the
dlmrmprshkey utility fails with an error.
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7-31
•
Verify that no error has occurred on the path connected to the specified
physical volume. If an error has occurred, the persistent reservation
(shared-host methodology) cannot be canceled.
Examples
In the following example, the utility cancels persistent reservation (sharedhost methodology) on the specified volume:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmrmprshkey -l hdisk8
KAPL13163-I The dlmrmprshkey utility will now be executed. Is
this OK? [y/n]:y
KAPL13157-I The dlmrmprshkey utility completed successfully.
In the following example, the utility displays Help:
# /usr/DynamicLinkManager/bin/dlmrmprshkey -h
Usage : dlmrmprshkey {-l HDLM_device_name | -h}
installhdlm Utility for Installing HDLM
This utility is used to execute an unattended installation when a new
installation, upgrade installation, or re-installation of HDLM is being
performed. You can perform an unattended installation even when you are
installing HDLM in a boot disk environment. Before you perform an
unattended installation, you must define the information that is required
during the installation in the installation information settings file.
For details about how to perform an unattended installation, see Performing
an Unattended Installation of HDLM on page 3-65.
Format
/directory-in-which-the-DVD-ROM-is-mounted-or-copied/HDLM_AIX/
hdlmtool/instutil/installhdlm { -f installation-information-settingsfile-name | -h}
Parameters
-f installation-information-settings-file-name
Defines the information needed for installing HDLM.
For details about the installation-information settings file, see Items To Be
Defined in an installation-information Settings File on page 7-32.
-h
Displays the format of the installhdlm utility.
Items To Be Defined in an installation-information Settings File
The following describes the information defined in the installation information
settings file.
7-32
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
[INSTALLATION_SETTINGS] section
This section defines information that is used when the installhdlm utility is
executed. Specify this section name at the beginning of the installation
information settings file (although an empty paragraph or comment line can
be inserted above this section name).
The following table lists and describes the keys defined in the
[INSTALLATION_SETTINGS] section.
Table 7-5 Keys in the [INSTALLATION_SETTINGS] Section
Necessity of
definition
Key name#1
Description#2
Maxim
um
Upgrade number
New
installatio
of
installa n or re- charact
tion
installatio
ers
n
installfile_locati Specify the absolute path name
Optional
on
of the directory that contains the
DLManager.mpio.bff file from
either the directory in which the
DVD-ROM was mounted or the
directory in which the DVD-ROM
was copied.
Optional
60
Optional
Optional
60
Optional
Optional#4 60
The default is /dev/cd0.
Specify the absolute path name
of the directory in which the file
that contains log information is
output.
logdir
The default is /var/tmp. For
details about the log file, see Log
file on page 7-42.
licensekeyfile#3
Specify an absolute path to a
license key file stored in the
host. The file specified here is
not deleted after an unattended
installation is performed.
#4
The default is /var/tmp/
hdlm_license.
If you perform an upgrade
installation or re-installation
without updating the license,
delete the licensekeyfile key
and value.
licensekey#3
Specify the absolute path name
of the file that records the
license key stored on the host.
The file specified here is not
deleted after an unattended
installation is performed.
Optional
#4
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Optional#4 60
7-33
Necessity of
definition
Key name#1
Description#2
Maxim
um
Upgrade number
New
installatio
of
installa n or re- charact
tion
installatio
ers
n
The default is /var/DLM/
dlm.lic_key.
If you perform an upgrade
installation or re-installation
without updating the license,
delete the licensekey key and
value.
driver_config
Specify one of the following
values to indicate whether to
configure the HDLM driver:
Optional
Optional
1
Optional
Optional
1
y: Configure the HDLM driver
(default).
n: Do not configure the HDLM
driver.
In a boot disk environment, the
HDLM driver is not configured,
regardless of the value specified
here.
restart
Specify whether to restart the
host after installation. Specify
either of the following values:
y: Restart.
n: Do not restart (default).
Legend:
Optional: If a key and its setting are not specified, the default value will
be used.
However, for an upgrade installation or re-installation, the previous
license information will be inherited for the licensekeyfile and
licensekey keys.
#1
Enter one key and one setting per line.
#2
If the value is not of an allowable type, an error will occur.
#3
You need to delete the licensekeyfile key if you specify the
licensekey key. However, you do not need to delete the licensekey key
if you specify the licensekeyfile key.
7-34
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
If no value is specified for either of these keys, the files below are read in
the order listed:
a.
License key file (/var/tmp/hdlm_license)
b.
File containing the license key (/var/DLM/dlm.lic_key)
If none of these files exist when you attempt to perform a new
installation, unattended installation ends with an error.
#4
When you perform a new installation of HDLM, or when you perform an
upgrade installation while the license is expired, prepare the license key
or the license key file.
[DISK_DEFAULT_SETTINGS] section
This section defines operation information for the HDLM default settings
modification utility (dlmchpdattr). This section can be omitted. If the section
name is omitted, or the section contains no defined keys, the dlmchpdattr
utility cannot be used to specify settings.
For details about the dlmchpdattr utility, see dlmchpdattr Utility for
Changing HDLM Default Settings on page 7-13.
The following table lists and describes the keys defined in the
[DISK_DEFAULT_SETTINGS] section.
Table 7-6 Keys in the [DISK_DEFAULT_SETTINGS] Section
Necessity of
definition
Key name#1
reserve_policy
Description#2
Specify the disk reservation
policy.
Maxim
um
Upgrade number
New
installatio
of
installa n or re- charact
tion
installatio
ers
n
Optional
Optional
12
no_reserve: Reservation
requests are ignored, and no LU
is reserved.
PR_exclusive: Uses persistent
reservations (exclusive-host
methodology) to reserve disks
(default).
PR_shared: Uses persistent
reservations (shared-host
methodology) to reserve disks.
Legend:
Optional: If a key and its setting are not specified, one of the following
values will be used:
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7-35
¢
¢
For a new installation:
The default value will be used.
For an upgrade installation or re-installation:
The previous setting will be inherited.
#1
Enter one key and one setting per line.
#2
If the value is not of an allowable type, an error will occur.
[ODM_SETTINGS] section
Defines information used when the dlmodmset utility is executed. This section
is optional. If this section name is omitted, or if any of the keys in the section
are not defined, setup by means of the dlmodmset utility will not be executed.
For details about the dlmodmset utility, see dlmodmset Utility for Setting the
HDLM Execution Environment ODM on page 7-21.
The following table lists and describes the keys defined in the
[ODM_SETTINGS] section.
Table 7-7 Keys in the [ODM_SETTINGS] Section
Necessity of
definition
Key name#1
Description#2
Optional
Optional
3
odm_online_e_io_blo Specify one of the following
Optional
ck
values to indicate whether to
enable or disable suppression of
I/O access on the Online(E)
status path:
Optional
3
Optional
3
odm_lun_reset
Specify one of the following
values to indicate whether to
enable or disable the LUN
RESET option:
Maxim
um
Upgrade number
New
installatio
of
installa n or re- charact
tion
installatio
ers
n
on: Enabled
off: Disabled (default)
on: Enabled
off: Disabled (default)
odm_npiv_option
Specify one of the following
values to indicate whether to
enable or disable the NPIV
option:
Optional
on: Enabled
7-36
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Necessity of
definition
Key name#1
Description#2
Maxim
um
Upgrade number
New
installatio
of
installa n or re- charact
tion
installatio
ers
n
off: Disabled (default)
odm_os_error_log
Specify one of the following
values to indicate whether to
output HDLM messages to the
OS error log:
Optional
Optional
3
on: Output messages.
off: Do not output messages.
(default)
Legend:
Optional: If a key and its setting are not specified, one of the following
values will be used:
¢
¢
For a new installation:
The default value will be used.
For an upgrade installation or re-installation:
The previous setting will be inherited.
#1
Enter one key and one setting per line.
#2
If the value is not of an allowable type, an error will occur.
For details about the functions set by these keys, see dlmodmset Utility
for Setting the HDLM Execution Environment ODM on page 7-21.
[ENVIRONMENT_SETTINGS] section
This section defines information that is used when the set operation of the
HDLM command is executed. This section is optional. If this section name is
omitted, or if any of the keys in the section are not defined, setup by means
of the set operation of the HDLM command will not be executed.
For details on the set operation, see set (Sets Up the Operating
Environment) on page 6-17.
The following table lists and describes the keys defined in the
[ENVIRONMENT_SETTINGS] section.
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7-37
Table 7-8 Keys in the [ENVIRONMENT_SETTINGS] Section
Necessity of
definition
Key name#1
load_balance
Description#2
New
installa
tion
Specify one of the following values Optional
to indicate whether to enable or
disable the load balancing function:
Maxim
Upgrad
um
e
numbe
installa
r of
tion or charac
reters
installa
tion
Optional
3
Optional
Optional
5
Optional
Optional
6
Optional
Optional
6
Optional
Optional
1
on: Enabled (default)
off: Disabled
load_balance_type
Specify one of the following values
to indicate the load balancing
algorithm:
rr: The Round Robin algorithm
exrr: The Extended Round Robin
algorithm
lio: The Least I/Os algorithm
exlio: The Extended Least I/Os
algorithm (default)
lbk: The Least Blocks algorithm
exlbk: The Extended Least Blocks
algorithm
load_balance_same_
path_use_times
Specify the number of times the
same path can be used for I/O
operations when the Round Robin
(rr), Least I/Os (lio), or Least
Blocks (lbk) algorithm is used for
load balancing.
You can specify a value from 0 to
999999. The default is 20.
lbex_usetimes_limi
t
Specify the number of times the
same path can be used for
sequential I/O operations when the
extended Round Robin (exrr),
Least I/Os (exlio), or Least Blocks
(exlbk) algorithm is used for
extended load balancing.
You can specify a value from 0 to
999999. The default is 100.
error_log_level
7-38
Set the level of error information
that is collected as error logs.
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Necessity of
definition
Key name#1
Description#2
New
installa
tion
Maxim
Upgrad
um
e
numbe
installa
r of
tion or charac
reters
installa
tion
You can set a level from 0 to 4. The
default is 3.
error_log_size
Set the size of the error log files
(dlmmgr[1-16].log) in kilobytes.
Optional
Optional
7
Optional
Optional
2
Optional
Optional
1
Optional
Optional
5
Optional
Optional
2
Optional
Optional
3
Optional
Optional
4
Optional
Optional
3
You can set a size from 100 to
2000000. The default is 9900.
error_log_number
Set the number of error log files
(dlmmgr[1-16].log).
You can set a value from 2 to 16.
The default is 2.
trace_level
Set the trace output level.
You can set a level from 0 to 4. The
default is 0.
trace_file_size
Set the size of the trace files
(hdlmtr[1-64].log) in kilobytes.
You can set a size from 100 to
16000. The default is 1000.
trace_file_number
Set the number of trace files
(hdlmtr[1-64].log).
You can set a value from 2 to 64.
The default is 4.
path_health_check
Specify one of the following values
to indicate whether to enable or
disable the path health check
function:
on: Enabled (default)
off: Disabled
path_health_check_
interval
Specify the interval in minutes at
which the path health check is
performed.
You can specify a check interval
from 1 to 1440. The default is 30.
auto_failback
Specify one of the following values
to indicate whether to enable or
disable the automatic failback
function for failed paths:
on: Enabled (default)
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7-39
Necessity of
definition
Key name#1
Description#2
New
installa
tion
Maxim
Upgrad
um
e
numbe
installa
r of
tion or charac
reters
installa
tion
off: Disabled
Optional
4
Optional
Optional
3
intermittent_error Specify the interval in minutes that Optional
_monitor_interval# monitoring for intermittent errors is
performed.
4
Optional
4
auto_failback_inte
rval
Specify the interval in minutes from Optional
the time the previous path status
check finished until the time the
next path status check started.
You can specify a check interval
from 1 to 1440. The default is 60.
intermittent_error
_monitor#3, #4
Specify one of the following values
to indicate whether to enable or
disable intermittent error
monitoring:
on: Enabled
off: Disabled (default)
You can specify a check interval
from 1 to 1440. The default is 210.
intermittent_error
_monitor_number#4
Specify the number of times an
error (that is assumed to be an
intermittent error) occurs. You can
specify a value from 1 to 99. The
default is 3.
Optional
Optional
2
dynamic_io_path_co
ntrol
Specify whether to enable or
Optional
disable the dynamic I/O path
control function by using the values
below. Note that, if this function is
set, the setting for each storage
system or LU is cleared.
Optional
3
Optional
4
on: Enabled
off: Disabled (default)
dynamic_io_path_co
ntrol_interval
For the dynamic I/O path control
Optional
function, specify the checking
interval (in minutes) for reviewing
the information about the switching
of controllers performed by the
storage system.#5
You can set the checking interval
from 1 to 1440. The default is 10.
7-40
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Legend:
Optional: If a key and its setting are not specified, one of the following
values will be used:
¢
¢
For a new installation
The default value will be used.
For an upgrade installation or re-installation:
The previous setting will be inherited.
Note:
Setting of audit logs is not supported.
#1
Enter one key and one setting per line.
#2
If the value is not of an allowable type, an error will occur.
For details about the functions set by these keys, see set (Sets Up the
Operating Environment) on page 6-17.
#3
You can specify this key only in the following cases:
¢
¢
For a new installation:
When on is specified for the auto_failback key in the installation
information settings file
For an upgrade installation or re-installation:
When on is specified for the auto_failback key in the installation
information settings file, or when automatic failback is enabled in the
installation pre-settings
#4
If you want to enable intermittent error monitoring, specify this key after
specifying the auto_failback and auto_failback_interval keys.
#5
The checking interval can be set regardless of whether the dynamic I/O
path control function is enabled or disabled.
The following shows an example of an edited installation information settings
file.
[INSTALLATION_SETTINGS]
installfile_location=/dev/cd0
logdir=/var/tmp
licensekeyfile=/var/tmp/hdlm_license
licensekey=/var/DLM/dlm.lic_key
driver_config=y
restart=n
[DISK_DEFAULT_SETTINGS]
reserve_policy=PR_exclusive
[ODM_SETTINGS]
odm_lun_reset=off
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7-41
odm_online_e_io_block=off
odm_npiv_option=off
odm_os_error_log=off
[ENVIRONMENT_SETTINGS]
load_balance=on
load_balance_type=exlio
load_balance_same_path_use_times=20
lbex_usetimes_limit=100
error_log_level=3
error_log_size=9900
error_log_number=2
trace_level=0
trace_file_size=1000
trace_file_number=4
path_health_check=on
path_health_check_interval=30
auto_failback=on
auto_failback_interval=60
intermittent_error_monitor=off
# intermittent_error_monitor_interval=210
# intermittent_error_monitor_number=3
dynamic_io_path_control=off
dynamic_io_path_control_interval=10
Note:
¢
¢
If a hash mark (#) is placed at the beginning of a line in the
installation information settings file, that line is assumed to be a
comment.
If you do not want to specify a key, enter a hash mark (#) at the
beginning of the line that defines that key.
Log file
A log file (installhdlm.log) is output after an unattended installation of
HDLM.
The following explains the installhdlm.log file.
•
installhdlm.log is created in the folder whose path is specified by the
logdir key in the installation-information settings file. Do not share the
log file output directory among the hosts on which unattended installation
is being performed. If no value is specified for logdir key, the log file is
output to the /var/tmp directory.
•
If installhdlm.log already exists, log information is added to this log
file. For details about the unused capacity required for the log output
directory, see Performing an Unattended Installation of HDLM on page
3-65.
Note
•
7-42
Note that installhdlm.log is not deleted after HDLM is removed.
Therefore, delete the original installhdlm.log manually if it is no longer
required.
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
•
If the installhdlm.log file cannot be output for some reason, such as
there being insufficient capacity on the output disk, a message is output
to this effect immediately before the installhdlm utility ends.
installux.sh Utility for HDLM Common Installer
This utility determines what OS HDLM will be installed on, and installs the
corresponding version of HDLM from the DVD-ROM. This utility can also
perform unattended installations via a parameter specification.
For details about how to use this utility to install HDLM, see Performing a New
Installation of HDLM on page 3-25, Performing an Upgrade Installation or Reinstallation of HDLM on page 3-37, or Performing an Unattended Installation
of HDLM on page 3-65.
Format
/directory-in-which-the-DVD-ROM-is-mounted-or-copied/installux.sh [ -f
installation-information-settings-file-name | -h]
Parameters
-f installation-information-settings-file-name
Defines the information needed for an unattended installation.
For details about installation-information settings files, see Items To Be
Defined in an installation-information Settings File on page 7-32.
-h
Displays the format of the installux.sh utility.
Log file
The installux.sh utility outputs execution information to the log file /var/
tmp/hdlm_installux_sh.log. If the hdlm_installux_sh.log log file already
exists, the utility appends execution information onto the end of the log file.
If the size of the log file is equal to or greater than 1 MB when the utility is
executed, the log file is renamed to hdlm_installux_sh2.log, and a new log
file is created and named hdlm_installux_sh.log, to which the execution
information is output.
Note
The hdlm_installux_sh.log and hdlm_installux_sh2.log log files are not
deleted when HDLM is removed. Manually delete the log files, if they are no
longer required.
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
7-43
7-44
Utility Reference
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8
Messages
This chapter describes the format and meaning of the message IDs, and also
the terms used in the messages and message explanations. For details on the
meaning of the return codes output by HDLM when it receives a request from
Global Link Manager and measures to take for them, see Return Codes for
Hitachi Command Suite Common Agent Component on page 8-132.
□ Before Viewing the List of Messages
□ KAPL01001 to KAPL02000
□ KAPL03001 to KAPL04000
□ KAPL04001 to KAPL05000
□ KAPL05001 to KAPL06000
□ KAPL06001 to KAPL07000
□ KAPL07001 to KAPL08000
□ KAPL08001 to KAPL09000
□ KAPL09001 to KAPL10000
□ KAPL10001 to KAPL11000
□ KAPL11001 to KAPL12000
□ KAPL13001 to KAPL14000
□ KAPL15001 to KAPL16000
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-1
□ Return Codes for Hitachi Command Suite Common Agent Component
8-2
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Before Viewing the List of Messages
This section explains the following information that is needed to locate
messages and understand the explanations in the sections from KAPL01001
to KAPL02000 on page 8-4.
•
Format and meaning of the message IDs
•
Terms used in the messages and message explanations
This information is explained below.
Format and Meaning of Message IDs
Each message has a message ID. The following table shows the format and
meaning of message IDs.
Table 8-1 Format and Meaning of the Message ID KAPLnnnnn-l
Format
Meaning
KAPL
Indicates that the message is an HDLM message.
nnnnn
Message serial number for the module
l
Message level
C: Critical
E: Error
W: Warning
I: Information
Terms Used in Messages and Message Explanations
The following table shows the terms that appear in messages and the terms
that are used for explanation (meaning, description, and handling) of the
messages.
Table 8-2 Terms Used in the Messages and Message Explanations
Terms
Meaning
aa...aa
Variable (if there are multiple variables in a message, aa...aa is
followed by bb...bb, cc...cc, and so on)
CS
Cluster support
FO
Failover
LB
Load balancing
Operation name
The operation name that is input after dlnkmgr in the command.
Components that Output Messages to syslog
Some messages for the following components are output to syslog:
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-3
•
HDLM manager
•
HDLM driver (filter component)
•
HDLM alert driver
•
HDLM management target
KAPL01001 to KAPL02000
Message
ID
Message Text
KAPL01001- The HDLM command completed normally.
I
Operation name = aa...aa, completion
time = bb...bb
Explanation
Details
The HDLM command
completed successfully.
aa...aa: clear, help,
offline, online, set,or
view
bb...bb: Year/month/day
hour:minute:second
Action
None.
KAPL01002- The HDLM command started. Operation
I
name = aa...aa
Details
The HDLM command was
executed.
aa...aa: clear, offline,
online, set, or view
Action
None.
KAPL01003- No operation name is specified.
W
Details
An operation name is
missing.
Action
Specify the operation
name, and then retry.
KAPL01004- The operation name is invalid. Operation
W
name = aa...aa
Details
aa...aa: Specified
operation name
Action
Execute the help operation
of the HDLM command
(dlnkmgr) to check the
operation name, and then
retry. For details on the
help operation, see help
(Displays the Operation
Format) on page 6-4.
KAPL01005- A parameter is invalid. Operation name =
W
aa...aa, parameter = bb...bb
8-4
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
aa...aa: clear, set,
online, offline, or view
bb...bb: Specified
parameter
Action
Execute help operationname of the HDLM
command (dlnkmgr) to
check the parameter, and
then retry. For details on
the help operation, see
help (Displays the
Operation Format) on page
6-4.
KAPL01006- A necessary parameter is not specified.
W
Operation name = aa...aa
Details
The specified operation
does not contain the
necessary parameter.
aa...aa: clear, set,
offline, or view
Action
Execute help operationname of the HDLM
command (dlnkmgr) to
check the parameter.
Specify the correct
parameter, and then retry.
For details on the help
operation, see help
(Displays the Operation
Format) on page 6-4.
KAPL01007- A duplicate parameter is specified.
W
Operation name = aa...aa, parameter =
bb...bb
Details
aa...aa: clear, offline,
online, set, or view
bb...bb: Duplicate
parameter
Action
Delete the duplicate
parameter, and then retry.
KAPL01008- A necessary parameter value is not
W
specified. Operation name = aa...aa,
parameter = bb...bb
Details
aa...aa: offline, online,
set, or view
bb...bb: Parameter name
Action
Specify the parameter
value, and then retry.
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-5
Message
ID
Message Text
KAPL01009- A parameter value is invalid. Operation
W
name = aa...aa, parameter = bb...bb,
parameter value = cc...cc, Valid value =
dd...dd
Explanation
Details
aa...aa: offline, online,
set, or view
bb...bb: Parameter name
cc...cc: Specified
parameter value
dd...dd: Specifiable
parameter value range
Action
Specify a correct value for
the parameter, and then
retry.
KAPL01012- Could not connect the HDLM manager.
E
Operation name = aa...aa
Details
In the view -sys -sfunc
operation, information
must be collected from the
HDLM manager but the
manager cannot be
accessed.
aa...aa: view
Action
Execute the view operation
of the HDLM command
(dlnkmgr) to check
whether the HDLM
manager has started. Start
the HDLM manager if it has
not started, and then retry
the HDLM command. For
details on the view
operation, see view
(Displays Information) on
page 6-33.
KAPL01013- An error occurred in internal processing of Details
E
the HDLM command. Operation name =
An error unrelated to a
aa...aa details = bb...bb
user operation occurred
during command
processing.
aa...aa: clear, offline,
online, set, or view
bb...bb: The name of the
function and processing on
which the error occurred
Action
Execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
8-6
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL01014- No authority to execute the HDLM
W
command. Operation name = aa...aa
Details
You do not have the
administrator permissions
necessary to execute the
HDLM command.
aa...aa: clear, offline,
online, set, or view
Action
Execute the command as a
user with root permissions.
KAPL01015- The target HBA was not found. Operation
W
name = aa...aa
Details
No path was found with
the port number and path
number, or the adapter
type and adapter number,
specified for the -hba
parameter.
aa...aa: offline or online
Action
Execute the view operation
of the HDLM command
(dlnkmgr view -path) and
check the value displayed
in PathName. Use the two
leftmost digits of PathName
for the relevant HBA port,
and then retry. For details
on the view operation, see
view (Displays
Information) on page 6-33.
KAPL01016- The target CHA port was not found.
W
Operation name = aa...aa
Details
The path ID of the path
management path
(Path_ID) specified in the
-pathid option required by
the -cha parameter could
not be found, or the CHA
that has the channel ID
(CHA_ID) specified in the chaid parameter could not
be found.
aa...aa: offline or online
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-7
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Action
¢
If the path ID of the
path management
path was specified in pathid
Execute the view
operation of the HDLM
command (dlnkmgr
view -path), and
check the value of the
target CHA port and
the path ID of the path
management path that
passes through that
CHA port. Then,
specify the applicable
path management
path ID, and retry the
operation. For details
about the view
operation, see view
(Displays Information)
on page 6-33.
¢
If the channel ID
(CHA_ID) was specified
in -chaid
Execute the view
operation of the HDLM
command (dlnkmgr
view -cha), and check
the target CHA port
and the CHA ID of that
CHA port. Then,
specify the applicable
CHA ID, and retry the
operation. For details
about the view
operation, see view
(Displays Information)
on page 6-33.
KAPL01018- The target device was not found.
W
Operation name = aa...aa
Details
The specified host device
name could not be found.
aa...aa: view
Action
Execute the view operation
of the HDLM command
(dlnkmgr view -path) to
check the value displayed
in HDevName. Specify a
host device for the value of
HDevName, and then retry.
8-8
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
For details on the view
operation, see view
(Displays Information) on
page 6-33.
KAPL01019- The target path was not found. Operation
W
name = aa...aa
Details
aa...aa: offline, online,
or view
¢
offline/online
operation
The specified path
does not exist.
¢
view operation
The paths have not
been configured
because creation of
the HDLM environment
or configuration
changes to the HDLM
operating environment
have not finished.
Action
¢
offline/online
operation
Use the view
operation of the HDLM
command (dlnkmgr)
to check the settings,
and then retry. For
details on the view
operation, see view
(Displays Information)
on page 6-33.
¢
view operation
Refer to Chapter 3,
Creating an HDLM
Environment on page
3-1. Creating an HDLM
Environment or
Changing the
Configuration of the
HDLM Operating
Environment on page
4-15, and then
configure any paths
that exist. If the same
message appears
again, execute the
DLMgetras utility for
collecting HDLM error
information, acquire
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-9
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
the error information,
and then contact your
HDLM vendor or the
company for which
you have a service
contract. For details on
the DLMgetras utility,
see DLMgetras Utility
for Collecting HDLM
Error Information on
page 7-5.
KAPL01021- Cannot execute the HDLM command due
E
to insufficient memory.
Details
Memory required for HDLM
command processing could
not be allocated.
Action
Terminate unneeded
applications to increase the
amount of free memory,
and then retry.
KAPL01023- The last Online path for the device cannot Details
W
be placed Offline(C).
The path specified in the
offline operation cannot
be placed in the
Offline(C) status because
it is the last path for the
applicable logical unit.
Action
Use the view operation of
the HDLM command
(dlnkmgr) to check the
status of the paths. For
details on the view
operation, see view
(Displays Information) on
page 6-33.
KAPL01024- The specified parameters cannot be
W
specified at the same time. Operation
name = aa...aa, parameters = bb...bb
Details
aa...aa:clear, offline,
online, set, or view
bb...bb:Parameters that
cannot be specified at the
same time
Action
Execute help operation of
the HDLM command
(dlnkmgr) to check which
parameters can be
specified at the same time,
and then retry. For details
on the help operation, see
8-10
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
help (Displays the
Operation Format) on page
6-4.
KAPL01036- The Offline path cannot be placed online.
E
PathID = aa...aa
Details
aa...aa: Path ID (decimal
(base-10) number)
Action
Remove the error in the
path, and then retry.
KAPL01039- During the online operation processing of Details
W
the HDLM command, a path that cannot
A path that cannot be
be placed in the Online status was
placed Online was detected
detected. PathID = aa...aa Would you like
during multipath online
to continue the processing of the online
processing.
operation? [y/n]:
To ignore this path and
perform online processing
for the next path, enter y.
To cancel processing, enter
n.
aa...aa: Path ID (decimal
(base-10) number)
Action
If you want to continue
processing of the online
operation of the HDLM
command for other paths,
enter y. If you want to
terminate processing,
enter n. For details on the
online operation, see
online (Places Paths
Online) on page 6-11.
KAPL01040- The entered value is invalid. Re-enter [y/
W
n]:
Details
A value other than y and n
was entered. Enter y or n.
Action
Enter y or n.
KAPL01041- The entered value is invalid. The
E
operation stops. Operation name =
aa...aa
Details
Command processing will
be aborted because an
incorrect value was
entered three times in a
row for a request.
aa...aa: clear, offline,
online, or set
Action
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-11
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Check the correct value,
and then re-execute the
HDLM command.
KAPL01044- A duplicate parameter value is specified.
W
Operation name = aa...aa, parameter =
bb...bb, parameter value = cc...cc
Details
aa...aa:view
bb...bb: Parameter name
cc...cc: Duplicate
parameter value
Action
Delete the duplicate
parameter value, and then
retry.
KAPL01045- Too many parameter values are specified. Details
W
Operation name = aa...aa, parameters =
aa...aa: offline, online,
bb...bb, parameter value = cc...cc
set, or view
bb...bb: Parameter name
cc...cc: Parameter value
Action
Execute help operationname of the HDLM
command (dlnkmgr) to
check the parameter value,
and then retry. For details
on the help operation, see
help (Displays the
Operation Format) on page
6-4.
KAPL01048- Help information cannot be found.
W
Operation name = aa...aa.
Details
The specified operation is
not an operation of the
HDLM command.
aa...aa: Specified
operation name
Action
Use the help operation of
the HDLM command
(dlnkmgr) to check the
operation name. And then
retry. For details on the
help operation, see help
(Displays the Operation
Format) on page 6-4.
KAPL01049- Would you like to execute the operation?
I
Operation name = aa...aa [y/n]:
8-12
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
The clear/set operation
will be started. To continue
the operation, enter y. To
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
cancel the operation, enter
n.
aa...aa: clear or set
Action
If you want to execute the
operation, enter y. If you
want to terminate
processing, enter n. For
details on the clear
operation, see clear
(Returns the Path Statistics
to the Initial Value) on
page 6-3. For details on
the set operation, see set
(Sets Up the Operating
Environment) on page
6-17.
KAPL01050- The currently selected paths will be
I
changed to the Online status. Is this OK?
[y/n]:
Details
The online operation will
be started. To continue the
online operation, enter y.
To cancel the operation,
enter n.
Action
If you want to execute
online processing, enter
y. If you want to terminate
processing, enter n. For
details on the online
operation, see online
(Places Paths Online) on
page 6-11.
KAPL01051- Because no path has been selected
I
among the currently displayed paths, the
paths in the Offline(C), Offline(E), and
Online(E) statuses will be changed to the
Online status. Is this OK? [y/n]:
Details
All the paths will be placed
Online because the path
selection parameter is not
specified for the online
operation. To place all the
paths Online, enter y. To
cancel the operation, enter
n.
Action
If you want to execute
online processing, enter
y. If you want to terminate
processing, enter n. Before
you execute the
processing, be sure to
execute the view operation
of the HDLM command
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-13
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
(dlnkmgr) to check the
path status. For details on
the view operation, see
view (Displays
Information) on page 6-33.
For details on the online
operation, see online
(Places Paths Online) on
page 6-11.
KAPL01052- The currently selected paths will be
I
changed to the Offline(C) status. Is this
OK? [y/n]:
Details
The offline operation will
be started. To continue the
offline operation, enter
y. To cancel the operation,
enter n.
Action
If you want to execute the
offline processing, enter y.
If you want to terminate
processing, enter n. For
details on the offline
operation, see offline
(Places Paths Offline) on
page 6-6.
KAPL01053- If you are sure that there would be no
I
problem when the path is placed in the
Offline(C) status, enter y. Otherwise,
enter n. [y/n]:
Details
The offline operation will
be started. To continue the
offline operation, enter
y. To cancel the operation,
enter n.
Action
If you want to execute
offline processing, enter
y. If you want to terminate
processing, enter n. For
details on the offline
operation, see offline
(Places Paths Offline) on
page 6-6.
KAPL01054- During the offline operation processing of Details
W
the HDLM command, a path that cannot
A path that cannot be set
be placed in the Offline(C) status was
to Offline(C) was detected
detected. PathID = aa...aa Would you like
during multipath offline
to continue the processing of the offline
processing. To ignore this
operation? [y/n]:
path and perform offline
processing for the next
path, enter y. To cancel
offline processing, enter n.
aa...aa: Path ID (decimal
(base-10) number)
8-14
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Action
If you want to continue
processing the offline
operation of the HDLM
command for other paths,
enter y. If you want to
terminate processing,
enter n. For details on the
offline operation, see
offline (Places Paths
Offline) on page 6-6.
KAPL01055- All the paths which pass the specified
I
aa...aa will be changed to the Offline(C)
status. Is this OK? [y/n]:
Details
Multiple paths will be
collectively set to
Offline(C) because the hba or -cha parameter was
specified. To collectively
set place multiple paths to
Offline(C), enter y. To
cancel the operation, enter
n.
aa...aa: CHA port, HBA
Action
If you want to execute
offline processing for the
paths that meet the
specified requirements,
enter y. If you want to
terminate processing,
enter n.
KAPL01056- If you are sure that there would be no
I
problem when all the paths which pass
the specified aa...aa are placed in the
Offline(C) status, enter y. Otherwise,
enter n. [y/n]:
Details
This message re-asks the
user whether they want to
set place all the paths to
Offline(C). To set all the
paths to Offline(C), enter
y. To cancel the operation,
enter n.
aa...aa: CHA port, HBA
Action
If you want to execute
offline processing for the
paths that meet the
specified requirements,
enter y. If you want to
terminate processing,
enter n.
KAPL01057- All the paths which pass the specified
I
aa...aa will be changed to the Online
status. Is this OK? [y/n]:
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Multiple paths will all be
placed in Online status
8-15
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
because the -hba or -cha
parameter was specified.
To continue the operation,
enter y; to cancel the
operation, enter n.
aa...aa: CHA port, HBA
Action
If you want to execute
online processing for the
paths that meet the
specified requirements,
enter y. If you want to
terminate processing,
enter n.
KAPL01058- The specified parameter value is not
W
needed. Operation name = aa...aa,
parameter = bb...bb, parameter value =
cc...cc
Details
A parameter value was
specified in a parameter
that does not need a any
parameter value.
aa...aa: clear, offline,
online, set, or view
bb...bb: Parameter name
cc...cc: Parameter value
Action
Execute help operationname of the HDLM
command (dlnkmgr) to
check the parameter and
parameter value, and then
retry. For details on the
help operation, see help
(Displays the Operation
Format) on page 6-4.
KAPL01059- Cannot specify the parameter aa...aa at
W
the same time if you specify parameter
bb...bb and parameter value cc...cc.
Operation name = dd...dd
Details
A parameter value is
conflicting with the value
of another parameter.
bb...bb: Parameter name
cc...cc: Parameter value
aa...aa: Parameter name
dd...dd: view or set
Action
Execute help operationname of the HDLM
command (dlnkmgr) to
check the parameter and
parameter value, and then
8-16
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
retry. For details on the
help operation, see help
(Displays the Operation
Format) on page 6-4.
KAPL01060- The user terminated the operation.
I
Operation name = aa...aa
Details
Command processing will
be aborted because n was
entered for a required
confirmation.
aa...aa: online, offline,
set, or clear
Action
None.
KAPL01061- aa...aa path(s) were successfully placed
I
bb...bb; cc...cc path(s) were not.
Operation name = dd...dd
Details
This message indicates the
number of the paths
processed in an online/
offline operation.
aa...aa: Number of paths
where the online/offline
operation was successful
(decimal (base-10)
number)
bb...bb: Online,
Online(S), Online(D) or
Offline(C)
cc...cc: Number of paths
where the online/offline
operation was unsuccessful
(decimal (base-10)
number)
dd...dd: online, or
offline
Action
None. For details on the
online operation, see
online (Places Paths
Online) on page 6-11. For
details on the offline
operation, see offline
(Places Paths Offline) on
page 6-6.
KAPL01063- The target path(s) are already aa...aa.
I
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
As a result of a previous
online/offline operation,
the specified path has
already been set to
Online/Online(S)/
Online(D)/Offline(C).
8-17
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
aa...aa: Online,
Online(S), Online(D),
or Offline(C)
Action
Use the view operation of
the HDLM command
(dlnkmgr) to check the
status of the path. For
details on the view
operation, see view
(Displays Information) on
page 6-33. For details on
the online operation, see
online (Places Paths
Online) on page 6-11. For
details on the offline
operation, see offline
(Places Paths Offline) on
page 6-6.
For Online(S) or
Online(D) paths:
To change the status of a
path from Online(S) or
Online(D) to Online, reexecute the HDLM
command using the hapath parameter.
KAPL01068- Enter a license key:
I
Details
The license key will now be
renewed. Enter a license
key.
Action
None.
KAPL01069- The entered license key is invalid.
W
Details
The entered license key is
invalid.
Action
Enter a valid license key.
KAPL01070- The entered license key is invalid.
E
Renewal of the license key will now stop.
Details
The license key renewal
processing will be aborted
because an invalid license
key was entered three
times in a row.
Action
Obtain a valid license key,
and then retry.
8-18
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
KAPL01071- The permanent license was installed.
I
Explanation
Details
The license was renewed
and is registered as a
permanent license.
Action
None.
KAPL01072- The emergency license was installed. The
I
license expires on aa...aa.
Details
A license was renewed and
is registered as an
emergency license.
aa...aa: Year (4 digits)/
month (01-12)/day
(01-31)
Action
Install a permanent license
by the expiration day.
KAPL01073- The temporary license expired.
E
Details
The temporary license has
expired. Register a
permanent license.
Action
Register a permanent
license.
KAPL01074- The emergency license expired.
E
Details
The emergency license has
expired. Register a
permanent license.
Action
Register a permanent
license.
KAPL01075- A fatal error occurred in HDLM. The
E
system environment is invalid.
Details
The license information file
is missing.
Action
Re-install HDLM.
KAPL01076- The permanent license has been installed. Details
I
You need not install a
license because a
permanent license has
already been installed.
Action
None.
KAPL01078- The operation terminated because the
W
path configuration changed during
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
aa...aa:offline, online,
view
8-19
Message
ID
Message Text
execution of the HDLM command.
Operation name = aa...aa
Explanation
Action
After the processing to
change the path
configuration has finished,
retry.
KAPL01079- The intermittent error monitoring function Details
W
cannot be set up because automatic
The intermittent error
failback is disabled.
monitoring function cannot
be set up because
automatic failbacks are
disabled.
Action
Enable automatic failbacks,
and then re-execute.
KAPL01080- The error monitoring interval and the
W
number of times that the error is to occur
conflict with the automatic failback
checking interval.
Details
An intermittent error
cannot be detected by
using the values specified
for the following: the
checking interval for
automatic failbacks, the
error-monitoring interval,
and the number of times
the error needs to occur.
Action
Set the intermittent errormonitoring interval to a
value that is equal to or
greater than (automaticfailback-checking-interval x
number-of-times-error-isto-occur-for-intermittenterror-monitoring).
KAPL01081- The license key file is invalid. File name = Details
E
aa...aa
The format of the license
key file is invalid.
aa...aa: /var/tmp/
hdlm_license
Action
Save the correct license
key file in the designated,
and then re-execute.
/var/tmp/hdlm_license
KAPL01082- There is no installable license key in the
E
license key file. File name = aa...aa
Details
There is no useable license
key for HDLM in the license
key file.
aa...aa: /var/tmp/
hdlm_license
8-20
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Action
Make sure that the license
key file is correct, and then
re-execute.
/var/tmp/hdlm_license
KAPL01083- There is no license key file. File name =
I
aa...aa
Details
There is no license key file
in the designated
directory:
aa...aa: /var/tmp/
hdlm_license
Action
When the message that
prompts you to enter the
license key is displayed,
enter the license key.
Alternatively, cancel the
HDLM command, save the
correct license key file in
the designated directory,
and then re-execute the
HDLM command.
aa...aa: /var/tmp/
hdlm_license
KAPL01084- An attempt to delete the license key file
W
has failed. File name = aa...aa
Details
aa...aa: /var/tmp/
hdlm_license
Action
If a license key file exists,
delete it.
aa...aa: /var/tmp/
hdlm_license
KAPL01088- The specified parameter values cannot be
W
specified at the same time. Operation
name = aa...aa, parameter = bb...bb,
parameter values = cc...cc
Details
aa...aa:view
bb...bb: Parameter name
cc...cc: Parameter values
that cannot be specified at
the same time
Action
Execute help operationname of the HDLM
command (dlnkmgr) to
check which parameter can
be specified, and then
retry. For details on the
help operation, see help
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-21
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
(Displays the Operation
Format) on page 6-4.
KAPL01089- One of the following was executed at the
E
same time as an HDLM command set -lic
operation: another set -lic operation, or
an update of the license for an update
installation.
Action
Check the license by using
the HDLM command's view
-sys -lic operation. If
necessary, re-execute the
HDLM command's set lic operation. If the same
error message is output
again, contact your HDLM
vendor or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM.
Do not perform the
following operations:
¢
¢
KAPL01095- An attempt to acquire the HDLM version
E
information has failed. details = aa...aa
Simultaneously
execute the HDLM
command's set -lic
operation with the
view -sys -lic
operation.
Execute the HDLM
command's set -lic
operation while the
license for an upgrade
or re-installation is
being updated.
Details
aa...aa: Code showing the
reason for the error
Action
Re-execute the command.
If the same error occurs
again, execute the
DLMgetras utility for
collecting HDLM error
information, acquire the
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the company for which
you have a service
contract.
KAPL01096- An attempt to acquire the Service Pack
E
version information has failed. details =
aa...aa
Details
aa...aa: Code showing the
reason for the error
Action
8-22
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Re-execute the command.
If the same error occurs
again, execute the
DLMgetras utility for
collecting HDLM error
information, acquire the
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the company for which
you have a service
contract.
KAPL01097- All the current trace files will be deleted.
W
Is this OK? [y/n]
Details
If you set a value that is
less than the current value
of the trace file size or
number of trace files, all
the current trace files will
be deleted. To continue the
operation, enter y. To
cancel the operation, enter
n.
Action
If you want to execute the
operation of the HDLM
command, enter y. If you
want to terminate
processing, enter n.
KAPL01100- aa...aa
I
Details
This message indicates the
executed command line.
aa...aa: Name of the
executed command.
Action
None.
KAPL01101- The target HBA port was not found.
W
Operation name = aa...aa
Details
The HBA having the
HBA_ID specified in the hbaid parameter could not
be found.
aa...aa: : offline,
online
Action
Use the view operation of
the HDLM command
(dlnkmgr view -hba) to
check the target HBA port
and the HBA_ID of the
target HBA port. After that,
specify the appropriate
HBA_ID, and then retry.
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-23
Message
ID
Message Text
KAPL01102- All the paths which pass the specified
I
aa...aa port will be changed to the
Offline(C) status. Is this OK? [y/n]:
Explanation
Details
Multiple paths will be
collectively placed
Offline(C) because the hbaid or -chaid
parameter was specified.
To collectively place
multiple paths Offline(C),
enter y. To not collectively
place them Offline(C),
enter n.
aa...aa:CHA, HBA
Action
If you want to execute the
offline processing for the
paths which pass the
specified target, enter y. If
you want to terminate the
processing, enter n.
KAPL01103- If you are sure that there would be no
I
problem when all the paths which pass
the specified aa...aa port are placed in
the Offline(C) status, enter y. Otherwise,
enter n. [y/n]:
Details
This message re-asks the
user whether to place all
the paths Offline(C). To
place all the paths
Offline(C), enter y. To not
place them Offline(C),
enter n.
aa...aa:CHA, HBA
Action
If you want to execute the
offline processing for the
paths which pass the
specified target, enter y. If
you want to terminate the
processing, enter n.
KAPL01104- All the paths which pass the specified
I
aa...aa port will be changed to the Online
status. Is this OK? [y/n]:
Details
Multiple paths will be
collectively placed Online
because the -hbaid or chaid parameter was
specified. To collectively
place multiple paths
Online, enter y. To not
collectively place them
Online, enter n.
aa...aa:CHA, HBA
Action
8-24
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
If you want to execute the
Online processing for the
paths which pass the
specified target, enter y. If
you want to terminate the
processing, enter n.
KAPL01112- An attempt to connect to the HDLM driver Details
E
has failed. Operation name = aa...aa
HDLM driver information
must be collected to
execute the given HDLM
command, but the HDLM
driver cannot be accessed.
aa...aa: clear, offline,
online, set, or view
Action
Perform one of the
following procedures.
When performing an
installation
See Installing HDLM on
page 3-17, and then
complete the installation.
When performing an
remove
See Removing HDLM on
page 3-97, and then
complete the remove.
When performing neither
of the above, or if the
same error continues to
occur even after one of the
above procedures is
performed, execute the
DLMgetras utility for
collecting HDLM error
information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM.
For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL01114- The audit log configuration file does not
W
exist. Restart the HDLM Manager, and
execute the "dlnkmgr view -sys -audlog"
command and check the setting.
Details
The audit log configuration
file does not exist.
Action
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-25
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Restart the HDLM
Manager, and execute the
dlnkmgr view -sys audlog command, and
then specify the desired
setting by using the
dlnkmgr set -audlog
command or the dlnkmgr
set -audfac command as
necessary.
KAPL01115- The audit log configuration file cannot be Details
W
opened. Execute the "dlnkmgr view -sys The audit log configuration
audlog" command and check whether a
file cannot be opened.
normal result is displayed.
Action
If the dlnkmgr view -sys
-audlog command does
not display a normal
result, contact your HDLM
vendor or maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM.
KAPL01116- The audit log configuration file is invalid.
W
Restart the HDLM Manager, and execute
the "dlnkmgr view -sys -audlog"
command and check the setting.
Details
The audit log configuration
file is invalid.
Action
Restart the HDLM
Manager, and execute the
dlnkmgr view -sys audlog command, and
then specify the desired
setting by using the
dlnkmgr set -audlog
command or the dlnkmgr
set -audfac command as
necessary.
KAPL01117- An error occurred during processing to
W
read the audit log configuration file.
Details
An internal error occurred
while reading the audit log
configuration file.
Action
Contact your HDLM vendor
or maintenance company if
there is a maintenance
contract for HDLM.
KAPL01118- An error occurred during processing to
W
output the audit log configuration file.
8-26
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
An internal parameter
error when the audit-log
data was output.
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Action
Contact your HDLM vendor
or maintenance company if
there is a maintenance
contract for HDLM.
KAPL01119- An error occurred during processing to
W
output the audit log configuration file.
Details
An internal parameter
error when the audit-log
data was output.
Action
Contact your HDLM vendor
or maintenance company if
there is a maintenance
contract for HDLM.
KAPL01120- A storage system model ID could not be
W
displayed. Details = aa...aa, bb...bb
Details
A storage system model ID
could not be displayed.
aa...aa: Storage
recognition information
bb...bb: Error code
Action
Execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL01121- HNTRLib2 initialization failed. Integrated
W
trace information cannot be collected.
Action
Execute the HDLM
command as a user who
has root permissions.
If neither of above are the
source of the problem,
execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM.
KAPL01133- aa...aa path(s) were successfully placed
I
bb...bb; cc...cc path(s) were successfully
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-27
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
placed dd...dd; ee...ee path(s) were not.
Operation name = ff...ff
The number of paths
processed by an online
operation is shown.
aa...aa: The number of
paths which changed to
the Online status
bb...bb: Online or
Online(S)
cc...cc: The number of
paths which changed to
the Online(S) or
Online(D) status
dd...dd: Online(S),
Online(D) or Online(S)/
Online(D)
ee...ee: The number of
paths which failed to
change to either the
Online, Online(S) or
Online(D) status
ff...ff: online
Action
None.
KAPL01134- The target paths are already Online or
I
Online(S).
Details
The specified paths are
already in the Online or
Online(S) status as a
result of an online
operation.
Action
Check path status by using
the view operation.. For
details on the view
operation, see view
(Displays Information) on
page 6-33.
For Online(S) paths:
To change the status of a
path from Online(S) to
Online, re-execute the
HDLM command using the
-hapath parameter.
KAPL01154- The dynamic I/O path control function is
W
already set to aa...aa for the system.
Details
aa...aa: "on" or "off"
Action
Use the view operation of
the HDLM command
8-28
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
(dlnkmgr) to check the
setting for the host,
storage, and LUs. For
details on the view
operation, see view
(Displays Information) on
page 6-33.
KAPL01155- The dynamic I/O path control function is
W
already set to aa...aa for storage.
Details
aa...aa: "on" or "off"
Action
Use the view operation of
the HDLM command
(dlnkmgr) to check the
setting for storage. For
details on the view
operation, see view
(Displays Information) on
page 6-33.
KAPL01156- The dynamic I/O path control function
I
was set to aa...aa for storage.
Details
aa...aa: "on" or "off"
Action
Use the view operation of
the HDLM command
(dlnkmgr) to check the
setting for storage and
LUs. For details on the
view operation, see view
(Displays Information) on
page 6-33.
KAPL01157- The dynamic I/O path control function
I
was set to aa...aa for the system.
Details
aa...aa: "on" or "off"
Action
Use the view operation of
the HDLM command
(dlnkmgr) to check the
setting for the host,
storage, and LUs. For
details on the view
operation, see view
(Displays Information) on
page 6-33.
KAPL01158- Dynamic I/O path control cannot be
E
applied to the specified storage.
Action
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Use the view operation of
the HDLM command
(dlnkmgr) to check the
path ID. For details on the
view operation, see view
(Displays Information) on
page 6-33.
8-29
Message
ID
Message Text
KAPL01159- Paths were added. (number of paths
I
added = aa...aa, completion time =
bb...bb)
Explanation
Details
This message indicates
that an add operation
succeeded.
aa...aa: number of paths
added
bb...bb: year (4 digits)/
month/date
hour:minute:second
Action
Use the view operation of
the HDLM command
(dlnkmgr) to verify
information about the
added paths.
KAPL01160- The path configuration was not changed.
W
Details
If an add operation was
executed
This message indicates
that no paths were
added.
If a delete operation was
executed
This message indicates
that no paths were
deleted.
Action
If an add operation was
executed
- Execute an OS
command, and check
whether the addition
of paths is recognized
by the OS.
- Use the view
operation of the HDLM
command (dlnkmgr)
to check whether the
paths have already
been added to HDLM.
If a delete operation was
executed
- Check whether the
paths to be deleted
are in the Offline(C)
status.
- Use the view
operation of the HDLM
command (dlnkmgr)
8-30
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
to check whether the
paths have already
been deleted from
HDLM.
KAPL01161- This operation will change the path
I
configuration. Do you want to continue?
[y/n]:
Details
This message confirms
whether to perform a path
configuration change by
using an add operation or
delete operation.
Action
Enter y to change the path
configuration, or enter n to
cancel the operation.
KAPL01162- A path was added. (path ID = aa...aa,
I
storage = bb...bb, iLU = cc...cc)
Details
This message displays
information about a path
added as the result of an
add operation.
aa...aa: path ID of the
added path
bb...bb: storage (vendor
ID.product ID.serial
number) to which the
added path is connected
cc...cc: LU number to
which the added path is
connected
Action
Use the view operation of
the HDLM command
(dlnkmgr) to verify
information about the
added paths.
KAPL01163- The path configuration change failed.
E
(details = aa...aa)
Details
This message indicates
that an add operation or
delete operation failed.
aa...aa: code indicating the
content of the error
Action
Execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or, if you have a
maintenance contract for
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-31
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
HDLM, the maintenance
company.
KAPL01164- Paths were deleted. (number of paths
I
deleted = aa...aa, completion time =
bb...bb)
Details
This message indicates
that a delete operation
succeeded.
aa...aa: number of paths
deleted
bb...bb: year (4 digits)/
month/date
hour:minute:second
Action
Use the view operation of
the HDLM command
(dlnkmgr) to verify that
the paths were deleted.
KAPL01165- A path was deleted. (path ID = aa...aa,
I
storage = bb...bb, iLU = cc...cc)
Details
This message displays
information about a path
deleted as the result of a
delete operation.
aa...aa: path ID of the
deleted path
bb...bb: storage (vendor
ID.product ID.serial
number) to which the
deleted path was
connected
cc...cc: LU number to
which the deleted path was
connected
Action
Use the view operation of
the HDLM command
(dlnkmgr) to verify that
the paths were deleted.
KAPL01166- If you execute this operation, the
Details
I
specified number of times that the same
The specified number of
path can be used for individual LUs will
times that the same path
become invalid. Do you want to execute
can be used for individual
the operation anyway? Operation name =
LUs will become invalid. To
set [y/n]:
continue the operation,
enter y. To cancel the
operation, enter n.
Action
If you want to change the
number of times that the
same path can be used for
the system, enter y. To
8-32
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
cancel the operation, enter
n.
KAPL01167- All paths will be set to Online or
I
Online(D). Is this OK? [y/n]:
Details
All paths will be set to
Online or Online(D)
because no path is
specified. To continue,
enter y. To cancel the
operation, enter n.
Action
To set all paths to Online
or Online(D), enter y. To
cancel the operation, enter
n. Before you execute the
processing, you must
check the path status by
executing the view
operation of the HDLM
command dlnkmgr.
KAPL01168- All P-VOL paths that are connected to the
I
LU that has the specified path ID will be
set to Online(D). Is this OK? [y/n]:
Details
All paths for each specified
LU will be set to Online or
Online(D). To continue,
enter y. To cancel the
operation, enter n.
Note: All paths of the LU,
including non-P-VOL paths,
will be set to Online or
Online(D).
Action
To set to Online or
Online(D) all paths that
are connected to the LU
that has the specified path
ID, enter y. To cancel the
process, enter n.
KAPL01169- All Online(S) or Online(D) paths will be
I
set to Online. Is this OK? [y/n]:
Details
All paths in the Online(S)
or Online(D) status will be
set to Online because no
path is specified. To
continue, enter y. To
cancel the operation, enter
n.
Action
To execute online
processing, enter y. To
cancel the operation, enter
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-33
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
n. Before you execute the
processing, you must
check the path status by
executing the view
operation of the HDLM
command dlnkmgr.
KAPL01170- All Online(S) or Online(D) paths that are
Details
I
connected to the LU that has the specified
All paths in the Online(S)
path ID will be set to Online. Is this OK?
or Online(D) status for
[y/n]:
each specified LU will be
set to Online. To continue,
enter y. To cancel the
operation, enter n.
Action
To set to online the all
Online(S) or Online(D)
paths that are connected
to the specified LU with
path ID, enter y. To cancel
the operation, enter n.
KAPL01171- The target paths are already aa...aa or
I
bb...bb.
Details
The specified paths are
already in the Online,
Online(S), or Online(D)
status as a result of an
online operation.
aa...aa: Online or
Online(S)
bb...bb: Online(D) or
Online(S)/Online(D)
Action
Check path status by using
the view operation. For
Online(S) or Online(D)
paths: To change the
status of a path from
Online(S) or Online(D)
to Online, re-execute the
HDLM command with the hapath parameter
specified.
KAPL01172- There are no Online(S)/Online(D) paths
I
among the target paths.
Details
An online operation was
executed using the -hapath
parameter, but there are
no paths with the
Online(S)/Online(D)
status among the specified
paths.
Action
8-34
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Use the view operation of
the HDLM command
(dlnkmgr) to check the
status of the path.
KAPL03001 to KAPL04000
Message ID
Message Text
KAPL03001-I HDLM API information - aa...aa
Explanation
Details
This information is
required for resolving
problems.
aa...aa: Trace information
Action
None.
KAPL03003E
HDLM API Error information - aa...aa
Details
This information is
required for resolving
problems.
aa...aa: API trace error
information
Action
Execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL03004C
A critical error occurred in the HDLM API. Details
(aa...aa)
This information is
required for resolving
problems.
aa...aa: API trace error
information
Action
Execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-35
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL03006E
An access to the HDLM driver causes an
error. (aa...aa)
Details
This information is
required for resolving
problems.
aa...aa: API trace error
information
Action
Execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL03007E
An error occurred during communication
with the HDLM manager. (aa...aa)
Details
This information is
required for resolving
problems.
aa...aa: API trace error
information
Action
Execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL03008E
An error occurred during log input to the
HDLM alert driver. (aa...aa)
Details
This information is
required for resolving
problems.
aa...aa: API trace error
information
Action
8-36
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
Execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL03999E
An unexpected error occurred.
Details
Conflicting versions of
HDLM modules are being
used.
Action
Execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL04001 to KAPL05000
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
KAPL04001- HDLM manager started.
I
Action
KAPL04002- Could not start the HDLM manager.
E
Details
None.
The HDLM manager failed
to start because the
current environment is
unsuitable for the HDLM
manager to run in.
Action
Execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-37
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL04003- The startup parameter is invalid.
E
Details
The HDLM manager
internal parameter is
invalid.
Action
Execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL04004- HDLM manager will now terminate.
I
Action
KAPL04008- Cannot open the option definition file
E
(aa...aa).
Details
None.
HDLM manager could not
start normally because it
was unable to open the
option definition file.
aa...aa: Option definition
file name
Action
Check whether another
program is currently using
this file (for example, the
file is being opened in a
text editor), or whether
the file has been
inadvertently deleted.
KAPL04009- The option definition is invalid.
E
Details
HDLM manager could not
start normally because
some of the definitions in
the option definition file
were invalid.
Action
If the KAPL04033-W
message is output after
8-38
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
this message, execute the
dlnkmgr view -sys sfunc command, and then
check the option settings.
For options with setting
values that have returned
to default values, use the
dlnkmgr set operation to
reset the values.
If the KAPL04033-W
message is not output,
restart HDLM manager.
If the same error occurs,
re-install HDLM. For details
on the view operation, see
view (Displays
Information) on page 6-33.
For details on the set
operation, see set (Sets Up
the Operating
Environment) on page
6-17.
KAPL04010- Could not open the error log file.
E
Details
HDLM manager cannot
start normally (unable to
open the error log file /
var/opt/
DynamicLinkManager/log/
dlmmgr[1-16].log).
Action
Check whether another
program is using the file
(or has opened the file
with Notepad), or whether
the error log file has been
deleted inadvertently.
KAPL04011- Could not output the error log file.
E
Details
The log information could
not be output to the error
log file /var/
DynamicLinkManager/log/
dlmmgr[1-16].log.
Action
Make sure that the disk
has enough unused
capacity.
KAPL04012- Could not create a communication pipe.
E
RC = aa...aa
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
HDLM manager could not
start normally because it
was unable to create a
8-39
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
pipe file, which is used in
communication with HDLM
commands.
aa...aa: OS error code
(decimal (base-10)
number)
Action
Execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL04013- Input is impossible via the communication Details
E
pipe. RC = aa...aa
Data could not be read
from the pipe file while
communicating with an
HDLM command.
aa...aa: OS error code
(decimal (base-10)
number)
Action
Execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL04014- Output is impossible via the
E
communication pipe. RC = aa...aa
Details
Data could not be written
to the pipe file while
communicating with an
HDLM command.
aa...aa: OS error code
(decimal (base-10)
number)
Action
Execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
8-40
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL04019- Could not collect the error information.
E
RC = aa...aa
Details
An attempt to read the log
information from the alert
driver failed.
aa...aa: API return code
(decimal (base-10)
number)
Action
Execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL04021- HDLM manager information - aa...aa
I
Details
This information is
required for resolving
problems.
aa...aa: HDLM manager
trace information
Action
None.
KAPL04022- HDLM manager warning information W
aa...aa
Details
This information is
required for resolving
problems.
aa...aa: HDLM manager
trace warning information
Action
Execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-41
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL04023- HDLM manager error information - aa...aa Details
E
This information is
required for resolving
problems.
aa...aa: HDLM manager
trace error information
Action
Execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL04024- A critical error occurred in the HDLM
C
manager. (aa...aa)
Details
This information is
required for resolving
problems.
aa...aa: HDLM manager
trace error information
Action
Execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL04025- A memory shortage occurred in the HDLM Details
C
manager.
There was not enough
memory to run the HDLM
manager processes.
Action
8-42
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Increase the amount of
memory available for the
process.
KAPL04026- The temporary license is valid. The
I
license expires in aa...aa days on
(bb...bb).
Details
aa...aa: Expiration day
bb...bb: The year of grace
(4 numeric characters)/
Month (01-12)/Day
(01-31)
Action
Install a permanent license
by the expiration day.
KAPL04027- The emergency license is valid. The
I
license expires in aa...aa days on
(bb...bb).
Details
aa...aa: Expiration day
bb...bb: The year of grace
(4 numeric characters)/
Month (01-12)/Day
(01-31)
Action
Install a permanent license
by the expiration day.
KAPL04028- The temporary license expired.
E
Action
KAPL04029- The emergency license expired.
E
Action
KAPL04030- The temporary license has already
E
expired.
Action
KAPL04031- The emergency license has already
E
expired.
Action
KAPL04032- A fatal error occurred in HDLM. The
C
system environment is invalid
Details
Install a permanent
license.
Install a permanent
license.
Install a permanent
license.
Install a permanent
license.
A part of the HDLM
configuration file is
missing.
Action
Re-install HDLM.
KAPL04033- The option definition file was re-created.
W
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
When an existing option
definition file cannot be
read, a new option
definition file will be recreated by using the
8-43
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
default values. If some of
the options can be read,
those values can be used.
As for any remaining
values, the default values
will be used.
Action
For any non-defaults
options, use the dlnkmgr
set operation to set the
options again. For details
on the set operation, see
set (Sets Up the Operating
Environment) on page
6-17.
KAPL04034- An attempt to create the option definition
E
file has failed.
Details
An attempt to re-create an
option definition file (/usr/
DynamicLinkManager/
config/dlmmgr.xml) using
the default values has
failed.
Action
Remove unnecessary files
and secure unused
capacity on the file system,
Check the write
permissions for the
directory and file.
KAPL04035- The path health check will now start.
I
Total number of paths = aa...aa
Details
aa...aa: Total number of
paths
Action
None.
KAPL04036- The path health check for the path aa...aa Details
I
was executed. Number of error paths =
The path health check has
bb...bb
completed normally.
aa...aa: Number of paths
targeted for path health
checking.
bb...bb: Number of paths
determined to have an
error by path health
checking.
Action
None.
KAPL04037- The path health check completed
I
normally. Path ID = aa...aa
8-44
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
All the paths that path
health checking examined
are fine.
aa...aa: Path ID for the
path examined by path
health checking.
Action
None.
KAPL04042- HDLM SNMP TRAP information - aa...aa
I
Details
All the paths that path
health checking examined
are fine.
aa...aa: Start or stop
Action
None.
KAPL04045- HDLM SNMP TRAP was sent. Trap ID =
I
aa...aa, IP Address = bb...bb, Port
Number= cc...cc, Community = dd...dd,
Trap Data = ee...ee
Details
SNMP TRAP was sent.
aa...aa: Trap ID
bb...bb: Destination IP
address of the trap
cc...cc: Destination port
number of the trap
dd...dd: Community name
given to the trap
ee...ee: Transmission data
Action
None.
KAPL04046- An attempt to connect to the HDLM alert
E
driver has failed. RC = aa...aa. The HDLM
manager will now terminate.
Details
An attempt to connect to
the HDLM alert driver
during HDLM manager
startup has failed. The
HDLM manager will now
terminate.
aa...aa: OS error code
(decimal number)
Action
See Installing HDLM on
page 3-17, and then
complete the installation.
If the same error continues
to occur even after the
procedure is performed,
execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-45
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
contact your HDLM vendor
or maintenance company if
there is a maintenance
contract for HDLM. For
details on the DLMgetras
utility, see DLMgetras
Utility for Collecting HDLM
Error Information on page
7-5.
KAPL04053- The option definition file was recovered
W
from a work file.
Action
KAPL04054- The owner controller will now be revised.
I
(number of LUs = aa...aa)
Details
Execute the dlnkmgr view
-sys command to check
whether the settings are
recovered. If the settings
are not recovered, execute
the dlnkmgr set operation
to recover the settings. For
details on the view
operation, see view
(Displays Information) on
page 6-33. For details on
the set operation, see set
(Sets Up the Operating
Environment) on page
6-17.
aa...aa: number of
targeted LUs
Action
None.
KAPL04055- The owner controller was revised.
I
(number of changed LUs = aa...aa)
Details
aa...aa: number of
changed LUs
Action
None.
KAPL04056- The owner controller cannot be revised
Details
W
because no paths are in the Online status.
aa...aa: ID (serial number
(LU = aa...aa)
+ iLUN) of the LU that was
not revised
Action
Recover the paths from the
failure, and then place
them in the Online status,
or exclude the LU from
dynamic I/O path control.
8-46
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
KAPL05001 to KAPL06000
Message ID
Message Text
KAPL05003-I The HDLM driver (filter component) was
successfully attached to Disk (aa...aa),
Partition (bb...bb).
Explanation
Details
The path corresponding to
Disk (aa...aa: Disk
sequence number) and
Partition (bb...bb: Fixed
at 0) was successfully
registered in the core
logic.
Action
None.
KAPL05008E
Could not allocate memory. (aa:bb)
Details
Execute the DLMgetras utility to collect
The OS memory allocation
error information, and then contact your
function was started but
vendor or maintenance company. Refer
an error was returned from
to the HDLM User's Guide for instructions
the memory allocation
how to execute the DLMgetras utility.
function.
aa...aa: Number of
program lines
bb...bb: Memory capture
size
Action
Check whether the HDLM
driver has started
normally. If it has not
started or contains an
error, execute the
DLMgetras utility for
collecting HDLM error
information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL05011E
Could not attach the HDLM driver (filter
Details
component) to Disk (aa), Partition (bb).
Registration of the path
(cc:dd) Execute the DLMgetras utility to
corresponding to Disk
collect error information, and then
(aa...aa: physical volume
contact your vendor or maintenance
(hdisk) decimal sequence
company. Refer to the HDLM User's
number) and Partition
Guide for instructions how to execute the
(bb...bb: Partition decimal
DLMgetras utility.
number) failed in the core
logic.
cc...cc: Error code
(hexadecimal number)
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-47
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
dd...dd: Filter driver
management table address
(hexadecimal number)
Action
Check whether the HDLM
driver has started
normally. If it has not
started or contains an
error, contact your HDLM
vendor or the maintenance
company, if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM, and report the error
and detail code.
KAPL05014-I The device object (aa...aa) was
registered as the path (bb...bb).
Details
The path (bb...bb: Core
logic path identifier) of the
device object (aa...aa:
Filter driver management
table address) was
successfully registered into
the core logic.
Action
None.
KAPL05018W
The FO processing in the path (aa)
Details
failed. (bb:cc) Check the connection
FO processing failed in the
status of the path %x. If there is no
path (aa...aa: Identifier of
problem with the connection status,
the core logic path where
execute the DLMgetras utility to collect
FO processing failed
error information, and then contact your
(hexadecimal number)).
vendor or maintenance company. Refer
bb...bb: Error code
to the HDLM User's Guide for instructions
(hexadecimal number)
how to execute the DLMgetras utility.
cc...cc: Fixed at 0
Action
The I/O being processed is
discarded. Check the
status of the device path
and take an appropriate
action. If there is no
problem with the
connection status of the
path, execute the
DLMgetras utility for
collecting error
information, and then
contact the HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if you have a
maintenance contract for
HDLM
KAPL05021-I Processing of IOCTL (aa...aa) completed
normally.
8-48
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
The processing for the
requested IOCTL operation
was successful.
aa...aa: IOCTL code
(hexadecimal number)
Action
None.
KAPL05023E
Could not process the IOCTL(aa). (aa:cc) Details
Check the message of the HDLM
Processing corresponding
command or the HDLM manager, and
to the requested IOCTL
then take the appropriate action. If you
(aa...aa: IOCTL code
do not know the appropriate action,
(hexadecimal number)) is
execute the DLMgetras utility to collect
unsuccessful.
error information, and then contact your
bb...bb: Fixed at 0
vendor or maintenance company. Refer
to the HDLM User's Guide for instructions
cc...cc: Fixed at 0
how to execute the DLMgetras utility.
Action
Check the message of the
HDLM command (dlnkmgr)
or the HDLM manager, and
then take the appropriate
action. If you do not know
the appropriate action,
execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM and report the error
and detail code. For details
on the DLMgetras utility,
see DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL05501E
The path could not be created. (aa...aa,
Details
bb...bb, cc) Execute the DLMgetras utility
The driver instance could
to collect error information, and then
not be registered in the
contact your vendor or maintenance
kernel side.
company. Refer to the HDLM User's
aa...aa: HDLM driver
Guide for instructions how to execute the
instance name
DLMgetras utility.
bb...bb: Logical device file
name of hdisk
cc...cc: Error code
(decimal number)
Action
Contact your HDLM vendor
or maintenance company if
you have a maintenance
contract for HDLM.
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-49
Message ID
Message Text
KAPL05508-I Data for maintenance(PathCheck): Error
Code = aa...aa, Status Validity =
bb...bb, Status Code = cc...cc, Sense
Code = dd...dd
Explanation
Details
This message outputs the
details of a path check
error.
aa...aa: Error code
bb...bb: Status Validity
cc...cc: Status code
dd...dd: Sense code
Action
None.
KAPL05509-I Data for maintenance(Adapter): Error
Code = aa...aa, Buffer Flag = bb...bb,
Adapter Status = cc...cc, Add Adapter
Status = dd...dd
Details
This message outputs the
details of a path failure.
aa...aa: Error code
bb...bb: Buffer flag
cc...cc: Adapter status
dd...dd: Additional adapter
status
Action
None.
KAPL05510-I Data for maintenance(SCSI): Error Code
= aa...aa, Buffer Flag = bb...bb, SCSI
Status = cc...cc, Add SCSI Status =
dd...dd
Details
This message outputs the
details of a path failure.
aa...aa: Error code
bb...bb: Buffer flag
cc...cc: SCSI status
dd...dd: Additional SCSI
status
Action
None.
KAPL05511-I Data for maintenance(Other): Error Code Details
= aa...aa, Buffer Flag = bb...bb, Status
This message outputs the
Validity = cc...cc
details of a path failure.
aa...aa: Error code
bb...bb: Buffer flag
cc...cc: Status Validity
Action
None.
KAPL05512-I Data for maintenance(SenseData):
Sense Key = aa...aa, Sense Code =
bb...bb
Details
This message outputs the
details of a path failure.
aa...aa: Sense Key
bb...bb: Sense Code
8-50
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
Action
None.
KAPL05819-I Data for maintenance: aa...aa bb...bb
cc...cc dd...dd.
Details
The filter driver outputs
this message for
maintenance.
aa...aa: Device minor
number
bb...bb: Message output
location information
cc...cc: Detailed
information 1
dd...dd: Detailed
information 2
Action
None.
KAPL06001 to KAPL07000
Message ID
Message Text
KAPL06003-I Initialization of the HDLM alert driver
(aa...aa) was successful.
Explanation
Details
Initialization of the alert
driver (aa...aa: alert driver
management table address
(hexadecimal number))
completed normally.
Action
None.
KAPL06004E
Could not allocate memory.
(aa...aa:bb...bb)
Details
An attempt to reserve
memory to save alert
information has failed.
aa...aa: Program line
(hexadecimal number)
bb...bb: Target memory
size (hexadecimal number)
Action
Check whether the HDLM
driver has started
normally. If it has not
started or contains an
error, execute the
DLMgetras utility for
collecting HDLM error
information, and then
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-51
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM and report the error
and detail code. For details
on the DLMgetras utility,
see DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL06009-I Invalid IOCTL (aa...aa) was received.
The processing is canceled.
Details
A request having an invalid
IOCTL code (aa...aa:
IOCTL code (hexadecimal
number)) was issued to
the alert driver.
Action
None.
KAPL06010E
Could not process the IOCTL (aa...aa).
(bb...bb:cc...cc)
Details
Although the IOCTL
request (aa...aa: code
(hexadecimal number))
from the HDLM manager or
API was accepted, it is not
one of the requests
expected to be processed
by the alert driver.
bb...bb: error code
(hexadecimal number)
cc...cc: 0 (fixed)
Action
Check the message of the
HDLM command (dlnkmgr)
or HDLM manager, and
then take the appropriate
action. If you do not know
the appropriate action,
execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM and report the error
and detail code. For details
on the DLMgetras utility,
see DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL06013E
8-52
Could not write log information into the
log buffer. (aa...aa:bb...bb)
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
When a log output request
was made from the filter
driver, the log information
was discarded because of a
memory allocation failure.
Alternatively, although an
HDLM driver message or
HDLM alert driver
message, or a nonemergency message (C/I)
by the core logic was
generated, its log
information was discarded
by the HDLM alert driver.
aa...aa: log message code
(hexadecimal number)
bb...bb: log area size
(hexadecimal number)
Action
Check whether any other
error occurred. The
information that could not
be written is discarded.
Review the actual memory
size when another error
does not occur.
When the actual memory
size is insufficient, increase
the actual memory size.
When the actual memory
size is sufficient, execute
the DLMgetras utility for
collecting HDLM error
information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL06014E
Could not write emergency information
into the emergency information buffer.
(aa...aa:bb...bb)
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
When a log output request
was made from the filter
driver, the log information
was discarded because of a
memory allocation failure.
Alternatively, although an
emergency message (such
as a path error message)
detected by the core logic
was generated as an
8-53
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
output message, its log
information was discarded
by the HDLM alert driver.
aa...aa: Message code
(hexadecimal number)
bb...bb: Buffer size
(hexadecimal number)
Action
Check whether any other
error occurred. The
information that could not
be written is discarded.
Review the actual memory
size if another error does
not occur.
If the actual memory size
is insufficient, increase the
actual memory size.
If the actual memory size
is sufficient, execute the
DLMgetras utility for
collecting HDLM error
information, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL07001 to KAPL08000
Message
ID
Message Text
KAPL07819- Data for maintenance: aa...aa bb...bb
I
cc...cc dd...dd.
Explanation
Details
This message is generated
by the core logic for
maintenance.
aa...aa: Detailed
information 1 (decimal
(base-10) number)
bb...bb: Internal function
number of the core logic
(decimal (base-10)
number)
8-54
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
cc...cc: Detailed
information 2 (decimal
(base-10) number)
dd...dd: Detailed
information 3 (decimal
(base-10) number)
Action
None.
KAPL07824- The owner controller of the LU connected
I
to the path (aa...aa) was changed to
(bb...bb).
Details
The owner controller of the
LU connected to the path
with the ID shown in the
message was changed.
aa...aa: Path ID of the
changed LU. (same as
PathID of view -path)
(Decimal number)
bb...bb: Owner controller
ID after the change.
(Hexadecimal number)
Action
None.
KAPL07825- The owner core of the LU connected to
I
the path (aa...aa) was changed to
(bb...bb).
Details
The owner core of the LU
connected to the path with
the ID shown in the
message was changed.
aa...aa: Path ID of the
changed LU. (same as
PathID of view -path)
(Decimal number)
bb...bb: Owner core ID
after the change.
(Hexadecimal number)
Action
None.
KAPL08001 to KAPL09000
Message ID
KAPL08019E
Message Text
The path (aa...aa) detected an error
(bb...bb). (cc...cc)
Explanation
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
An error occurred in the
path. The error is most
likely due to a
disconnected cable.
8-55
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
aa...aa: Path identifier
(hexadecimal number)
bb...bb: Error code
(hexadecimal number)
¢
When the path error is
detected by a path
health checking or the
online operation
Displays 0x000F0000
(Fixed).
¢
When a path error is
detected through an I/
O error
The OS error code is
displayed.
cc...cc: 0x00000000
(fixed)
Action
Check the path in which
the error was detected.
KAPL08022E
A path error occurred. ErrorCode =
aa...aa, PathID = bb...bb, PathName =
cc...cc.dd...dd.ee...ee.ff...ff, DNum =
gg...gg, HDevName = hh...hh
Details
A physical or logical error
occurred in the path.
aa...aa: Error code
(hexadecimal number)
¢
When the path error
was detected by a
path health checking
or the online
operation
Displays 0x000F0000
(Fixed).
¢
When the path error
was detected through
an I/O error
Displays the OS error
code.
bb...bb: Path ID (same as
PathID of view -path)
(decimal number)
cc...cc: HBA adapter
number or Adapter type
(same as PathName of
view -path) (character
string)
dd...dd: Bus number or
Adapter number (character
string)
ee...ee: Target ID
(hexadecimal number)
8-56
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
ff...ff: Host LU number
(same as PathName of
view -path) (hexadecimal
number)
gg...gg: Dev number
(same as DNum of view path) (decimal number)
hh...hh: Host device name
Action
There could be an error in
the path. See What To Do
for a Path Error on page
5-3 and restore the path
displayed in the message
to running status.
KAPL08023-I A path was recovered. PathID = aa...aa,
PathName =
bb...bb.cc...cc.dd...dd.ee...ee, DNum =
ff...ff, HDevName = gg...gg
Details
The path has been
recovered.
aa...aa: Path ID (same as
PathID of view -path)
(decimal number)
bb...bb: HBA adapter
number or Adapter type
(same as PathName of
view -path) (character
string)
cc...cc: Bus number or
Adapter number (character
string)
dd...dd: Target ID
(hexadecimal number)
ee...ee: Host LU number
(same as PathName of
view -path) (hexadecimal
number)
ff...ff: Dev number (same
as DNum of view -path)
(decimal number)
gg...gg: Host device name
Action
None.
KAPL08026E
An error occurred on all the paths of the
LU. PathID = aa...aa
Details
An error occurred in the
last, remaining path of an
LU. (This is most likely as
a result of a
disconnection.)
aa...aa: Path ID (same as
PathID of view -path)
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-57
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
(decimal (base-10)
number)
Action
Errors are detected in all
the paths connected to the
LUs. See What To Do for a
Path Error on page 5-3 to
make the path shown in
the error message or the
paths connected to the
target LU.
KAPL08027E
A path was excluded from the items
subject to automatic failback. PathID =
aa...aa
Details
A path was excluded from
being subject to automatic
failbacks because the
system judged that an
intermittent error was
occurring in that path.
aa...aa: Path ID (same as
PathID of view -path)
(decimal (base-10)
number)
Action
An intermittent error has
occurred. Check the path
for any possible problems.
For details on what to do,
see What To Do for a Path
Error on page 5-3, and
switch the path shown in
the message into Online.
KAPL08032-I A path was recovered. (PathID =
aa...aa)
Details
The path has changed to
an online status.
aa...aa: Path ID (same as
PathID of view -path)
(decimal (base-10)
number)
Action
None.
KAPL08033E
No path connected to the LU that
connects to Path ID (aa...aa) is in the
Online(D) status.
Details
Due to path failure, path
deletion, or offline
operation, no path
connected to the LU that
connects to Path ID
(aa...aa) is in the
Online(D) status.
aa...aa: Path ID (same as
PathID of view -path)
8-58
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
(decimal (base-10)
number)
Action
To return a path to the
Online(D) status, resolve
the path failure, and then
execute the "dlnkmgr
online -dfha" command.
KAPL09001 to KAPL10000
Message
ID
Message Text
KAPL09003- Cannot install in this system. Install
E
HDLM on a supported OS.
Explanation
Details
Installation of HDLM failed
because the OS is not
supported. Make sure that
you are using a supported
OS. Also make sure that
the OS is not installed with
the Secure by Default
functionality enabled.
Action
See Host and OS Support
for HDLM on page 3-3 and
install HDLM on a
supported OS.
KAPL09011- Cannot find a license key file "/var/DLM/
E
dlm.lic_key".
Details
The license key file/var/
DLM/dlm.lic_key is not in
the specified directory.
Action
Create a license key file,
and re-execute the
installation program.
KAPL09012- All HDLM drivers were removed.
I
Details
All the HDLM drivers were
successfully removed, the
HDLM manager was
successfully stopped, and
HDLM was stopped.
Action
None.
KAPL09013- Some HDLM drivers could not be
E
removed.
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
The dlmrmdev command
was run, but HDLM drivers
could not be removed.
8-59
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Action
Check the HDLM driver
status and remove the
drivers.
KAPL09019- An attempt to cancel the registration of
E
the bundle PP name of Hitachi Network
Objectplaza Trace Library 2 failed.
Remove Hitachi Network Objectplaza
Trace Library 2 by referring to HDLM
User's Guide section "Removing Hitachi
Network Objectplaza Trace Library
(HNTRLib2)".
Action
KAPL09020- An attempt to remove Hitachi Network
E
Objectplaza Trace Library 2 failed.
Details
Manually cancel the PP
name registration, and
then remove Hitachi
Network Objectplaza Trace
Library 2. If the attempt to
cancel the registration of
the PP name and to
remove Hitachi Network
Objectplaza Trace Library 2
fails again, contact your
HDLM vendor or the
maintenance company if
there is a maintenance
contact of HDLM.
An attempt to remove
HNTRLib2 has failed.
Action
Manually remove Hitachi
Network Objectplaza Trace
Library 2. If the attempt to
remove Hitachi Network
Objectplaza Trace Library 2
fails again, contact your
HDLM vendor or the
maintenance company if
there is a maintenance
contact of HDLM.
KAPL09021- An attempt to register the bundle PP
E
name of Hitachi Network Objectplaza
Trace Library 2 failed.
Details
An attempt to register the
PP name of HNTRLib 2 has
failed.
Action
Contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contact of
HDLM.
KAPL09022- HDLM cannot be removed. aa...aa is
E
running.
Details
HDLM cannot be removed
because the HDLM
manager, HDLM driver is
running.
aa...aa: HDLM manager,
HDLM driver
8-60
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Action
Execute the dlmrmdev
utility, and then re-execute
the remove program.
KAPL09023- A file or directory related to HDLM could
E
not be found. Re-install HDLM.
Details
A target file to copy to the
directory of Hitachi
Command Suite products
other than HDLM could not
be found among the files
related to HDLM
Action
Re-install HDLM.
KAPL09024- An attempt to copy a file or directory
E
related to HDLM has failed. Refer to the
Messages section of the HDLM User's
Guide for instructions to correct this
problem.
Details
An attempt to copy a file
related to HDLM to the
directory of Hitachi
Command Suite products
other than HDLM has
failed.
Action
If this message is output
while installing HDLM, reinstall HDLM.
If this message is output
while installing a Hitachi
Command Suite product
other than HDLM, re-install
that product.
KAPL09025- An attempt to delete a file or directory
W
has failed.
Details
An attempt to delete a file
related to HDLM from the
directory of Hitachi
Command Suite products
other than HDLM has
failed.
Action
If the following files or
directories are on the host,
remove them manually.
/usr/HDVM/agent/
classes/com/Hitachi/
soft/HiCommand/DVM/
agent/module/
HDLMWebAgent.class
/usr/HDVM/agent/
classes/jp
/usr/HDVM/agent/
classes/com/Hitachi/
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-61
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
soft/HiCommand/DVM/
agent/module/hdlm
/usr/HDVM/HBaseAgent/
agent/classes/com/
Hitachi/soft/HiCommand/
DVM/agent/module/
HDLMWebAgent.class
/usr/HDVM/HBaseAgent/
agent/classes/jp
/usr/HDVM/HBaseAgent/
agent/classes/com/
Hitachi/soft/HiCommand/
DVM/agent/module/hdlm
KAPL09028- An attempt to install Hitachi Network
E
Objectplaza Trace Library 2 failed.
Details
An attempt to install
HNTRLib2 failed.
Action
Contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contact of
HDLM.
KAPL09029- This version of HDLM cannot be updated
E
by installation. Remove the already
installed version of HDLM.
Action
KAPL09047- Downgrading from aa...aa to bb...bb is
E
not supported.
Details
Remove the HDLM that has
already been installed.
Downgrade installation is
not supported.
aa...aa :
DLManager.mpio.rte Levelof-the-fileset (character
string)
bb...bb :
DLManager.mpio.rte Levelof-the-fileset (character
string)
Action
Remove HDLM, and then
re-execute the installation
program.
KAPL09048- HDLM cannot be installed. aa...aa is
E
running.
Details
An attempt to install HDLM
failed because either of
aa...aa is running.
aa...aa: HDLM manager,
HDLM driver
Action
8-62
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Execute the dlmrmdev
utility, and then re-execute
the installation program.
KAPL09076- The permanent license was installed.
I
Details
The permanent license was
installed.
Action
None.
KAPL09077- The temporary license was installed. The
I
license expires on aa...aa.
Details
A temporary license was
installed.
aa...aa: Year (4 digits)/
month (01-12)/day
(01-31)
Action
Install a permanent license
by the expiration day.
KAPL09078- The emergency license was installed. The
I
license expires on aa...aa.
Details
An emergency license was
installed.
aa...aa: Year (4 digits)/
month (01-12)/day
(01-31)
Action
Install a permanent license
by the expiration day.
KAPL09079- The permanent license has been installed. Action
I
None.
KAPL09080- The temporary license has been installed.
I
The license expires on aa...aa.
Details
The temporary license has
been installed.
aa...aa: Year (4 digits)/
month (01-12)/day
(01-31)
Action
Install a permanent license
by the expiration day.
KAPL09081- The emergency license has been installed. Details
I
The license expires on aa...aa.
The emergency license has
been installed.
aa...aa: Year (4 digits)/
month (01-12)/day
(01-31)
Action
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-63
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Install a permanent license
by the expiration day.
KAPL09082- The temporary license expired.
W
Action
KAPL09083- The emergency license expired.
W
Action
KAPL09087- The entered license key is invalid.
E
Renewal of the license key will now stop.
Obtain a valid license key, and then reinstall HDLM.
Details
Enter a permanent license
key.
Install a permanent
license.
The renewal of the license
key will be aborted
because an invalid license
key was entered.
Action
Obtain a valid license key,
and then re-install HDLM.
KAPL09088- The entered license key is invalid. The
E
HDLM installation will now terminate.
Obtain a valid license key, and then reinstall HDLM.
Action
KAPL09090- This operation will now be continued
W
without updating the license.
Details
Obtain a valid license key,
and then re-install HDLM.
This operation will continue
without updating the
license.
Action
Install a permanent license
at a later time.
KAPL09091- A fatal error occurred in HDLM. The
E
system environment is invalid. Contact
your HDLM vendor or the maintenance
company if there is a maintenance
contract of HDLM.
Details
A part of the HDLM
configuration file is
missing.
Action
Contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract of
HDLM.
KAPL09100- Installation is not possible because
E
aa...aa is already installed.
Details
Installation is not possible
because the fileset that
was output in the message
is installed.
aa...aa: DLManager.rte or
AutoPath.rte (character
string)
Action
8-64
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Re-install after removing
the fileset that was output
in the message.
KAPL09112- The license key file is invalid. File name = Details
E
aa...aa
The format of the license
Place the correct license key file in the
key file is invalid.
designated directory, and then re-install
aa...aa : /var/tmp/
HDLM.
hdlm_license
Action
Place the correct license
key file in the designated
directory, and then reinstall HDLM.
/var/tmp/hdlm_license
KAPL09113- There is no installable license key in the
E
license key file. File name = aa...aa
Details
There is no HDLMinstallable license key in
the license key file.
Make sure that the license key file is
correct, and then re-install HDLM.
aa...aa : /var/tmp/
hdlm_license
Action
Make sure that the license
key file is correct, and then
re-install HDLM.
/var/tmp/hdlm_license
KAPL09114- There is no license key file. File name =
I
aa...aa
Details
There is no license key file
in the designated
directory.
aa...aa : /var/tmp/
hdlm_license
Action
When the message that
prompts you to enter the
license key is displayed,
enter the license key.
Alternatively, cancel the
installation, save the
correct license key file in
the designated directory,
and then re-execute the
installation.
/var/tmp/hdlm_license
KAPL09115- An attempt to delete the license key file
W
has failed. File name = aa...aa
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
An attempt to delete the
license key file has failed.
8-65
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
aa...aa : /var/tmp/
hdlm_license
Action
If a license key file exists,
delete it.
/var/tmp/hdlm_license
KAPL09116- The command could not be installed.
W
(command = aa...aa)
Details
The output HDLM
command cannot be used.
aa...aa: Command name
Action
The output command can
be executed by using a
different name. If you
want to use the output
name, use the output
command to overwrite or
re-install.
KAPL09135- One of the following was executed at the
E
same time as an HDLM command set -lic
operation: another set -lic operation, or
an update of the license for an update
installation.
Action
Check the license by using
the HDLM command's view
-sys -lic operation.
Then, if necessary, update
the license by using the
set -lic operation during
or after installation. If the
same error message is
output, contact your HDLM
vendor or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM.
Do not perform the
following operation:
Execution of the HDLM
command's set -lic
operation simultaneously
with an update of the
license for an upgrade
installation
KAPL09142- HDLM aa...aa cannot be performed. Wait
E
a while, and then perform aa...aa again.
Error Code =bb...bb
Details
HDLM cannot be installed
or removed.
aa...aa: "installation" or
"remove"
bb...bb: Internal code
(decimal (base-10)
number)
Action
8-66
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Wait a while, and then
reperform the installation
or remove. After the
installation or remove has
finished, use the backup
acquired in advance and
specify the HDLM settings.
KAPL09143- HDLM aa...aa cannot be performed. Error
E
Code = bb...bb
Details
HDLM cannot be installed
or removed.
aa...aa: "installation" or
"remove"
bb...bb: Internal code
(decimal number)
Action
Contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM.
KAPL09171- An internal error occurred in the
E
installation of the HDLM. Error Code =
aa...aa bb...bb
Details
A system-based error, not
caused by the user,
occurred during installation
of HDLM processing.
aa...aa:The error number
which specifies the
performed processing
(decimal number)
bb...bb:Return value of the
executed processing
(decimal number)
Action
If the error code is
3,nnnn:
ODM is being used.
Wait a while, and then
try again.
If any other error code is
output:
Contact your HDLM
vendor or the
maintenance company
if there is a
maintenance contract
for HDLM.
KAPL09172- Installation is not possible because an
E
hdisk exists.
Action
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-67
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Delete the hdisk, and then
re-execute the installation
program.
KAPL09179- Data for maintenance: aa...aa bb...bb
I
Details
aa...aa: Message output
location information
(decimal (base-10)
number)
bb...bb: Detailed
information (character
string)
Action
None.
KAPL09183- HDLM version aa...aa is installed. This
I
version will now be overwritten with
version bb...bb.
Details
aa...aa: Installed version
number of HDLM
bb...bb: Version number of
HDLM you attempted to
install
Action
None.
KAPL09187- No parameter is specified.
W
Details
No installation-information
settings file has been
specified in the
installhdlm utility for
installing HDLM.
Action
Make sure that an actual
installation-information
settings file for the
installhdlm utility is
appropriate, and then try
again.
KAPL09188- Too many parameters are specified.
W
Details
More than two parameters
have been specified for the
installhdlm utility for
installing HDLM.
Action
Make sure that the
parameters for
installhdlm are
appropriate, and then try
again.
KAPL09190- The installation information settings file is Details
W
not specified.
8-68
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
The installation information
settings file is not specified
for the second parameter
in the installhdlm utility
for installing HDLM.
Action
Make sure that the
parameters in the
installhdlm utility are
appropriate, and then try
again.
KAPL09191- The installation information settings file
W
does not exist.
Details
The installation information
settings file specified for
the second parameter does
not exist.
Action
Make sure that the path
name of the installationinformation settings file is
appropriate, and then try
again.
KAPL09210- aa...aa will now start.
I
Details
aa...aa has just started.
aa...aa: installhdlm,
installp, cfgmgr,
dlmodmset, dlnkmgr, or
dlmrmdev
Action
None.
KAPL09211- aa...aa completed successfully.
I
Details
aa...aa completed
successfully.
aa...aa: installhdlm,
installp, cfgmgr,
dlmodmset, dlnkmgr, or
dlmrmdev
Action
None.
KAPL09212- aa...aa ended abnormally.
E
Details
aa...aa ended abnormally.
aa...aa: installhdlm,
installp, cfgmgr,
dlmodmset, dlnkmgr, or
dlmrmdev
Action
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-69
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Check the error message
that was output just before
this message, and then
perform the action
indicated in that error
message.
KAPL09213- An error occurred during aa...aa
W
processing.
Details
Although the aa...aa
processing has ended, an
error occurred during the
processing.
aa...aa: installhdlm,
installp, cfgmgr,
dlmodmset, dlnkmgr, or
dlmrmdev
Action
Check the error message
that was output just before
this message, and then
perform the action
indicated in that error
message.
KAPL09214- A parameter is invalid. parameter =
W
aa...aa
Details
A parameter is invalid.
aa...aa: The specified
parameter (character
string)
Action
Specify the -h parameter
for the installhdlm utility,
confirm the parameter that
should be specified, and
then retry the operation.
KAPL09215- The system environment is invalid. Error
E
Code = aa...aa
Details
The system environment is
not valid as an
environment for executing
the installhdlm utility.
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number) that
specifies the executed
processing
Action
If the error code is 1:
The /tmp directory
does not exist. Prepare
the /tmp directory,
and then retry the
operation.
8-70
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
If the error code is 2:
You do not have write
permission for the /
tmp directory. Make
sure that you have
access permissions for
the /tmp directory.
If the error code is 3 :
You do not have write
permission for the file
system of the /tmp
directory. Make sure
you have access
permissions for the
storage location of
the /tmp directory.
If the error code is 4:
The /var/tmp
directory does not
exist. Prepare the /
var/tmp directory, and
then retry the
operation.
If the error code is 5:
You do not have write
permission for the /
var/tmp or /var/DLM
directory. Make sure
you have access
permissions for these
directories.
If the error code is 6:
You do not have write
permission for the file
system of the /var/
tmp or /var/DLM
directory. Make sure
you have access
permissions for the
storage location of
these directories.
If the error code is 7:
There is not enough
unused capacity for
the file system of the /
var/tmp or /var/DLM
directory. Make sure
there is enough
unused capacity for
these directories.
If the error code is 8:
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-71
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
The /var directory
does not have enough
unused capacity, or
the user does not have
write permission for it.
Make sure there is
enough unused
capacity and that the
user has write
permission for this
directory, and then try
again.
If the error code is 9:
The status of the
installed HDLM is
BROKEN. Please remove
HDLM.
If the error code is 10:
The cfgmgr command
is not in the correct
location, or you do not
have a required
permission.
Check the state of the
cfgmgr command.
If the error code is 11:
The shutdown
command is not in the
correct location, or
you do not have a
required permission.
Check the state of the
shutdown command.
KAPL09216- An error occurred during I/O of a file that
E
installhdlm uses. Error Code =
aa...aa,bb...bb
Details
An error occurred during I/
O of a file that
installhdlm uses.
aa...aa: Error number that
indicates the executed
processing (decimal
(base-10) number)
bb...bb: Return value of
the executed processing
(decimal (base-10)
number)
Action
Make sure that sufficient
unused capacity exists for
the /tmp directory. If the
8-72
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
capacity is insufficient,
allocate the required
amount of capacity, and
then retry the operation.
For details about how to
determine the amount of
capacity that is required,
see Performing an
Unattended Installation of
HDLM on page 3-65.
KAPL09217- An error occurred during reading of the
E
installation information settings file. Error
Code = aa...aa,bb...bb
Details
An error occurred while
reading the installation
information settings file.
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number) that
specifies the executed
processing
bb...bb: Return value
(decimal number) of the
executed processing
Action
If the error code
is9001 ,-1:
You do not have read
permissions for the
installation information
settings file. Make
sure that you have
access permissions.
If any other error code is
output:
Contact your HDLM
vendor or the
maintenance company
if there is a
maintenance contract
for HDLM.
KAPL09218- aa...aa cannot be executed.
E
Details
A utility or command that
installhdlm uses was not
in the correct location, or
you do not have a required
permission.
aa...aa:
installhdlm_analysis,
dlmodmset, dlnkmgr, or
dlmrmdev
Action
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-73
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
If aa...aa is dlmodmset or
dlnkmgr :
The correct location of
dlmodmset and
dlnkmgr is /usr/
DynamicLinkManager/
bin. If dlmodmset or
dlnkmgr was not in
the correct location, or
you did not have a
required permission,
re-execute
installhdlm
If aa...aa is dlmrmdev or
installhdlm_analysis:
The correct location of
dlmrmdev and
installhdlm_analysi
s is the same directory
as installhdlm. Make
sure that the utility
you want to execute is
in the correct location
and that you have the
required permissions.
If a utility is not in the
correct location, copy
the required files to
the correct location,
and then retry the
operation. If you do
not have a required
permission, grant
required permissions
to yourself, and then
retry the operation.
KAPL09219- An internal error occurred in the
E
installhdlm_analysis. Error Code =
aa...aa,bb...bb
Details
An internal error occurred
in the
installhdlm_analysis.
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number) that
specifies the executed
processing
bb...bb: Return value
(decimal number) of the
executed processing
Action
Contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
8-74
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
maintenance contract for
HDLM.
KAPL09220- The composition of the installation
W
information settings file is invalid. Error
Code = aa...aa,bb...bb
Details
In the installation
information settings file,
the length of a single line
exceeds 1,023 characters,
or the first nonwhitespace, non-comment
line that appears is not
[INSTALLATION_SETTINGS]
.
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number) that
specifies the executed
processing
bb...bb: Return value
(decimal number) of the
executed processing
Action
Specify the revised
installation information
settings file, and then retry
the operation.
KAPL09221- The definition of the installation
W
information settings file includes an
unusable character. Error Code =
aa...aa,bb...bb, line = cc...cc
Details
A character that cannot be
used in a non-comment
line was used.
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number) that
specifies the executed
processing
bb...bb: Return value
(decimal number) of the
executed processing
cc...cc: Line number
(decimal number) of an
installation information
settings file.
Action
Specify the revised
installation information
settings file, and then retry
the operation.
KAPL09227- The definition of the installation
W
information settings file includes an
invalid key. Error Code = aa...aa,bb...bb,
line = cc...cc
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
A key that does not exist is
included.
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number) that
8-75
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
specifies the executed
processing
bb...bb: Return value
(decimal number) of the
executed processing
cc...cc: Line number
(decimal number) of an
installation information
settings file.
Action
Specify the revised
installation information
settings file and then retry
the operation.
KAPL09228- The definition of the installation
W
information settings file includes an
invalid key value. Error Code =
aa...aa,bb...bb, line = cc...cc
Details
The format of a key value
is invalid.
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number) that
specifies the executed
processing
bb...bb: Return value
(decimal number) of the
executed processing
cc...cc: Line number
(decimal number) of an
installation information
settings file.
Action
Specify the revised
installation information
settings file and then retry
the operation.
KAPL09229- The definition of the installation
W
information settings file includes an
invalid section name. Error Code =
aa...aa,bb...bb, line = cc...cc
Details
A section that does not
exist is included.
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number) that
specifies the executed
processing
bb...bb: Return value
(decimal number) of the
executed processing
cc...cc: Line number
(decimal number) of an
installation information
settings file.
Action
8-76
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Specify the revised
installation information
settings file and then retry
the operation.
KAPL09230- The definition of the installation
W
information settings file includes a
duplicated section name. Error Code =
aa...aa,bb...bb, line = cc...cc
Details
A duplicated section name
is included.
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number) that
specifies the executed
processing
bb...bb: Return value
(decimal number) of the
executed processing
cc...cc: Line number
(decimal number) of an
installation information
settings file.
Action
Specify the revised
installation information
settings file and then retry
the operation.
KAPL09231- The definition of the installation
W
information settings file includes a
duplicated key. Error Code =
aa...aa,bb...bb, line = cc...cc
Details
A duplicated key is
included.
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number) that
specifies the executed
processing
bb...bb: Return value
(decimal number) of the
executed processing
cc...cc: Line number
(decimal number) of an
installation information
settings file.
Action
Specify the revised
installation information
settings file and then retry
the operation.
KAPL09232- The composition of the definition of the
W
installation information settings file is
invalid. Error Code = aa...aa,bb...bb, line
= cc...cc
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
A key, key value, or equal
sign (=) is missing.
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number) that
specifies the executed
processing
8-77
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
bb...bb: Return value
(decimal number) of the
executed processing
cc...cc: Line number
(decimal number) of an
installation information
settings file.
Action
Specify the revised
installation information
settings file and then retry
the operation.
KAPL09233- The definition of the installation
W
information settings file is too long. Error
Code = aa...aa,bb...bb, line = cc...cc
Details
The length of a single line
of the definition exceeds
1023 characters.
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number) that
specifies the executed
processing
bb...bb: Return value
(decimal number) of the
executed processing
cc...cc: Line number
(decimal number) of an
installation information
settings file.
Action
Specify the revised
installation information
settings file and then retry
the operation.
KAPL09234- A folder or file specified by the installation Details
W
information settings file does not exist.
A folder or file specified by
Name = aa...aa
the installation information
settings file does not exist.
aa...aa: Name of the folder
or file that does not exist.
Action
Specify the revised
installation information
settings file and then retry
the operation.
KAPL09235- The log file cannot be output to its
E
destination because the environment is
invalid. Error Code = aa...aa
8-78
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
The log file cannot be
output in this environment,
because certain
environment settings are
invalid.
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number) that
specifies the executed
processing.
Action
If the error code is 1:
The log file destination
directory does not
exist. Prepare the
directory, and then
retry the operation.
If the error code is 2:
You do not have write
permission for the log
file destination
directory. Modify your
access permissions as
necessary, and then
retry the operation.
If the error code is 3:
You do not have write
permission for the file
system of the log file.
Modify your access
permissions as
necessary, and then
try again.
If the error code is 4:
You do not have write
permission for the
installhdlm.log file.
Modify your access
permissions as
necessary, and then
retry the operation.
KAPL09236- An error occurred during the output of a
W
log file.
Details
A memory shortage
occurred at the output
destination of the log file.
Action
Check the error message
output before this
message, and then
perform the action
indicated in that error
message.
KAPL09237- A user operation ended installhdlm.
I
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
The process has been
terminated by an operation
such as Ctrl+C.
8-79
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Action
Check the status of HDLM
by executing lslpp -la
DLManager.mpio.rte.
If HDLM is not installed:
Re-execute
installhdlm.
If the status of HDLM is
COMMITTED:
Perform the following
procedures according
to the installation
status:
•
If installing HDLM
by using the
installhdlm
utility has already
finished, setting
up HDLM might
have not
completed.
You need to
manually set up
the values that
are not set up, or
re-execute
installhdlm.
•
If HDLM before
the upgrade or reinstallation still
exists, re-execute
installhdlm.
If the status of HDLM is
not COMMITTED:
Perform remove or
cleanup according to
the displayed status. If
an remove or cleanup
attempt fails, contact
either your HDLM
vendor or the
maintenance company
(if an HDLM
maintenance contract
exists).
KAPL09238- The specified file is not a normal one. Fail
W
name = aa...aa
8-80
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
A file other than a normal
one (for example, a
directory file or a special
file.) is specified.
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
aa...aa: Specified file name
(character string)
Action
Specify the correct file,
and then retry the
operation.
KAPL09239- The system will now restart.
I
Details
The host will restart
because restart was
specified in the installation
information settings file.
Action
none.
KAPL09241- An attempt to install an HDLM component Details
W
failed. Error Code = aa...aa
An attempt to install an
HDLM component failed.
aa...aa: Error number that
identifies the executed
processing
Action
If there is no need to
access the Hitachi
Command Suite products
that use HDLM remote
access interface, no action
is required. Note that this
requires no particular
action, because HDLM
operation is not affected
when linkage with Global
Link Manager is not used.
If the error code is 3 or
100:
Wait a while, and then
execute dlminstcomp
utility.
If the error code is 5:
Install a prerequisite
JDK version, and then
re-execute
dlminstcomp utility.
If the error code is 200:
Execute dlminstcomp
utility.
If any other error code is
output:
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-81
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Contact your HDLM
vendor or the
maintenance company
if there is a
maintenance contract
for HDLM.
KAPL09242- No usable JDK or JRE exists.
E
Details
No prerequisite JDK
version is installed in the
system.
Action
Install a prerequisite JDK
version, and then reexecute dlminstcomp
utility.
KAPL09243- dlminstcomp completed successfully.
I
Details
dlminstcomp utility
completed successfully.
Action
None.
KAPL09246- An attempt to install an HDLM component Details
E
failed because an HDLM component was
An attempt to install an
operating. Error Code = aa...aa
HDLM component failed
because an HDLM
component was operating.
aa...aa: Error number that
identifies the executed
processing
Action
Wait a while, and then reexecute dlminstcomp
utility.
KAPL09247- An attempt to install an HDLM component Details
E
failed. Error Code = aa...aa
An attempt to install an
HDLM component failed.
aa...aa: Error number that
identifies the executed
processing
Action
Contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM.
KAPL09248- A parameter is invalid. parameter =
W
aa...aa
8-82
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
An invalid parameter is
specified.
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
aa...aa: The specified
parameter (character
string)
Action
With the -h parameter
specified, execute the
dlminstcomp utility. Make
sure that the format of the
utility is correct, and then
re-execute it.
KAPL09292- Execution of the dlmpremkcd utility
W
during installation failed.
Details
Execution of the
dlmpremkcd utility during
installation failed.
Action
Take action according to
the dlmpremkcd utility
message output to the
HDLM utility log during
HDLM installation. If no
dlmpremkcd utility
messages were output to
the HDLM utility log,
execute the dlmpremkcd
utility with the -c
parameter. If you are not
planning to back up the OS
backup of the HDLM
installation environment to
a CD or DVD, no action is
required because this error
does not affect HDLM
operation.
KAPL09293- An attempt to add an HDLM entry to the
W
Error Record Template Repository failed.
Details
An attempt to add an
HDLM entry to the Error
Record Template
Repository failed.
Action
If HDLM messages are not
output to the OS error log,
no action is required
because this message does
not affect HDLM
operations.
If HDLM messages are
output to the OS error log,
execute the following
command:
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-83
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
/usr/bin/errupdate -q f /usr/
DynamicLinkManager/
common/.dlmfdrv_err_tem
plate
If the message is output
after command execution
is complete, resolve the
problem according to the
message, and then reexecute the errupdate
command.
KAPL09504- The language environments of HDLM and
E
the Service Pack are different.
Details
The Japanese Service Pack
was applied to the English
edition of HDLM, or vice
versa.
Action
Acquire the Service Pack
that has the same
language as the installed
HDLM, and then try again.
KAPL09601- Cannot install in this system. Install
E
HDLM on a supported OS.
Details
HDLM cannot be installed
on this system.
Action
Execute the installation in
a supported OS.
KAPL09602- The installation will now stop because a
E
file or directory is missing. Confirm that
the file or directory (aa...aa) exists.
Details
aa...aa: Name of the
missing file or directory
Action
If an installation is
performed from the DVDROM, confirm that the
DVD-ROM is not damaged.
If an installation is
performed by using files
copied from the DVD-ROM,
re-copy all of the DVDROM files.
KAPL09603- The installation will now stop because a
E
command or utility cannot be executed.
Confirm that the command or utility
(aa...aa) exists, and that you have the
proper permission.
Details
aa...aa: Name of the
command or utility that
cannot be executed.
Action
When the output
information is an HDLM
utility:
8-84
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
¢
¢
If an installation is
performed from the
DVD-ROM, confirm
that the DVD-ROM is
not damaged.
If an installation is
performed by using
files copied from the
DVD-ROM, re-copy all
of the DVD-ROM files.
After that, confirm the
permission of the
HDLM utility that
caused the error.
When the output
information is an OS
command:
¢
KAPL09604- A system error occurred. The installation
E
will now stop.
Confirm that the OS
command exists, and
that you have the
proper permission.
Details
aa...aa: Command that
failed
(command = aa...aa, error code =
bb...bb)
bb...bb: Return value
Action
Acquire the log /var/tmp/
hdlm_installux_sh.log,
and then contact your
HDLM vendor or, if you
have a maintenance
contract, contact the
maintenance company.
KAPL10001 to KAPL11000
Message
ID
Message Text
KAPL10001- No parameter has been specified.
W
Explanation
Details
No directory to which the
collected information will
be output has been
specified.
Action
Check the parameters of
the DLMgetras utility for
collecting HDLM error
information, and then
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-85
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
retry. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL10002- Too many parameters have been
W
specified.
Details
Four or more parameters
have been specified.
Action
Check the parameters of
the DLMgetras utility for
collecting HDLM error
information, and then
retry. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL10003- The first parameter has not been set to a
W
directory. Value = aa...aa
Details
The first parameter must
be set to a directory to
which collected information
is output.
aa...aa: First parameter
Action
Check the parameters of
the DLMgetras utility for
collecting HDLM error
information, and then
retry. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL10004- The parameter contains an incorrect
W
value. Value = aa...aa
Details
The first parameter must
be a directory. The second
parameter must be -f.
aa...aa: Invalid parameter
Action
Check the parameters of
the DLMgetras utility for
collecting HDLM error
information, and then
retry. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
8-86
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
KAPL10005- The number of parameters is insufficient.
W
Explanation
Details
The -f parameter exists
but the file for defining the
information to be collected
does not exist.
Action
Check the parameters of
the DLMgetras utility for
collecting HDLM error
information, and then
retry. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL10006- The file for defining the information to be
W
collected does not exist, or cannot be
read. Value = aa...aa
Details
The file for defining the
information to be collected
does not exist, or the
specified file exists but the
permission to read the file
is missing.
aa...aa: Name of the file
for defining the information
to be collected
Action
Check whether the
specified file for defining
the information to be
collected exists, and check
whether you have access
permission for the
specified file.
KAPL10007- A directory has been specified in the third
W
parameter. Value = aa...aa
Details
The -f parameter is
specified to a directory.
aa...aa: Third parameter
Action
Check the parameters of
the DLMgetras utility for
collecting HDLM error
information, and then
retry. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL10008- You lack write permission for the specified Details
W
directory. Value = aa...aa
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-87
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
You do not have write
permission for the
specified directory, or the
creation of a subdirectory
of the specified directory
failed.
aa...aa: first parameter
Action
Check the following.
KAPL10009- The specified directory already exists. Do
W
you want to overwrite it? [y/n]:
a.
Check whether you
have access
permission for the
specified directory.
b.
Check whether the
specified directory
name is correct.
c.
Check that the disk
has sufficient unused
capacity.
Details
The specified directory
already exists. Enter y to
overwrite it, or n to cancel.
Action
The specified directory
already exists. Enter y to
overwrite the existing file.
Enter n or press any other
key to terminate the
DLMgetras utility for
collecting HDLM error
information without
executing it. For details on
the DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL10010- A root directory has been specified. Line
W
= aa...aa
Details
The root "/" has been
specified as a directory to
be collected in the file for
defining the information to
be collected.
aa...aa: Line number of
the file for defining
information to be collected
(decimal number)
Action
Delete the coding of the
root directory from the
8-88
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
specified file. The
displayed directory will be
ignored and the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information will
continue. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL10011- More than one file or directory has been
W
specified on one line. Line = aa...aa,
Value = bb...bb
Details
Two or more file names or
directory names exist in
the file for defining the
information to be collected.
aa...aa: Line number of
the file for defining
information to be collected
(decimal number)
bb...bb: Indicated contents
in a line
Action
After the DLMgetras utility
for collecting HDLM error
information terminates,
check the contents of the
file for defining the
information to be collected.
This file is shown in the
message. If the contents of
the file are incorrect,
correct them and then try
to collect error information
again. The DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information will
ignore the specified file or
directory and continue
processing. For details on
the DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL10012- The specified file or directory does not
W
exist. Line = aa...aa, Value = bb...bb
Details
The specified file or
directory does not exist in
the file for defining the
where information is to be
collected.
aa...aa: Line number of
the file for defining which
information to be collected
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-89
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
(decimal (base-10)
number)
bb...bb: Indicated contents
of a line
Action
After the DLMgetras utility
for collecting HDLM error
information terminates,
check the contents of the
file for defining which
information to be collected.
This file is shown in the
message. If the contents of
the file are incorrect,
correct them, and then try
to collect error information
again. The DLMgetras
utility will ignore the
specified file or directory
and continue processing.
For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL10013- You lack read permission for the specified
W
file. Line = aa...aa, Value = bb...bb
Details
You lack read permission
for the specified file in the
file for defining information
to be collected.
aa...aa: Line number of
the file for defining
information to be collected
(decimal number)
bb...bb: Indicated contents
in a line
Action
After the DLMgetras utility
for collecting HDLM error
information terminates,
check the contents of the
file for defining the
information to be collected.
This file is shown in the
message. If the contents of
the file are incorrect,
correct them and then try
to collect error information
again. The DLMgetras will
ignore the specified file
and continue processing.
For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
8-90
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL10014- You lack read permission for the specified
W
directory. Line = aa...aa, Value = bb...bb
Details
You lack read permission
for the specified directory
in the file for defining
information to be collected.
aa...aa: Line number of
the file for defining
information to be collected
(decimal number)
bb...bb: Indicated contents
in a line
Action
After the DLMgetras utility
for collecting HDLM error
information terminates,
check the contents of the
file for defining the
information to be collected.
This file is shown in the
message. If the contents of
the file are incorrect,
correct them and then try
to collect error information
again. The DLMgetras will
ignore the specified file
and continue processing.
For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL10015- The file format is invalid. Value = aa...aa
W
Details
The file format in the file
for defining information to
be collected is not a text
file.
aa...aa: Third parameter
Action
After the DLMgetras utility
for collecting HDLM error
information terminates,
check whether the file for
defining the information to
be collected is a text file.
The file is shown in the
message. For details on
the DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-91
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL10016- The root directory has been specified in
W
the first parameter.
Details
A root "/" cannot be
specified in a directory to
which collected information
is output.
Action
Check the parameters of
the DLMgetras utility for
collecting HDLM error
information, and then reexecute. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL10017- You lack privileges for executing the
W
utility for collecting HDLM error
information.
Details
The DLMgetras utility for
collecting HDLM error
information must be
executed by a user with
root permissions.
Action
Re-execute as a user with
root permissions. For
details on the DLMgetras
utility, see DLMgetras
Utility for Collecting HDLM
Error Information on page
7-5.
KAPL10020- The file has been obtained successfully.
I
File = aa...aa, Collection time =
bb...bb(GMT:bb...bb)
Details
The file to be collected has
been obtained.
aa...aa: Collected file
name
bb...bb: Year/month/day
hour:minute:second
Action
None.
KAPL10021- Processing terminated before completion
I
because a signal was received.
Details
The process has been
terminated by an operation
such as Ctrl+C.
Action
The utility for collecting
HDLM error information
8-92
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
terminated before
completion. If the directory
is unnecessary, delete
directory. For details on
the DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL10022- The utility for collecting HDLM error
I
information completed normally.
Details
Error information has been
collected.
Action
None. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL10030- A user terminated the utility for collecting
I
HDLM error information.
Details
Processing of the
DLMgetras utility for
collecting HDLM error
information has been
terminated because the
user replied to the
confirmation with an n
response.
Action
None. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL10031- The entered value is invalid. Continue
W
operation ? [y/n]:
Details
A value other than y or n
has been entered for a [y/
n] request. Enter y or n.
Action
Enter y or n.
KAPL10032- The entered value is invalid. The utility
W
for collecting HDLM error information
stops.
Details
Processing of the
DLMgetras utility for
collecting HDLM error
information will terminate
because an invalid
response was sent three
times in a row to a
request.
Action
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-93
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Re-execute the DLMgetras
utility. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL10033- The file does not exist. Filename = aa...aa Details
W
No file to collect
information exists.
aa...aa: File to collect
Action
None.
KAPL10034- The file could not be copied. Filename =
E
aa...aa, Details = bb...bb
Details
Execution of the cp
command failed.
aa...aa: File name you
tried to copy
bb...bb : cp command
output message
Action
An error occurred while the
information collection file
was being copied. The
error might be a result of
an unstable user
environment. Check the
system configuration.
KAPL10035- An attempt to archive the error
E
information failed. Details = aa...aa
Details
Execution of the tar
command failed.
aa...aa : tar command
output message
Action
See the details in the
message, and then remove
the cause of the error. For
information about the
error, collect the archive in
the output directory
specified at the time of
execution, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or your maintenance
company if you have a
maintenance contract for
HDLM.
KAPL10036- An attempt to compress the error
E
information failed. Details = aa...aa
8-94
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Execution of the compress
command failed.
aa...aa : compress
command output message
Action
See the details in the
message, and then remove
the cause of the error. For
information about the
error, collect the archive in
the output directory
specified at the time of
execution, and then
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if you have a
maintenance contract for
HDLM.
KAPL10049- Error information collection command =
Details
I
aa...aa, Return value = bb...bb, Execution
A command was executed
time = cc...cc
to collect information
targeted for collection.
aa...aa: Executed
command
bb...bb: Return value of
the executed command
cc...cc: year (4 digits)/
month/date
hour:minute:second
Action
None.
KAPL10050- The utility for collecting HDLM error
I
information started. Start time = aa...aa
(GMT aa...aa)
Details
The utility for collecting
HDLM error information
started.
aa...aa: year (4 digits)/
month/date
hour:minute:second
Action
None.
KAPL10521- A parameter is invalid. (parameter =
W
aa...aa)
Details
aa...aa: invalid parameter
(character string)
Action
Execute help of the
dlmrmdev utility to check
the parameters that can be
specified, and then retry.
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-95
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
For details on the
dlmrmdev utility, see
dlmrmdev Utility for
Deleting HDLM Drivers on
page 7-30.
KAPL10523- An attempt to unmount the file system
E
has failed. (file system = aa...aa)
Details
aa...aa: failed file system
(character string)
Action
Make sure of the status of
the failed file system and
then re-execute the
program. Unmount the
failed file system manually
and re-execute the
program.
For details on the
dlmrmdev utility, see
dlmrmdev Utility for
Deleting HDLM Drivers on
page 7-30.
KAPL10524- An attempt to inactivate the volume
E
group has failed. (volume group =
aa...aa)
Details
An attempt to inactivate
the volume group has
failed.
aa...aa: failed volume
group (character string)
Action
Make sure of the status of
failed volume group and
then re-execute the
program. Inactivate the
failed volume group
manually and re-execute
the program.
For details on the
dlmrmdev utility, see
dlmrmdev Utility for
Deleting HDLM Drivers on
page 7-30.
KAPL10525- An internal error occurred in the
Details
E
dlmrmdev utility. (error code = aa...aa))
In the dlmrmdev utility an
Execute the DLMgetras utility to collect
error not caused by a user
error information, and then contact your
occurred.
vendor or maintenance company. Refer to
aa...aa: error code
the HDLM User's Guide for instructions
(decimal number)
how to execute the DLMgetras utility.
Action
8-96
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM.
KAPL10526- An attempt to unmount the file system
I
has succeeded. (file system = aa...aa)
Details
aa...aa: file system
succeeded (character
string)
Action
None.
KAPL10527- An attempt to inactivate the volume
I
group has succeeded. (volume group =
aa...aa)
Details
aa...aa: volume group
succeeded (character
string)
Action
None.
KAPL10528- The volume group will be made inactive,
I
and the file system that is using HDLM
will be unmounted. Is this OK? [y/n]:
Details
Notice unmount of the file
system used by HDLM or
inactivation of the volume
group to prompt the users
to make sure of the status.
Action
Type in "y" to continue the
operation, or type "n" to
stop the operation.
KAPL10529- All hdisks to be deleted were deleted
I
successfully.
Details
All hdisks for deletion were
successfully removed. If
the HDLM driver was
configured, the HDLM
manager has successfully
stopped, and HDLM has
stopped.
Action
None.
KAPL10530- Some hdisks could not be deleted.
E
Details
The dlmrmdev command
was executed, but some
hdisks could not be
deleted.
Action
Check the hdisk status and
re-execute the dlmrmdev
utility.
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-97
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
KAPL10531- The status of all of the HDLM drivers was
I
changed to "Defined".
Action
KAPL10532- The status of one or more HDLM drivers
E
could not be changed to "Defined".
Action
KAPL10551- The dlmpostrestore utility completed
I
successfully.
Action
None.
Check the hdisk status and
re-execute the dlmrmdev
utility.
None.
KAPL10552- Executing the dlmpostrestore utility will
Details
I
reconfigure the device. Is this OK? [y/n] :
Executing the
dlmpostrestore utility will
reconfigure the device.
Action
To execute dlmpostrestore
utility, enter y.
If you do not want to
execute dlmpostrestore
utility, enter n.
KAPL10553- Too many parameters have been
W
specified.
Action
KAPL10554- A parameter is invalid. parameter =
W
aa...aa
Details
With the -h parameter
specified, execute the
dlmpostrestore utility.
Make sure that the format
of the utility is correct, and
then re-execute it.
An invalid parameter is
specified.
aa...aa: The specified
parameter
Action
With the -h parameter
specified, execute the
dlmpostrestore utility.
Make sure that the format
of the utility is correct, and
then re-execute it.
KAPL10555- Executing the dlmpostrestore utility will
I
reboot the host. Is this OK? [y/n] :
Details
Executing the
dlmpostrestore utility will
reboot the host.
Action
To execute
dlmpostrestore utility,
enter y.
8-98
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
If you do not want to
execute dlmpostrestore
utility, enter n.
KAPL10556- The entered value is invalid. Re-enter. [y/ Details
W
n]:
A value other than y or n
has been entered for a [y/
n] request.
Action
Enter either y or n.
KAPL10557- The user stopped the operation.
I
Details
The dlmpostrestore utility
has been terminated
because n was sent to a
request.
Action
None.
KAPL10558- The entered value is invalid. The
E
operation will now stop.
Details
The dlmpostrestore utility
has been stopped because
an invalid response was
sent three times
consecutively to a request.
Action
To execute dlmpostrestore
utility again, enter either y
or n.
KAPL10559- An internal error occurred in the
E
dlmpostrestore utility. Error Code =
aa...aa, bb...bb
Details
A system-based error, not
caused by the user,
occurred during
dlmpostrestore utility
processing.
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number)
bb...bb: Return code
(decimal number)
Action
If the error code is 3.1:
Confirm that all of the
processes and services
that use HDLM
managed paths have
stopped. After
confirming that all the
processes and services
have stopped, restart
them.
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-99
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
Any other error code:
Contact your HDLM
vendor or the
maintenance
company, if you have
an HDLM maintenance
contract.
KAPL10560- The system environment is invalid. Error
E
Code = aa...aa
Details
The system environment is
not valid as an
environment for executing
the dlmpostrestore
utility.
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number)
Action
Contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM.
KAPL10561- A user operation ended dlmpostrestore
I
utility.
Details
The dlmpstrestore
process has been
terminated by an operation
such as Ctrl+C.
Action
None.
KAPL10571- The dlmchpdattr utility completed
I
successfully.
Action
KAPL10572- No parameter has been specified.
W
Action
KAPL10573- A parameter is invalid. parameter =
W
aa...aa
Details
None.
With the -h parameter
specified, execute the
dlmchpdattr utility. Make
sure that the format of the
utility is correct, and then
re-execute it.
An invalid parameter is
specified.
aa...aa: The specified
parameter
Action
With the -h parameter
specified, execute the
dlmchpdattr utility. Make
sure that the format of the
8-100
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
utility is correct, and then
re-execute it.
KAPL10574- The specified parameters cannot be
W
specified at the same time. parameter =
aa...aa
Details
aa...aa: The specified
parameter
Action
With the -h parameter
specified, execute the
dlmchpdattr utility. Make
sure that the format of the
utility is correct, and then
re-execute it.
KAPL10575- No parameter value has been specified.
W
Action
KAPL10576- A parameter value is invalid. parameter
W
value = aa...aa
Details
With the -h parameter
specified, execute the
dlmchpdattr utility. Make
sure that the format of the
utility is correct, and then
re-execute it.
An invalid parameter value
has been specified.
aa...aa: The specified
parameter value
Action
With the -h parameter
specified, execute the
dlmchpdattr utility. Make
sure that the format of the
utility is correct, and then
re-execute it.
KAPL10577- An attribute is invalid. attribute = aa...aa
W
Details
An invalid attribute has
been specified.
aa...aa: The specified
attribute
Action
With the -h parameter
specified, execute the
dlmchpdattr utility. Make
sure that the format of the
utility is correct, and then
re-execute it.
KAPL10578- An attribute value is invalid. attribute
W
value = aa...aa
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
An invalid attribute value is
specified.
8-101
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
aa...aa: The specified
attribute
Action
With the -h parameter
specified, execute the
dlmchpdattr utility. Make
sure that the format of the
utility is correct, and then
re-execute it.
KAPL10579- The HDLM default values will be changed.
I
Is this OK? [y/n]:
Details
This message confirms
whether it is okay to
execute the dlmchpdattr
utility.
Action
With the -h parameter
specified, execute the
dlmchpdattr utility. Make
sure that the format of the
utility is correct, and then
re-execute it.
KAPL10580- The entered value is invalid. Re-enter. [y/ Details
W
n]:
A value other than y or n
has been entered for a [y/
n] request.
Action
Enter either "y" or "n".
KAPL10581- The user stopped the operation.
I
Details
The dlmchpdattr utility
was terminated because
the response to a request
was "n".
Action
None.
KAPL10582- The entered value is invalid. The
E
operation will now stop.
Details
The dlmchpdattr utility
has been stopped because
an invalid response was
sent three times
consecutively to a request.
Action
To execute dlmchpdattr
utility again, enter either
"y" or "n".
KAPL10583- An internal error occurred in the
E
dlmchpdattr utility. Error Code =
aa...aa,bb...bb
8-102
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
A system-based error, not
caused by the user,
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
occurred during
dlmchpdattr utility
processing.
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number)
bb...bb: Return code
(decimal number)
Action
If the error code is 9,1:
Confirm that all of the
processes and services
that use HDLM
managed paths have
stopped, and then
restart them.
If the error code is 19,1:
Check for path errors.
If there is a path
error, restore the path
status and then retry.
Contact your HDLM
vendor or the
maintenance
company, if you have
an HDLM maintenance
contract.
Any other error code:
KAPL10584- The system environment is invalid. Error
E
Code = aa...aa,bb...bb
Details
The system environment is
not valid as an
environment for executing
the dlmchpdattr utility.
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number)
bb...bb: Return code
(decimal number)
Action
If the error code is 3,2 or
4,-1:
The dlmrmdev utility is
not in the default
location, or the user
does not have
execution permissions
for the dlmrmdev
utility. Check the
status of the dlmrmdev
utility.
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-103
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
If the error code is 6,2 or
7,-1:
The bosboot
command is not in the
default location, or the
user does not have
execution permissions
for the bosboot
command. Check the
status of the bosboot
command.
If the error code is 9,2 or
10,-1:
The dlmpr utility is not
in the default location,
or the user does not
have execution
permissions for the
dlmpr utility. Check
the status of the
dlmpr utility.
If the error code is 11,2 or
12,-1:
The mkdev command is
not in the default
location, or the user
does not have
execution permissions
for the mkdev
command. Check the
status of the mkdev
command.
Any other error code:
Contact your HDLM
vendor or the
maintenance
company, if you have
an HDLM maintenance
contract.
KAPL10585- Reboot the host.
I
Details
Reboot the host to apply
the changes to the
settings.
Action
None.
KAPL10586- Processing terminated before completion
I
because a signal was received.
Details
The dlmchpdattr process
has been terminated by an
operation such as Ctrl+C.
Action
8-104
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
None.
KAPL10587- The specified ODM is not installed.
W
parameter value = aa...aa
Details
The specified ODM is not
installed.
aa...aa: Specified
parameter value
Action
Specify an ODM that has
been installed, and then
retry the operation.
KAPL10588- A duplicate attribute has been specified.
W
attribute = aa...aa
Details
A duplicate attribute has
been specified.
aa...aa: Specified attribute
Action
Delete the duplicate
attribute, and then retry
the operation.
KAPL10641- Reservation Key will now be cleared. Is
I
this OK? [y/n]:
Details
Enter y to clear and n to
not clear the Reservation
Key.
Action
Enter y or n.
KAPL10642- Reservation Key of aa...aa was cleared.
I
Details
The Reservation Key has
been cleared.
aa...aa: logical device file
name for the HDLM
management-target device
Action
None.
KAPL10643- A necessary parameter is not specified.
W
Details
A parameter is not
specified for the dlmpr
utility.
Action
Execute the dlmpr -h
utility to check the
parameter, and then retry
execution. For details on
the dlmpr utility, see dlmpr
Utility for Clearing HDLM
Persistent Reservation on
page 7-25.
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-105
Message
ID
Message Text
KAPL10644- The specified parameters cannot be
W
specified at the same time. parameter =
aa...aa
Explanation
Details
The specified parameters
cannot be specified for the
dlmpr utility at the same
time.
aa...aa: specified
parameter (character
string)
Action
Execute the dlmpr -h
utility to check the
parameter, and then retry
execution. For details on
the dlmpr utility, see dlmpr
Utility for Clearing HDLM
Persistent Reservation on
page 7-25.
KAPL10645- A parameter value is invalid. parameter = Details
W
aa...aa
An invalid parameter value
has been specified for the
dlmpr utility.
aa...aa: specified
parameter (character
string)
Action
Specify the correct value
for the parameter, and
then retry. For details on
the dlmpr utility, see dlmpr
Utility for Clearing HDLM
Persistent Reservation on
page 7-25.
KAPL10646- A parameter is invalid. parameter =
W
aa...aa
Details
An invalid parameter has
been specified for the
dlmpr utility.
aa...aa: specified
parameter (character
string)
Action
Execute help of the dlmpr
utility to check the
parameters that can be
specified, and then retry.
For details on the dlmpr
utility, see dlmpr Utility for
Clearing HDLM Persistent
Reservation on page 7-25.
8-106
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
KAPL10648- An internal error occurred in the dlmpr
E
utility. Error Code = aa...aa
Explanation
Details
An error not caused by the
user has occurred in the
dlmpr utility.
aa...aa: error number
(decimal number)
Action
If a message with Error
Code = 35 is output, check
for the hdisk was deleted.
If the hdisk was deleted,
recover the state of the
hdisk and then retry. If the
KAPL10648-E message has
been issued but the hdisk
was not deleted, contact
your HDLM vendor or the
maintenance company if
there is a maintenance
contract for HDLM.
If a message with Error
Code = 36 is output, check
for a path error. If there is
a path error, restore the
path status and then retry.
If the KAPL10648-E
message has been issued
but there is no path error,
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM.
KAPL10649- aa...aa: An attempt to perform
Details
E
Reservation Key clear processing has
An attempt to perform
failed. Make sure that an error has not
Reservation Key clear
occurred in the HDLM-management target
processing has failed.
device, and that the device can be
aa...aa: Hdisk name
managed by HDLM. If either of the above
conditions are not met, execute the
Action
DLMgetras utility to collect error
Make sure that an error
information, and then contact your
has not occurred in the
vendor or maintenance company. Refer to
HDLM-management target
the HDLM User's Guide for instructions
device, and that the device
how to execute the DLMgetras utility.
can be managed by HDLM.
If either of the above
conditions are not met,
contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM.
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-107
Message
ID
Message Text
KAPL10650- aa...aa: NO RESERVATION
I
Explanation
Details
A LU has not been
reserved.
aa...aa: Hdisk name
Action
None.
KAPL10651- The user terminated the operation.
I
Details
The dlmpr utility has been
terminated because n was
sent to a request.
Action
None.
KAPL10652- The entered value is invalid. The
E
operation stops.
Details
An invalid response was
sent three times
consecutively to a request.
Action
Re-execute the dlmpr
utility.
KAPL10653- The entered value is invalid. Please reW
enter it [y/n]:
Details
A value other than y or n
has been entered for a [y/
n] request.
Action
Enter y or n.
KAPL10665- The dlmpr utility completed.
I
Details
The dlmpr utility
completed normally.
Action
None. For details on the
dlmpr utility, see dlmpr
Utility for Clearing HDLM
Persistent Reservation on
page 7-25.
KAPL10670- aa...aa: The HDLM driver's hdisk, which is Details
I
the boot disk, was excluded from the hard
aa...aa: Hdisk name
disks subject to the clear operation.
Action
If you want to clear the
Reservation Key of the
HDLM driver's hdisk, which
is t
he boot disk, specify and
execute the dlmpr utility to
8-108
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
clear the HDLM persistent
reservation.
KAPL10800- The dlmodmset utility completed
I
normally.
Details
The dlmodmset utility
completed normally.
Action
None. For details on the
dlmodmset utility, see
dlmodmset Utility for
Setting the HDLM
Execution Environment
ODM on page 7-21.
KAPL10801- No parameter has been specified.
W
operation = aa...aa
Details
No parameter has been
specified.
aa...aa: Specified
operation (character
string)
Action
Execute help of the
dlmodmset utility to check
the parameters that can be
specified, and then retry.
For details on the
dlmodmset utility, see
KAPL08001 to KAPL09000
on page 8-55.
KAPL10802- A parameter is invalid. operation =
W
aa...aa, parameter = bb...bb
Details
The specified parameter is
invalid.
aa...aa: Specified
operation (character
string)
bb...bb: invalid parameter
(character string)
Action
Execute help of the
dlmodmset utility to check
the parameters that can be
specified, and then retry.
For details on the
dlmodmset utility, see
KAPL08001 to KAPL09000
on page 8-55.
KAPL10804- An internal error occurred in the
Details
E
dlmodmset utility. Error Code = aa...aa
An error not caused by the
Execute the DLMgetras utility to collect
user has occurred in the
error information, and then contact your
dlmodmset utility.
vendor or maintenance company. Refer to
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-109
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
the HDLM User's Guide for instructions
how to execute the DLMgetras utility.
aa...aa: Error Code
(character string)
Action
Contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
dlmodmset utility, see
KAPL08001 to KAPL09000
on page 8-55.
KAPL10805- The setup of the HDLM execution
I
environment ODM will be changed.
aa...aa = bb...bb. Is this OK? [y/n]:
Details
We recommend that you
report the setup of the
HDLM execution
environment ODM that you
want to change to the user
for confirmation.
aa...aa: Lun Reset,
Online(E) IO Block
(character string)
bb...bb: on, off (character
string)
Action
Enter y to execute setup,
or enter n to cancel.
KAPL10806- The entered value is invalid. Re-enter [y/
W
n]:
Details
A value other than y or n
has been entered for a [y/
n] request. Enter [y/n].
Action
Enter y or n.
KAPL10807- The entered value is invalid. The
E
operation stops.
Details
An invalid response was
sent three times
consecutively to a request.
Action
Re-execute the dlmodmset
utility.
KAPL10808- The user terminated the operation.
I
Details
The utility has been
terminated because n was
sent to a request.
Action
None.
KAPL10809- No operation has been specified.
W
8-110
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message
ID
Message Text
Explanation
No operation has been
specified.
Action
Execute help of the
dlmodmset utility to check
the operations that can be
specified, and then retry.
For details on the
dlmodmset utility, see
KAPL08001 to KAPL09000
on page 8-55.
KAPL10810- An operation is invalid. operation =
W
aa...aa
Details
The specified operation is
invalid.
aa...aa: invalid operation
(character string)
Action
Execute help of the
dlmodmset utility to check
the operations that can be
specified, and then retry.
For details on the
dlmodmset utility, see
KAPL08001 to KAPL09000
on page 8-55.
KAPL11001 to KAPL12000
Message ID
Message Text
KAPL11901-I aa...aa has started.
Explanation
Details
The operation has started
on the host.
aa...aa: Operation
(character string)
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Get Path Information
Get Option
Information
Set Option
Information
Clear Data
Get HDLM Manager
Status
Get HDLM Driver
Status
Get HDLM Alert Driver
Status
8-111
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
Get SNMP Trap
Information
Set SNMP Trap
Information
Set LU Load Balance
Get Path Status Log
Information
Get Local Time
Add Path Information
Delete Path
Information
Set Storage
Identification
Information
Action
None.
KAPL11902-I aa...aa has started. PathID = bb...bb
Details
The operation has started
on the management-target
host.
aa...aa: Operation
(character string)
¢
Online
¢
Offline
bb...bb: The Path ID of the
target path (decimal
number)
Action
None.
KAPL11903-I aa...aa has completed normally.
Details
The operation has
completed normally on the
host.
aa...aa: Any of the
following operations
(character string)
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
8-112
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Get Path Information
Get Option
Information
Set Option
Information
Clear Data
Get HDLM Driver
Status
Get HDLM Manager
Status
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
¢
Get HDLM Alert Driver
Status
¢
Online
¢
Offline
¢
¢
¢
¢
Get SNMP Trap
Information
Set SNMP Trap
Information
Set LU Load Balance
Get Path Status Log
Information
¢
Get Local Time
¢
Add Path Information
¢
¢
Delete Path
Information
Set Storage
Identification
Information
Action
None.
KAPL11904E
aa...aa has completed abnormally. Error
status = bb...bb
Details
The operation has
completed abnormally on
the host.
aa...aa: Operation
(character string)
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
¢
Set Option
Information
Clear Data
Get HDLM Driver
Status
Get HDLM Manager
Status
Get HDLM Alert Driver
Status
Online
¢
Offline
¢
¢
¢
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Get Option
Information
¢
¢
Messages
Get Path Information
Get SNMP Trap
Information
Set SNMP Trap
Information
Set LU Load Balance
Get Path Status Log
Information
8-113
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
¢
¢
¢
Add Path Information
Delete Path
Information
Set Storage
Identification
Information
bb...bb: Error status
returned from API
(character string)
Action
Execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information to collect
the error information, and
then contact your HDLM
vendor or maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL11905E
An unexpected error occurred.
Details
An exception occurred
during processing on the
host.
Action
Execute the DLMgetras
utility for collecting HDLM
error information to collect
the error information, and
then contact your HDLM
vendor or maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM.For details on the
DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for
Collecting HDLM Error
Information on page 7-5.
KAPL11906-I GUI information - aa...aa
Details
This information is
required for resolving
problems.
aa...aa: Trace information
Action
None.
KAPL11907-I XML reception - aa...aa
8-114
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
This information is
required for resolving
problems.
aa...aa: XML information
Action
None.
KAPL11908-I XML transmission - aa...aa
Details
This information is
required for resolving
problems.
aa...aa: XML information
Action
None.
KAPL13001 to KAPL14000
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
KAPL13001-I The dlmmigsts utility completed
successfully.
Action
KAPL13002E
Action
The dlmmigsts utility ended abnormally.
None.
Refer to action of the
message outputted just
before this message.
KAPL13003-I The specified file already exists. Do you
want to overwrite it? [y/n]:
Action
KAPL13004W
The entered value is invalid. Re-enter.
[y/n]:
Action
KAPL13005E
The entered value is invalid. The
operation will now stop.
Action
KAPL13006-I The user stopped the operation.
Action
To overwrite the specified
file, enter y. To stop
execution, enter n.
Enter either y or n.
To execute dlmmigsts
again, re-execute. For
details about the
dlmmigsts utility, see
dlmmigsts Utility for
Assisting HDLM Migration
on page 7-20.
To execute dlmmigsts
again, re-execute. For
details about the
dlmmigsts utility, see
dlmmigsts Utility for
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-115
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
Assisting HDLM Migration
on page 7-20.
KAPL13007W
No parameter has been specified.
KAPL13008W
A parameter is invalid. parameter =
aa...aa
Action
Specify the -h option in
the HDLM migration
support utility, confirm the
option that should be
specified, and then reexecute. For details about
the dlmmigsts utility, see
dlmmigsts Utility for
Assisting HDLM Migration
on page 7-20.
Details
aa...aa: Parameter
(character string)
Action
Specify the -h option in
the HDLM migration
support utility, confirm the
option that should be
specified, and then reexecute. For details about
the dlmmigsts utility, see
dlmmigsts Utility for
Assisting HDLM Migration
on page 7-20.
KAPL13009W
No parameter value has been specified.
parameter = aa...aa
Details
aa...aa: Parameter
(character string)
Action
Specify the -h option in
the HDLM migration
support utility, confirm the
option that should be
specified, and then reexecute. For details about
the dlmmigsts utility, see
dlmmigsts Utility for
Assisting HDLM Migration
on page 7-20.
KAPL13010W
The specified file does not exist.
parameter = aa...aa, Filename = bb...bb
Details
aa...aa: Parameter
(character string)
bb...bb: Filename
(character string)
Action
If parameter = -odm,
specify odmsetfile in
8-116
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
dlmmigsts again, and then
re-execute.If parameter =
-set, specify dlnksetfile in
dlmmigsts again, and then
re-execute. For details
about the dlmmigsts
utility, see dlmmigsts
Utility for Assisting HDLM
Migration on page 7-20.
KAPL13011W
The number of parameters is insufficient. Action
KAPL13012W
Too many parameters have been
specified.
KAPL13013E
The directory for storing the specified file Details
could not be created. Filename = aa...aa
aa...aa: Filename
(character string)
Specify the -h option in
the HDLM migration
support utility, confirm the
option that should be
specified, and then reexecute. For details about
the dlmmigsts utility, see
dlmmigsts Utility for
Assisting HDLM Migration
on page 7-20.
Action
Specify the -h option in
the HDLM migration
support utility, confirm the
option that should be
specified, and then reexecute. For details about
the dlmmigsts utility, see
dlmmigsts Utility for
Assisting HDLM Migration
on page 7-20.
Action
There is not enough
capacity to store the
specified file in the
directory. Make sure there
is enough capacity, and
then try again. For details
about the dlmmigsts
utility, see dlmmigsts
Utility for Assisting HDLM
Migration on page 7-20.
KAPL13014E
An internal error occurred in the
Details
dlmmigsts utility. Error Code = aa...aa
aa...aa: Error Code
Execute the DLMgetras utility to collect
(decimal number)
error information, and then contact your
Action
vendor or maintenance company. Refer
to the HDLM User's Guide for instructions
how to execute the DLMgetras utility.
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-117
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
Contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM.
KAPL13015E
There is an invalid character in the file.
parameter = aa...aa, Filename = bb...bb
Details
aa...aa: Parameter
(character string)
bb...bb: Filename
(character string)
Action
If parameter = -odm,
execute dlmodmset one
after another, or specify
the modified odmsetfile
in dlmmigsts again, and
then re-execute. For
details about the
dlmmigsts utility, see
dlmmigsts Utility for
Assisting HDLM Migration
on page 7-20. For details
on the dlmodmset utility,
see dlmodmset Utility for
Setting the HDLM
Execution Environment
ODM on page 7-21.
If parameter = -set,
execute dlnkmgr set one
after another, or specify
the modified dlnksetfile
in dlmmigsts again, and
then re-execute.
8-118
KAPL13016E
The backup operation cannot be
performed because DLManager.rte is not
installed.
Action
KAPL13017E
The restoration operation cannot be
performed because DLManager.mpio.rte
is not installed.
Action
KAPL13018E
The backup operation cannot be
Action
performed because there is no /usr/
Contact your HDLM vendor
DynamicLinkManager/config/dlmmgr.xml
or the maintenance
file. Execute the DLMgetras utility to
company if there is a
collect error information, and then
maintenance contract for
contact your vendor or maintenance
HDLM.
company. Refer to the HDLM User's
Execute the dlmmigsts
utility in an environment
where DLManager.rte is
installed.
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Install
DLManager.mpio.rte, and
then execute the
dlmmigsts utility again.
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
Guide for instructions how to execute the
DLMgetras utility.
KAPL13019E
The same file name was specified for
odmsetfile and dlnksetfile. Filename =
aa...aa, bb...bb
Details
aa...aa: odmsetfile
Filename
bb...bb: dlnksetfile
Filename
Action
Check file name, and then
try again.
KAPL13020E
The file odmsetfile was not restored.
KAPL13021E
The file dlnksetfile was not restored.
Action
Check file name, and then
try again.
Action
Check file name, and then
try again.
KAPL13101-I The dlmpreremove utility completed
successfully.
Action
KAPL13102-I HDLM can now be removed.
Action
None.
None.
KAPL13103-I HDLM can be removed after rebooting
the host.
Action
KAPL13104-I The settings will be changed so that the
HDLM driver is not configured on the
hdisk. Is this OK? [y/n]
Action
None.
To execute dlmpreremove,
enter y.
If you do not want to
execute dlmpreremove,
enter n.
KAPL13105W
The entered value is invalid. Re-enter.
[y/n]:
Action
KAPL13106E
The entered value is invalid. The
operation will now stop.
Details
Enter either y or n.
The dlmpreremove utility
has been stopped because
an invalid response was
sent three times
consecutively to a request.
Action
To execute dlmpreremove
again, enter either y or n.
KAPL13107-I The user stopped the operation.
Details
The dlmpreremove utility
has been terminated
because n was sent to a
request.
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-119
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
Action
None.
KAPL13108E
An internal error occurred in the
Details
dlmpreremove utility. Error Code =
A system-based error, not
aa...aa, bb...bb Execute the DLMgetras
caused by the user,
utility to collect error information, and
occurred during
then contact your vendor or maintenance
dlmpreremove utility
company. Refer to the HDLM User's
processing.
Guide for instructions how to execute the
aa...aa: The error number
DLMgetras utility.
which specifies the
performed processing
(decimal number)
bb...bb: Return value of
the executed processing
(decimal number)
Action
Contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM.
KAPL13109W
A parameter is invalid. parameter =
aa...aa
Details
An invalid parameter is
specified.
aa...aa: The specified
parameter (character
string)
Action
With the -h parameter
specified, execute the
HDLM pre-remove utility
(dlmpreremove). Make
sure that the parameters
that should be specified
are correct, and then reexecute. For details about
the dlmpreremove utility,
see dlmpreremove Utility
for Executed Before
Removing HDLM on page
7-29.
KAPL13110E
8-120
The dlmpreremove utility cannot be
executed because the HDLM driver is
running. Execute the dlmrmdev utility,
and then re-execute the dlmpreremove
utility.
Action
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Execute the dlmrmdev
command, and then reexecute the
dlmpreremove. For details
about the dlmrmdev utility,
see dlmrmdev Utility for
Deleting HDLM Drivers on
page 7-30.For details
about the dlmpreremove
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
utility, see dlmpreremove
Utility for Executed Before
Removing HDLM on page
7-29.
KAPL13141-I The dlmpremkcd utility completed
successfully.
Details
The dlmpremkcd utility
completed successfully.
Action
None.
KAPL13142W
No parameters were specified.
Details
No parameters were
specified.
Action
With the -h parameter
specified, execute the
dlmpremkcd utility. Make
sure that the format of the
utility is correct, and then
re-execute it.
KAPL13143W
A parameter is invalid. parameter =
aa...aa
Details
An invalid parameter is
specified.
aa...aa: The specified
parameter
Action
With the -h parameter
specified, execute the
dlmpremkcd utility. Make
sure that the format of the
utility is correct, and then
re-execute it.
KAPL13144W
The specified parameters cannot be
specified at the same time. parameter =
aa...aa
Details
The specified parameters
cannot be specified at the
same time.
aa...aa: The specified
parameter
Action
With the -h parameter
specified, execute the
dlmpremkcd utility. Make
sure that the format of the
utility is correct, and then
re-execute it.
KAPL13145-I The dlmpremkcd utility will be executed.
Is this OK? [y/n]:
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
This message confirms
whether it is okay to
execute the dlmpremkcd
utility.
8-121
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
Action
To execute the
dlmpremkcd utility, enter
"y". If you do not want to
execute the dlmpremkcd
utility, enter "n".
KAPL13146W
The entered value is invalid. Re-enter.
[y/n]:
Details
A value other than y or n
has been entered for a [y/
n] request.
Action
Enter either "y" or "n".
KAPL13147-I The user stopped the operation.
Details
The dlmpremkcd utility
was terminated because
the response to a request
was "n".
Action
None.
KAPL13148E
The entered value is invalid. The
operation will now stop.
Details
The dlmpremkcd utility has
been stopped because an
invalid response was sent
three times consecutively
to a request.
Action
To execute dlmpremkcd
utility again, enter either
"y" or "n".
KAPL13149E
An internal error occurred in the
dlmpremkcd utility. Error Code =
aa...aa,bb...bb
Details
A system-based error, not
caused by the user,
occurred during
dlmpremkcd utility
processing.
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number)
bb...bb: Return code
(decimal number)
Action
Contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company, if you have an
HDLM maintenance
contract.
KAPL13150E
8-122
The system environment is invalid. Error
Code = aa...aa,bb...bb
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
The system environment is
not valid as an
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
environment for executing
the dlmpremkcd utility.
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number)
bb...bb: Return code
(decimal number)
Action
Contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company, if you have an
HDLM maintenance
contract.
KAPL13151-I Processing terminated before completion
because a signal was received.
Details
The dlmpremkcd process
has been terminated by an
operation such as Ctrl+C.
Action
None.
KAPL13157-I The dlmrmprshkey utility completed
successfully.
Details
The dlmrmprshkey utility
completed successfully.
Action
None.
KAPL13158W
No parameter has been specified.
Details
No parameter has been
specified.
Action
With the -h parameter
specified, execute the
dlmrmprshkey utility. Make
sure that the format of the
utility is correct, and then
re-execute it.
KAPL13159W
A parameter is invalid. parameter =
aa...aa
Details
An invalid parameter is
specified.
aa...aa: The specified
parameter
Action
With the -h parameter
specified, execute the
dlmrmprshkey utility. Make
sure that the format of the
utility is correct, and then
re-execute it.
KAPL13160W
The specified parameters cannot be
specified at the same time. parameter =
aa...aa
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-123
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
The specified parameters
cannot be specified at the
same time.
aa...aa: The specified
parameter
Action
With the -h parameter
specified, execute the
dlmrmprshkey utility. Make
sure that the format of the
utility is correct, and then
re-execute it.
KAPL13161W
No parameter value has been specified.
Details
No parameter value has
been specified.
Action
With the -h parameter
specified, execute the
dlmrmprshkey utility. Make
sure that the format of the
utility is correct, and then
re-execute it.
KAPL13162W
A parameter value is invalid. parameter
value = aa...aa
Details
An invalid parameter value
has been specified.
aa...aa: The specified
parameter value
Action
With the -h parameter
specified, execute the
dlmrmprshkey utility. Make
sure that the format of the
utility is correct, and then
re-execute it.
KAPL13163-I The dlmrmprshkey utility will now be
executed. Is this OK? [y/n]:
Details
This message confirms
whether it is okay to
execute the dlmrmprshkey
utility.
Action
To execute the
dlmrmprshkey utility, enter
"y". If you do not want to
execute the dlmrmprshkey
utility, enter "n".
KAPL13164W
8-124
The entered value is invalid. Re-enter.
[y/n]:
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
A value other than y or n
has been entered for a [y/
n] request.
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
Action
Enter either "y" or "n".
KAPL13165-I The user stopped the operation.
Details
The dlmrmprshkey utility
was terminated because
the response to a request
was "n".
Action
None.
KAPL13166E
The entered value is invalid. The
operation will now stop.
Details
The dlmrmprshkey utility
has been stopped because
an invalid response was
sent three times
consecutively to a request.
Action
To execute dlmrmprshkey
utility again, enter either
"y" or "n".
KAPL13167E
An internal error occurred in the
dlmrmprshkey utility. Error Code =
aa...aa,bb...bb
Details
A system-based error, not
caused by the user,
occurred during
dlmrmprshkey utility
processing.
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number)
bb...bb: Return code
(decimal number)
Action
When the error code is
21,N, 24,N, 26,N, or 28,N:
Check for path errors. If
there is a path error,
recover the path from the
error, and then retry the
operation. When the error
code is 30,N; The target
device might not be using
persistent reservations
(shared-host
methodology). Use the
dlmpr utility to check
whether the target device
is using persistent
reservations (shared-host
methodology). All other
error codes: Contact your
HDLM vendor or, if you
have an HDLM
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-125
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
maintenance contract, the
maintenance company.
KAPL13168E
The system environment is invalid. Error
Code = aa...aa,bb...bb
Details
The system environment is
not valid as an
environment for executing
the dlmrmprshkey utility.
aa...aa: Error number
(decimal number)
bb...bb: Return code
(decimal number)
Action
Contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company, if you have an
HDLM maintenance
contract.
KAPL13169W
The specified device is not targeted for
processing. device name = aa...aa
Details
A device not targeted for
processing was specified.
aa...aa: Specified device
name
Action
None.
KAPL13170-I Processing terminated before completion
because a signal was received.
Details
The dlmrmprshkey process
has been terminated by an
operation such as Ctrl+C.
Action
None.
KAPL13171-I If you execute the dlmrmprshkey utility
and the server on which the specified
key value has been registered attempts
to access an LU, the attempt might fail
with an error.
Details
This message is a warning
to users before they
execute the dlmrmprshkey
utility.
Action
None.
KAPL13601W
The audit log configuration file does not
exist. Restart the HDLM Manager, and
execute the "dlnkmgr view -sys -audlog"
command and check the setting.
Details
The audit log configuration
file does not exist.
Action
Restart the HDLM
manager, execute the
"dlnkmgr view -sys audlog" command, and
then specify any desired
8-126
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
settings by using the
"dlnkmgr set -audlog"
command or the "dlnkmgr
set -audfac" command
as necessary.
KAPL13602W
The audit log configuration file cannot be
opened. Execute the "dlnkmgr view -sys
-audlog" command and check whether a
normal result is displayed.
Details
The audit log configuration
file cannot be opened.
Action
If the "dlnkmgr view -sys
-audlog" command does
not display a normal
result, contact your HDLM
vendor or maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM.
KAPL13603W
The audit log configuration file is invalid.
Restart the HDLM Manager, and execute
the "dlnkmgr view -sys -audlog"
command and check the setting.
Details
The audit log configuration
file is invalid.
Action
Restart the HDLM
Manager, and execute the
"dlnkmgr view -sys audlog" command, and
then specify the desired
setting by using the
"dlnkmgr set -audlog" or
the "dlnkmgr set audfac" command as
necessary.
KAPL13604W
An error occurred during processing to
read the audit log configuration file.
Details
An internal error occurred
during processing to read
the audit log configuration
file.
Action
Contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM.
KAPL13605W
An error occurred during processing to
output the audit log configuration file.
Details
An internal parameter
error occurred during
output of the audit log
data.
Action
Contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-127
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM.
KAPL13606W
An error occurred during processing to
output the audit log configuration file.
Details
An internal error occurred
during output of the audit
log data.
Action
Contact your HDLM vendor
or the maintenance
company if there is a
maintenance contract for
HDLM.
KAPL15001 to KAPL16000
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
KAPL15001-I The registered value of ReserveKey was
successfully displayed. Command Line =
aa...aa
Details
KAPL15002E
An attempt to display the registered
value of ReserveKey has failed.
Command Line = aa...aa
Details
KAPL15005-I Information of HDLM execution
environment ODM was successfully
displayed. Command Line = aa...aa
Details
KAPL15008-I ReserveKey was cleared successfully on
aa...aa hdisk(s) and failed on bb...bb
hdisk(s). Command Line =cc..cc
Details
aa...aa: Name of the utility
that the user executed
aa...aa: Name of the utility
that the user executed
aa...aa: Name of the utility
that the user executed
aa...aa: Number of hdisks
for which ReserveKey was
cleared successfully.
bb...bb: Number of hdisks
for which ReserveKey was
not cleared.
cc...cc: Name of the utility
that the user executed
KAPL15009E
An attempt to clear ReserveKey has
Details
failed on aa...aa hdisk(s). Command Line
aa...aa: Number of hdisks
= bb...bb
for which ReserveKey was
not cleared.
bb...bb: Name of the utility
that the user executed
KAPL15010W
8-128
The HDLM utility was executed by the
user who does not have the authority.
Command Line = aa...aa
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
aa...aa: Name of the utility
that the user executed
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
KAPL15060-I DLMgetras was invoked. Command Line
= aa...aa
Details
KAPL15061-I DLMgetras successfully executed.
Command Line = aa...aa
Details
KAPL15080-I The information about the HDLM default
configuration ODM was displayed
successfully. Command Line = aa...aa
Details
KAPL15081E
aa...aa: Name of the utility
that the user executed
aa...aa: Name of the utility
that the user executed
An attempt to display the information
Details
about the HDLM default configuration
aa...aa: Name of the utility
ODM has failed. Command Line = aa...aa
that the user executed
KAPL15082-I The information about the HDLM default
configuration ODM was changed
successfully. Command Line = aa...aa
KAPL15083E
aa...aa: Name of the utility
that the user executed
Details
aa...aa: Name of the utility
that the user executed
An attempt to change the information
Details
about the HDLM default configuration
aa...aa: Name of the utility
ODM has failed. Command Line = aa...aa
that the user executed
KAPL15084-I dlmgetrasinst was invoked. Command
Line = aa...aa
Details
KAPL15085-I dlmgetrasinst successfully executed.
Command Line = aa...aa
Details
KAPL15088-I Addition processing completed
successfully. Command line = aa...aa
Details
KAPL15089E
Details
Addition processing ended abnormally.
Command line = aa...aa
aa...aa: Name of the utility
that the user executed
aa...aa: Name of the utility
that the user executed
aa...aa: Command that the
user executed
aa...aa: Command that the
user executed
KAPL15090-I Deletion processing completed
successfully. Command line = aa...aa
Details
KAPL15091E
Details
Deletion processing ended abnormally.
Command line = aa...aa
KAPL15092-I The command execution server was
cleared from the PR_shared reservation
for the target device. Command Line =
aa...aa
aa...aa: Command that the
user executed
aa...aa: Command that the
user executed
Details
aa...aa: Command that the
user executed
KAPL15093-I The server on which the specified key
Details
has been registered was cleared from the
aa...aa: Command that the
PR_shared reservation for the target
user executed
device. Command Line = aa...aa
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-129
Message ID
KAPL15094E
Message Text
An attempt to clear the server from the
PR_shared reservation for the target
device has failed. Command Line =
aa...aa
Explanation
Details
aa...aa: Command that the
user executed
KAPL15101-I Clear operation was completed
successfully. Command Line = aa...aa
Details
KAPL15102E
Details
Clear operation has failed. Command
Line = aa...aa
KAPL15103-I aa...aa path(s) were successfully placed
bb...bb. cc...cc path(s) were not.
Command Line = bb...bb
aa...aa: Command that the
user executed
aa...aa: Command that the
user executed
Details
aa...aa: Number of paths
where online/offline is
successful
bb...bb: Online,
Online(S), Online(D) or
Offline(c)
cc...cc: Number of paths
where online/offline is
unsuccessful
KAPL15104W
aa...aa path(s) were failed to place
bb...bb. Command Line = cc...cc
Details
aa...aa: Number of paths
that failed to be placed
online or offline
bb...bb: Online or
Offline(c)
cc...cc: Command that the
user executed
KAPL15105-I Setting up the operating environment
succeeded. Command Line = aa...aa
Details
KAPL15106E
Setting up the operating environment
failed. Command Line = aa...aa
Details
KAPL15107-I Program information was successfully
displayed. Command Line = aa...aa
Details
KAPL15108E
Details
An attempt to display program
information has failed. Command Line =
aa...aa
KAPL15109-I Information about HDLM-management
targets was successfully displayed.
Command Line = aa...aa
8-130
aa...aa: Command that the
user executed
aa...aa: Command that the
user executed
aa...aa: Command that the
user executed
aa...aa: Command that the
user executed
Details
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
aa...aa: Command that the
user executed
Message ID
Message Text
Explanation
KAPL15110E
An attempt to display information about
HDLM-management targets has failed.
Command Line = aa...aa
Details
KAPL15111W
The HDLM command was started or
stopped by the user who does not have
the authority. Command Line = aa...aa
Details
aa...aa: Command that the
user executed
aa...aa: Command that the
user executed
KAPL15116-I bb...bb path(s) were successfully placed Details
aa...aa. dd...dd path(s) were successfully
aa...aa: Online or
placed cc...cc. ee...ee path(s) were not.
Online(S)
Command Line = online
bb...bb: The number of
paths which changed to
the Online or Online(S)
status
cc...cc: Online(S),
Online(D) or Online(S)/
Online(D)
dd...dd: The number of
paths which changed to
the Online(S) or
Online(D) status
ee...ee: The number of
paths which failed to
change to either the
Online, Online(S) or
Online(D) status
KAPL15117-I Addition of path(s) succeeded. Command Details
Line = aa...aa
aa...aa: Command that the
user executed
KAPL15118W
Addition of path(s) failed. Command Line Details
= aa...aa
aa...aa: Command that the
user executed
KAPL15119-I Deletion of path(s) succeeded. Command Details
Line = aa...aa
aa...aa: Command that the
user executed
KAPL15120W
Deletion of path(s) failed. Command Line Details
= aa...aa
aa...aa: Command that the
user executed
KAPL15401-I HDLM Manager successfully started.
KAPL15402E
Could not start the HDLM manager.
KAPL15403-I HDLM Manager successfully stopped.
KAPL15404W
The HDLM Manager was executed by the
user who does not have the authority.
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-131
Return Codes for Hitachi Command Suite Common Agent
Component
When an operation requested of HDLM from Global Link Manager terminates
abnormally, or terminates normally with a warning, HDLM outputs one of the
return codes described below.
Message ID
1002
Explanation
Details
There is no path on which the operation can be performed.
Action
Refresh the host information, check the path status, and
then perform the operation again.
1003
Details
No path was detected.
Action
Check whether a path between the host and the storage
system is connected. If a path is connected, check whether
HDLM is configured correctly.
1004
Details
Memory required for HDLM internal processing could not be
allocated.
Action
Terminate unnecessary applications to increase free
memory, or restart the host.
1006
Details
An Offline path cannot be placed Online.
Action
Remove the error in the path, and then retry.
1007
Details
The target path of the offline operation is the last,
remaining path connected to the device and therefore,
cannot be placed in the offline status.
Action
Click Refresh to update the host information, check the path
status, and then retry the offline operation.
1015
Details
The Offline path cannot be placed Online.
Action
Remove the error in the path, and then retry.
1016
Details
The target path(s) are already Online.
Action
Update the host information, and then check the path
status.
8-132
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message ID
1017
Explanation
Details
The target path(s) are already Offline(C).
Action
Update the host information, and then check the path
status.
1019
Details
An error occurred during HDLM internal processing.
Action
Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error
information, and then contact your HDLM vendor or the
maintenance company if you have a maintenance contract
for HDLM. For details on the DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on
page 7-5.
1020
Details
An unexpected error occurred during HDLM internal
processing.
Action
Execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error
information, and then contact your HDLM vendor or the
maintenance company if you have a maintenance contract
for HDLM. For details on the DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on
page 7-5.
1025
Details
A parameter value is invalid.
Action
Refresh the host information, and then perform the
operation again. If the same error occurs again, execute the
DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information, and
then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if
you have a maintenance contract for HDLM. For details on
the DLMgetras utility, see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting
HDLM Error Information on page 7-5.
1026
Details
The acquisition of path information has been aborted,
because the path configuration was changed while the
system was attempting to acquire the path information.
Action
Refresh the host information, check the path status, and
then perform the operation again.
1027
Details
The error monitoring interval and the number of times that
the error needs to occur are conflicting with the automatic
failback-checking interval.
Action
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-133
Message ID
Explanation
Set the intermittent error-monitoring interval to a value that
is equal to or greater than (automatic- failback-checkinginterval x number-of-times-error-is-to-occur-forintermittent-error-monitoring).
1033
Details
An attempt to acquire the HDLM version information failed.
Action
Re-execute the command. If the same error occurs again,
execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error
information, and then contact your HDLM vendor or
maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the DLMgetras utility, see DLMgetras
Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7-5.
1034
Details
An attempt to acquire information about the HDLM version
or SP version has failed.
Action
Re-execute the command. If the same error occurs again,
execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error
information, and then contact your HDLM vendor or
maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the DLMgetras utility, see DLMgetras
Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7-5.
1035
Details
An attempt to acquire information about the HDLM version
or SP version has failed.
Action
Re-execute the command. If the same error occurs again,
execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error
information, and then contact your HDLM vendor or
maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the DLMgetras utility, see DLMgetras
Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7-5.
1036
Details
An attempt to acquire information about the HDLM version
or SP version has failed.
Action
Re-execute the command. If the same error occurs again,
execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error
information, and then contact your HDLM vendor or
maintenance company if there is a maintenance contract for
HDLM. For details on the DLMgetras utility, see DLMgetras
Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on page 7-5.
1037
Details
A parameter is invalid.
Action
Refresh the host information, and then perform the
operation again. If the same error occurs again, execute the
8-134
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Message ID
Explanation
DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information, and
then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if
you have a maintenance contract for HDLM. For details on
the DLMgetras utility, see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting
HDLM Error Information on page 7-5.
1041
Details
An attempt to communicate with the HDLM manager has
failed.
Action
Check whether the HDLM manager is running on the host. If
it is not running, start the HDLM manager.
1042
Details
Information about the path configuration on the specified LU
does not match the path configuration information held by
HDLM.
Action
Refresh the host information, check the path status, and
then perform the operation again.
1045
Details
A parameter is invalid.
Action
Refresh the host information, and then perform the
operation again. If the same error occurs even again,
execute the DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error
information, and then contact your HDLM vendor or
maintenance company if you have a maintenance contract
for HDLM. For details on the DLMgetras utility, see
DLMgetras Utility for Collecting HDLM Error Information on
page 7-5.
1046
Details
A parameter is invalid.
Action
Refresh the host information, and then perform the
operation again. If the same error occurs again, execute the
DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information, and
then contact your HDLM vendor or maintenance company if
you have a maintenance contract for HDLM. For details on
the DLMgetras utility, see DLMgetras Utility for Collecting
HDLM Error Information on page 7-5.
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
8-135
8-136
Messages
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
A
Functional Differences Between
Versions of HDLM
This section explains the functional differences between newer and older
versions of HDLM.
□ Functional Differences Between Version 6.2 and Versions Earlier than 6.2
□ Functional Differences Between Version 6.1 and Versions Earlier than 6.1
□ Functional Differences Between Version 6.0 or Later and Versions Earlier
than 6.0
Functional Differences Between Versions of HDLM
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
A-1
Functional Differences Between Version 6.2 and Versions
Earlier than 6.2
•
In HDLM version 6.1.0 or earlier, when you create a system replication
(clone) on another LPAR or host from an mksysb image by using the
mksysb command provided by the OS, you needed to remove HDLM
before executing the mksysb command.
In HDLM version 6.2.0 or later, you do not need to remove HDLM before
executing the mksysb command. You can now execute the HDLM
restoration support utility (dlmpostrestore) after creating a system
replication, so that HDLM information can now be updated according to
the destination system's environment.
•
For HDLM 6.1.0 or earlier, a physical volume (hdisk) might have been
changed during an unattended upgrade installation or re-installation of
HDLM. For HDLM 6.2.0, a physical volume (hdisk) is not changed during
an upgrade installation or re-installation of HDLM.
Functional Differences Between Version 6.1 and Versions
Earlier than 6.1
•
In a new installation of HDLM, the default load balancing algorithm has
been changed from the Round Robin algorithm to the Extended Least I/Os
algorithm.
Functional Differences Between Version 6.0 or Later and
Versions Earlier than 6.0
A-2
•
The HDLM installation function provided by the dlmsetup utility for HDLM
installation configuration support has been integrated into the
installhdlm utility for HDLM installation.
•
The way the HDLM version is displayed in execution results of HDLM
commands or utilities has been changed.
•
In a new installation of HDLM, the default value for the automatic failback
function has been changed from off to on.
Functional Differences Between Versions of HDLM
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
B
Differences Between HDLM Version 5.9
or Later and Version 5.8.1 or Earlier
HDLM version 5.9 or later supports MPIO used by AIX 5L V5.2 or later, which
has improved compatibility with the OS. The items explained in the following
subsections represent the changes from HDLM version 5.8.1 or earlier.
□ Add-in HDLM Driver Module
□ Simplifying the HDLM Environment Configuration and Operation
Procedures by Changes to the Logical Device Files
□ Changing the HDLM Environment Configuration and Operation Procedures
by Changes to the Logical Device Files
□ Migrating Reservation Control Settings
□ Support for a Boot Disk Environment
□ About Settings when Upgrading the OS
□ Changing a Virtual I/O Server's Method of Recognizing Virtual SCSI Disks
Differences Between HDLM Version 5.9 or Later and Version 5.8.1 or Earlier
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
B-1
Add-in HDLM Driver Module
HDLM version 5.9 or later supports MPIO used by AIX 5L V5.2 or later. This
has improved compatibility with the OS because users can use standard OS
commands to manage paths on HDLM management-target devices. As
compared to HDLM version 5.8.1 or earlier, HDLM version 5.9 or later differs
in terms of the HDLM driver structure, environment configuration, and HDLM
operation procedures. The following figure shows the differences between the
HDLM driver for HDLM EX and the HDLM drivers for HDLM version 05-63 or
earlier and HDLM version 05-80 or later.
Figure B-1 Differences in the HDLM drivers between HDLM version 5.8.1 or
earlier and HDLM version 5.9 or later
Simplifying the HDLM Environment Configuration and
Operation Procedures by Changes to the Logical Device Files
•
The logical device files that can be controlled by the HDLM driver have
been unified from HDLM devices (dlmfdrvn) to the hdisk provided by the
OS. Therefore, logical device files controlled by HDLM can be configured
by AIX's standard cfgmgr command.
Both the file that defines non-HDLM-managed disks (/usr/
DynamicLinkManager/drv/dlmfdrv.unconf) and the file that defines the
HDLM driver configuration (/usr/DynamicLinkManager/drv/
dlmfdrv.conf) are no longer used. After installing HDLM, all devices
shown in Devices that HDLM can manage in Devices Managed by HDLM
on page 2-3 will be managed. You cannot exclude physical volumes from
HDLM-managed targets.
B-2
Differences Between HDLM Version 5.9 or Later and Version 5.8.1 or Earlier
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
•
Eliminating the rc.shutdown file
HDLM version 5.8.1 or earlier provided an rc.shutdown file in order to
avoid having physical volumes already defined when a host is started.
Because this situation does not occur in HDLM version 5.9 or later, the
rc.shutdown file is no longer provided. For this reason, the manual has
been changed as follows:
¢
¢
The portion of the procedure related to the rc.shutdown file has been
deleted from the explanation of removing HDLM.
The rc.shutdown file has been deleted from the files collected by the
DLMgetras utility for collecting HDLM error information.
•
The content displayed for HDevName in the HDLM view command
operation has been changed from the HDLM device (dlmfdrvn) to hdisk.
Accompanying this change, Device for displaying hdisk name when view
-lu or view -drv is executed in HDLM version 5.8.1 or earlier has been
removed.
•
Because dlmfdrv was deleted, the following HDLM utilities are no longer
provided and the descriptions related to them have been deleted from the
manual:
¢
Utilities for operating HDLM volume groups
HDLM version 5.9 or later uses standard AIX commands that
correspond to the commands for utilities for operating HDLM volume
groups. The following table lists the correspondence between the
commands for the utilities for operating HDLM volume groups and the
standard AIX commands.
Table B-1 Commands of the utilities for operating HDLM volume
groups, and corresponding AIX commands
Commands of the utilities for
operating HDLM volume groups
Corresponding AIX commands
dlmchvg
chvg
dlmexportvg
exportvg
dlmextendvg
extendvg
dlmimportvg
importvg
dlmlistvgbackup
listvgbackup
dlmlsvg
lsvg
dlmmirrorvg
mirrorvg
dlmmkvg
mkvg
dlmrecreatevg
recreatevg
dlmreducevg
reducevg
dlmreorgvg
reorgvg
dlmrestorevgfiles
restorevgfiles
Differences Between HDLM Version 5.9 or Later and Version 5.8.1 or Earlier
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
B-3
Commands of the utilities for
operating HDLM volume groups
¢
Corresponding AIX commands
dlmrestvg
restvg
dlmsavevg
savevg
dlmsyncvg
syncvg
dlmunmirrorvg
unmirrorvg
dlmvaryoffvg
varyoffvg
dlmvaryonvg
varyonvg
dlmcfgmgr utility for managing the HDLM configuration
In HDLM version 5.9 or later, the AIX cfgmgr command is used.
¢
dlmchkdev utility for checking the HDLM device configuration
¢
dlmHBAdel utility for changing the HDLM HBA
Also, the execution target of the dlmrmdev utility for removing HDLM
drivers has been changed from dlmfdrv to hdisk.
Changing the HDLM Environment Configuration and
Operation Procedures by Changes to the Logical Device Files
For the same reason explained in Simplifying the HDLM Environment
Configuration and Operation Procedures by Changes to the Logical Device
Files on page B-2, the following HDLM environment configuration and
operation procedures have been changed:
•
New installation and update installation of HDLM#
•
Settings when GPFS is used
•
Replacement of HBA
•
Changing HDLM management-target devices
•
Replacement of fiber cables
•
Replacement of fibre channel switches
#
An update installation refers to upgrading HDLM whose version is 5.9
or later. Therefore, it does not include a migration from HDLM version
5.8.1 or earlier to HDLM version 5.9 or later. It also does not include a
migration from HDLM version 5.9 or later to HDLM version 5.8.1 or
earlier. For such installations, you must first remove the existing
HDLM and then install HDLM version 5.9 or later. To migrate from
HDLM version 5.8.1 or earlier to HDLM version 5.9 or later, you can
use the dlmmigsts utility for assisting HDLM transitions to inherit the
existing HDLM settings. For details, see Migrating from HDLM Version
5.8.1 or Earlier to Version 5.9 or Later on page 3-56.
B-4
Differences Between HDLM Version 5.9 or Later and Version 5.8.1 or Earlier
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Migrating Reservation Control Settings
In HDLM version 5.8.1 or earlier, the reservation control setting is called the
reservation level and is specified by using the set operation with the -rsv on
parameter. The target of the reservation level was every LU in an HDLM
management-target device. However, you can set the reservation policy
specification on each LU if the AIX version is AIX 5L V5.2 or later. The
reservation control setting is specified by using the chdev command in HDLM
version 5.9 or later. Therefore, the -rsv on parameter for the set operation
is no longer provided. The following table lists the correspondence of the
setting values between the reservation level and the reservation policy.
Table B-2 The correspondence of the setting values between the
reservation level and reservation policy
Reservation Level
Reservation Policy
0: Ignoring the reservation
no_reserve
2: Persistent reservation
PR_exclusive
Support for a Boot Disk Environment
A storage system disk can now be used for the boot disk. Accompanying this,
the dlmpreremove utility that is executed before removing HDLM has been
provided. The dlmpreremove utility excludes, before you remove HDLM, the
hdisk recognized as a boot disk from being an HDLM management-target
device.
About Settings when Upgrading the OS
Eliminating Settings when Upgrading the OS
There is no required procedure in HDLM when the OS is upgraded.
Eliminating Settings when Changing the Kernel Mode
In HDLM version 5.9 or later, both 32-bit and 64-bit versions are installed.
When the 32-bit kernel is in use, the 32-bit version of HDLM is used
automatically, and when the 64-bit kernel is in use, the 64-bit HDLM is used
automatically.
Because of the changes explained in Eliminating Settings when Upgrading the
OS on page B-5 and Eliminating Settings when Changing the Kernel Mode on
page B-5, the dlmchenv utility for modifying the HDLM execution environment
is no longer necessary and has been deleted.
Differences Between HDLM Version 5.9 or Later and Version 5.8.1 or Earlier
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
B-5
Changing a Virtual I/O Server's Method of Recognizing
Virtual SCSI Disks
In HDLM version 5.8.1 or earlier, either PVID or unique_id can be selected
as the method used by a virtual I/O server for recognizing virtual SCSI disks.
In HDLM version 5.9 or later, only unique_id can be used because of the
MPIO specification. Also, the -u and the -e parameters of the dlmodmset
utility for setting the HDLM execution environment ODM are no longer
provided because they are also not necessary.
B-6
Differences Between HDLM Version 5.9 or Later and Version 5.8.1 or Earlier
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Acronyms and abbreviations
The following acronyms and abbreviations might be used in this guide.
A
AL
Arbitrated Loop
API
Application Programming Interface
ASM
Automatic Storage Management
C
CHA
Channel Adapter
CHRP
Common Hardware Reference Platform
CLPR
Cache Logical Partition
CPU
Central Processing Unit
CU
#
Control Unit
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W X
Y
Z
Acronyms-1
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for
AIX®
D
DBMS
Database Management System
Dev
Device
DNS
Domain Name Server
F
FC
Fibre Channel
FC-SP
Fibre Channel Security Protocol
FO
Failover
FQDN
Fully Qualified Domain Name
G
GMT
Greenwich Mean Time
GUI
Graphical User Interface
H
HBA
Host Bus Adapter
HDev
Host Device
#
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
Acronyms-2
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
T
U
V
W X
Y
Z
HLU
Host Logical Unit
HTTP
Hypertext Transfer Protocol
I
I/O
Input/Output
IP
Internet Protocol
iSCSI
Internet Small Computer System Interface
L
LAN
Local Area Network
LDAP
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
LDEV
Logical Device
LPAR
Logical Partition
LU
Logical Unit
LUN
Logical Unit Number
LVM
Logical Volume Manager
#
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W X
Y
Z
Acronyms-3
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for
AIX®
M
MPIO
Multipath I/O
N
NAS
Network Attached Storage
NIM
Network Installation Management
NPIV
N-Port ID Virtualization
NTP
Network Time Protocol
O
ODM
Object Data Manager
OS
Operating System
P
P
Port
PCI
Peripheral Component Interconnect
PVID
Physical Volume Identifier
#
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
Acronyms-4
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
T
U
V
W X
Y
Z
R
RADIUS
Remote Authentication Dial in User Service
S
SAN
Storage Area Network
SCSI
Small Computer System Interface
SLPR
Storage Logical Partition
SMIT
System Management Interface Tool
SMTP
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
SNMP
Simple Network Management Protocol
SP
Service Pack
SSL
Secure Sockets Layer
SVP
Service Processor
V
VG
#
Volume Group
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W X
Y
Z
Acronyms-5
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for
AIX®
W
WWN
World Wide Name
#
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
Acronyms-6
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
T
U
V
W X
Y
Z
Glossary
This glossary explains the terms used in this manual.
A
automatic failback
A function for checking the status of paths at regular intervals, and automatically
placing the status of a path recovered from an error into the Online status.
If a path with an Offline(E) or Online(E) status recovers from an error, an automatic
failback will place the path Online.
Automatic failbacks check the status of paths that were placed in the Offline(E) or
Online(E) status because of an error, but do not check the status of paths that were
placed in the Offline(C) status by executing an offline operation. For details on
offline operations, see offline (Places Paths Offline) on page 6-6.
AutoPATH_ID
An ID which HDLM assigns to a path when the system is started or when path
configuration is performed. Every path has a unique AutoPATH_ID.
(See also: path)
B
boot disk environment
An environment in which the startup disk is in a storage system instead of in the host.
C
CHA (Channel Adapter)
An adapter for controlling the channels of a storage system.
#
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W X
Y
Z
Glossary-1
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for
AIX®
CLPR(Cache Logical Partition)
A function supported by the Hitachi USP series, Universal Storage Platform V/VM series,
Virtual Storage Platform series, Hitachi AMS2000/AMS/WMS/SMS series, HUS100 series,
and HUS VM for logically splitting up a cache. This function can splits up a cache into
parity groups in the storage system, so that other parity groups do not affect the cache
performance.
cluster
A system of connecting multiple hosts with the same OS or platform (essentially, an
environment in which the same application can run) and treating them as one system.
D
Dev (Device)
A logical division of an LU that HDLM controls and operates. A Dev is equivalent to a
logical volume in AIX.
In an AIX environment, each LU has only one Dev.
Each Dev has a Dev number.
Depending on the access method, Devs are classified into two types: block devices and
character devices.
(See also: Dev number)
Dev number
A number that is assigned to a device within an LU. The device numbers are assigned
sequentially from 0. A Dev number is called a logical volume number in AIX.
HDLM operates assuming that one LU has one Dev, so the device number is fixed to 0.
(See also: Dev)
E
emulation type
An LU type that is accessible from a host. Since an HDLM management-target host is an
open-system host such as a PC or a UNIX computer, the HDLM management-target
host can access only the LUs that have open-system emulation types.
For details on emulation types supported by a storage system, see the maintenance
manual for that particular storage system.
F
failback
A function for placing the status of a path recovered from an error into the Online
status, and then switching the access path to the path that was just recovered.
#
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
Glossary-2
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
T
U
V
W X
Y
Z
failover
A function for switching to another normal path if there is an error in the current access
path, thereby enabling the system to continue to operate.
H
HAM environment
An environment in which volume pairs that are synchronized between two storage
systems are created by HAM (High Availability Manager), and hosts are configured to
recognize these volumes as one volume. An HAM environment consists of the primary
volume (P-VOL) in the primary site and the secondary volume (S-VOL) in the secondary
site. When an error occurs on one of the volumes, the path can be switched to the other
volume by using HDLM.
HBA (Host Bus Adapter)
Device that functions as an interface connecting a host with external devices.
In this manual, the term HBA refers to an interface card installed in a host, in
configurations where the host and storage units are connected via a FC connection.
HDLM alert driver
A program that receives information about an error detected by the HDLM driver, and
then reports the error information to the HDLM manager.
HDLM driver
A program that controls all the HDLM functions, manages paths, and detects errors.
HDLM manager
A program that manages error information. The HDLM manager receives error
information from the HDLM alert driver and then collects error logs.
host
A generic term for both servers and clients.
host device
A logical area in a host LU.
(See also: host LU, host device name)
host device name
A name assigned to a host device. The hdisk is assigned.
(See also: host device)
host LU
An LU that a host recognizes. The actual HDev entity is a Dev in the storage system.
Each host LU has a host LU number.
(See also: LU, host LU number, host device)
#
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W X
Y
Z
Glossary-3
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for
AIX®
host LU number
A number assigned to a host LU. The host LU number is part of a path name.
(See also: host LU, path name)
I
intermittent error
An error that occurs irregularly due to, for example, a loose cable connection.
L
LDEV (Logical Device)
A combination of the storage system's product name, serial number, and an internal LU.
HDLM uses this value to identify a particular LU.
load balancing
A function for distributing the load across all the paths that are accessing the logical
areas within an LU. To distribute the load, load balancing uses multiple paths to perform
I/O operations.
HDLM uses the following six algorithms for load balancing:
- The Round Robin algorithm
- The Extended Round Robin algorithm
- The Least I/Os algorithm
- The Extended Least I/Os algorithm
- The Least Blocks algorithm
- The Extended Least Blocks algorithm
logical device file
/dev/hdiskn, and /dev/rhdiskn. A logical device of this term is not an LDEV. The
logical device file name can be changed by using the rendev command.
LU (Logical Unit)
A logical unit that is a logical volume defined in the storage system, and with which the
host can perform input or output operations.
(See also: host LU)
N
node
A server in a cluster.
non-owner controller
A controller other than an owner controller.
#
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
Glossary-4
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
T
U
V
W X
Y
Z
Non-owner controllers exist only in when the Thunder 9500V series, or Hitachi AMS/
WMS series.
(See also: owner controller, non-owner path)
non-owner path
A path that passes through a non-owner controller.
Non-owner paths exist only in when the Thunder 9500V series, or Hitachi AMS/WMS
series.
(See also: owner path, non-owner controller)
O
ODM (Object Data Manager)
An AIX-dedicated database for managing system information. HDLM uses ODM to add
or delete drivers.
owner controller
A controller that has been set as an owner controller for an LU. Owner controllers are
only in the Thunder 9500V series, or Hitachi AMS/WMS series. A controller other than
an owner controller is called a non-owner controller.
When using the Lightning 9900V series, Hitachi USP series, Universal Storage Platform
V/VM series, Virtual Storage Platform series, Hitachi AMS2000 series, Hitachi SMS
series, HUS100 series, or HUS VM, all controllers are owner controllers.
(See also: owner path, non-owner controller)
owner path
A path that passes through an owner controller for an LU in the Thunder 9500V series,
or Hitachi AMS/WMS series. A path that passes through a controller other than an
owner controller is called a non-owner path.
When using the Lightning 9900V series, Hitachi USP series, Universal Storage Platform
V/VM series, Virtual Storage Platform series, Hitachi AMS2000 series#, Hitachi SMS
series#, HUS100 series#, or HUS VM, all paths are owner paths.
(See also: owner controller, non-owner path)
#: This storage system applies when the dynamic I/O path control function is disabled.
P
path
An access path from a host to a storage system. Access to a logical area within an LU in
a storage system is made via a cable connecting the HBA on the host and the CHA on
the storage system. This cable is a path. Each path has an AutoPATH_ID.
(See also: AutoPATH_ID)
path health checking
A function for checking the status of paths at regular intervals.
#
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W X
Y
Z
Glossary-5
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for
AIX®
When an error occurs on a path that was in the Online status, path health checking
changes the status of the path to the Offline(E) status.
Path health checking checks only those paths that have the Online status.
path name
The path name consisting of the following four elements, separated by periods:
- HBA adapter number or adapter type (character string)
- Bus number or adapter number (character string)
- Target ID (hexadecimal number)
- Host LU number (hexadecimal number)
A path name is used to identify a path.
(See also: host LU number)
persistent reservation
Similar to reservations, persistent reservations enable a server to declare that it has
exclusive rights to use an LU, and prevents other servers from accessing that LU. Note,
however, that while reservations allows a server to have exclusive use of only one path
to the LU, persistent reservations allow a server to have exclusive rights to use multiple
paths.
If persistent reservations are used in HDLM, a host can have exclusive use of multiple
paths to an LU, so that load balancing among these paths is possible.
(See also: reservation)
R
reservation
The reservation function enables a host to declare that it has exclusive rights to use a
particular LU, and prevents other hosts from accessing that LU. Access permission for
an LU that has been reserved is given only to the host that issued the reservation, so
the LU cannot be accessed from multiple paths (coming from multiple hosts)
simultaneously. However, because of this, load balancing is not possible.
(See also: persistent reservation)
S
SAN (Storage Area Network)
A high-speed network connecting hosts to and storage systems. This network is
independent of a LAN and is dedicated to data transfers. A SAN provides faster access
to storage systems, and prevents the transfer of high-volumes of data from
deteriorating LAN performance.
SCSI device
A SCSI disk device
#
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
Glossary-6
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
T
U
V
W X
Y
Z
slot number
A value indicating the location of a slot on which a HBA is mounted.
SLPR (Storage Logical Partition)
A function supported by Hitachi USP series, Universal Storage Platform V/VM series, and
Virtual Storage Platform series for logically splitting up a storage system. This function
splits up the resources, such as ports, CLPR, and volumes, in the storage system, so
that the user can manage each resource independently.
#
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W X
Y
Z
Glossary-7
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for
AIX®
#
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
Glossary-8
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
T
U
V
W X
Y
Z
Index
A
active host 2-44
adapter number 3-15, 6-52
adapter type 3-15, 6-52
add 6-68
audit log
categories and audit events that HDLM can
output 2-37
collecting data 2-35
data format 2-41
automatic failback 2-18, 6-23, Glossary-1
automatic failover 2-14
automatic path switching 2-14
AutoPATH_ID 2-3, Glossary-1
B
base 10 6-48
boot disk environment Glossary-1
buffer size 3-83
changing the buffer size per monitoring interval
duration 3-86
bus number 6-52
C
CHA 2-4
CHA (Channel Adapter) Glossary-1
changing HDLM default settings 7-13
channel adapter 2-3
checking
error information in messages 5-2
clear 6-3
CLPR(Cache Logical Partition) Glossary-2
cluster Glossary-2
support 2-44
cluster software 2-44
setup 3-25
Cluster Software (PowerHA)
Canceling Settings 3-106
coding file that defines information to be collected
rules for 7-7
collecting
error info. with HDLM utility (dlmgetras) 2-34
error info. with HDLM utility (dlmgetrasinst) 2-34
command
format 6-2
operation 6-2
Overview 6-2
command devices 2-3
HDLM command (dlnkmgr)
add 6-68
delete 6-70
commands of HDLM (dlnkmgr)
clear 6-3
help 6-4
offline 6-6
online 6-11
set 6-17
view 6-33
components
HDLM system components 2-4
corelogic component 2-7
Critical 2-33
CS 8-3
Index-1
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
D
decimal number, meaning 6-48
default and recommended values 6-18
delete 6-70
Dev 2-3, 2-4, Glossary-2
Dev number Glossary-2
directory to which collected information is output
7-6, 7-16
Displayed program information 6-35
displaying
information 6-33
LU information 6-54
path information 6-33, 6-42
path information (by selecting a display item)
6-33
program information 6-33, 6-35
summary of path information 6-34
dlmchpdattr 7-13
DLMgetras 5-6, 5-7
dlmgetras 7-5
dlmgetrasinst 7-16
dlminstcomp 7-19
dlmmigsts 7-20
dlmodmset 7-21
dlmpostrestore 7-25
dlmpr 7-25
dlmpremkcd 7-28
dlmpreremove 7-29
dlmrmdev 7-30
dlmrmprshkey 7-31
dlnkmgr 6-1
DNum 5-3
dynamic I/O path control 3-77
E
emulation type Glossary-2
Error 2-33
error information 2-32, 2-34
checking in messages 5-2
collecting with dlmgetras 7-5
filtering 2-33
error level 2-33
error levels 2-33
Critical 2-33
Error 2-33
Information 2-33
Warning 2-33
error log 2-32
error logging level 6-20
error path
identifying 5-5
error-log-file-size 6-21
ErrorCode 5-2
errors
management 2-31
that HDLM detects 2-33
examining
message
5-5, 5-6
F
failback 1-3, 2-14, Glossary-2
failover 1-3, 2-14, Glossary-3
features of HDLM 1-2
fiber cable
replacing 4-28
Fibre Channel switch
replacing 4-29
file for defining information to be collected 7-6
file that defines information to be collected
notes and coding example 7-7
filter 2-34
filter component 2-7
filtering of error information 2-33
finishing
Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library
settings 3-89
FO 8-3
for using GPFS
settings 3-93
for Using PowerHA
settings 3-91
for using VCS
settings 3-96
function
HDLM program 2-6
functions of HDLM 2-1
G
Global Link Manager 2-43
glossary Glossary-1
Index-2
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
H
HAM environment Glossary-3
handling
path error 5-3
HBA 2-4
HBA (Host Bus Adapter) Glossary-3
HBA adapter number 6-52
HDev 2-5
HDevName 5-3
HDLM
features 1-2
functions 2-1
installing 3-17
Migrating 3-56
migration of 3-12
new installation 3-25
new installation of 3-12
overview 1-1
preparations for an upgrade installation or reinstallation of 3-36
preparations for new installation of 3-23
program information 6-35
re-installation of 3-13
removing 3-97
setup 3-73
type of installation 3-12
upgrade installation of 3-12
Upgrade Installation or Re-installation 3-37
HDLM alert driver 2-7, Glossary-3
HDLM command 2-6
HDLM driver 2-7, Glossary-3
HDLM environment
creating 3-1
HDLM management-target devices 2-3
HDLM manager 2-7, Glossary-3
starting 4-14
stopping 4-14
HDLM resident processes 4-15
HDLM script for PowerHA
registering 3-91
HDLM system configuration 2-3
HDLM utility 2-6
help 6-4
Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library
applying the settings 3-89
Displaying setup menu 3-84
Notes 3-84
Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library
(HNTRLib)
removing 3-105
Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library
(HNTRLib2)
Removing 3-104
Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library settings
finishing 3-89
HLU 2-5
host 4-3, Glossary-3
host bus adapter 2-3
replacing 4-23
host device 2-5, Glossary-3
host device name Glossary-3
host LU 2-5, Glossary-3
host LU number 6-52, Glossary-4
host, supported 3-3
I
I/O
count 6-3
errors 6-3
identifying
error part 5-5
error path 5-5
Information 2-33
installation 3-17
installation error information 2-34
collecting with dlmgetrasinst 7-16
installation, new 3-12
installation-information settings file
Items to be defined 7-32
installhdlm 7-32
installing
HDLM in a PowerHA 6.1 environment
HDLM in a PowerHA 7.1 environment
3-60
3-62
unattended installation of HDLM 3-65
installux.sh 7-43
integrated HDLM management 2-43
integrated trace file 2-32
changing the number 3-86
changing the size 3-85
integrated trace information files 3-83
integrated traces
setup 3-83
intermittent error Glossary-4
definition 2-19
Index-3
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
K
kernel mode
switching
3-24
L
LB 8-3
LDEV (Logical Device)
Glossary-4
load balancing 1-2, 2-8, 6-20, Glossary-4
load balancing algorithms 2-12
load distribution using load balancing 2-8
log filter 2-34
logging level
values 6-20
logical device file Glossary-4
logical unit 2-3
logical unit ID 6-52
logical volume number Glossary-2
LU 2-4
configuration 2-5
LU (Logical Unit) Glossary-4
LUN 6-52
M
manual path switching 2-19
message
examining 5-5, 5-6
format and meaning of ID 8-3
terms that appear 8-3
terms used for explanation 8-3
message level 8-3
Messages 8-1
messages
adjusting the number of messages to be output
3-87
checking contained error information 5-2
migration 3-12
monitoring interval 3-87
N
narrowing down
hardware causing error 5-5
node Glossary-4
non-owner controller 2-10, Glossary-4
non-owner path 2-10, Glossary-5
Notes
Using Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library
3-84
Notes on creating an HDLM environment
Notes on a license key 3-15
Notes on an upgrade installation or reinstallation of HDLM 3-13
Notes on installing HDLM 3-13
Notes on storage systems 3-16
Notes on the automatic failback 3-17
Notes on the cluster 3-16
Notes on the queue_depth parameter value for
an HDLM-managed device 3-17
Notes on the virtual I/O server 3-14
Notes on trace files 3-15
number of error log files 6-21
number of trace files 6-22
O
obtaining
path information 5-5
program information 5-6
ODM (Object Data Manager) Glossary-5
offline 2-14, 6-6
offline(C) status 2-20
offline(E) status 2-20
online 2-14, 6-11
online status 2-20
online(D) status 2-20
online(E) status 2-20
online(S) status 2-20
operating environment 6-17
setting 6-17
operation name 8-3
operations 6-2
displaying format 6-4
of the HDLM command 6-2
OS, supported 3-3
overview
commands 6-2
HDLM 1-1
owner controller 2-10, Glossary-5
owner path 2-10, Glossary-5
P
P
2-4
Index-4
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
path 2-3, Glossary-5
adding dynamically 6-68
checking the configuration 3-72
deleting dynamically 6-70
path error
handling 5-3
path health checking 1-3, 2-29, 6-22, Glossary-5
path information
obtaining 5-5
removing
Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library
(HNTRLib) 3-105
Hitachi Network Objectplaza Trace Library
(HNTRLib2) 3-104
replacing
fiber cable 4-28
Fibre Channel switch 4-29
HBA 4-23
path name Glossary-6
path priority number 2-16
path status transition 2-20
path switching
automatically 2-14
manually 2-19
PathID 5-2
PathName 5-3
Paths to which load balancing is applied 2-10
PCI bus number 6-52
Performing Failovers and Failbacks Using Path
Switching 2-14
persistent reservation Glossary-6
placing a path or paths offline 6-6
placing a path or paths online 6-11
placing online
path 5-5
port 2-3
position of the HDLM driver and hdisk 2-7
PowerHA
installing HDLM, in a PowerHA 6.1 environment
3-60
installing HDLM, in a PowerHA 7.1 environment
3-62
product ID 6-49, 6-51
Product ID displayed by the view -path operation
6-53
program error
taking actions for 5-6, 5-7
reservation Glossary-6
reservation policy 3-90
setting 3-92
RVSD 3-93
program information
obtaining 5-6
R
re-installation 3-13
registering
HDLM script for PowerHA
removal
HDLM 3-97
3-91
S
SAN 2-4
SAN (Storage Area Network) Glossary-6
script for VCS
registering 3-96
SCSI device Glossary-6
serial number 6-49, 6-51
set 6-17
setting
reservation policy 3-92
settings for using
GPFS 3-93
PowerHA 3-91
VCS 3-96
setup
cluster software 3-25
HDLM 3-73
integrated traces 3-83
slot number 2-17, Glossary-7
SLPR (Storage Logical Partition) Glossary-7
starting
HDLM manager 4-14
statistics 6-3
clearing to the initial value 6-3
status transitions 2-22
status transitions (P-VOL in HAM environment)
2-23
stopping
HDLM manager 4-14
storage system 1-2
switching
kernel mode 3-24
switching destination path, priority of 2-16
Index-5
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
syslog 2-33
system configuration
V
2-3
vendor ID
T
6-49, 6-51
W
taking actions for
hardware error 5-5
program error 5-6, 5-7
target ID 6-52
trace file 2-32
trace file size 6-21
trace level values 6-21
types of collected logs 2-32
types of error information 2-32
Warning 2-33
what is HDLM? 1-2
working environment
view (view operation)
U
unattended installation
installation-information settings file 7-32
log file 7-42
upgrade installation 3-12
utilities
dlmmigsts Utility for Assisting HDLM Migration
7-20
dlmodmset Utility for Setting the HDLM
Execution Environment ODM 7-21
dlmpostrestore Utility for HDLM Restoration
Support 7-25
dlmpr, for clearing HDLM persistent reservation
7-25
dlmpremkcd, utility for preparing HDLM backup
into external media 7-28
dlmpreremove, Utility for Executed Before
Removing HDLM 7-29
dlmrmdev, Utility for Deleting HDLM Drivers7-30
dlmrmprshkey, utility for clearing HDLM
persistent reservation (shared-host
methodology) 7-31
installhdlm, Utility for Installing HDLM 7-32
installux.sh, Utility for HDLM Common Installer
7-43
overview of 7-3
Utility for HDLM Component Installation 7-19
utility 7-13
Utility for HDLM Component Installation 7-19
Index-6
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
6-40
Hitachi Dynamic Link Manager User Guide for AIX®
Hitachi Data Systems
Corporate Headquarters
2845 Lafayette Street
Santa Clara, California 95050-2639
U.S.A.
www.hds.com
Regional Contact Information
Americas
+1 408 970 1000
info@hds.com
Europe, Middle East, and Africa
+44 (0)1753 618000
info.emea@hds.com
Asia Pacific
+852 3189 7900
hds.marketing.apac@hds.com
MK-92DLM111-27
Download PDF

advertising